The Indian Institute of Technology Delhi Abu Dhabi (IIT Delhi – Abu Dhabi), the first international campus of the highly acclaimed IIT Delhi, has announced its inaugural Bachelor of Technology (BTech) programmes, which will prepare undergraduate students to provide solutions to meet growing demands in critical fields such as energy and digitalisation.
The first two BTech programmes in Energy Engineering and Computer Science and Engineering will equip undergraduates with the knowledge and skills to help tackle energy challenges, shape the future digital age, and develop software to enhance a range of industries, from analytics to finance, and cryptography to information technology.
The BTech in Energy Engineering provides a range of engineering verticals to suit different interests with a focus on sustainability to address current challenges in energy production and management.
Meanwhile, the BTech in Computer Science and Engineering combines theory and practical skills, focusing on AI and machine learning, with the aim of equipping students with proficiency in abstraction, computational thinking, and problem-solving techniques essential for navigating the complexities of today’s digital landscape.
If you’re gearing up for an adventure trip, look no further than rucksack bags as your ultimate companion. These bags are not just accessories; they’re essential tools designed to enhance every aspect of your journey. With their practicality, comfort, and durability, rucksack bags offer unparalleled benefits that make them a must-have for any adventurer.
Unlock adventure with the best rucksack bags, blending durability with unmatched style!
Imagine yourself embarking on a thrilling hike through rugged terrain or exploring vibrant cities on foot. With a rucksack bag on your back, you’ll feel the difference immediately. These bags are expertly crafted to distribute weight evenly, alleviating strain on your shoulders and back. Say goodbye to discomfort and hello to uninterrupted exploration.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
But that’s not all. Rucksack bags are super organised, with lots of compartments and pockets to keep your stuff tidy and easy to reach. No more digging around for your things, everything you need is right there.
And they’re not just practical, they look cool too! Rucksack bags come in all sorts of styles and materials, so you can find one that matches your vibe. Plus, they’re tough enough to handle any weather, keeping your gear safe and dry. If you’re ready to invest in a rucksack bag for your next adventure, look no further! Check out our carefully curated list of products selected just for you below. Explore each option to find the perfect rucksack bag to accompany you on all your journeys.
1.
The Wildcraft 45 litres Grey and Orange Rucksack Bag is the perfect companion for your outdoor adventures. With a spacious capacity of 45 litres, this bag offers ample storage for all your essentials. Its durable construction ensures longevity, while the grey and orange colour combination adds a stylish touch. Featuring multiple compartments and pockets, including a separate compartment for a hydration pack, this rucksack bag provides convenient organisation. The padded shoulder straps and back panel offer enhanced comfort during long journeys, while the adjustable sternum strap provides added stability. Whether you’re hiking, camping, or travelling, the Wildcraft Rucksack Bag is designed to meet your needs with reliability and style.
Specifications of Wildcraft 45 litres Grey and Orange Rucksack Bag:
Brand: Wildcraft
Capacity: 45 litres
Colour: Grey and Orange
Material: Polyester
Dimensions: 24 x 33 x 70 cm
Weight: 900 grams
Compartments: Multiple, including hydration pack compartment
Durable polyester construction for long-lasting use
May be too large for everyday use
Comfortable padded shoulder straps and back panel
Heavier weight compared to smaller daypacks
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers appreciate the Wildcraft Rucksack Bag for its durability, spaciousness, and comfortable design, though some mention that it might be too large for everyday use.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Wildcraft Rucksack Bag for its spacious capacity, durable construction, and comfortable design, making it the perfect companion for all your outdoor adventures.
2.
The Trawoc Trailmaster 80L Rucksack Bag is designed for both men and women who love trekking, hiking, and travelling. With its large 80-litre capacity, this bag offers ample space to store all your essentials for extended outdoor adventures. Made from water-resistant materials, it ensures your belongings stay dry even in unpredictable weather conditions. The bag features multiple compartments and pockets for organised storage, while the padded shoulder straps and back panel provide comfort during long journeys. Backed by a 3-year warranty, you can trust in the durability and reliability of this backpack for years to come. Whether you’re exploring the wilderness or embarking on a cross-country journey, the 80L Rucksack Bag is your perfect companion.
Specifications of Trawoc Trailmaster 80L Rucksack Bag:
Brand: Trawoc
Model: Trailmaster
Capacity: 80 litres
Gender: Unisex (for Men & Women)
Material: Water-resistant
Warranty: 3 years
Compartments: Multiple
Straps: Padded shoulder straps
Back Panel: Padded for comfort
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Large 80-litre capacity for extended outdoor adventures
May be too bulky for everyday use
Water-resistant material keeps belongings dry
Limited information provided on dimensions and weight
Multiple compartments and pockets for organised storage
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers praise this rucksack bag for its spaciousness, durability, and water-resistant features, though some wish for more detailed information on dimensions and weight.
Why choose this product?
Choose this 80L rucksack bag for its large capacity, water-resistant design, and padded comfort, backed by a 3-year warranty for added peace of mind during your outdoor adventures.
3.
Looking for a reliable and spacious backpack for your outdoor adventures? Meet the Fur Jaden 55 LTR Rucksack Travel Backpack Bag, your ultimate companion for trekking and hiking escapades. With a generous 55-litre capacity, it offers ample space to accommodate all your essentials, while its dedicated shoe compartment ensures your footwear stays organised and separate from the rest of your gear. Crafted from durable materials, this backpack guarantees longevity and reliability in rugged outdoor environments. Equipped with adjustable straps and a padded back panel, it ensures optimal comfort during extended journeys. Its sleek design and versatile functionality make it suitable for various outdoor activities, ensuring you’re well-equipped for any adventure that comes your way.
Specifications of Fur Jaden 55 LTR Rucksack Travel Backpack Bag
Brand: Fur Jaden
Capacity: 55 litres
Features: Shoe compartment
Adjustable Straps: Yes
Padded Back Panel: Yes
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious 55-litre capacity for all your gear
Limited information on material, dimensions, and weight
Dedicated shoe compartment keeps footwear separate
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers rave about the Fur Jaden Rucksack Backpack, praising its stylish appearance, comfortable carry, ample space, and durable build. They appreciate its versatility for casual trips and its exceptional value for money, despite minor drawbacks like the absence of a laptop sleeve and complete waterproofing.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Fur Jaden Rucksack Backpack for its spacious capacity, durability, and dedicated shoe compartment, ensuring convenience and organisation for your trekking and hiking adventures.
4.
The Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag is the best travel companion for hiking, trekking, and travel adventures. With a spacious 60-litre capacity, this bag offers ample room to carry all your essentials and gear. Designed for both men and women, it features a durable construction and comes with a 3-year warranty for added peace of mind. The vibrant yellow colour adds a stylish touch to your outdoor ensemble. Equipped with multiple compartments and pockets, including a dedicated hydration pack compartment, it ensures organised storage for your belongings. The adjustable straps and padded back panel provide comfort during long journeys. The Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag is designed to handle both day hikes and multi-day treks with ease, ensuring durability for outdoor adventures.
Specifications of Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag:
Brand: Trawoc
Model: Vortex
Capacity: 60 litres
Gender: Unisex (for Men & Women)
Colour: Yellow
Warranty: 3 years
Hydration Pack Compartment: Yes
Adjustable Straps: Yes
Padded Back Panel: Yes
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious 60-litre capacity for all your gear
Limited colour options
Durable construction with a 3-year warranty
May be too large for everyday use
Hydration pack compartment for convenient hydration access
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Customers laud the Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag for its generous space, enduring durability, and handy hydration pack section. However, a few users mention its bulkiness for day-to-day usage.
Why choose this product?
Opt for the Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag for its ample room, sturdy build, and practical features such as the hydration pack compartment, catering perfectly to the needs of outdoor enthusiasts prioritising reliability and utility.
Enhance your outdoor experiences with the Impulse 60 Litres Keep Discovering Light Waterproof Rucksack. Boasting a capacious 60-litre capacity, it accommodates all your gear effortlessly. Crafted to be lightweight yet waterproof, it shields your belongings from the elements, aided by an included rain cover for added protection. Engineered for comfort, it boasts adjustable straps and multiple compartments for organised storage. Whether you’re venturing into the wilderness or embarking on a camping escapade, this rucksack stands resilient, promising to safeguard your essentials while you traverse the great outdoors. So why wait? Buy this product for yourself and make your travel journey easier than ever.
Specifications of Impulse 60 Litres Light Waterproof Rucksack Bag
Brand: Impulse
Capacity: 60 litres
Waterproof: Yes
Rain Cover: Included
Adjustable Straps: Yes
Compartments: Multiple
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious 60-litre capacity for all your gear
Limited information provided on material and durability
Waterproof design with included rain cover
Lightweight construction for easy carrying
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers appreciate the Impulse 60 Litres Rucksack for its spaciousness, waterproof design, and lightweight construction, though some wish for more detailed information on its material and durability.
Why choose this product?
Opt for the Impulse 60 Litres Rucksack for its ample space, waterproof features, and lightweight design, making it an ideal choice for outdoor enthusiasts seeking a reliable and convenient backpack for their adventures.
The Travel Point 60 Litres Waterproof Travel Rucksack Backpack is your ideal companion for outdoor adventures. With a spacious 60-litre capacity, it provides ample room to store all your essentials for camping, hiking, trekking, and other outdoor activities. Designed for both men and women, this rucksack features a waterproof construction, ensuring your belongings stay dry even in wet conditions. It comes with a 1-year warranty for added assurance of quality and durability. Equipped with adjustable straps and multiple compartments, it offers comfort and convenience for organised storage. Whether you’re embarking on a day hike or a multi-day camping trip, the Travel Point Rucksack Backpack ensures you’re well-prepared for any outdoor excursion.
Specifications of Travel Point 60 Litres Waterproof Travel Rucksack Backpack:
Brand: Travel Point
Capacity: 60 litres
Gender: Unisex (for Men and Women)
Waterproof: Yes
Warranty: 1 year
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious 60-litre capacity for outdoor gear
Limited warranty period
Waterproof construction keeps belongings dry
What are buyers saying?
Buyers appreciate the Travel Point 60 Litres Waterproof Travel Rucksack for its spaciousness, waterproof feature, and suitability for outdoor sports. However, some may find the warranty period too short.
Why choose this product?
Opt for the Travel Point 60 Litres Waterproof Travel Rucksack for its ample capacity, waterproof design, and versatility in outdoor activities, despite the relatively shorter warranty period, ensuring you’re well-equipped for your adventures.
The Trawoc Omega 60 Litre Rucksack Bag is designed to be your trusted companion for all your travel, trekking, and hiking adventures. With a generous 60-litre capacity, this bag provides ample space to store your essentials. Suitable for both men and women, it comes in a vibrant blue colour and is backed by a 3-year warranty for added peace of mind. Crafted with durability in mind, this rucksack ensures reliable performance throughout your journeys. Featuring adjustable straps and ergonomic design, it offers comfort during extended use. Whether you’re exploring rugged terrains or traversing through urban jungles, the Trawoc Omega 60 Litre Rucksack Bag is built to withstand the demands of your adventures.
Specifications of Trawoc Omega 60 Litre Rucksack Bag
Brand: Trawoc
Model: Omega
Capacity: 60 litres
Gender: Unisex (for Men & Women)
Colour: Blue
Warranty: 3 years
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious 60-litre capacity for all your gear
Limited colour options
Durable construction backed by a 3-year warranty
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers commend the Trawoc Omega 60 Litre Rucksack Bag for its spaciousness, durability, and versatility, though some wish for more colour options.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Trawoc Omega 60 Litre Rucksack Bag for its ample capacity, durable construction, and versatile design, ensuring you’re well-prepared for various outdoor adventures with the added assurance of a 3-year warranty.
Looking for a reliable companion for your outdoor escapades? Look no further than the Hyper Adam 65 LTR Rucksack Travel Backpack. Boasting a capacious 65-litre capacity, it offers abundant space to stow all your essentials and gear. Meticulously crafted for durability and functionality, this rucksack is tailored to endure the challenges of outdoor sports. Its versatile design lends itself seamlessly to a myriad of outdoor activities, ensuring you’re well-equipped for any adventure that comes your way. Whether you’re embarking on a leisurely day hike or a challenging multi-day trek, the Hyper Adam Rucksack stands ready to accompany you on your journey.
Specifications of Hyper Adam 65 Litre Rucksack Bag:
Versatile design suitable for various outdoor activities
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers are praising the Hyper Adam 65 Litre Rucksack bag for its lightweight construction, excellent value, comfort, and overall quality. They emphasise its effectiveness for travel and camping, appreciating its strategically placed cushioning. However, there is some discrepancy in opinions regarding its water resistance, with some expressing dissatisfaction in this regard.
Why choose this product?
Choose this bag for its reliability and suitability for all your outdoor needs, ensuring you’re well-equipped for any adventure.
How does this rucksack bag accommodate varying storage needs for different activities?
This rucksack bag features adjustable compartments and versatile storage options, ensuring ample space for gear needed during activities like hiking, camping, or daily commuting. Its modular design allows users to customise storage configurations based on their specific needs, providing convenient access to essentials while on the move.
Can you highlight the durability features of any rucksack bag and how it withstands rugged outdoor conditions?
Crafted from high-quality, tear-resistant materials, this rucksack bag is built to withstand the rigours of outdoor adventures. Reinforced stitching and durable zippers enhance its longevity, while water-resistant coatings protect belongings from moisture. Whether trekking through rough terrain or enduring adverse weather, this bag remains resilient, ensuring reliable performance in challenging conditions.
What innovative design elements distinguish this rucksack bag from traditional backpacks, enhancing user experience?
This rucksack bag incorporates several innovative design features to optimise functionality and user comfort. Ergonomic padding on shoulder straps and back panels reduces pressure points and enhances airflow, promoting comfort during extended wear. Additionally, intuitive organisational pockets and compartments streamline packing and accessing essentials, ensuring efficient use of space and convenience on the go.
What are the important factors to consider when buying a rucksack bag?
When purchasing a rucksack bag, several factors should be taken into account to ensure suitability and satisfaction with your investment.
Purpose: Determine the intended use of the rucksack bag, whether it’s for hiking, travelling, commuting, or other outdoor activities. Different purposes may require specific features or capacities.
Capacity: Assess the volume needed to accommodate your gear and essentials comfortably. Consider factors such as trip duration, the type of items you’ll carry, and any specialised equipment required.
Durability: Look for rucksack bags made from durable materials such as nylon, polyester, or ripstop fabric. Check for reinforced stitching, robust zippers, and water-resistant coatings to ensure longevity and withstand rugged conditions.
Comfort: Choose a rucksack bag with ergonomic design features, including padded shoulder straps, adjustable hip belts, and ventilated back panels. Comfortable carrying is essential, especially for extended hikes or trips.
Organisation: Opt for bags with multiple compartments, pockets, and dividers to facilitate efficient organisation and easy access to your belongings. Consider features like dedicated laptop sleeves, hydration bladder compartments, or external attachment points.
Fit: Ensure the rucksack bag fits well and distributes weight evenly across your shoulders and hips. Look for adjustable straps and customizable suspension systems to achieve a comfortable and secure fit.
Features: Assess additional features based on your specific needs and preferences. These may include hydration compatibility, compression straps, trekking pole attachments, rain covers, or removable daypacks.
Brand Reputation: Research reputable brands known for producing high-quality rucksack bags with reliable performance and customer satisfaction. Read reviews, seek recommendations, and consider warranty coverage when making your decision.
Which brands are better for rucksack bags?
When it comes to rucksack bags, several reputable brands are available, offering a diverse range of options to suit various activities and preferences. Among the top brands available on Amazon are Osprey, Deuter, The North Face, Gregory, Teton Sports, and MountainTop. These brands are renowned for their quality, durability, and functionality, with many receiving positive reviews from satisfied customers. Shopping on Amazon provides convenient access to a wide selection of rucksack bags from these trusted brands, ensuring you can find the perfect bag for your needs.
For the best value for money, the Trawoc Trail master 80L Rucksack Bag shines bright. Offering a generous 80-litre capacity at an affordable price point, it provides exceptional storage space for extended trips without breaking the bank. While its colour and additional features may be unspecified, its large capacity and sturdy construction make it a practical and cost-effective choice for budget-conscious adventurers seeking ample storage without sacrificing quality.
The Wildcraft 45 Litres Grey and Orange Rucksack Bag stands out as the best overall choice due to its optimal balance of capacity, colour variety, and versatile design. With a spacious 45-litre capacity and a stylish grey and orange colour scheme, it offers ample storage without compromising on style. Its durability and comfort make it ideal for various outdoor activities, ensuring reliability wherever your adventures take you.
Top 3 features of the best rucksack bags:
Best Rucksack Bags
Capacity (Litres)
Colour
Material
Wildcraft 45 Ltrs Grey and Orange Rucksack Bag
45
Grey and Orange
Polyester
Trawoc Trailmaster 80L Rucksack Bag
80
Grey and Red
Polyester
Fur Jaden 55 LTR Rucksack Travel Backpack Bag
55
Black and Grey
Polyester
Trawoc Vortex 60 Litre Travel Rucksack Bag
60
Yellow and Grey
Polyester
Impulse 60 Litres Light Waterproof Rucksack Bag
60
Black
Polyester
Travel Point 60 Litres Waterproof Travel Rucksack Backpack
60
Blue and Black
Polyester
Trawoc Omega 60 Ltr Rucksack Bag
60
Blue and Black
Polyester
Hyper Adam 65 Litre Rucksack Bag
65
Blue
Polyester
FAQs on the best rucksack bags:
What size of rucksack bag should I choose for my outdoor adventures?
It depends on the duration and type of adventure. For day hikes, a 20-30 litre bag suffices, while multi-day trips may require 50-70 litres.
How do I determine the durability of a rucksack bag?
Look for bags made from high-quality materials like ripstop nylon or Cordura. Reinforced stitching and sturdy zippers also indicate durability.
Are there waterproof rucksack bags available?
Yes, many brands offer waterproof or water-resistant options. Look for bags with treated fabrics and sealed seams for added protection against moisture.
What features should I look for in a rucksack bag for hiking or trekking?
Consider features like adjustable straps, padded hip belts, ventilated back panels, and multiple compartments for organisation and comfort during long treks.
How do I ensure the best fit for a rucksack bag?
Opt for bags with adjustable straps and waist belts. Properly adjust the straps to distribute weight evenly and ensure a comfortable fit. Adjustments may vary based on individual body sizes and preferences.
Read more stories on different kinds of bags:
Best travel trolley bags: Discover the top 9 must-haves for stress-free and effortless travel
Best kids luggage bags: Top 7 picks for hassle-free travel adventures with your little ones
Best men’s travel bag: Explore the top 9 picks for your next travel adventure around the world
At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
Call of Duty Modern Warfare 3 fans are counting down to the start of a new season. Modern Warfare 3 Season 4 has a May 29 release date on PS5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One and PC. According to developer Activision, the new season has a 5pm BST UK launch time. The launch of a new Call of Duty season will coincide with the release of a massive update, which will make countless gameplay tweaks and balance changes, all the while fixing some long-running bugs. The most exciting thing, however, is the launch of new maps, game modes, weapons and items, many of which can be unlocked via the Season 4 Battle Pass. As you can see from the Season 4 roadmap further down the page, new Battle Pass Operators include Soap, Void and Hammer, alongside Copy and Dupe for Blackcell owners. Needless to say, the Battle Pass will also give fans the ability to unlock some new weapons, such as the Marksman Rifle and Sledgehammer.
Modern Warfare 3 players will also be pleased to hear that Tokyo and Paris maps will be added to the game at launch.
The medium-sized Tokyo map contains a variety of shops, alongside the Metro Station and Hotel. Players will
Activision explains more: “Battle for the map’s major power positions, the Hotel and Manga buildings facing one another over the main road. Except for these two locations, the fight stays on ground level.
|Close-ranged Loadouts excel in the Arcade and Center Courtyard along the top of the map where kiosks and a sitting area obstruct views across the lane.
“Areas like the Hotel and Metro Station make for strong defensive points when battling on the far ends of the map. Use them to withstand enemy attacks until it’s safe to move forward again.”
Paris, on the other hand, contains Police Station and Gallery, as well as smaller areas such as shop and bookstore interiors. You’ll also be able to use ambulances and police cars for additional cover when moving between buildings.
You can see the early Call of Duty Modern Warfare 3 patch notes below…
Call of Duty Modern Warfare 3 Season 4 early patch notes…
New maps
• Tokyo (Launch)
– Brand-New, Core, 6v6, Medium-Sized
• Paris (Launch)
– Brand-New, Core, 6v6, Medium-Sized
• Incline (Mid-Season)
– Brand-New, Core, 6v6, Medium Sized
• Das Gross (Mid-Season)
– New (Variant), Core, 6v6, Small-Sized
New modes
• Demolition
– This round-based objective mode has similarities to Search & Destroy, with teams alternating between attacking and defending two bomb sites.
– However, unlike S&D, respawns are enabled and attacking players always spawn with a bomb, and defuses – ninja or otherwise – don’t end the round.
• Hyper Cranked
– For the uninitiated, Cranked pressures you into chaining kills, eliminating enemy opponents as often as you wish, but within a specific amount of time before a countdown reaches zero, or you’ll explode.
– Expect a faster reload, weapon swap, and quicker movement speed after your first kill.
• Havoc
– Havoc is a Core Multiplayer mode inspired by classic arena-shooter gameplay, with additional enhancements courtesy of a random selection of chaos-inducing modifiers.
– Expect gameplay to be consistently entertaining, fast-paced, and never the same.
• Headshots Only
– This team mode, played on a small moshpit of maps, is for skilled players that can demonstrate impressive aim.
– Using Team Deathmatch rules, augmented by the fact that only headshots count when eliminating other players; no damage is dealt, and no team score progression is possible unless your cranium-aiming is true.
New weapons
• Superi 46 (Submachine Gun)
– This pistol-caliber carbine chambered in 4.6x30mm is designed to give impressive stopping power with a skeletonized, lightweight frame.
– Exceptionally adaptable, this weapon can be modified to excel in most combat scenarios.
• Marksman Rifle
– This modernized version of a WWII bolt-action rifle is powerful and accurate. High damage output with a slow rate of fire.
• Reclaimer 18 (Shotgun, Mid-Season)
– Veteran Call of Duty players may know this heavy-hitting, legendary 12-gauge shotgun by another name, and at mid-season you’ll be able to empower your arsenal with this classic slide-action shotgun that packs a rapid and powerful punch.
– Last seen in Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War, this new reimagined variant offers a base of eight semi-automatic rounds with 16 in reserve.
• Sledgehammer (Melee Weapon, Mid-Season)
– Smack some heads with this hammer claw bar Melee weapon.
New Perks and Equipment
• Mission Control Vest Perk
– Reduces kills required by 1 and score required by 125 for Killstreaks.
• Compression Plate Perk
– Immediately regenerate health after a Primary, Secondary, or Throwing Knife/ Throwing Star kill.
– Objective captures also trigger health regeneration.
• Intelligent Munitions Systems Killstreak
– The Intelligent Munitions System is loaded with smart explosives that eliminate enemy personnel and vehicles within range.
– When triggered, it will eject an explosive upwards, which then locks onto its target and propels towards them.
• Loitering Munition Killstreak
– An unmanned rocket equipped drone loiters over the targeted areas.
– On each activation the drone selects the targeted location with the largest number of viable targets to bombard with rockets.
• Missile Drone Killstreak
– A small, piloted drone controlled by the player that fires guided missiles.
• DNA Bomb Killstreak
– The tremendous explosion can be triggered providing you’ve acquired enough consecutive kills without dying.
– Once you’re granted the DNA Bomb you can detonate it, eliminating all players on the opposing team.
Chinese car giant BYD isn’t stopping its development of plug-in hybrid (PHEV) technology, revealing a new system it claims is capable of driving for more than 2000km without refuelling or recharging.
BYD’s newly launched Qin L and Seal 06 sedans feature its fifth-generation ‘DM-i’ PHEV system, with the hybrid technology unlocking a claimed 2100km of driving range when the vehicle’s fuel tank and battery are full.
The bold claim of a 2000km-plus driving range only applies to top-spec sedans which utilise a 15.87kWh battery pack and a 160kW/260Nm electric motor – good for 120km of claimed driving range on its own – to supplement the 1.5-litre, 74kW/126Nm petrol engine.
Lesser variants are available with a 10.08kWh battery and 120kW/210Nm motor, and feature 80km of electric-only driving range. All versions are front-wheel drive with a continuously variable transmission (CVT).
It’s worth noting these claims are made against the lenient CLTC electric and NEDC petrol lab test cycles used in China, which aren’t as strict as the WLTP standard which is most commonly used in Australia and Europe.
According to BYD, even with its battery holding a low state of charge, the PHEV powertrain consumes only 2.9L/100km on the NEDC test cycle.
Qin L
By comparison, the BYD Sealion 6 – the brand’s only PHEV on sale in Australia – manages a claimed 1.1L/100km with a fully charged 18.3kWh battery and a more powerful front electric motor.
Pricing in China for the two models ranges from 99,800 yuan (A$21,100) for the least expensive, shortest range variants to 139,800 yuan (A$29,570) for the long-range flagship.
For context, the electric BYD Seal sedan is priced from 179,800 yuan ($37,130) in China, though it’s about 34 per cent more expensive in Australia, starting from $49,888 before on-road costs.
Seal 06
BYD has recently started adding PHEVs to its Australian lineup in the form of the Sealion 6, with the upcoming Shark ute to follow. The local division hasn’t confirmed any other PHEVs as yet.
Earlier this month, David Smitherman, CEO for BYD’s local distributor EVDirect, told CarExpert the brand was aiming for 100 per cent growth in 2024, then 100 per cent again in 2025 – potentially reaching 50,000 annual sales by the middle of the decade.
Last year, its electric-only lineup notched up 12,438 sales, consisting of 11,042 Atto 3 SUVs, 925 Dolphin hatchbacks, and 471 Seal sedans.
MORE: Everything BYD MORE: BYD’s ambitious goal to overtake Tesla’s sales in Australia
Paytm Clears the Air: No Discussions with Adani Group for Stake Acquisition
On January 31, the RBI imposed business restrictions on PPBL due to repeated violations of norms and non-compliance with multiple regulations.
Digital payments firm Paytm announced on Wednesday that it is not in discussions to sell a stake, refuting an earlier media report.
Gautam Adani, chairman of the Adani Group, is discussing with Paytm founder Vijay Shekhar Sharma to acquire a stake, according to a report by the Times of India, which cited sources familiar with the matter.
“We hereby clarify that the abovementioned news item is speculative and the company is not engaged in any discussions in this regard. We have always made and will continue to make disclosures in compliance with our obligations under the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015,” said the company in an official statement.
What did the report indicate?
According to the TOI report, Adani Group, Chairman, Gautam Adani is interested in acquiring a stake in One 97 Communications, the company behind the mobile wallet Paytm. However, Paytm has denied any such development.
According to the TOI report, Paytm founder and CEO Vijay Shekhar Sharma met with Adani Group chief Gautam Adani on May 28 at the group’s Ahmedabad headquarters to “finalise the details of a deal.”
“We hereby clarify that the abovementioned news item is speculative and the company is not engaged in any discussions in this regard,” Paytm said in reaction to the report.
If the deal between the two first-generation entrepreneurs succeeds and Adani enters the fintech market, it will compete with companies like Google Pay, Walmart-owned PhonePe, and Mukesh Ambani’s Jio Financial.
RBI Action On Paytm Payments Bank
On January 31, the RBI imposed business restrictions on Paytm Payments Bank (PPBL) due to repeated violations of norms and non-compliance with multiple regulations. The banking regulator prohibited PPBL from accepting new deposits and conducting credit transactions starting February 29.
In March 2024, PPBL was prohibited from onboarding new clients. This decision followed an audit report highlighting “persistent non-compliances and ongoing material supervisory concerns” at the bank. Since the RBI’s action, Paytm’s shares have lost more than 50 percent of their value, significantly impacting investors’ wealth.
Meanwhile, fueled by speculation that the Adani Group might be eyeing a stake in Paytm, One97 Communications saw its shares hit the upper circuit of 5 percent at Rs 359.55 on the BSE at 09:18 AM on Wednesday.
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
The crypto markets appear to have a long-term impact on the events as the prices continue their usual trend of consolidation within a narrow range. Although the consolidation was followed by a brief upswing, the bulls appear to have been exhausted as the buying volume is below par. Amid the rising attention over memecoins, the most popular one, Shiba Inu (SHIB), has lost traction, and hence the price has failed to attract the required volume.
In the past couple of days, after the launch of the ETH ETF, the markets have turned slightly volatile. Hence, the SHIB price is also gaining some traction and as a result, it is trying hard to break above the sluggish trend to display a major one soon. However, considering the current trade setup, this move may not be as easy as the price is approaching a ‘bearish capitulated’ zone.
The SHIB price has been trading in an ascending manner for a while, as the lower trend line has been acting as a strong support. The recent volatility that kicked into the space, caused the price to print consecutive bullish candles that lifted the levels within the resistance of an ascending triangle. Although a breakout attempt has occurred at the moment a bullish close above the zone may validate the upswing.
Moreover, the price has reached the upper range of the Gaussian Channel and a close above these levels may trigger a fresh bullish case. On the other hand, the RSI is ascending, suggesting the price may remain elevated and reach the upper resistance zone between $0.00003 and $0.000032. To do so, the buying pressure is required to increase with a rise in the trader’s activity, which could attract more liquidity.
Therefore, it is very crucial to monitor the Shiba Inu (SHIB) price action until the day’s close, as a small mistake may cause a breakdown. A daily close within or below the resistance zone can validate a bearish momentum, which may potentially lead to further downward movement.
You’d think that a new company with the resources of OpenAI would have a straightforward path to building trust. They had no legacy brand problems to unwind, no historical scandals to overcome, and no CEO constantly planting foot into mouth. Until recently.
OpenAI, the company behind ChatGPT, seems determined to avoid the straightforward path to trust. Sheesh — it’s almost as if they’re trying to sabotage the brand.
Here’s the latest example: When the company launched new voice models with GPT-4o last week, many people noted how much the one called Sky sounded like Scarlett Johansson, who voiced the AI assistant in the 2013 movie Her. Before the launch event, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman published a one-word post on X that said simply, “her.”
But that’s just one inconvenient event. Or is it? See also: The departure of several high-profile employees charged with protecting humanity, the restrictive clauses in OpenAI employment contracts, plus Altman’s claim he didn’t know about the clauses despite his signature on some of the documents.
Declining returns from the attention economy
The OpenAI vs. Scarlett Johansson beef is only the latest example of how the attention economy has reached peak valuation.
For years, marketers have tried a range of things to attract audience and buyer attention. On one end of the spectrum, you have the art and science of attempting to manipulate algorithms for visibility in search and social media. On the other end, you have “rage-baiting” — a tactic that involves stoking outrage to increase content engagement.
Some like attention to a currency. Now, its value is waning compared with a much more powerful rival — trust.
Brand trust rises in importance
As the old saying goes, trust is the hardest thing to find and the easiest thing to lose. And trust is in deep crisis worldwide.
The 2024 Edelman Trust Barometer intro highlights the challenge OpenAI and other tech companies face. The authors wrote:
“Rapid innovation offers the promise of a new era of prosperity, but instead risks exacerbating trust issues, leading to further societal instability and political polarization.”
Put simply: Trust in companies, media, and government erodes as leaders value attention over trust. Governmental politicians stoop to high-school-level insults; business leaders say outrageous things to stay in the press; and marketing departments bend over backward for that short-term sugar high of the click.
Ignore this decline of trust at your peril. Developing and demonstrating a trustworthy relationship with consumers is now one of the most important things marketers must do.
And that’s not new. But it’s clear that people no longer start out trusting and then become disappointed. The Edelman study points out that “most institutions are not trusted to introduce innovations to society.”
The media is actively distrusted. Governments and NGOs barely break 50% in terms of the number of people who trust them to integrate innovation into society (50% and 54%, respectively).
Yup. Distrust is democratized into everything.
Ick.
There is some good news. Edelman found that businesses have the highest level of trust (64%) among all institutions.
As a side note: Your brand is probably more trusted than the media company you’re paying to advertise with. That might be the strongest argument for an owned media strategy in 2024.
Attention is water, trust is the reservoir
What if your brand could become not only the most trusted on a topic among your competitors but the most trusted brand, period?
If that were the goal, would you trade some attention (say traffic or engagement) for fewer but more meaningful content interactions?
Historically, marketers looked at trusted information publishers and proclaimed, “There’s no way we can compete with that magazine (or nonprofit, association, or governmental agency).”
And you were right — those publications and organizations had all the attention.
But, if trust is the valued metric, you can compete now. And you must.
Trust as a metric
I worked with a B2B financial services company targeting investors and advisors a few years ago. The company asked a sample of its target audience to rank the institution and its competition on a level of trust. We also asked them to rank a sampling of the top media companies in the space.
At that time, comparing trust in financial services brands to trust in media brands was like comparing apples and oranges. But to reach its “increase brand trust” goal, the team set a goal for its new portfolio to become one of the most trusted content brands for financial advisors and investors.
When they repeated the ranking exercise a couple of years later, the team found wonderful results. The brand had risen in trust among both its competitors and media companies. That’s wonderful from a brand recall perspective.
But even more interesting were the results segmented from the brand’s subscribed audiences. Many of those who subscribed to the brand’s content trusted the company more than any other competitor and media companies.
These results provide a huge business case for the value of their content approach: Developing a deeper, more trusted relationship with audiences than even some of their media partners had.
It was a slower build and possibly more expensive to acquire a subscriber than a lead. But it paid off in a more valuable customer relationship — loyalty.
Playing the short, long game of trust
In the trust economy, value accrues when an audience trusts the brand and shares, evangelizes, and draws more people to that trust.
The short-term game of attention used to be the fastest way to show value in marketing. The goal was to distribute the most innovative thing, the most differentiated opinion, or the catchiest slogan to persuade potential buyers at the exact moment they need something.
But that game is only winnable when you start from a position of trust. Of course, you can’t earn trust without first having someone’s attention. The need for attention isn’t gone.
But now, you need to earn trust (by delivering value) in the first moments after you’ve earned the attention.
Yup. Marketing in the trust economy is harder.
You’ve got to demonstrate trustworthiness better, faster, and consistently. It’s the short, long game of a modern marketing strategy.
Gathering attention just doesn’t cut it anymore. Holding attention doesn’t work that well, either. You can hold someone’s attention for a bit without making them care.
The opportunity is here. The democratization of distrust can transform what’s possible. Your content can turn your brand into the most exciting and trusted resource for your customers.
It’s up to you to be worthy of the trust and the opportunity.
It’s your story. Tell it well.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Despite revenue more than doubling, Veranda Learning Solutions Limited, the Chennai-based education services solutions provider, reported a net loss of ₹39 crore in the fourth quarter ended March 31, 2024.
It was the same in the same quarter last year. Revenue increased to ₹103 crore (₹48 crore). The net loss was mainly due to higher finance cost.
The financial cost for the quarter includes a non-recurring cash expense of ₹10 crores towards pre-closure charges of existing loans; ₹8 crores (₹15 crores for FY24 ) of non-cash expenses pertaining to unwinding of acquisition related liabilities and ₹7 crores (₹10 crores for FY24 ) due to acceleration of processing charges of the loans prepaid, according to a release.
Also read: Veranda Learning Solutions partners with Karnataka govt to upskill govt college students
Advertising and business promotion expenses for Q4’24 & FY24 stood at ₹13 crores and ₹49 crores respectively.
For FY24, the net loss was ₹76 crore (₹79 crore) while revenue more than doubled to ₹362 crore ₹161 crore).
In the current year, the company has seen an increase in finance and depreciation costs due to accounting adjustments pertaining to the acquisitions completed.
Also read: Veranda Learning announces allotment of equity shares at ₹307 per share
The depreciation costs include a non-cash expense of ₹36.38 crores arising due to the amortization of intangible assets acquired.
The finance cost includes a non-cash expense of ₹14.63 crores arising due to unwinding of acquisition related liabilities and a non-cash expense of ₹9.92 crores due to acceleration of processing charges of the loans prepaid . The finance cost also includes a non-recurring cost of ₹10.25 crores due to prepayment of existing loans.
The total number of students trained by the Veranda Group for FY24 stood at 6,93,874 with 1,36,194 students trained during this quarter, the release said.
Also read: Veranda Group raises ₹425 crore NCD from BPEA Credit
In FY24, the company not only saw its operating revenues double to surpass ₹360 crores but also achieved a positive EBITDA for the first time.
“This is a testament to our team’s dedication. This has been driven by strategic consolidation of high-quality brands into our portfolio, significantly enhancing our market presence and performance,” he said..
Also read: Veranda Learning Solutions reports loss in Q3
“As we set our sights on FY25, we anticipate maintaining this momentum to achieve revenues exceeding ₹550 crores with an ambitious EBITDA margin of 25 per cent,” he said.
The company’s share price on the NSE closed at ₹173, down by 1.56 per cent.
There are still plenty of post-Memorial Day deals available, from major discounts on mattresses to more budget-friendly finds, but they won’t be around much longer. If you’ve still got a little room left in the budget, there are plenty of affordable deals to shop. From video games and Bluetooth speakers to everyday essentials, we’re still rounding up the best Memorial Day deals under $25 from Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart and more that are still going strong.
Steal these deals now — come tomorrow, they might be gone.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on everyday essentials
Memorial Day deals under $25 on home and kitchen
Sam’s Club
You can save on everyday essentials and bulk buys with a Sam’s Club membership — and save on the membership itself with this 50% off deal at StackSocial.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on health and fitness
Calia/CNET
This flexibility band set comes with three types of bands: extra light, light and medium. They are made for full-body exercise, ensuring you get a complete workout without a ton of bulky equipment. You can also combine the bands to make a total of seven resistance levels.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on toys and games
Bethesda Softworks/CNET
If you’re a fan of the Fallout TV series or have been wanting to check the game out for a while, this deal is going to be hard to pass up on.
What are the best Memorial Day deals under $25?
You can still find so many great savings on various items for under $25 for Memorial Day. Snag great finds on kitchen and home essentials, video games and even tech devices like speakers and streaming sticks. Whichever categories you’re looking in, you are sure to find great deals under $25.
What else is on sale for Memorial Day?
Tons of retailers were having sales on TVs, furniture and even major appliances for Memorial Day. Some of those retailers include Best Buy, Amazon, Walmart, Target and Costco. While the best deals are phasing out, there are still plenty of things that you can shop either online or in-store to score savings on appliances, TVs and more. Here is a roundup of the best Memorial Day deals happening right now.
How we choose the best Memorial Day deals under $25
Many of us here at CNET have covered shopping events for several years, including Black Friday, Prime Day, Memorial Day and countless other shopping events. We’ve gotten good at weeding out scams and superficial deals so you see only the best offers from all over.
We look for real discounts, quality reviews and remaining sale time when choosing deals to show you. We have a team of experts who have tested countless products to make sure we’re only sharing the best budget-friendly options.
Real discounts mean exactly that. We look at the price history for that product to make sure no brands are inflating prices to make the discount seem more substantial than it is.
Quality reviews and testing are important for any product. If you’re unhappy the first time you use it, the discount wasn’t worthwhile.
Remaining sale time is a huge part of our vetting process. If a deal seems like it will be around for only a short while or will be available for only the remaining stock, we’ll let you know upfront so you don’t come back to the deal later only to be disappointed.
News flash: some of the most effective cleaners for countertops to coffee makers are sitting in your cupboard. It is none other than the humble white vinegar! An indispensable item in any kitchen, vinegar is affordable, accessible and an effective ingredient that can clean anything and everything. When mixed with water, it becomes a miracle cleaner and you can make your kitchen spotless and shiny as new. Plus, it is a natural disinfectant, so say goodbye to common germs and bacteria. Have you ever tried using white vinegar in kitchen cleaning? If not, then this is a sign for you! Read on to learn how and where you can use vinegar to make your culinary sanctuary a clean haven!
Also Read: Spruce It Up: 5 Easy Hacks To Clean Kitchen With Lemon Juice
Of All The Ingredients, Why Should You Use Vinegar For Cleaning?
A kitchen staple, vinegar – especially white vinegar – is hailed for its cleaning abilities because of its acidic nature. When used in kitchen cleaning, vinegar can reduce grease, grime and mineral deposits that can make your kitchen look messy. The best part about using vinegar as a cleaning agent is that it is non-toxic, environmentally safe and does not dig a hole in the pocket. You can use vinegar as a safe alternative to market-brought chemical-laden cleaning products.
Use a vinegar solution to make your kitchen countertops spotless. Photo Credit: iStock
Which Spots Should You Clean In Your Kitchen Using Vinegar?
1. Countertops
Kitchen countertops undergo constant use which makes them prone to stains, spills and bacteria. For this, vinegar is perfect since it effectively cleans and disinfects without leaving harmful residues that can contaminate your food. To use vinegar for cleaning countertops, mix equal parts of white vinegar and water and transfer the solution to a spray bottle. In case of stubborn stains, let the vinegar-water solution sit on the countertop for a few minutes before wiping.
Pro Tip: Avoid using this vinegar-water solution on natural stone countertops like granite or marble, as its acidic nature can damage these surfaces.
2. Sink And Faucets
It goes without saying that the sink and faucet are frequently exposed to water, soap, and food particles, which leads to mineral deposits and grime buildup. This could make your sink look untidy. But thanks to vinegar’s acidity, it could break down these deposits and ensure a shiny and clean sink area. Make a 1:1 ratio solution of vinegar and water. Spray or apply the solution to the faucet and scrub with a sponge or cloth. If your faucets have mineral deposits, soak a cloth in the vinegar solution wrap it around the area and then scrub. This will remove the deposit and make your faucet look as clean as new.
3. Refrigerator
The place where you store food should also always stay clean and hygienic at all times. This is why vinegar can be useful in refrigerator cleaning as it prevents cross-contamination and odors. Make a solution by mixing equal parts of white vinegar and water and transfer it to a spray bottle. Remove all the food and containers from your fridge and then spray the solution on the shelves, drawers, and walls of the refrigerator. Wipe off the solution with a clean cloth and focus on spills and stubborn spots.
Remove all the food items before cleaning your kitchen with a vinegar solution. Photo Credit: iStock
4. Microwave
Microwaves, which are used for everything from heating food to defrosting, are prone to food splatters and spills, which can become tough to clean. A simple steam solution of vinegar and water can help loosen these residues, making it easy to wipe away stains. All you have to do is take a microwave-safe bowl and fill it with a 1:1 solution of vinegar and water. Place the bowl in the microwave and heat on high until it boils and produces steam. This process can take up to 10 minutes. Carefully remove the bowl and wipe off the interior using a clean cloth or sponge. This will liquify the stubborn stains and make it easier to clean them.
5. Coffee Maker
Do you use your coffee maker every day? Then chances are it has some stubborn stains that need to be removed. Regular descaling of your coffee maker is essential to prevent mineral buildup, which can affect the taste and efficiency of your coffee machine. Vinegar is a natural descaling agent that effectively removes these deposits. All you have to do is fill the coffee maker’s reservoir with equal parts of vinegar and water. Run a brewing cycle without the coffee grounds. After the cycle completes, replace the vinegar solution with clean water to remove any vinegar residues. This will make your coffee maker clean and fresh for use!
Also Read: 5 Mistakes You’re Unknowingly Making While Washing Dishes
Will you use vinegar in kitchen cleaning now? Let us know in the comments below!
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Feeding peanut butter to babies — starting during infancy and continuing until age 5 — has been shown effective in reducing allergies into adolescence, according to a new study by King’s College London.
The LEAP-Trio study, published on Tuesday in NEJM Evidence, showed that children who consumed peanuts early in life were 71% less likely to develop peanut allergies all the way up to 13 years of age.
This was a follow-up to the Learning Early About Peanut Allergy (LEAP) clinical trial. The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) sponsored and co-funded both studies.
10 SURPRISING FACTS ABOUT PEANUT ALLERGIES, ACCORDING TO A PEDIATRIC IMMUNOLOGIST
In the original trial, half the participants were asked to consume peanuts regularly from infancy until age 5, while the other half were asked to avoid the food during that period.
Researchers found that early introduction of peanuts reduced the risk of peanut allergy at age 5 by 81%.
Feeding peanut butter to babies has shown to be effective in reducing allergies into adolescence, according to a new study.(iStock)
This latest trial included 508 participants from the original study, averaging 13 years of age.
The children were given peanuts in a “carefully controlled setting” to gauge any allergic reactions.
Peanut allergies were “significantly more prevalent” among the children who avoided peanuts in the first five years of life.
BABY SLEEP DANGERS REVEALED IN NEW STUDY AS NEARLY 70% OF INFANT DEATHS WERE DUE TO CO-SLEEPING
“Regular, early peanut consumption reduced the risk of peanut allergy in adolescence by 71% compared to early peanut avoidance,” the study authors wrote.
This effect persisted regardless of whether the children had eaten peanuts regularly or avoided them over a period of many years.
FDA APPROVES ALLERGY DRUG TO LESSEN SEVERITY OF REACTIONS TO PEANUTS, DAIRY, OTHER FOODS
“The key finding of this study is that early consumption of peanut, starting early in the first year of life, confers long-term protection against peanut allergy all the way into adolescence, even without continued consumption of peanut beyond the age of five years,” lead study investigator Gideon Lack, a professor at King’s College London, told Fox News Digital.
Children who consumed peanuts early in life were 71% less likely to develop peanut allergies all the way up to 13 years of age, researchers found.(iStock)
“This is the first study to establish long-term oral tolerance as a protective strategy against peanut allergy.”
To prevent peanut allergy, young babies as early as 4 months of age should be given peanuts in the form of peanut puffs or peanut butter “regularly and frequently” — at least three times a week — over the first four to five years of life, the researchers recommended.
GLUTEN-FREE LIFESTYLE: DEBUNKING MYTHS AND DECIDING IF THE DIET IS RIGHT FOR YOU
“I was not entirely surprised, but nevertheless impressed by the strong protective effect of early peanut consumption preventing peanut allergy all the way into adolescence,” Lack noted.
“This indicates that lifelong tolerance may have been achieved.”
“Early introduction of infant-safe peanut foods has been proven to help prevent peanut allergies, especially but not exclusively in infants at risk for peanut allergies,” a registered dietitian told Fox News Digital. (iStock)
Sherry Coleman Collins, a food allergy dietitian in Marietta, Georgia, was not involved in the study but shared her insights on the topic.
“Early introduction of infant-safe peanut foods has been proven to help prevent peanut allergies, especially but not exclusively in infants at risk for peanut allergies,” she told Fox News Digital.
“In this study, they found that even if children who ate peanut foods in infancy stopped eating peanuts for a period of time, they were still protected against developing a peanut allergy,” Collins continued.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
This supports the idea that tolerance to foods developed in infancy can extend into adolescence, according to Collins.
“Infants who have moderate to severe eczema and/or egg allergy should discuss early introduction of peanut foods to help prevent peanut allergies because they are at highest risk,” she advised.
“Infants who have moderate to severe eczema and/or egg allergy should discuss early introduction of peanut foods to help prevent allergies.”
The study did have some limitations, Lack acknowledged.
“One weakness of the study is that it was carried out in a high-risk population of babies with severe eczema or hens egg allergy,” he told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“However, the findings of the original LEAP study have now been replicated in other lower-risk normal populations and therefore are applicable to the general population.”
These findings could likely be effective for other types of food allergies, the researchers said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
The idea is simple: Artists upload high-resolution images of their work. A fulfillment center prints and ships editions direct to consumers, at different sizes, on materials that range from wall-mounted canvas and acrylic panels to yoga mats and tank tops. A.I.-powered statistical analysis tracks your potential buyers; a marketing calendar maps your social media strategy. The bespectacled sales representative showed me a summary of one artist’s yearly take: over $80,000. If I signed up in the next few hours, he said — at $1,699 upfront for the basic Bronze membership tier, plus $50 a month for the web store — they’d build my site for me. And I’d begin, supposedly, collecting cash.
Art Storefronts debuted in 2013. It now has 14,000 members. Nick Friend, the company’s chief executive and founder, graduated from U.S.C.’s Marshall School of Business. He developed the idea for Art Storefronts after starting a company that manufactures fine art papers and canvas.
From the moment I surrendered my contact information, I sustained their hard sell: emails and text messages dangling one of a few dwindling slots in their latest limited promotion. Other emails promised further walk-throughs with satisfied Art Storefronts customers.
“I’ve noticed now so many ads, these videos, you know: Artists, I can help you make $500,000 and blah, blah, blah. And that’s always the promise,” said Karen Hutton, an accomplished landscape and travel photographer. She sells multiples through an Art Storefronts website, but that’s just one piece of a successful career. “I have a vision for what I want my business to be,” she told me. “Their business education doesn’t align with that. And that’s fine because it aligns with other people.”
Ideally, says one testosterone-laced Art Storefronts podcast episode from 2017 (removed from their website in the last several weeks), prospective members are encouraged to pass what they call the “Does My Art Suck?” test by selling their art, offline, to a stranger.
Friend told me that 20 percent of new members haven’t sold art before. Art Storefronts seemed ready to take my money, too — one marketing email said that my art had “randomly caught” a rep’s eye. But I hadn’t shown anyone any.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JAPANSKA šminka je već dugo poznata po lijepom pakiranju i visokoj kvaliteti. Mnogima se na radaru našao upravo jedan takav brend zahvaljujući svojoj kolekciji paleta sjenila inspiriranih umjetničkim djelima. U pitanju je brend MilleFée.
“Ovo je tako lijepo”
Palete sjenila koje su privukle pozornost nadahnute su djelima Van Gogha, Renoira i Moneta. Tiktokerice s profila Min (@minxngyn) i Ddal (@ddalqiwee) predstavile su komplete paleta koje su im stigle u velikom pakiranju koje nalikuje na knjigu, a u kojima se kriju mini-palete sjenila s motivima legendarnih slika.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Nosim li šminku? Ne. Trebam li paletu Suncokreti? Da.”, “Nema plavih nijansi”, “Htjela bih ovo imati”, “Ovo je tako lijepo”, “Želim ih kupiti”, “Evo što želim”, “Vau, to je to”, “Hoću”, neki su od komentara na njihove videe.
MilleFée je japanski brend šminke prepoznat po visokom ulaganju u prezentaciju i kvalitetu proizvoda. Proizvodi nisu testirani na životinjama, a dostavljaju u 50 zemalja diljem svijeta, što uključuje i Hrvatsku.
Svaki paket sjenila sadrži četiri mini sjenila nadahnuta djelima legendarnih slikara.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
There aren’t many things Mckenna Whitham can’t do on a soccer field.
She’s fast. She can shoot. She can dribble. She can pass.
“She has a skill set that is different,” her father, Josh, says. “She doesn’t have a flaw in her game.”
She’s also just 13.
At an age when most kids are preparing for high school, Mckenna Whitham is preparing to turn pro in the world’s most popular sport. She’s already the youngest person to sign a name, image and likeness contract with Nike and the youngest to play for an NWSL club. In that February preseason game, Whitham, a non-roster invitee with Gotham FC, scored the game’s only goal in stoppage time, making her the youngest player to score for an NWSL team.
For Mckenna high school isn’t a necessity, it’s a detour.
“My thoughts haven’t really been high school or anything. I’ve always wanted to go pro, like right away,” she said. “And I’ve been working really hard to get there.”
Kennedy Fuller is already there and the midfielder, who signed with Angel City three days before her 17th birthday last March, said her advice to Whitham would be to be patient — not always an easy thing for a 13-year-old.
Mckenna Whitham practices with the Santa Clarita Blue Heat at College of the Canyons.
(Courtesy of Luc Caouette)
“It’s super important that she thinks about putting herself in the best environment possible,” said Fuller, who took a red-eye back to Texas for her high school graduation hours after playing the final 28 minutes of her team’s scoreless draw with the San Diego Wave last week. “Whether that’s playing up a couple of years, whether that’s playing with boys, whether that’s playing with professional training, professional teams, whatever that may be.
“Putting herself in the best environment possible is what’s going to eventually help her be the best version of herself.”
Whitham, who goes by Mak, is already doing much of that. By playing with the U.S. U-15 team, she’s playing up a couple of years and she’s been training with LAFC’s boys’ academy team. And on Wednesday she’s expected to make her debut with the Santa Clarita Blue Heat, a highly regarded summer pro-am club whose alumni include World Cup veterans Savannah DeMelo, Alyssa Thompson, Lauren Sesselmann and Ashley Sanchez and reigning NWSL rookie of the year Jenna Nighswonger.
That Whitman can even dream the dream of becoming a professional before finishing high school — a dream Kennedy and a handful of others are already living — is a relatively new development. Until 2021, NWSL required women to be at least 18 to play in the league.
That was news to Olivia Moultrie and her family. At 13, the same age Whitham is now, Moultrie, now 18, signed with the Wasserman Media Group, U.S. soccer’s most powerful agency, then accepted a multiyear endorsement deal with Nike and an offer to train with the NWSL’s Portland Thorns, moving with her parents and two younger sisters to Oregon for what she thought would be the start of a professional career.
When the league told her she’d have to wait five years to play in an official match, she sued and the courts eventually agreed that the NWSL was in violation of antitrust rules. So ahead of the 2022 NWSL season, new commissioner Jessica Berman pushed through a mechanism for signing players under 18, opening the door not just for Moultrie, but for other rising stars such as Chloe Ricketts, Melanie Barcenas and Jaedyn Shaw. Angel City has three teenagers in addition to Fuller: forwards Alyssa Thompson, 19, and Casey Phair, 16 and defender Gisele Thompson, 18.
“It’s incredibly important that we have a domestic pathway for those special players that want to take the next step,” said Jill Ellis, who coached the U.S. women’s team to two World Cup titles before becoming president of the San Diego Wave. “It was a rarity a few years ago to have teenagers in the pro ranks. To see the evolution and opportunities now for our best young talent is exciting.”
Which brings us back to the Whithams, who moved from the San Francisco Bay Area to Southern California last summer because the soccer opportunities, such as the chance to play with the Blue Heat and with Slammers FC, an elite youth program in Orange County, were better for Mak. Her father , a senior vice president for a global staffing firm, can work remotely, freeing him to ferry his daughter to games and practices. Her mother, Joni, homeschools her daughter, which helps keep her schedule flexible.
“My job is to make sure that as long as she’s having fun, and if she wants to do it, that she has the opportunity to do it. Then it’s up to her to prove herself,” Josh Whitham said.
“All I care about is that she’s following her dreams and that she wants to do it. My goal is just to be here to support her.”
Josh Whitham said he doesn’t push his daughter to train. The motivation comes from her.
Mckenna Whitham kicks the ball during a Santa Clarita Blue Heat training session at College of the Canyons this month.
(Courtesy of Luc Caouette)
“She runs her entire schedule, including her homeschooling,” he said. “She learned a big organizational thing that most adults struggle with.”
Josh Whitham knows a little bit about the challenges of being a precocious athlete. At 15, he was the youngest member of the U.S. Olympic ski team, ranking as high as 40th in the world and making the roster for the 1998 Nagano Olympics as an alternate before he was out of high school.
“We have those conversations,” he said. “But my job is shifting to more of an advisor and just to make sure I’m here to talk about anything. [The] experiences she’s living right now, you can never replace those no matter what you do. In regular life you cannot replace going to Europe, being with the teams, having the interaction with these players.
“We do worry about those things. All I care is that she’s following her dreams and we’ll be here to support her. And if that [dream] changes, then it changes.”
Right now that dream is to sign a professional contract. Barcenas became the young player in NWSL history when she signed with the Wave last season at 15 years 138 days. Whitham, who has continued to train with Gotham, the reigning NWSL champion, as well as NWSL clubs in Kansas City and Washington, won’t turn 15 for another 14 months.
“As of now, we’ve committed to riding out this the way it is and finishing out the year,” Josh Whitham said. “She wants to sign. It’s just a matter of time and where the best developmental situation is.”
Time, certainly, is on their side.
“This,” Josh Whitham agreed “is a long road.”
⚽ You have read the latest installment of On Soccer with Kevin Baxter. The weekly column takes you behind the scenes and shines a spotlight on unique stories. Listen to Baxter on this week’s episode of the “Corner of the Galaxy” podcast.
LIC Share Price Today: Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) shares on Tuesday, May 28 were in focus, a day after the state-run life insurance major reported its March quarter results. LIC shares gained as much as 2.5 per cent to the day’s high of Rs 1,062.45 on NSE in morning deals. At 1:31 AM, the counter declined to trade at Rs 1,030.70 on NSE.
LIC Q4 FY24 results
LIC reported a standalone net profit of Rs 13,762.6 crore for the quarter ended March 31, an increase of 2.5 per cent compared with the corresponding period a year ago.
The life insurance behemoth’s net premium income for the fourth and final quarter of FY24 stood at Rs 1,52,293.1 crore, up 15.6 per cent on a year-on-year basis, according to a regulatory filing.
LIC’s income from first-year premium improved to Rs 13,810 crore for the quarter under review from Rs 12,811 crore a year ago.
Its quarterly income from renewal premiums expanded to Rs 77,368 crore from Rs 76,009 crore a year ago.
For the financial year 2023-24, LIC registered a net profit of Rs 40,676 crore as against a net profit of Rs 36,397 crore for the previous year.
LIC has recommended a final dividend of Rs 6 per share for the financial year ended March 31.
The company has fixed July 19, 2024, as the record date to ascertain the eligibility of shareholders for this corporate action.
JP Morgan Sees Up To 29% Upside
JP Morgan, the global brokerage firm, has upheld its ‘Overweight’ rating on LIC following the announcement of its Q4 results at a target price of Rs 1,340. This projection suggests a potential increase of 29% from the previous day’s closing price of Rs 1,035.8 per share.
In its report, JP Morgan highlighted LIC’s strong performance in Q4, particularly noting its impressive earnings and surpassing New Business Value (NBV) expectations.
The global investment bank commends LIC’s strategic focus on growth over profitability, with market observers acknowledging the company’s expanding market share as a significant driver for its stock performance.
Furthermore, JP Morgan emphasised, “The stock appears undervalued, with ample room for robust business growth.”
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Aparna Deb
Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious abo…Read More
Discover top smartphones under Rs 20,000: iQOO Z9, Moto G54, Realme Narzo 70 Pro, OnePlus Nord CE3 5G, POCO X6 5G. Featuring high-end specs like MediaTek Dimensity/Snapdragon processors, 50MP cameras, 6.67-6.5-inch displays, 5000-6000mAh
iQOO Z9
The iQOO Z9, recently launched by the company, features a 6.67-inch display with 1800 nits brightness, a 50 MP camera, a 5000 mAh battery, and a MediaTek Dimensity 7200 processor. Priced at Rs 19,999.
Moto G54
Motorola’s Moto G54 boasts a 6.5-inch display, a 50 MP camera, a 6000 mAh battery, MediaTek Dimensity 7020 processor, and 128GB storage. Available for Rs 15,949.
Realme Narzo 70 Pro
Priced at Rs 19,999, the Realme Narzo 70 Pro sports a 6.67-inch display with 2000 nits brightness, MediaTek Dimensity 7050 processor, a 5000 mAh battery, and a 16MP camera.
OnePlus Nord CE3 5G
The OnePlus Nord CE3 5G comes with a 6.7-inch display, a 50MP camera, a 5000 mAh battery, Snapdragon 782G processor, 16MP selfie camera, and 128GB storage. Its price stands at Rs 18,999.
POCO X6 5G
Recently launched by Poco, the X6 boasts a 6.67-inch display with 1800 nits brightness, a 64MP primary camera, 12GB RAM, 512GB storage, Snapdragon 7s Gen 2 chipset, and a 5,100mAh battery. Available for Rs 18,999.
Sony is about to give PlayStation Plus subscribers a look at the next wave of free PS4 and PS5 Essentials joining the service in June 2024. Unless Sony decides to unveil the PS Plus games during this week’s rumoured State of Play event, the PS Plus Essentials will be revealed at 4.30pm BST UK time on the afternoon of May 29. The PS4 and PS5 games will be available to download and install less than a week later, specifically on the morning of June 4. This means you don’t have long to pick up the current batch of PlayStation Plus freebies, which are headlined by EA Sports FC 24. Daily Express will update this article when the PS Plus games for PlayStation 4 and PS5 are officially revealed by Sony, or if they leak ahead of schedule.
Indeed, without any leaks to go by, PS Plus members have been attempting to predict the line-up ahead of the official reveal by Sony.
As you can see from our monthly predictions piece from the weekend, games with multiple predictions include Hades, Sonic Frontiers and Forspoken.
That’s on top pf predictions for the likes of first-person action game Terminator Resistance, not to mention EA Sports UFC 5, cyberpunk stealth game Stray, and Soul Hackers 2.
Other popular choices include Metro Exodus, Like A Dragon Ishin!, Jedi Survivor, Little Nightmares 2, Resident Evil Village, Lego Star Wars Skywalker Saga, Nier Automata and The Pathless.
Needless to say, first-party blockbusters like Gran Turismo 7, God of War Ragnarok and The Last of Us also get a mention, alongside recent flop Suicide Squad, which could definitely use a boost.
Either way, it will have to be something special to beat the current line-up, which consists of EA Sports FC 24, Tunic, Ghostrunner 2 and Destiny 2 expansion Lightfall.
If you haven’t already, the you should definitely give Tunic a try, because it’s one of the best games of the past few years.
It features similar gameplay and puzzle solving to things like classic Legend of Zelda, but with a unique mechanic where you discover new abilities and clues by collecting pieces of the instruction manual within the game.
Ghostrunner 2 is another fantastic title, featuring razor-sharp action and speedy platforming where one hit can kill.
Lancia’s first brand-new hot hatch in decades in an electric hatchback, and it’ll herald a return to rallying for the Italian marque.
The Lancia Ypsilon HF has been revealed as the high-performance version of the car that launched the brand’s rebirth, the standard fourth-generation Ypsilon, which was revealed exclusively with electric power earlier this year.
Lancia is expected to bring the Ypsilon HF to the European market in May 2025, while the brand will make its World Rally Championship (WRC) return with the Ypsilon Rally4 HF – albeit not in the top-flight category, and with petrol power.
The Ypsilon is built on the e-CMP platform, shared with other electric vehicles under the Stellantis umbrella including the Fiat 600e, Peugeot e-208, and Jeep Avenger EV.
It’s powered by a 51kWh battery pack, with a single front-mounted electric motor producing 115kW of power and 260Nm of torque.
The HF version bumps the power figure to around 180kW for a 0-100km/h time of 5.8 seconds, and brings lowered suspension, a wider wheel track with fender extensions, aggressive styling, and version-specific six-spoke alloy wheels.
The re-introduction of the HF logo and red elephant icon is a reminder of Lancia’s performance heritage and pedigree and nods to the brand’s passionate owner base.
Lancia has won 15 WRC titles and competed with some of the most iconic cars in the history of the sport, and its return to racing with the Ypsilon Rally4 HF is expected to be a welcome addition to the field.
Rendered in a livery reminiscent of Lancia’s Martini Racing colours, the Ypsilon Rally4 HF will be fitted with a 1.2-litre turbocharged three-cylinder petrol engine producing 156kW of power, in line with the WRC’s Rally4 category regulations.
It will be mated to a five-speed mechanical transmission sending power to the front wheels with the help of a limited-slip differential, while the return to competition will bring back the historic Lancia Corse HF branding.
The HF logo will also appear on Lancia’s future models, including the Gamma crossover and Delta hatch.
MORE: Reborn Lancia details new electric hatchback with 400km of range
The post Investor Turns $2,700 of Shiba Inu into $1.2 Million appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
An investor turned a $2,700 investment in Shiba Inu (SHIB) into $1.24 million after he held it for more than three years. On January 31, 2021, the user purchased around 48 billion SHIB for two wrapped ethers (WETH) on Uniswap. As SHIB’s price rises to $0.000026, this investor has sold the tokens, and ultimately realized a 47,592% return! This remarkable profit highlights the potential held by long-term investments in volatile memecoins.
Google-backed edtech platform, Adda247 has recorded a jump of 88 per cent year-on-year (y-o-y) in revenue to ₹243.39 crore in FY24 from ₹129.65 crore in the previous fiscal year. The company reportedly also reduced its net loss by 66 per cent to ₹101 crore, down from ₹296 crore in FY23.
Adda247 attributed this growth to the already existing verticals across government job exams, UPSC and the newly introduced K13 verticals (CUET, NEET & JEE) that contributed around 15 per cent to the total revenue. The company expects continued robust growth this year and is upbeat about the recently announced expansion into skilling, up-skilling, and higher education sectors with the appointment of Bimaljeet Singh Bhasin as CEO for the categories.
Also read: NCLT issues fresh notices to Byju’s over unpaid vendor dues; next hearing on July 3
Anil Nagar, Founder and CEO of Adda247, said, “Adda247’s exceptional financial results and strategic advancements in FY 2024 are a testament to our unwavering commitment to innovation and user-centric approaches. Sustainable growth has always been our key focus, and we are especially enthusiastic about our recent expansion into the skilling and higher education sectors.”
The company’s active user base has reached 40 million and has two million students enrolled in its premium courses, driven by targeted vernacular strategies in key regions and languages. Paid subscribers in FY24 grew by over 60 per cent, with predominantly organic growth and marketing costs around 4 per cent of revenue.
The multilingual learning platform offers online preparation courses for over 500 examinations, including CUET, IIT JEE, NEET, UPSC, and various government job exams like Banking, SSC, Teaching, and Defence. The company’s revenue is primarily generated from its app-based offerings, encompassing paid video courses, live classes, and educational books. It is backed by investors like Westbridge, Google, and Info Edge and their acquisitions include StudyIQ in 2021 and Veeksha in 2023.
Memorial Day deals are still going strong, and we’ve spotted savings on a wide variety of products. But one deal that you shouldn’t overlook is Woot’s Nintendo Switch sale. The retailer is offering significant discounts on several different Switch systems, starting from just $161. These prices will only be available until the end of the month, so if you’re thinking of making a purchase, keep that in mind.
As mentioned, there are a few Nintendo Switch deals here starting with the Timmy & Tommy’s Aloha Edition Switch Lite. It’s a refurbished product with no noticeable damage, and you’ll get all the original accessories — but note that there’s no game included here. Still, at just $161 it’s a great way to get started with Nintendo Switch gaming. There’s also a refurbished Switch Lite in a pink color for a few dollars more at $165, too.
At the opposite end of the price scale, we have the v2 Nintendo Switch with gray joy-cons. It’s a brand new unit but it’ll come repackaged in a brown box. You’ll still get all the usual accessories though and right now you’ll pay just $260.
Finally, a refurbished Nintendo Switch with red and blue joy-cons can be yours for $240 as well. With all of these options available, all you need to do is pick the right one for you. And remember that while the Nintendo Switch is a great way to play games on the go, you can hook it up to a TV, too. Be sure to check out our list of the best Memorial Day TV deals if it’s time to upgrade your old model.
People with high stress sensitivity, anxiety or depression are at a “significantly higher heart attack risk” during periods of social or political stress, a study found.(Lorenzo Bevilaqua/ABC via Getty Images; iStock)
STRESS TEST – Heart attack risk spikes for some people during periods of stress, such as election seasons, a new study found. Continue reading…
IRREVERSIBLE DECISIONS – Many patients who died after traumatic brain injuries may have survived and recovered if their families had waited to take them off life support, a new study found. Doctors react. Continue reading…
‘NOT A DEATH SENTENCE’ – For Lupus Awareness Month, a lupus expert debunks 7 common myths about the autoimmune disease. Continue reading…
Dr. Brooke Goldner, a board-certified medical doctor and an autoimmune professor at Cornell University, pictured at right, is committed to debunking lupus myths and misconceptions.(iStock/Dr. Brooke Goldner)
CHEW ON THIS – “Is it dangerous to swallow gum?” In our Ask a Doc column, a gastroenterologist explains the risk. Continue reading…
NIGHTMARISH SYMPTOMS – Those who experience vivid nightmares and odd hallucinations might have an underlying autoimmune disease, a new study suggests. Continue reading…
LIVING LONGER – For Women’s Health Month, three mothers at three different stages of life shared how they are defying age through simple lifestyle practices and interventions. Continue reading…
Left to right, Julie Gibson Clark, Amy Hardison and Lil Eskey shared the lifestyle habits that help them slow down biological aging.(James Lee, Amy Hardison, Lil Eskey)
NEW HOPE – Paralyzed participants in a trial saw “significant improvement” in their hand and arm function after receiving spinal cord simulation. Continue reading…
CHEMICAL CULPRITS – Americans may be breathing in cancer-causing chemicals while driving, recent research suggests. Doctors weigh in on the potential risk. Continue reading…
CAUTIONARY TALES – This May, for Skin Cancer Awareness Month, two melanoma patients are sharing their stories of how they overcame this invasive form of the disease. Continue reading…
Abby Weiner, pictured at left and at right with her husband and sons, was diagnosed with melanoma in Oct. 2023.(Abby Weiner)
There are not too many cities where you can catch a sunrise at the beach and then head straight for a massive breakfast. While those images of a quintessential Chennai breakfast usually involve piping hot idlis or crispy dosas and a freshly brewed cup of invigorating filter coffee, the city’s breakfast scene goes beyond those cliches. Whether you’re looking for a flat white or a degree coffee (aka filter coffee) or whether you want to start your day with a pongal vadai or an Eggs Benedict, we have you covered.
Photo Credit: Madras Pavillion, ITC Grand Chola
12 Must-Try Breakfast Places In Chennai:
1. Krishna Restaurant, New Woodlands Hotel:
One of the first waves of restaurants in Chennai was sparked by entrepreneurs who moved from Udupi to coastal Karnataka. They introduced Chennai to the Udupi-style Masala dosa. New Woodlands is one of the flagbearers of Udupi-style breakfast staples that have been adapted to the Chennai palate. Try their filter coffee and a wide range of dosas. You can also check out Mathsya and Ashoka Hotel (both in Egmore) for more Udupi flavours.
Where: Radhakrishnan Salai, Mylapore
2. Eating Circles:
Need a taste of Bengaluru (including the slightly sweeter Sambar) in Chennai? then head straight to Eating Circles. From the crispy and fail-proof Masala dosa (dose in Bengaluru) to the crunchy Maddur Vada and the MTR-style Rava idli, this restaurant has it all.
Where: CP Ramaswamy Road, Alwarpet
3. Sangeetha’s:
One of the best spots for a Chennai-style breakfast. We’re partial to their RA Puram and Adyar outlets. Their Pongal vadai and filter coffee are spot on and so are their grainy idlis and range of dosas. But most of all it’s their range of accompaniments – their sambar and chutneys never miss the mark. You can also check out A2B (Adyar Ananda Bhavan) outlets across the city for a Chennai-style breakfast.
Where: Third Cross Road, RA Puram
4. Pumpkin Tales:
Helmed by three women entrepreneurs, this cheerful space with plenty of natural light is a great place to start your day. Tables are tough to come by on a Sunday when regulars land up for their egg Benedict varieties, power smoothies and Morning Glory Bowls.
Where: Bheemanna Garden Street
Photo Credit: Pumpkin Tales
5. Madras Pavilion, ITC Grand Chola:
It’s tough to pick our favourite breakfast buffet at a luxury hotel in Chennai. Madras Pavilion has a slight edge for its perfect blend of international favourites, healthy options and one of the best South Indian sections. There are not too many luxury hotels that get their filtered coffee and idlis right even in Chennai.
Where: ITC Grand Chola, Mount Road
6. Ciclo Cafe:
If you’re heading out early down the coast (on East Coast Road) towards Mamallapuram or Pondicherry, Ciclo Cafe makes for the perfect pit-stop. From hash browns to sausages and from waffles to French Toast, the menu has a host of international options and also offers the comfort of parathas if you’re looking for a wholesome breakfast to kickstart your day.
Where: PVR Heritage RSL, East Coast Road, Uthandi
Photo Credit: Ciclo Cafe
7. Millet Maagic:
Tamil Nadu loves its millets. A slew of restaurants like Prem’s Grama Bhojanam and Millet Maagic offer healthy millet options for popular dishes. From millet karuvapellai (curry leaf) idlis to millet parathas and millet dosas, Millet Magic (with the extra a in the Magic) is one of the healthiest breakfast spots in town.
Where: First Cross Road, TTK Road, Alwarpet
8. Mari Hotel:
It’s not easy to find and it’s located in a busy part of Saidapet where parking is almost impossible to find, yet this nondescript restaurant serves one of Chennai’s very own iconic breakfast dishes – vada curry (a coarse dal mix in a flavourful gravy), that tastes terrific with dosa. You can also stop at Mamalla Motel on ECR near Mamallapuram for your vada curry fix.
Where: VS Mudali Street, Saidapet
9. Murugan Idli Shop:
This restaurant chain might have its roots in Madurai but it has grown to become one of the city’s most popular restaurant brands. Most regulars will tell you to try their fluffy almost sticky idlis that are served with a whole bunch of accompaniments. We’d also recommend their sakkarai (sweet) Pongal and the onion uthappam.
Where: Multiple outlets
10. Chamiers Cafe Chennai:
It has one of the most evolved cafe cultures in the country. Chamiers Cafe close to the Swish Boat Club area is a case in point. The charming interiors might transport you to an English tea room in colonial Madras. There’s a ‘Full fry up’ English breakfast with bacon and sausages and all-day breakfast options that include waffles, a vegetarian Spanish breakfast and an anti-oxidant power breakfast to fire you up.
Where: Chamiers Road
11. Hotel Safari:
While you might associate Chennai’s breakfast scene with vegetarian staples, the city also has its share of old-school restaurants that dish out some of the city’s favourite non-vegetarian options. Safari Hotel in the busy Royapettah area serves popular dishes like egg appam, aatukual paaya (trotters) with idiyappam (string hoppers) and flavourful chicken curry.
Where: Royapettah High Road.
12. Coffee Trotter:
Chennai’s unconditional love for filter coffee is well documented. The city’s coffee snobs have also embraced global coffees that newer cafes like Coffee Trotter are cashing in on. Their second, larger outlet in Kotturpuram features the same compact menu with house favourites like the Trotter Coffee and the French Toast.
When Emily Peterson purchased her seaside cottage in Cape Neddick, Maine, she knew its coastal hues had to go. “The second we walked through this house, I had this vision that I wanted it to be dark,” said Ms. Peterson, who bought the 1770s home nearly two years ago. “It’s been here for so many years and I just wanted to bring life back into it.”
And in this case, that meant going back to its historical roots with moodier colors.
So Ms. Peterson, who shares the cottage with her husband and two young children, painted over the butter yellow and powder-blue walls with dark greens and deep blues.
Bright, vibrant spaces have enjoyed their time in the sun — after all, last summer’s Barbiecore moment even extended to homes — but there’s growing interest in a dark interior aesthetic. On TikTok, videoshighlightingthis style often rack up thousands of likes. And on the home-decorating website Houzz, there’s been surge in searches related to dark and moody décor — for example, “moody bedroom” searches are up 142 percent.
“The popularity of dark and moody décor is likely a reaction to the bright whites and light grays that have dominated interiors in recent years,” said Mitchell Parker, Houzz’s senior editor. “Many homeowners are looking for something different.”
That was the case for Ms. Peterson, a 33-year-old artist whose previous home had light gray walls. Now, each room in her cottage has its own deep shade: Blackish-green walls — painted using Andiron by Sherwin-Williams — in the living room set a backdrop for a green velvet couch and a gallery wall of vintage oil paintings.
Against a dark wall, the colors of the furniture and art pop and can command more attention than they might in a bright room. “I want my house to feel kind of like a museum,” Ms. Peterson said. Her son’s bedroom is color-drenched — meaning the walls, ceiling and even trim arepainted using the same — in Smokehouse, a warm brown with gray notes, by Sherwin-Williams, drawing attention to its nautical theme.
The new color scheme has had a calming effect on Ms. Peterson. “I feel cozy,” she said. “It’s a warm hug every time that you sit in these rooms.”
Dark interiors are deeply rooted in history. In the Victorian era, forest green, dark blue and other rich tones reigned supreme. This was, in large part, a result of technological advancements at the time. Rail transportation and the invention of the resealable paint can in the late 1800s made paint more accessible, said Kate Reggev, a historical architect and project manager at Zubatkin Owner Representation, a project management firm in New York.
“Paint also became much stabler with new color options, thanks to the development of synthetic pigments,” she added.
Before the mid-1800s, paint was made with natural pigments that were muted and faded, so limewash — a mixture of burned lime and water — was preferred over paint.
It doesn’t surprise Ms. Reggev that dark interiors continue to find their way into people’s homes. “I think the staying power of moody, dark interiors is the comforting, enveloping environment they create,” she said.
In warm and humid Bluffton, S.C., Jessica Hawks, a business coach, felt that her builder-grade home lacked personality. A D.I.Y.-er, Ms. Hawks painted her bedroom with London Clay by Farrow & Ball, a brown so deep it almost has a burgundy tint. She also added wainscoting and furnished the room with a four-poster bed and eclectic vintage items.
“Even though I live near the beach, I wanted to pull the feeling of places in Europe, like the Louvre or cathedrals, into my own home,” Ms. Hawks, 27, said.
While bedrooms are popular contenders for deep colors, some opt to paint secondary, less- visited rooms in saturated shades — and, in turn, those rooms become destinations. Jean Stoffer, an interior designer and TV personality, took this approach to the butler pantry within her Greek Revival home in Grand Rapids, Mich. The walls and ceilings are painted a custom gray-blue. “When we have parties, people are in there talking all the time,” Ms. Stoffer said. “They just love being in that room.”
Some may hesitate to go dark in a room out of fear that it’ll make the space feel small, but it usually has the opposite effect. “If you color drench and do the ceilings and everything, your eye has nowhere to stop,” Ms. Peterson said. “It just actually feels bigger.”
When deciding how dark to paint a room, Laura Jenkins, an interior designer, works with its lighting. “If you have a beautiful room with natural light that streams in, I love making those rooms bright and lighter, playing into the light,” said Ms. Jenkins, who lives in Atlanta. “If you already have a dark room, lean into the dark and let it be what it wants to be.”
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
OD travnja 2022. godine do travnja 2024. godine cijene hrane u Europi značajno su porasle.
Pixsell je objavio grafički prikaz poskupljenja hrane u zemljama Europe. Pokazalo se da je rekorder Mađarska s porastom cijena od 35 posto, dok je Hrvatska s poskupljenjem od 21 posto pretekla sve zemlje zapadne i sjeverne Europe. Najmanje poskupljenje hrane zabilježeno je u Švicarskoj.
Izvor je EuroStat.
Evo kako uštedjeti novac na namirnicama prilikom kupovine
Kupujte u većim dućanima
Hrana u manjim, kvartovskim trgovinama nerijetko zna biti skuplja nego u većim trgovinama, pa čak i kada se radi o istom trgovačkom lancu.
Birajte trgovačke robne marke umjesto poznatih brendova
Robne marke mogu biti odlična alternativa skupljim proizvodima poznatih brendova.
Trgovine koriste razne psihološke trikove, oduprite im se
Bilo da se radi o mirisu svježe pečenog kruha, svjetlucanju bajkovitih svjetala zimi ili mirisu cvijeća ljeti, supermarketi žele da kupci budu što zadovoljniji. Zašto? Što je nekome ugodnije, veća je vjerojatnost da će potrošiti novac.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Napišite popis i držite ga se
Jeste li ikad primijetili da je mlijeko na samom kraju trgovine, kruh na drugom kraju, a sredstvo za pranje posuđa negdje u sredini? Trgovine to rade namjerno kako bi bile sigurne da ćete proći pored svake police čak i ako ste došli samo po nekoliko osnovnih stvari.
Koristite jedinične cijene kako biste pronašli najbolje ponude
Provjerite jediničnu cijenu, a ne samo ukupnu cijenu pakiranja kako biste utvrdili dobivate li doista dobru ponudu – to će znatno olakšati usporedbu proizvoda s alternativama. Jedinične cijene, poput cijene za kilogram ili cijene za litru, prema zakonu moraju biti istaknute na većini namirnica.
Planirajte obroke
Planirajte svoje obroke za cijeli tjedan. Neka vam postane navika planirati sve obroke za nadolazeći tjedan tijekom vikenda. Nakon što imate popis obroka možete napraviti popis namirnica kako biste bili sigurni da nećete pretjerati s kupnjom.
Nikad ne kupujte gladni
Ovo je jedno od najvažnijih pravila. Nikad ne kupujte praznog želuca! Možda ćete se iznenaditi koliko će vam račun biti manji ako kupujete potpuno siti. S lakoćom ćete moći preskočiti odjeljak s pekarskim proizvodima i slatkišima.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
As Eagles Flight was walked from the detention barn toward the paddock at Santa Anita on Monday, the 3-year-old son of Curlin could look up and see a mural of his half brother, 2022 Horse of the Year Flightline. Expectations were high for Eagles Flight’s debut after a series of dazzling workouts, and let’s just say the future looks bright.
With jockey Flavien Prat aboard and sent off as the even-money favorite, Eagles Flight won the maiden special weight race for six furlongs by 2 3/4 lengths in 1:10.07. The way Eagles Flight pulled away in the stretch and overcame being in tight quarters and having dirt kicked into his face made trainer John Sadler very happy.
“He got about four races of experience in him from one race,” Sadler said.
There was a brief delay in the paddock because Prat was wearing the wrong silks and needed to switch to those from Summer Wind Equine, the breeder and primary owner with Hronis Racing and William Farish. Eagles Flight’s mother, Feathered, also produced Flightline, who won all six of his starts and also was trained by Sadler.
Sadler said afterward Eagles Flight acts as if he wants to run a mile, so that could be in the future plans, maybe even the Breeders’ Cup Dirt Mile at Del Mar later this year.
BJP president J P Nadda said on Monday that there will be no reservation based on religion as long as Prime Minister Narendra Modi and the party are in power.
Accusing the opposition of planning to give reservation based on religion, he said, “It is clearly written in the Constitution that there will be no religion-based reservation.
“As long as PM Modi and BJP are in power, there will be no such reservation,” he told reporters.
Nadda and Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath on Monday campaigned in the city for Modi, who is contesting the Lok Sabha election from Varanasi for the third consecutive time.
“We will not allow anyone to encroach on the reservation of our Dalit, tribal, backward and extremely backward classes. You will see what will happen to the opposition on June 4 (the date of vote counting),” Nadda told reporters.
Addressing an intellectuals’ meet here, he said, “For a long time, politics meant ‘divide and rule’. But now, it is ‘politics of development’.
“What was the political situation 10 years ago?” Nadda asked, and said India was being counted among the corrupt countries but the biggest problem was that the common man had become indifferent towards politics and had lost faith.
Nadda said this becomes a threat to democracy but in the last 10 years, Prime Minister Modi created trust among the common people.
Earlier, the opposition spread casteism and created divisions on the basis of religion and region, he said.
“Prime Minister Modi has also given a jolt to this culture. Today, the politics of development is going on and in this, ‘sabka saath, sabka vikas, sabka prayaas aur sabka vishwas’ (everyone’s support, development, effort and trust) is the basis.” Nadda also offered prayers at the Kaal Bhairav temple and Kashi Vishwanath temple.
“I have prayed for the well-being of the society, peace and happiness and to give strength to the development works initiated in the Narendra Modi government. Modi will become PM for the third time with ‘400 paar’ seats,” he said.
Later, addressing a meeting of weavers in Varanasi, Nadda said, “When G20 was organised, the clothes given to the guests were made by our weaver brothers. Work was done to advance the traditional skills of the country.” The 18th G20 Summit was held at Bharat Mandapam in New Delhi during 9-10 September 2023.
He said that work was done to enhance the traditional skills of the country. Similarly, at least Rs 300 crore is being invested by Deendayal Handloom Complex in Varanasi so that the weavers can develop rapidly.
Nadda said, “Modi ji worked to promote ‘Vocal for Local’, which is not just a slogan. This is the mantra of India’s economy and the soul of making India self-reliant.” Training his guns at the Congress, Nadda said, “Mahatma Gandhi had given the slogan of promoting khadi. But the Congress party ignored it.
“If anyone was concerned about khadi, it was Modi ji and he worked to bring it into the mainstream Therefore, ‘One District, One Product’ was encouraged.” Nadda also said the “change that has come in the lives of weavers after 2014 has been possible due to the strong leadership of Modi”.
He said, “Ten years ago, people thought nothing was going to change in this country. People had become indifferent.
“But under the leadership of Modi ji, the hopes and aspirations of the people have changed. Today they feel that a leader can change the country. Modi ji has worked to encourage the weaver community in every way,” he said.
Nadda said along with celebrating National Handloom Day on August 7, work was done to promote the “weaver brothers”. Today India’s turnover in the handloom sector has increased five times, he added.
He said the work that Modi done for the weavers in the last 10 years had not been done by any government in 70 years.
The BJP president also said after the people make Modi the prime minister for the third time on June 4, India will become the third-largest economy in the world in the coming times.
Addressing voters at a meeting (‘Prabhaavi Matdata Sammelan’) in Varanasi, Nadda said, “Today, under the leadership of Modi, ‘development’ has become the agenda of the country. Today no one asks anyone’s caste, today it has become the politics of report card.” “Your presence has made it clear that you have decided to make Modi the prime minister for the third time. You also know that in 10 years, Modi has changed the definition of politics, the culture of politics and the thinking of politics. Today politics has become about development.” “That is why today, every person in India is saying that the vote of 2024… is a resolution to fulfil the ‘resolve of developed India’ of 2047,” Nadda said.
“Today 46 per cent of the world’s real-time digital transactions take place in India… the cheapest and most effective medicines in the world are being manufactured in India.
“India stands second in exporting medicines to the world. India has moved from fourth position to second position in the steel industry and we have reached third position in the toy industry,” he said.
Varanasi will be going to the polls in the seventh and last phase of Lok Sabha elections on June 1.
The Congress has fielded its UP unit chief Ajay Rai from the seat.
Explore in-depth coverage of Lok Sabha Election 2024 Voter Turnout, Upcoming Phase, Results Date, Exit Poll And Much More At News18 Website
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Sony has officially announced the launch of a new series of wireless speakers and noise-cancelling headphones called the ULT Power Sound on Monday, May 27 in India. This new range consists of three wireless speakers—ULT Tower 10, ULT Filed 7, and ULT Field 1—and a wireless noise-cancelling headphone called ULT Wear.
Speaking at the launch event, Sunil Nayyar, Managing Director, Sony India, said, “We are constantly striving to deliver innovative audio products that revolutionizes the listening experience for music enthusiasts. The ULT POWER SOUND series exemplifies this ethos, delivering unmatched bass and immersive sound quality.”
The ULT Tower 10 is the largest wireless speaker in the series, with massive bass, 360° party, and light, and it comes with a wireless microphone for one’s karaoke sessions. The speaker also comes with two different types of bass modes. By pressing the ULT button, one can get deeper bass for a low-frequency sound in ULT 1 mode, and with ULT 2 mode, one can get a powerful, punchy bass.
It can also detect noise and automatically change the sound setting to deliver clear music even when you are surrounded by other sounds. The speaker also has key controls and can be plugged into another mic or a guitar to play along. It also has the ability to link up to 100 compatible speakers to synchronise music.
The ULT Field 7 also comes with the ULT1 and ULT2 bass modes. It also has a 30-hour battery life with quick charging, which can get 3 hours of playing time in 10 minutes, as claimed by Sony. It has an IP67 waterproof and dustproof rating and is also salt-water resistant.
The ULT Field 7 is also very convenient to carry around and works both horizontally and vertically. It can also be connected to a mic and a guitar, with the echo and key controls situated in the rear panel. It also has the ability to link up to 100 compatible speakers to synchronise music through the Party Connect app.
The ULT Field 1 is the smallest of the bunch but packs the ULT power sound feature for enhanced bass. It has 12 hours of battery life, comes with a multi-way strap, and has an IP67 waterproof and dustproof rating. It has a shockproof design and is also salt-water resistant.
One can also choose from four colour variants for ULT Field 1—Black, Off-White, Forest Grey and Orange— to go with one’s style. It also features a built-in mic for hands-free calling and echo cancellation technology for clearer calls.
Now, coming to the wearable bit of the ULT series, the ULT Wear, has an active noise cancelling (ANC) feature with both ULT 1 and ULT 2 bass modes for a deep, low-frequency bass and a powerful bass, respectively.
It can also pair with two devices at the same time, and its battery life is up to 30 hours with ANC on and up to 50 hours with ANC off. It also has a quick charge feature, and a three-minute charge will give you up to 90 minutes of extra play time, as claimed by Sony.
Sony India’s Audio brand ambassador, King, said, “As an artist who lives to deliver powerful performances, I am thrilled to be a part of Sony’s revolutionary ULT POWER SOUND lineup. These cutting-edge speakers and headphones redefine audio with bass that moves the soul. Whether in a studio or a concert, the ULT series makes my music sound incredible, bringing out every detail and elevating the entire audio experience.”
Availability and Price
Model
Price
Colours
ULT Tower 10
Rs 89,990
Black
ULT Field 7
Rs 39,990
Black
ULT Field 1
Rs 10,990
Black, White, Orange, Forest Grey
ULT Wear
Rs 16,990
Black, White, Forest Grey
There is also an additional cashback offer of Rs 6,000 on ULT Tower 10 and Rs 3,000 on ULT Field 7, which can be availed of through select credit cards in both online and offline stores.
The new ULT Power Sound products will be available across all Sony retail stores, the www.ShopatSC.com portal, major electronic stores, and other e-commerce websites across India starting May 27.
When planning your next adventure, the right travel trolley bag can make all the difference. This comprehensive guide introduces the top 9 travel trolley bags, specifically chosen for their ability to ensure a hassle-free and smooth journey.
Travel in style and comfort with our top picks for the best travel trolley bags!(Unsplash)
Each bag is evaluated based on essential features like durability, storage capacity, manoeuvrability, and additional conveniences that cater to the modern traveller’s needs. Whether you’re navigating crowded airports, embarking on long-haul flights, or simply seeking a reliable companion for your trips, these carefully selected options promise to enhance your travel experience by offering superior functionality, ease of use, and peace of mind.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Featuring a diverse range of styles and designs, these trolley bags are crafted from high-quality materials to withstand the rigours of travel while providing ample space for your belongings. From sleek and compact designs ideal for short getaways to spacious and versatile options suitable for extended trips, there’s a bag to suit every traveller’s preferences and requirements.
Relax and explore our curated selection of the top 9 travel trolley bags, meticulously chosen for their durability, storage capacity, and convenience features. With our informative guide, finding your ideal travel companion is effortless. So sit back, browse through our recommendations, and feel confident knowing that your next travel partner is just a click away.
1.
Meet the Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Medium Check-in Trolley Bag, crafted to redefine your travel experience with its exceptional features. Constructed from durable polycarbonate material, this suitcase ensures robustness and safeguarding for your possessions. Its innovative 360-degree wheeling system facilitates effortless manoeuvring through airports and bustling streets, while the capacious interior offers ample space for packing essentials. Sporting a sleek black design, it emanates elegance, suitable for both professional trips and leisurely travels. With ingenious features like a hard case and Speed Wheel Suitcase technology, this trolley bag delivers unmatched convenience and sophistication. Whether embarking on a brief escapade or an extended voyage, the Safari Thorium Neo emerges as your reliable companion for seamless travel.
Specifications of Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Trolley Bag:
Material: Hard polycarbonate
Wheel Type: 8 spinner wheels
Dimensions: 66 cm (Medium)
Colour: Black
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polycarbonate material
May not be suitable for extreme weather conditions
360-degree wheeling system
Limited colour options
Ample storage space
What buyers are saying on Amazon?
Buyers appreciate the quality construction and ample storage space of the Safari Thorium Neo Trolley Bag. However, some have noted limited colour options and suitability for extreme weather conditions.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Safari Thorium Neo for its durable polycarbonate build and innovative 360-degree wheeling system, ensuring hassle-free travel with style and reliability.
2.
Looking for a reliable travel companion that can keep up with your adventures? Meet the American Tourister Ivy 68 cms Medium Check-in Trolley Bag! Crafted from durable polypropylene material, this hard-sided suitcase is built to withstand the rigours of travel. But what sets it apart? Well, equipped with a convenient 4-wheeler spinner system and a TSA lock, it ensures smooth mobility and enhanced security during your journeys. And let’s not forget about the spacious interior and sleek black design, combining practicality with style. Whether you’re jetting off on a business trip or embarking on a leisure vacation, the American Tourister Ivy is ready to accompany you every step of the way.
Specifications of American Tourister Ivy 68 cms Medium Check-in Polypropylene (PP) Trolley Bag:
Material: Polypropylene (PP)
Size: 68 cms (Medium)
Wheel Type: 4 Wheeler Spinner
Lock Type: TSA Lock
Colour: Black
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polycarbonate material
May not be suitable for extreme weather conditions
360-degree wheeling system
Limited colour options
Ample storage space
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers appreciate the durable build and convenient TSA lock of the American Tourister Ivy luggage. However, some express concerns about the relatively high price and limited colour choices.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its durable build, handy security features, and effortless mobility, ensuring hassle-free travel for you.
Specifications of Safari Ray 65 Cms Medium Check-In Polycarbonate (Pc) Travel Trolley Bag:
Material: Polycarbonate (PC)
Size: 65 Cms
Wheels: 4 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Colour: Midnight Blue
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polypropylene build
Relatively expensive
Convenient TSA lock for added security
Limited colour options
Smooth 4-wheeler spinner system for easy mobility
Some users report issues with wheel durability
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon praise the Safari Ray for its durability, smooth wheel rotation, and stylish design. However, some note its tendency to show scratches easily. Overall, it’s a popular choice for travellers seeking a reliable and fashionable luggage solution.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its unbeatable durability, effortless manoeuvrability, and chic design, promising you a travel experience that’s both hassle-free and fashion-forward.
Also read: Best trolley bags for travel: Top 9 choices to pick from
4.
Are you seeking a compact yet sturdy travel companion for your upcoming adventures? Look no further than the American Tourister Liftoff 55 Cms Small Cabin Polypropylene Hardshell Suitcase. Crafted with durability and convenience in mind, this suitcase is designed to meet your travel needs with ease. Its compact size makes it ideal for cabin luggage, while the sturdy polypropylene construction ensures protection for your belongings. Equipped with double spinner wheels for effortless manoeuvrability and boasting a vibrant yellow colour for added style, the American Tourister Liftoff is the ultimate choice for both short trips and long journeys. Designed to enhance your travel experience with its durability, convenience, and eye-catching design, this suitcase is a must-have for any avid traveller.
Specifications of American Tourister Liftoff 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag:
Size: 55 cms (Small Cabin)
Material: Polypropylene Hardshell
Wheels: Double Spinner Wheels
Colour: Yellow
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable and lightweight
May show scratches easily
Smooth 360-degree wheels
Limited colour options
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon praise the American Tourister Liftoff for its sturdy build, smooth manoeuvrability, and vibrant colour. They appreciate its spacious interior and ease of use, making it ideal for both short trips and long vacations. However, some users mention minor issues with the zipper quality and handle durability.
Why choose this product?
Choose this trolley bag for its durability, functionality, and vibrant design, offering a reliable and stylish solution for your travel needs.
Embark on your travel adventures with the American Tourister Splash 55 Cms Polycarbonate Hard sided Small Cabin Luggage Bag, where functionality meets flair in a burst of colour. Crafted from durable polycarbonate material, this trolley bag ensures your belongings are safeguarded throughout your journey. Glide effortlessly through airports and bustling streets with its innovative Speed Wheel 8 Wheel Suitcase technology, promising smooth mobility in every direction. Available in eye-catching coral and teal hues, it adds a vibrant touch to your travel ensemble. With ample storage space and thoughtful design features, it’s tailored for both short getaways and extended trips, making it a must-have for any traveller seeking style and practicality in one package.
Specifications of American Tourister Travel Trolley Bag:
Brand: American Tourister
Material: Polycarbonate
Wheels: 8 Wheel Suitcase
Size: 55 cms
Colour: Coral/Teal
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable construction
Limited colour options
Effortless manoeuvrability with spinner wheels
May be too small for longer trips
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers praise the bag for its durability, smooth mobility, and vibrant design. However, some mention limitations in size for larger items.
Why choose this product?
Opt for this product for its robustness, effortless flexibility and striking aesthetics, providing a dependable and chic answer to your travel requirements.
Specifications of uppercase JFK (Large) 76cm Travel Trolley Bag:
Size: Large (76cm)
Material: Eco Polycarbonate
Features: Combination Lock, 8-wheel Trolley System
Warranty: 2000 Days
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polycarbonate construction for longevity
Limited colour options may not suit all preferences
Innovative Speed_Wheel technology for effortless mobility
May be slightly heavier compared to other models
Ample storage space and thoughtful design features
Some users may find the price slightly higher
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon commend the JFK Trolley Bag for its durability and attractive design, rating it highly for hassle-free travel.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product because of its outstanding durability, smooth mobility, and eye-catching design, making it an ideal choice for your travel needs.
7.
The Safari Pentagon Hardside Small Size Cabin Luggage Suitcase in Green Lime Color offers a stylish and practical solution for your travel needs. With its compact 55cm size, it’s perfect for short trips or as cabin luggage. Crafted from durable materials, it ensures protection for your belongings, while the vibrant colour adds a touch of personality to your travels. The TSA-approved lock provides added security, and the smooth-rolling wheels make manoeuvring through airports a breeze. Whether you’re a frequent traveller or planning a weekend getaway, this suitcase combines functionality with style, making it a must-have for any journey. So don’t sit back just buy it and make your travel hassle free.
Specifications of Safari 55 cm Pentagon Hardside Travel Trolley Bag:
Type: Cabin Luggage Suitcase
Material: Hardside Polycarbonate
Dimensions: 55cm
Colour: Green Lime
Lock: TSA-approved
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable and stylish design
Limited colour options
Secure combination lock
May be heavy for some travellers
Smooth 8-wheel trolley system
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon commend the Safari Pentagon Hardside Cabin Luggage for its sturdy build and vibrant colour, making it easy to spot on the luggage carousel. They appreciate its compact size and durability, perfect for short trips and frequent flyers.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its innovative design, which maximises space efficiency without compromising on durability or style.
8.
Now upgrade your travel experience with the Bullet (Small) 56cm Cabin Trolley Bag. Crafted to withstand the rigours of travel, this hard sided luggage boasts an anti-scratch design, TSA lock, and anti-theft zippers for enhanced security. Glide effortlessly through bustling airports with its 8 spinner wheels, ensuring smooth flexibility in any direction. Designed to cater to the needs of both men and women, this suitcase offers peace of mind with a generous 2000-day warranty. With its sleek silver exterior, this cabin trolley bag not only stands out but also exudes sophistication. Choose the Bullet Trolley Bag for a perfect blend of durability, security, and style, ensuring a seamless and stylish travel experience every time.
Specifications of uppercase Bullet (Small) 56cm Cabin Travel Trolley Bag:
Buyers praise the Bullet Cabin Trolley Bag durability and security features, praising its smooth manoeuvrability and stylish design. They appreciate the anti-scratch exterior and TSA lock, making it a top choice for hassle-free travel. Overall, customers love its reliability and sleek appearance, making it a must-have for frequent travellers.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product because of its durable build, user-friendly features such as the TSA lock and anti-theft zippers, and chic design, promising a secure and fashionable journey.
9. Uppercase Bullet (Small) 56cm Cabin Travel Trolley Bag
Enhance your travel experience with the Skybags Rubik 78 Cms Large Check-In Luggage. Crafted from durable polyester, this suitcase boasts a spacious interior and efficient speed wheel technology for easy packing and manoeuvring. Its four 360-degree rotation wheels ensure smooth navigation through crowded airports, while the soft-sided design offers flexibility and durability. With a stylish blue exterior and ample storage space, this suitcase is ideal for long trips and frequent travellers. Whether you’re jet-setting for business or leisure, the Skybags Rubik luggage combines functionality with style to meet all your travel needs. So don’t think more and buy this product for yourself.
Specifications of Skybags Rubik 78 Cms Travel Trolley Bag:
Size: 78 Cms (Large)
Material: Polyester
Wheels: 4 Wheels, 360 Degree Rotation
Colour: Blue
Dimensions: 47 cm
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable and scratch-resistant
Small size may not be suitable for long trips
Secure with TSA lock and anti-theft zippers
Limited colour options
Smooth flexibility with 8 spinner wheels
Potential issues with TSA lock mechanism
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon praise the Skybags Rubik 78 Cms Luggage for its spaciousness and durability, although some wish for additional security features and more colour choices. Despite minor drawbacks, this luggage is favoured for its ample packing space and sturdy build, making it an ideal choice for travellers seeking reliability and convenience.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product because of its durability, stylish design, and ample storage space, making it a perfect travel companion for any journey.
What is the maximum weight capacity needed for your travel trolley bag?
Consider your typical travel needs and choose a bag with a weight capacity that comfortably accommodates your belongings without exceeding airline restrictions.
What type of wheels are most suitable for your travel terrain?
Assess the travel environment, if you frequently navigate through rough terrain, opt for trolley bags with sturdy, multi-directional spinner wheels for smoother mobility.
What additional features are essential for your convenience during travel?
Look for features such as built-in TSA locks, expandable compartments, and ergonomic handles to ensure ease of use and security throughout your journey.
What are the factors to consider when buying the best travel trolley bags?
Here are the major factors to consider before choosing the best travel trolley bags:
Durability: Look for materials like polycarbonate or ballistic nylon that offer long-lasting resilience to withstand travel wear and tear.
Size and Capacity: Ensure the bag meets airline size regulations and offers sufficient space to accommodate your belongings for different types and durations of trips.
Wheel Quality: Opt for trolley bags with sturdy, multi-directional spinner wheels for smooth and effortless manoeuvrability.
Security Features: Consider bags with built-in TSA-approved locks or combination locks to keep your belongings secure during travel.
Ergonomic Design: Choose bags with comfortable handles and adjustable features to enhance comfort and ease of use while navigating airports and other travel environments.
Additional Features: Evaluate extra features like expandable compartments, waterproofing, and organisational pockets to meet your specific travel needs and preferences.
Which brands are best to choose when buying travel trolley bags?
There is not one best brand that stands out as the best, but there are a few mentioned below that you should consider when purchasing any trolley bag for travel.
1. Skybags: Known for their trendy designs and vibrant colours, Skybags offer a perfect mix of style and durability, making them a popular choice for youthful and fashion-forward travellers.
2. American Tourister: This brand balances affordability with quality, providing reliable and stylish options suitable for all types of travellers, from budget-conscious to premium.
3. Safari: Renowned for their sturdy construction and innovative features, Safari bags are designed to withstand the rigours of travel while offering excellent value for money.
The uppercase JFK offers excellent value with its eco-friendly polycarbonate material, 76 cm size for ample storage, and advanced features like a TSA lock and anti-theft zippers, ensuring security and reliability at an affordable price. Its 8-spinner wheel system provides smooth, effortless mobility, making it the perfect companion for frequent travellers.
The Safari Thorium Neo stands out as the best overall product due its robust polycarbonate build, 360-degree rotation, and ample 66 cm capacity, making it the top choice for durability, flexibility, and spaciousness. Its sleek design and smooth 8-wheel system ensure easy manoeuvrability through crowded spaces. Additionally, the hard-sided construction provides superior protection for your belongings, making it ideal for frequent travellers.
Top 3 features of the best travel trolley bags:
Best Travel Trolley Bags
Size
Material
Special Features
Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Travel Trolley Bag
66 cm
Polycarbonate
8 wheels, 360-degree wheeling, hard case
American Tourister Ivy 68 cms Medium Check-in Polypropylene (PP) Trolley Bag
68 cm
Polypropylene
4-wheeler spinner, TSA lock, durable
Safari Ray 65 Cms Medium Check-In Polycarbonate (Pc) Travel Trolley Bag
65 cm
Polycarbonate
4 wheels, 360-degree rotation, sleek design
American Tourister Liftoff 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag
55 cm
Polypropylene
Double spinner wheels, TSA lock, compact
American Tourister Travel Trolley Bag
55 cm
Polypropylene
Various models with multiple features
Uppercase JFK (Large) 76cm Travel Trolley Bag
76 cm
Eco Polycarbonate
8 wheels, combination lock, anti-theft zippers
Safari 55 cm Pentagon Hardside Travel Trolley Bag
55 cm
Polycarbonate
Hard case, compact, vibrant colour
Uppercase Bullet (Small) 56cm Cabin Travel Trolley Bag
56 cm
Polycarbonate
Anti-scratch, 8 spinner wheels, TSA lock
Skybags Rubik 78 Cms Travel Trolley Bag
78 cm
Polyester
4 wheels, 360-degree rotation, soft-sided
FAQs on the best travel trolley bags:
What should I look for when choosing a travel trolley bag?
Consider durability, size, weight, material, wheel type, security features, and warranty options. Tailor your choice to your travel needs.
Are hard-sided or soft-sided trolley bags better?
Hard-sided bags protect fragile items and resist water, while soft-sided bags are more flexible and lightweight. Choose based on your travel style.
What are spinner wheels, and why are they important?
Spinner wheels rotate 360 degrees, providing better manoeuvrability. They make it easier to navigate through crowded areas without tilting the bag.
How do I know what size trolley bag to buy?
Choose a size based on your trip length. Small (around 55 cm) for short trips, medium (65-70 cm) for longer trips, and large (over 75 cm) for extended stays. Check airline size restrictions.
Why are TSA locks important for travel trolley bags?
TSA locks allow security officers to inspect your bag without damaging the lock, ensuring your luggage stays secure and complies with airport regulations.
Similar stories for you to read:
Best kids luggage bags: Top 7 picks for hassle-free travel adventures with your little ones
Best Skybags luggage: Pick from the top 6 choices combining style, durability, and functionality for travellers
Best luggage for international travel: Top 6 lightweight suitcase sets hand-picked to help you travel in comfort
At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
If you’ve been holding off picking up an Xbox Series X since Microsoft’s console launched back in 2020, then there’s never been a better time to make the investment. Indeed, if you live near an Argos store then you might want to stop by and lay down some cash, because the Xbox Series X has never been cheaper. As a special offer for the coming weeks, Microsoft’s gaming powerhouse is available at the reduced price of just £409.99, which is a saving of £50. You can pay now and pick up your console within a couple of hours, or opt for a same-day delivery for a small fee. Argos even provides flexible payment options, which means you can pay in multiple instalments if you want to make your monthly bills a little more manageable. Needless to say, the website is showing that the console is “in demand” and “selling fast” at the discounted price, so you may need to act fast in order to avoid missing out. Click the link below to reserve your Xbox Series X now.
Argos is also offering various money off bundles with a selection of essential Xbox Series X accessories.
You can grab the console with the Venom Twin Docking Station for an additional £15, or the Xbox Series X with an iMP DLX Multi-Function Stand with Battery Packs for £432.
If you’re willing to spend a little extra, then you could grab the Series X with the HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset for £469, or keep things simple with the console and licensed Media Remote for £419.
All of the aforementioned accessories are pretty useful, especially the headset for online multiplayer and the dock/battery packs for the controllers.
The console itself is a true powerhouse, featuring a whopping 12 teraflops of raw graphic processing power.
The integrated SSD drive ensures your games load quickly, while Microsoft’s excellent Quick Resume feature means you can hop between multiple games in a flash.
The Xbox Series X official controller is a beautiful piece of kit, featuring the optimal design for first-person shooters and racing games.
Then there’s Xbox Game Pass, which is Microsoft’s video game subscription service containing hundreds of games.
This includes first-party Xbox games the day they’re released, not to mention a ton of triple-A blockbusters and indie hits from a host of other studios.
Microsoft recently announced its Game Pass release schedule for the end of May and early June.
Senua’s Saga: Hellblade 2 headlines the new releases, alongside Lords of the Fallen, Chants of Sennaar and EA Sports NHL 24.
That’s on top of the superb Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons, as well as Immortals of Aveum, Galacticare, Hauntii and lots more.
Microsoft is about to hold a game showcase for its upcoming releases in June, so expect more big Game Pass announcements in the coming weeks.
The US National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has learned of multiple previously unknown autonomous taxi incidents in a recent safety probe, as the industry faces increased scrutiny.
Reuters last week reported NHTSA had learned of nine additional incidents involving Waymo’s robotaxis vehicles in its latest investigation, which was opened earlier this month in response to numerous concerning reports involving the operator.
The investigation was prompted by 22 reports of Waymo robotaxis exhibiting driving behaviour that “potentially violated traffic safety laws” or demonstrating “unexpected behaviour”, which included 17 collisions.
In a letter to Waymo, NHTSA revealed it had learned of the additional nine similar incidents.
NHTSA said several of the incidents in question “involved collisions with clearly visible objects that a competent driver would be expected to avoid”.
“Reports include collisions with stationary and semi-stationary objects such as gates and chains, collisions with parked vehicles, and instances in which the [vehicle] appeared to disobey traffic safety control devices or rules,” NHTSA said.
As part of the safety probe, Waymo has been asked to answer a series of questions about the incidents and provide video for all of them by June 11.
The investigation is the first stage before NHTSA could demand a recall due its perceived safety risk, as some incidents were believed to have the potential to “increase the risk of crash, property damage, and injury”.
It was also noted that a number of incidents occurred “in the proximity of other road users, including pedestrians”.
This isn’t the first time Waymo has been in trouble this year, as in February it recalled 444 self-driving vehicles after two minor collisions in quick succession in Arizona.
At the time, the company cited a software error that could cause the vehicles to inaccurately predict the movement of a towed vehicle.
The investigation comes after other investigations into similar robotaxi companies in the United States, notably General Motors’ Cruise division, which was the subject of major criticism following a high-profile pedestrian collision late last year.
Cruise has since fallen by the wayside after its parent company announced a US$1 billion (AU$1.5 billion) cut to its budget earlier this year.
MORE: Watch this robot taxi avoid an accident like a human MORE: Waymo in hot water after driverless taxi hits cyclist MORE: Self-driving crash kills San Francisco dog
After the recent upswing from $58,000 to $71,000, the Bitcoin bulls were heavily drained, resulting in a plunge below $67,000. The surge was fueled by multiple reasons, which were expected to elevate the rally towards a new ATH. But as it happened after the spot BTC ETF launch, the markets tumbled down following the launch of the spot ETH ETF. However, the BTC price roared after an interim correction and hence, a similar action is expected to have kicked off after the recent spot ETF approval.
It has been somewhat of a bullish week for the crypto markets, with many events turning out in favour. However, this merely impacted the prices of the top tokens but the trend is assumed to have flipped now. The BTC price consolidated just below $70,000 for a couple of days, probably to accumulate strength. As a result, the star crypto has made a bold move above the levels. Now the question arises: whether the bulls will handle the gains or compel the price to display another short-term rally?
The above daily chart of Bitcoin suggests the price continues to trade under a bullish influence and hence the recent pullback was an opportunity to accumulate some. Therefore, the BTC price hit the lower support zone and triggered a strong rebound, intending to reach the first target of $71,500. Besides, the MACD does not show any specific buying pressure, as the levels are about to undergo a bearish crossover. However, the RSI shows a bullish divergence, which suggests the strength of the rally may remain elevated but due to lower volume, the price may remain consolidated for a while.
Collectively, to reach $74,000, the Bitcoin price is required to surpass two crucial barriers, one at $71,500 and the second at $73,605. Meanwhile, the levels around $72,500 may also act as key support or resistance as per the trade setup. Having said that, the BTC price currently has soared above $70,000, but to sustain the gains, a daily close above $70,800 is required, which may further elevate the levels beyond the first target.
Therefore, the upcoming monthly close will have a major impact on the Bitcoin (BTC) price as it may further decide whether the crypto will make it to $74,000 or not.
The Organisation of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) and its allies, a group that produces 40% of the world’s crude, wants to keep oil prices high and stable. Lately they have certainly been stable, even if not that high. Despite the recent death of Iran’s president and the escalating war in Gaza, prices of Brent crude, the global benchmark, have stayed within $2 of $82 a barrel since the start of May.
Part of the reason why OPEC is failing to keep prices high is because its members are failing to keep to their output targets. In March the group’s leaders and Russia extended production cuts, vowing a reduction of 2.2m barrels a day (b/d), or 2% of global supply, until the end of June, on top of 3.7m b/d of previously agreed cuts for 2024. Yet the cartel is now overproducing so much that its daily output in 2024 is little changed from the last quarter of 2023. This will create tensions when members get together to decide their strategy at OPEC’s ministerial meeting on June 2nd.
You don’t always need to spend a lot to get great products, especially not today. It’s Memorial Day, meaning today is the day to get big discounts, even on items that already cost very little. With deals on everything from booming portable speakers to critically acclaimed video games, you never know what you’ll find on sale. To help you out, we’ve put together this list of the best deals from Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart and other retailers you can score for under $25.
Shop now and shop quickly, because these deals likely won’t last after Memorial Day. So if you see something you like, today is your chance to snatch these deals.
Anker/CNET
Take your music anywhere you go for just $20 with this portable Bluetooth speaker by Anker, now discounted on Amazon. The Soundcore speaker is waterproof and has a 24-hour battery life, so you can take it on just about any day adventure. Make sure to clip the on-page coupon to receive the full discount.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on everyday essentials
HydroFlask/CNET
The 28-ounce All Around travel tumbler from Hydro Flask is now 25% off. This tumbler comes with a straw and fits in a standard cup holder, so you can bring it with you in your car for easy sipping all day long.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on home and kitchen
Magic Bullet/CNET
This 14-ounce mini blender is perfect for personal use, allowing you to chop, blend, mix and pulse fruits, nuts and veggies in single-serve portions. Its compact size makes it ideal for tucking away in small spaces, like an office cubicle or a dorm room.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on health and fitness
Calia/CNET
This flexibility band set comes with three types of bands: extra light, light and medium. They are made for full-body exercise, ensuring you get a complete workout without a ton of bulky equipment. You can also combine the bands to make a total of seven resistance levels.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on toys and games
EA / CNET
The 2023 remake of the beloved 2008 game, Dead Space was rebuilt from the ground up for modern consoles, with a fantastic single-player survival horror adventure that has stood the test of time. Playing as ship systems engineer Isaac Clarke, you navigate the character around a mining spaceship overrun by the monstrous Necromorphs while also dealing with psychosis. Now down to just under $25, this is a great price for an even better game.
What are the best Memorial Day deals under $25?
You can find so many great savings on various items for under $25 this Memorial Day. Snag great finds on kitchen and home essentials, video games and even tech devices like speakers and streaming sticks. Whichever categories you’re looking in, you are sure to find great deals under $25.
What else is on sale for Memorial Day?
Tons of retailers are having sales on TVs, furniture and even major appliances for Memorial Day. Some of those retailers include Best Buy, Amazon, Walmart, Target and Costco. You can shop most of these sales either online or in-store to score savings on appliances, TVs and more. Here is a roundup of the best Memorial Day deals happening right now.
How we choose the best Memorial Day deals under $25
Many of us here at CNET have covered shopping events for several years, including Black Friday, Prime Day, Memorial Day and countless other shopping events. We’ve gotten good at weeding out scams and superficial deals so you see only the best offers from all over.
We look for real discounts, quality reviews and remaining sale time when choosing deals to show you. We have a team of experts who have tested countless products to make sure we’re only sharing the best budget-friendly options.
Real discounts mean exactly that. We look at the price history for that product to make sure no brands are inflating prices to make the discount seem more substantial than it is.
Quality reviews and testing are important for any product. If you’re unhappy the first time you use it, the discount wasn’t worthwhile.
Remaining sale time is a huge part of our vetting process. If a deal seems like it will be around for only a short while or will be available for only the remaining stock, we’ll let you know upfront so you don’t come back to the deal later only to be disappointed.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Only half the people in the U.S. feel they could be helpful in an emergency situation, a new poll found.
The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center surveyed a national sample of 1,005 Americans, finding that only 51% of them knew how to perform hands-only CPR if needed.
In cases of serious bleeding, only 49% said they could assist, and 56% said they would be equipped to help someone who was choking.
The data was collected via phone and email from April 5 to April 7 of this year.
KIDS AS YOUNG AS 4 YEARS OLD CAN BEGIN TO LEARN MEDICAL EMERGENCY TRAINING: NEW REPORT
“The key takeaways from our survey are that patient outcomes would improve if the general public learned some basic life-saving measures in the areas of hands-only CPR, choking rescue and bleeding control,” Nicholas Kman, M.D., emergency medicine physician at Ohio State Wexner Medical Center and clinical professor of emergency medicine at The Ohio State University College of Medicine, told Fox News Digital.
“We can save lives while we wait for first responders to arrive.”
Only half the people in the U.S. feel they could be helpful in an emergency situation, a new poll has found.(iStock)
“For every minute that passes, the chance of survival drops, and if they do survive, there’s less chance of a good neurologic outcome.”
Data shows that 70% to 80% of cardiac arrests occur in the home and 20% happen in a public place, according to Kman.
HELP DESPERATELY NEEDED: AMERICAN HEART ASSOCIATION LAUNCHES ‘NATION OF LIFESAVERS’ PROGRAM
“Outcomes are poor when the arrest is unwitnessed at home,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Just think, the person with the medical emergency could be your loved one in your house. You may have to provide life-saving treatment until first responders arrive.”
Data shows that 70% to 80% of cardiac arrests occur in the home and 20% happen in a public place, a researcher said.(iStock)
Based on the survey findings, Kman advised the public to get trained in life-saving measures — particularly hands-only CPR, choking and serious bleeding.
“Look for training that may be offered through community days at hospitals, schools, libraries, community organizations, religious institutions, volunteer groups, festivals and sporting events,” he suggested.
“We’re responsible for each other.”
Organizations and websites such as the American Red Cross, the American Heart Association and Stop The Bleed may offer these courses for free or low cost, Kman noted.
After learning the skills, it’s important to practice them, the doctor said.
“We would love the public to learn how to do hands-only CPR and practice the skill of doing CPR every six weeks,” Kman said.
Based on the survey findings, researchers advised people to get trained in life-saving measures, particularly hands-only CPR, choking first-aid and serious bleeding assistance.(iStock)
“As with any skill, practice builds confidence. If we don’t practice it, we lose that skill.”
The OSU survey did have some limitations, Kman acknowledged.
“The survey was a convenience sample of a cross-section of Americans,” he told Fox News Digital.
HEART ATTACKS MORE LIKELY DURING PRESIDENTIAL ELECTIONS AND OTHER STRESSFUL TIMES, STUDY SHOWS
“Most demographics were equally represented, but different regions do better at this than others, and their cardiac arrest results and survival reflect that,” he continued.
“States and countries that prioritize training the public have higher survival rates.”
“When you’re trained in these lifesaving skills, you’ll know how to recognize the signs that someone needs help and buy time until the [first] responders can get there,” a doctor said.(iStock)
Dr. Kenneth Perry, an emergency department physician in South Carolina, was not involved in the survey but said he was surprised that more people don’t feel unprepared.
“Even for medical professionals, having a medical emergency occur without preparation can be a very stressful event,” he told Fox News Digital.
“It is very important for people to have basic lifesaving skills.”
“It is very important for people to have basic lifesaving skills.”
The easiest and most helpful skill that people should learn is how to operate an automated external defibrillator (AED). These are located in many public places, such as gyms, malls and even some public walkways, according to Perry.
“These devices are the best way to save a person who is suffering from cardiac arrest,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“If the person has an abnormal heart rhythm that can be brought back to normal with electricity, this device will save that patient.”
This is a very time-sensitive process, however — it must happen as early as possible, the doctor advised.
“Early defibrillation is directly correlated with the best outcomes for patients who suffer an out-of-hospital cardiac arrest.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Ultimately, Kwan, said, “we’re responsible for each other.”
“When you’re trained in these lifesaving skills, you’ll know how to recognize the signs that someone needs help and buy time until the responders can get there.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Hey there, Hyderabad explorers! Tired of the 9-to-5 grind and endless computer screens? Weekends are your golden ticket to relaxation-sleeping in, doing nada, catching up with friends, and sipping on a refreshing beer paired with mouth-watering food. If you’re in Hyderabad and hunting for the coolest clubs, pubs, or breweries to chill at with your partner or pals, you’re in luck! We’ve curated a list of our absolute favourite spots in the city that are perfect for those blissful weekends. Pro Tip: These places get packed faster than you can say “cheers,” so snag a table in advance to avoid FOMO.
Unwind, Dine, and Party Like a Local: Top 10 Bars In Hyderabad for a Night You Won’t Forget
1. Kismet
Feeling fancy? Kismet will make you feel like a million bucks. Think gold accents, plush velvet seating, and crystal chandeliers dripping from the ceiling. It’s seriously glamorous! Sip on unique cocktails with names that’ll make you swoon (Starry Night, anyone?) and savour delectable bar bites like melt-in-your-mouth foie gras. This spot is perfect for a special occasion or when you want to impress your date. Where: 1st Floor, The Park Hotel, 22, Raj Bhavan Road, Somajiguda
2. Hard Rock Cafe
Hyderabad cranks up the volume with not one, but two Hard Rock Cafes! True to form, both locations are epic – spacious, rocking playlists, and overflowing with enough booze to satisfy even the thirstiest group. Oh, and don’t forget the legendary merch – because who doesn’t love a souvenir that screams “I partied in Hyderabad!” Where: Salarpuria Sattva, Knowledge City Rd, Plot 2, Phase 1, Hyderabad GVK One, Rd Number 1, Balapur Basthi, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad
3. Prost Brew Pub
Hyderabad’s very own brewing champion, Prost, is a must-visit. They whip up unique brews in flavours you won’t find anywhere else – think mango, chocolate, or even blueberry! Plus, the food’s fantastic, the music’s on point, and with three floors to choose from, there’s an ambience for every mood. Where: 882/A Road No 45, Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad
4. Aqua – The Park
Feeling fancy? Aqua at The Park will have you feeling like a million bucks. Think sleek interiors, plush seating, and a poolside view that’s straight out of a magazine. Sip on handcrafted cocktails that are as pretty as the scenery, featuring fancy ingredients like edible flowers and house-made syrups. This is upscale Hyderabad at its finest. Where: The Park, 22, Raj Bhavan Road, Somajiguda, Hyderabad
5. Elsewhere Lounge & Kitchen
Craving a magical evening under the stars? Head to Elsewhere Lounge & Kitchen for rooftop vibes that won’t disappoint. Imagine city lights twinkling as you sip on quirky cocktails with names that’ll make you laugh (think “The Name Sake”). They’ve got everything from Indian classics to continental fare, so there’s something for everyone. Plus, the music’s always bumping, with DJs and themed parties to keep things interesting. It’s the perfect spot for a fun night out with your crew. Where: Fantasy Square, 5th Floor, Jayabheri Pine Valley, Old Mumbai Highway, Gachibowli, Hyderabad
6. 10 Downing Street
Get ready to ditch the stuffy vibes! This place is all about epic weekends with club-like energy, a global menu that will rock your taste buds (imagine juicy steaks and fiery Thai curries!), and an awesome drinks list. Picture classic cocktails (hello Mojitos!), craft beers, and so much more. It’s the ultimate spot for a lit time!” Where: 10, Ground Floor, My Home Tycoon, Begumpet
7. Altitude Lounge Bar
Attention, party lovers! This is for you! Take your nightlife to new heights (literally) at Altitude. This rooftop bar boasts breathtaking panoramic views of the city that will leave you speechless. Think twinkling city lights as far as the eye can see. But the view isn’t all they’ve got going for them. Creative cocktails with unique flavour combos, live music nights featuring hot local and international talent, and a swanky ambience make it perfect for a romantic date night. Where: Hyderabad Marriott Hotel & Convention Centre, Opposite Hussain Sagar Lake
8. Amnesia Lounge Bar
Calling all music lovers! Amnesia is your new haven. This spot combines a sleek modern space with a stage that’s constantly buzzing with local and international talent. Think indie bands, soulful singers, and even DJ sets to keep the energy electric. But it’s not just about the tunes. They also have delicious global bites to satisfy your cravings, from juicy burgers to veggie options. Fuel up, sing your heart out, and make memories that will last a lifetime. Where: Jaya Chambers, 1102, Rd Number 36, CBI Colony, Jubilee Hills
9. Marco Polo
Forget your passport, Hyderabad! Marco Polo whisks you on a flavour adventure without leaving the city. Think vibrant AF decor with murals of famous Asian landmarks, and an atmosphere that’s buzzing with energy. Their bartenders are like rockstar mixologists, crafting crazy-good cocktails with lemongrass, ginger, and even Asian pears. Feeling peckish? Don’t miss their Pan-Asian tapas – tiny portions of Vietnamese spring rolls, Korean BBQ skewers, and more – perfect for sharing with your squad. It’s a flavour explosion waiting to happen! Where: 6 3 1187, ITC Kakatiya, Begumpet
10. MOB
Craft beer lovers, listen up! MOB is the Ultimate Hangout Spot for You. Picture a Belgian beer haven with a laid-back vibe and ambient lighting that’s just made for kicking back. And hey, if IPAs aren’t your thing, they’ve also got an amazing array of spirits and wines. And let’s not forget their killer global menu – perfect for pairing with your brew for a seriously delicious combo. Where: 2nd Floor, Aryans, Near Apollo Hospital, Road 92, Film Nagar, Hyderabad
So ditch the PJs and hit the town! Hyderabad’s nightlife scene is calling your name. Let us know which spot you hit and tag us in your pics!
Do you believe neons are to be avoided? I love bright colors, but I’m worried about trending into “wacky” territory as I get older. How do you know when enough is too much? — Susie, San Francisco
Neon, those blindingly bright colors otherwise associated with traffic cones, sports stars and Las Vegas lights, has been making something of a comeback of late. That’s thanks, in part, to Greta Gerwig’s “Barbie,” complete with Margot Robbie’s neon rollerblading turn, as well as the endless specter of the 1980s and ’90s, when aerobics gave way to acid rock. Type “neon” into Tagwalk, the fashion search engine, and you’ll get 132 looks from the spring men’s and women’s wear shows alone.
Among the designers who embraced the ultrabrights for spring were Gucci, where the new designer, Sabato De Sarno, offered fluoro tailored coats with a bit of beaded fringe; the Attico, with its bright-pink ostrich feather chubby; and Tod’s, which showed an assortment of neon-yellow shirt dressing. All of which would suggest that neon is not simply a thing for the young, the ironic or the triathletes trying to up their visibility.
And yet, wearing neon, which includes that family of colors also known as “hot,” “electric” and “acid,” can seem as if you’re turning into the human equivalent of a highlighter pen.
After all, there is no neon color that appears in nature. Neon itself is not even an official part of the color wheel, since it is chemically created. It is, in fact, a relatively recent invention. The first neon light did not appear until 1910; the first neon paint was created by the Switzer brothers, Robert and Joseph, in the 1930s; and the first Day-Glo fabrics began to appear around 1950. Ever since, neon has often gotten a bad rap, associated with artificiality, vulgarity and Vegas-level kitsch.
Yet its patently synthetic, techno edge is also the reason that Andy Warhol called neon “one of the great modern things,” and that so many artists, including Bruce Nauman, Tracey Emin and Glenn Ligon, have embraced it. The American Chemical Society even declared the discovery of Day-Glo fluorescent pigment a National Historic Chemical Landmark in 2012.
Which means there’s a lot to neon besides simply shade — or a lot of shade that can be thrown at the shade — and making it part of your wardrobe takes care and consideration. If you wear it, it’s not like anyone can miss it. You have to be ready for what comes back.
Vanessa Barboni Hallik, the founder of Another Tomorrow, the environmentally conscious fashion brand, confessed to a love of neon when I asked her about it. She suggested a “barbell approach” when considering how to incorporate the brights into a wardrobe.
The easiest strategy, she said, is simply to add some electric accessories — fluoro shoes, for example, or a bright-pink shell — to a neutral base, like a dark suit or a camel dress, for a lift without serious commitment. Think of it as using highlighter shades for wardrobe highlights, rather than becoming the highlighter yourself.
However, Ms. Hallik said, if you’re going to go there, perhaps you should really go there: Opt for a full-on electric pantsuit or dress. There’s a reason that, in 2020, a movement arose called #ambitionsuitsyou, which urged women to wear hot pink suits. The brainchild of a fashion brand called Argent, created to promote equality in the workplace, the movement represented the new power suit: feminine, practical and — because it was neon — impossible to ignore.
Your Style Questions, Answered
Every week on Open Thread, Vanessa will answer a reader’s fashion-related question, which you can send to her anytime via email or Twitter. Questions are edited and condensed.
Hi, I’m Christopher! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my silly Russian Blue cat, Olga.
Although some of them were mummified and buried with their owners, cats in ancient Egypt generally led privileged lives. The pharaohs’ felines had servants to care for them, and some Egyptian deities, like Bastet, were cats. You probably don’t think of ancient Egyptian rulers as peaceful, but they would have been horrified by the ASPCA commercials with abused animals.
When I see skinny, feral cats eating garbage or a dead cat on the side of the road, I realize how lucky Olga is to be a house cat. She doesn’t have a cat tree made of Brazilian Rosewood, a silk cat bed, or a gold water bowl, but she has a good life.
Indoor Freedom
She doesn’t have to hunt for meals or hide food from predators, and she can scratch up her favorite chair as much as she likes. I won’t let her tear all my furniture to shreds, but I’m pretty tolerant of her wild behavior.
Besides the outside world, the kitchen counter is the only area off-limits to her. I thought about training her to use a leash and harness, but she wouldn’t be allowed to walk with me around the neighborhood.
This is my contemplative pose.
Canine Dominance
I feel guilty that she can’t roam outside or walk with me at dawn, but my neighborhood has more dogs than residents, and most of them are large pups. Some of them, like the Chow Chow, go into attack mode when they see me, and I’m lucky their owners can restrain them.
If I were walking with a little gray cat, everyone in the neighborhood would wake up from their dogs barking in the backyard. The dogs walking around with their owners would break free of their leashes and charge toward Olga and the only fool dumb enough to walk his cat. I support the cat-walking movement, but it’s not practical for me.
Exercising Indoors
Until she learns to walk on a harness in my fenced-in backyard, she has to find entertainment indoors. Preventing indoor cats from becoming overweight is difficult, but for now, Olga is healthy and seems content with her exercise program. She plays with her new silver vine stick every day and sleeps on it after enjoying the euphoric effects.
I’m going to pounce on that crumb you dropped on the floor.
She also likes playing tag, but it’s not much fun for me in the summer when I’m not wearing long pants, and she carves up the back of my leg. However, I don’t get too upset. Since she’s a hunter without prey, she needs to attack something, and inanimate objects can only hold her attention for so long.
Olga’s happy with her dull, temperature-controlled life inside my house. She gets irritated if her dinner is late or I’m not paying attention to her when she’s energized, but she doesn’t try to escape when I open the door or care that she’s missing out on the Great Outdoors.
If you watch the video below of Olga kneading my couch, you’ll see her in her most relaxed state, and if you’re not careful, her large, unmoving eyes will put you in a trance.
New supply of affordable homes priced up to ₹60 lakh each, declined 38 per cent, across eight major cities to 33,420 units, during January-March this year, with builders focusing on developing luxury flats, according to PropEquity.
Real estate data analytic firm PropEquity, attributed the fall in new supply to sharp rise in land and construction costs, which has made development of affordable housing projects, less profitable or unviable.
According to PropEquity data, the fresh supply of homes, up to ₹60 lakh each, stood at 33,420 units, during January-March 2024 across top eight cities, as against 53,818 units in the year-ago period.
These eight cities are Delhi-NCR, Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR), Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai, Kolkata, Pune and Ahmedabad.
PropEquity data showed that the new supply in this price category fell 20 per cent, during the 2023 calendar year and the declining trend continued in the first quarter of this year as well.
Also read: Home buying may be more affordable in 2024 across cities: Knight Frank India
“The number of affordable housing units launched in the top eight cities of the country has seen a significant decline. In 2023, only 1,79,103 units priced under ₹60 lakh were launched, a drop of 20 per cent compared to 2022, wherein 2,24,141 units were launched,” Samir Jasuja, CEO and MD of PropEquity, said.
This trend is expected to continue in 2024, he added.
“Several factors are contributing to this decline. Rising real estate prices (up to 50-100 per cent in some cities over the past two years), and increasing construction costs, are making affordable housing projects less profitable for developers,” Jasuja said.
Additionally, he said, the post-pandemic demand for larger homes, is pushing developers towards mid-range and luxury segments, which offer higher margins.
Concerned over the trend, Nitin Gupta, Secretary, CREDAI NCR, Bhiwadi-Neemrana, said prioritising affordable homes, is essential to make the dream of homeownership attainable for lower and middle-income individuals.
“Unfortunately, major NCR cities like Noida, Gurgaon, and Delhi currently lack sufficient supply of these homes,” he said.
Gupta, however, said developers in many tier II and III cities, including Bhiwadi, are launching affordable housing projects.
According to PropEquity data, the new supply of homes priced up to ₹60 lakh, declined in MMR to 15,202 units during January-March, from 22,642 units in the year-ago period.
Also read: New home launches continue to lag sales, prices remain buoyant
In Pune, the supply plunged to 6,836 units, from 12,538 units.
New supply in Ahmedabad fell to 5,504 units, from 5,971 units.
Hyderabad saw a decline to 2,116 units, from 2,319 units, while Chennai witnessed a fall to 501 units, from 3,862 units.
New supply in Bengaluru decreased to 657 units from 3,701 units. In Kolkata, the new supply declined to 2,204 units, from 2,747 units.
However, new supply of homes up to ₹60 lakh increased in Delhi-NCR to 400 units in January-March this year, from 38 units in the year-ago period.
Jasuja also stressed on the need to change affordable housing definition.
Also read: Pune’s residential sales up 56% in Q1 2024
“As the prices of properties have gone up across cities, properties up to ₹60 lakh and/or units having 60 square meter area, should be termed as affordable units”.
PE Analytics Ltd, which is listed on the stock exchange, and runs PropEquity platform, reported a 37 per cent growth in total income to ₹44.17 crore last fiscal, from ₹32.3 crore in 2022-23.
PropEquity is an online provider of analytics, data, and deal flows covering the Indian real estate industry. The company tracks over 1,73,000 projects of 57,500 developers across 44 cities in India on a real time basis. Its search platform, generates analysis for all verticals under residential, commercial and retail sectors.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
BELLA HADID prošlog tjedna u Cannesu nije oduševila samo haljinama koje je nosila, već i izborom modnih dodataka. Poznata kao predvodnica trendova, Bella je u Cannesu u elegantnom bijelom izdanju najavila povratak debelih zlatnih narukvica – i to više njih nanizanih na ruku.
>> Sve su oči bile uprte u Bellu Hadid u Cannesu. Ovo su njezina najbolja izdanja
Iako su u prethodnim sezonama bile in delikatne narukvice, izgleda da se debele narukvice kakve su se nosile 90-ih vraćaju na modnu scenu, piše Who What Wear. Bella je njima dodala poseban štih svojem klasičnom izgledu, dokazavši time da su narukvice ponovo postale bitan dio svake modne kombinacije.
Atraktivan detalj
Na društvenim mrežama sve češće vidimo kako mnogi biraju jednu deblju narukvicu ili kombiniraju nekoliko njih uz jednostavne odjevne kombinacije. Kao što smo već naveli, tzv. bangle narukvice bile su jako popularne tijekom 90-ih.
Izrađene od metala, plastike ili drveta, nosile su se u raznim bojama i dezenima, stvarajući karakterističan zvuk pri pokretu. Ovaj trend vraća se danas u moderniziranom obliku, kao dodatak koji unosi osobni pečat u modne kombinacije.
Bella je nosila narukvice brenda Monica Vinader, a isti model trenutno nije dostupan. Ipak, ovakve narukvice mogu se pronaći u ponudi raznih high-street trgovina kao i kod brojnih dizajnerskih brendova. Ispod smo izdvojili nekoliko sličnih stilova.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Ya no se trata de una pequeña muestra: Con el primer tercio de la temporada completa, los Angels se han puesto en posición de desafiar el récord de futilidad de las Grandes Ligas.
No es que tengan la peor marca en casa de la MLB esta temporada. Es que, por porcentaje de victorias, tienen la peor marca en casa de cualquier equipo de la MLB en 85 años.
Los Angels son competitivos fuera de casa. Su récord fuera del Angel Stadium: 14-14.
Su récord en casa después de la derrota ante los Cleveland Guardians el domingo en el Angel Stadium: 6-19, un porcentaje de victorias de .240. El único equipo con un porcentaje peor durante los últimos 85 años. El único equipo con un porcentaje peor en una temporada completa, según StatMuse: los St. Louis Browns, cuyo porcentaje de victorias en casa fue de .234 (18-59) en 1939.
Dos años después, los Browns estuvieron a punto de trasladarse a Los Ángeles. En 1954, se mudaron a Baltimore y pasaron a llamarse Orioles.
El manager de aquellos Browns de 1939: Fred Haney. En 1961, cuando los Angels se unieron a la MLB como equipo de expansión, contrataron a Haney como gerente general.
Los Angels de esta temporada van camino de ganar 19 partidos en casa. Desde que se adoptó el calendario de 162 partidos en 1961, ningún equipo de las Grandes Ligas ha ganado menos de 22 partidos en casa en una temporada.
La situación de los Angels podría empeorar antes de mejorar. El martes, los Angels comienzan una serie de tres partidos en casa contra los Yankees de Nueva York, el equipo con más victorias de la Liga Americana.
India needs to impose a 2 per cent tax on net wealth exceeding Rs 10 crore and a 33 per cent inheritance tax to deal with the problem of rising inequality in the country, and create fiscal space for investments in the social sector, a new research paper co-authored by economist Thomas Piketty has suggested.
The paper titled ‘Proposals For a Wealth Tax Package to Tackle Extreme Inequalities in India’ proposes a comprehensive tax package for the ultra-wealthy to tackle the massive concentration at the very top of the wealth distribution and create valuable fiscal space for crucial social sector investments.
“Raise phenomenally large tax revenues while leaving 99.96 per cent of the adults unaffected by the tax.
“In a baseline scenario, a 2 per cent annual tax on net wealth exceeding Rs 10 crore and a 33 per cent inheritance tax on estates exceeding Rs 10 crore in valuation would generate a massive 2.73 per cent of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in revenues,” the paper suggested.
The paper said that the taxation proposal needs to be accompanied by explicit redistributive policies to support the poor, lower castes, and middle classes.
“For example, the baseline scenario would allow nearly doubling the current public spending on education, which has stagnated at 2.9 per cent of GDP over the past 15 years, well below — less than half — the 6 per cent target set by the government’s own National Education Policy 2020 (NEP 2020),” it said.
The paper noted that the taxation proposal needs to be extensively debated, with a consensus on specific details of the design emerging from a broader democratic debate on tax justice and wealth redistribution in India.
The paper has been authored by Thomas Piketty (Paris School of Economics and World Inequality Lab), Lucas Chancel (Harvard Kennedy School and World Inequality Lab), Anmol Somanchi, (Paris School of Economics and World Inequality Lab) and Nitin Kumar Bharti (New York University and World Inequality Lab.
According to the paper, debates on income and wealth inequality in India have gained significant momentum in recent weeks, partly following the release of the study ‘Income and Wealth Inequality in India, 1922-2023: The Rise of the Billionaire Raj’, which revealed that economic disparities in India have reached historical highs.
These extreme inequalities and their close link with social injustice can no longer be ignored, it said.
Co-author Anmol Somanchi highlighted that Indian billionaires are largely an upper caste club.
“A progressive wealth tax package of the kind we propose is most likely to benefit lower castes and the middle classes at the detriment of only a tiny number of ultra-wealthy upper caste families.
“In that respect, besides addressing extreme wealth inequality, such taxes could also play a small role in weakening the rigid link between social and economic inequalities in India,” Somanchi said.
According to him, the 2024 Lok Sabha election marks a critical juncture with heightened political and public focus on economic justice. Despite sustained attempts from certain sections at derailing this much-needed conversation, a vibrant public debate has emerged.
Somanchi said it would, however, be a shame if after coming this far, this momentum is not translated into policy.
“Progressive wealth taxation, effective redistribution, and broad-based social sector investments are urgently needed to build an equitable and prosperous India,” he noted.
The authors in their working paper released on March 20 had said inequality in India has skyrocketed since the early 2000s, with the income and wealth share of the top 1 per cent population rising to 22.6 per cent and 40.1 per cent, respectively, in 2022-23.
“Between 2014-15 and 2022-23, the rise of top-end inequality has been particularly pronounced in terms of wealth concentration.
“1 per cent income and wealth shares (22.6 per cent and 40.1 per cent) are at their highest historical levels and India’s top 1 per cent income share is among the very highest in the world, higher than even South Africa, Brazil, and the US,” the paper said.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Elon Musk-run artificial intelligence (AI) company xAI said on Monday that it raised $6 billion to accelerate the research and development of future technologies.
The AI firm shared the development on X, and responding to this, the tech billionaire said, “There will be more to announce in the coming weeks.” In another post, Musk said the pre-money valuation was $18 billion. The company also added that the funds from the Series B funding round will be used to take xAI’s first products to market and build advanced infrastructure. “xAI is primarily focused on the development of advanced AI systems that are truthful, competent, and maximally beneficial for all of humanity. The company’s mission is to understand the true nature of the universe,” the company said in a blog post.
xAI, which has unveiled an AI chatbot called ‘Grok’, raised funds from key investors, including Valor Equity Partners, Vy Capital, Andreessen Horowitz, Sequoia Capital, Fidelity Management & Research Company, Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal and Kingdom Holding, among others.
In addition, xAI said that it will announce more technology updates and products soon. Earlier this year, xAI raised $500 million in commitments from investors toward a $1 billion goal. Founded in 2023, xAI unveiled its first AI product in November last year and recently announced the Grok-1.5 model with long context capability, as well as Grok-1.5V with image understanding.
In Taiwan’s Kinmen, less than an hour’s boat ride from the Chinese cities of Xiamen and Quanzhou, bar owner Powei Lee draws crowds by blending the tiny island’s battle-scared past into cocktails.
Powei Lee, 31, owner of Kinmen Mojo Bar (or Vent Bar) works at the bar in Kinmen Island, Taiwan. War stories in glass: Taiwan bar draws tourists with historical cocktails (REUTERS/Joyce Zhou)
During the height of the Cold War, Chinese and Taiwanese forces regularly clashed over Kinmen – then mostly known in English as Quemoy – and other islets controlled by Taipei along China’s coast.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
While today Kinmen is a fashionable tourist destination, drawing visitors to see its endangered otters and stark natural beauty, it has been back in the news after China last week included areas round the island for its latest war games near Taiwan.
Kinmen native Lee’s cocktails at his Vent Bar showcase Kinmen’s unique flavour, such as the local fire water, Kaoliang, made with sorghum grown on the island.
Lee, 31, has designed one cocktail inspired by an extensive propaganda campaign which followed fighting in 1958, when Taiwanese forces fended off a Chinese attack on Kinmen, whose closest point is only around 2 km (1.2 miles) from China.
Called “Pick and Eat”, the cocktail is made with a base of soy milk, ginger and whisky, topped with cookies.
“Back then, the two sides would drop propaganda leaflets, each trying to show that their side was doing better and urging the other to surrender,” he told Reuters.
“One of the things they would do besides the leaflets was to send over supplies like snacks and food, to show that the people were well-fed.”
Taiwan has controlled Kinmen, and the Matsu islands further up the coast, since the defeated Republic of China government fled to Taipei in 1949 after losing a civil war with Mao Zedong’s communists. No peace treaty has ever been signed.
Old bunkers, many now open to visitors, still dot Kinmen which is home to some 100,000 people, and Taiwan’s military maintains a substantial presence.
“I want them (the visitors) to be able to take away something even more meaningful than just typical souvenirs. If they can really feel that connection to the land, and understand the stories behind it, that’s going to be the best memento they can have from their time here in Kinmen,” Lee said.
Those visitors may be Taiwanese or from further afield – but generally not Chinese. Regular post-pandemic Chinese tourism to Taiwan has yet to resume, amid bickering between Beijing and Taipei.
Life in Kinmen continued largely as normal during the drills last week, residents said, and flights to and from Taiwan’s main island were not disrupted.
Regarding the potential for conflict, Lee expressed hope against seeing a war.
“The pandemic has already been very disruptive, and a real war would be far worse,” he said.
British Taylor Swift fans will no doubt be aware the Eras Tour is on its way to UK shores in the coming weeks – and the excitement is becoming palpable.
The first show is taking place on June 7, 2024, at Edinburgh’s Murrayfield Stadium.
And, for the fans who have already bought their tickets to one of Taylor’s shows, they will no doubt be preparing to plan their days around when and where they need to be there ahead of time.
As a result, Swifties will want to know when they can start queuing up for their concert ahead of time in order to secure a good spot in the front-standing area.
However, there are going to be a number of restrictions at every single venue regarding when and where fans will be able to queue up for Taylor Swift shows ahead of time.
Queueing up at gigs and concerts ahead of time has become a rite of passage for music lovers.
The British rockers were playing Manchester’s AO Arena on a Saturday in February, but fans began lining up on Thursday afternoon.
The venue spoke out on Twitter, condemning the act. They said: “Following reports of early queuing ahead of The 1975 this weekend, we would like to make it clear that the AO Arena does NOT have an official wrist banding policy for these shows. Fans should not arrive at the venue before 8am on show day due to ongoing construction work.”
The gig was being held at Banquet Records’ Pryzm in Kingston. And, to stop this, the company tweeted a strict set of rules, saying: “WRISTBANDS – Red: people camping / queuing very early – Silver: others who turned up before 8:00 Blue: others in queue at 8:30.
“We are letting in blue wristbands first, then silver, then red. Aware this will upset some but there has to be repercussions for queuing too early.”
Taylor Swift fans will likely see very similar treatment.
Previous Taylor Swift shows from her Eras Tour around the world have had strict queuing rules.
Some venues’ tickets stated that fans could not begin queuing outside the standing area until midday of the concert date.
Meanwhile, other venues have reportedly been dishing out wristbands to organise which fans arrived first.
We will likely not know exactly how things are going to go at each British venue until the shows come around.
Until then, fans still have a chance to get last-minute tickets to Taylor Swift’s Eras Tour. Here’s the information you need:
Sites such as viagogo and Vivid Seats allow fans to buy resale tickets from other fans. However, it is important to note that many event promoters say tickets should not be resold after initial purchase and will not be valid for admittance to gigs.
Fans attending live events with tickets acquired through resale websites are advised to double-check the ticket terms and conditions at the point of sale – such as Ticketmaster or Live Nation – to ensure a smooth live event experience. Tickets could be voided if they were found to be bought second-hand. As a result, fans are buying at their own risk.
With that said, viagogo also commented: “viagogo is a regulated marketplace where fans have the freedom to buy and sell tickets to their favourite live events, safely and securely, backed by a guarantee.”
It’s that time of year again – so we’ve compiled some of the best EOFY deals in one place.
Sean and James are joined once again by Josh to run through all the best EOFY deals, all of which can be found by googling “Help Me CarExpert”.
The panel also discuss pricing and specifications for the updated 2024 Kia Sorento Hybrid, and James tells us about his launch drive of the sharp new Chery Tiggo 8 Pro Max.
Where to find the CarExpert Podcast
You can find the CarExpert Podcast on your favourite podcast platform. If in doubt, simply click on the RSS feed below, or follow the links to the Apple Podcasts or Google Podcasts applications to subscribe.
The Solana meme season produced some of the best crypto investment picks for the first half of 2024. However, with the meme coin hype dying down, attention has turned to the Ethereum (ETH) DeFi market, poised for a major explosion through the rest of this year.
The green light for spot Ethereum ETFs may spark the beginning of the next DeFi season. They are even more enthusiastic about this next step since DeFi has the long-term growth that meme coins fail to demonstrate. Therefore, if you didn’t catch the meme season then Rollblock (RBLK), Aave (AAVE), and Lido (LDO) are the best DeFi tokens to consider.
Rollblock (RBLK): Simplifying Access To a $450 Billion Market
Since it entered the DeFi market as a revolutionary GambleFi protocol, Rollblock (RBLK) has been progressing at a fast pace. Rollblock’s GambleFi protocol was developed on the Ethereum network to provide people with an opportunity to easily participate in the 450 billion-dollar gambling and casino market.
Similarly to other DeFi projects, Rollblock works with a focus on anonymity and security. This implies that while engaging in gambling activities on Rollblock, players do not have to go through the process of sign-up KYC checks that are compulsory on most gambling platforms, hence enabling players to engage in over 150 casino games without necessarily having to disclose their identity.
The records of all transactions and bets are preserved on the blockchain and make all the processes transparent and provably fair. Due to the fact that Rollblock has taken a rather unconventional strategy to a market worth multi-billions, there has been a lot of attention during its early stages.
The RBLK token has already managed to sell more than 40 million tokens after the start of its crypto ICO session. Also, the price of RBLK has increased from $0.010 to $0.012. The unique niche of Rollblock is why RBLK is now considered the best crypto investment for this year. Price forecasts from market experts suggest that RBLK will trade as high as $5 this DeFi season.
Analyst Forecasts 400% Price Increase for Aave (AAVE)
Aave (AAVE) is one of the most popular names when it comes to DeFi, as this is one of the largest lending protocols. Crypto analyst Alex Clay recently made a positive outlook on AAVE and explained that it is ideal for investment during the DeFi season.
Alex Clay opines that Aave is among those solid DeFi projects, and it may increase by 400% by 2024. This forecast may put the Aave crypto at $400 this year. This prediction is further supported by the upcoming v4 protocol launch of Aave.
Lido DAO (LDO) Reclaims 700-Day Support, Major Pump on the Way
Lido DAO (LDO) first gained popularity for offering high staking rewards and making ETH staking available for everyone. As the biggest ETH liquidity staking protocol, Lido is already benefiting from the rise in Ethereum price, with the LDO DeFi coin going on a 25% rally to recover above 700-day support.
Rallying above this long-term support positions Lido for a massive price rise in the coming weeks. In addition, the TVL of Lido has also surged close to its all-time high. Based on the target formed after its recent breakout, the Lido DAO token could spike from $2 to as high as $8, making it one of the best DeFi tokens to buy now.
In Conclusion
The next big move in the crypto space looks to be sponsored by DeFi. The top three DeFi projects that look to lead this move are Rollblock, Aave, and Lido. Savvy investors are already buying these tokens, especially RBLK, to potentially capitalize on the upcoming DeFi season.
Discover the Exciting Opportunities of the Rollblock (RBLK) Presale Today!
CA Institute, the world’s largest accounting body, has announced the dates for the September leg of its Foundation, and Intermediate examinations for this year.
Also read:CA Institute to hold 2nd edition of ‘Startup Sphere’ at Bengaluru between June 27 & 29
While the foundation course examination would be held on September 13th, 15th, 18th and 20th, the intermediate course examination for Group I would be held on September 12th, 14th, 17th, and for Group II on September 19th, 21st and 23rd, according to an ICAI Council decision.
This is the first time ever Foundation and Intermediate examinations are proposed to be held in September.
In March this year, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), had decided to hold its Foundation and Intermediate Course exams thrice in a year.
Instead of twice a year in May and November, the foundation and intermediate exams will be held in January, May/June, and September, ICAI had decided.
However, the exam calendar for the Final Course had not changed, and, it will continue to be held in the months of May, and November each year.
While elaborating the rationale behind the decision, ICAI President, Ranjeet Kumar Agarwal had in said in March that the CA Institute, had decided to align itself, with the global best practices on this front.
He had highlighted that globally, the frequency of examinations, was more so that students could get more opportunities to sit in the exam.
Currently, ICAI has over four lakh members, and close to nine lakh students. Nearly 4.3 lakh students, had recently taken the May edition of the ICAI exams.
Agarwal had recently said, that ICAI, sees the need for the country to have at least 30 lakh chartered accountants by 2047, when the country aims to be a developed country.
Exam frequency
As the interval between the exams is reduced by two months, from the existing six months to four months, students are expected to have more opportunities to appear in the examination. This will benefit the students who have completed their study period to appear in the exam without waiting for two months.
In recent years, the ICAI, has been proactively redesigning the education, and training scheme, to produce skilled and technology-savvy accounting professionals.
ICAI’s new scheme of education and training introduced in 2023, covered all three levels of the CA course —CA Foundation, CA Intermediate, and CA Final.
Also read:CA Institute to issue international networking guidelines for Indian firms, says Prez Agarwal
This new scheme, has significantly altered the CA course curriculum and practical training duration.The new curriculum, implemented on July 1st of last year, aims to shape accounting professionals proficient in technology.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
About 1% of Americans, or nearly 3.5 million people, are affected by schizophrenia — yet the mental disorder remains highly stigmatized and misunderstood, experts say.
The reason, according to Brooke Kempf, a psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner based in Indiana, is a general lack of knowledge about schizophrenia.
“People may see somebody hallucinating and think, ‘That is schizophrenia,’ when there’s so much more to the illness,” she told Fox News Digital in an interview.
STUDY LINKS CANNABIS ABUSE TO SCHIZOPHRENIA IN YOUNG MEN
“It’s important for people to recognize that schizophrenia is a diagnosed and treatable medical condition.”
For World Schizophrenia Day, Kempf shared some of the most common myths and misconceptions surrounding the disorder.
Approximately 1% of Americans, or nearly 3.5 million people, are affected by schizophrenia — yet the mental disorder remains highly stigmatized and misunderstood, experts say.(iStock)
Here’s a look at five.
Myth No. 1: People with schizophrenia are violent
One of the greatest and “most harmful” myths is the notion that people living with schizophrenia are “scary” or “violent,” Kempf said.
“There is a long history of conflating TV or movie characters who are behaving in odd, confusing or frightening ways with a diagnosis of schizophrenia,” she said.
NY WOMAN REVEALS LIFE WITH A SISTER’S SCHIZOPHRENIA, WRITES ‘LOVE LETTER’ TO HER
“However, we have to remember that these are made-up, dramatized situations. A diagnosis of schizophrenia doesn’t have anything to do with what we see on the screen.”
When patients with schizophrenia experience an acute episode — perhaps having delusions or hearing voices — they might behave differently than they typically would, sometimes seeming angry or violent.
“The person is likely experiencing something within themselves that they might be arguing about or responding to, but they aren’t targeting anything toward another person,” Kempf said.
When a patient with schizophrenia is experiencing an acute episode — perhaps having delusions or hearing voices — they might behave differently than they typically would, sometimes seeming angry or violent.(iStock)
When symptoms are managed with medication, “you would probably have no idea of their diagnosis,” she noted.
“Through my long history of working in community mental health and hearing their stories, I know that people living with schizophrenia are good, caring, loving people,” Kempf said.
“They are more likely,” she added, “to be the victim of a violent crime than the perpetrator of one.”
Myth No. 2: People with schizophrenia have multiple personalities
There is a misconception that people with schizophrenia have multiple personalities, which could be because the Greek word “schizophrenia” means “split mind,” Kempf noted.
“However, people with schizophrenia do not have split personalities,” she said.
MORE THAN HALF OF THOSE WITH MENTAL ILLNESS DON’T GET NEEDED CARE
“They might have different behavioral characteristics when they’re ill and experiencing an episode, but it’s not because they have a split personality.”
Myth No. 3: People with schizophrenia are not intelligent
This assumption is completely false, according to Kempf.
“If the illness isn’t well managed and continues to progress, or they have repeated relapses, patients will lose gray matter in their brains, and their cognitive function may decline,” she told Fox News Digital.
“But that does not mean they’re not intelligent.”
One expert said she’s worked with a multitude of “very successful individuals who also happen to live with schizophrenia.”(iStock)
Some patients may experience cognitive decline in the early stages of the disease — referred to as the “prodromal phase,” Kempf said — but early diagnosis and intervention can help prevent that.
Kempf said she has worked with a multitude of “very successful individuals who also happen to live with schizophrenia.”
“People with schizophrenia do not have split personalities.”
In many cases, she noted, people can no longer see the “highly intelligent individual” behind the disease.
“As long as individuals with schizophrenia get the proper treatment — ideally with a long-acting injectable (LAI) medication — they can keep their symptoms controlled and function very well,” Kempf said.
Myth No. 4: Symptoms of schizophrenia only involve hallucinations and delusions
Schizophrenia consists of what is clinically termed “positive” and “negative” symptoms, Kempf noted.
“Delusions and hallucinations, as well as changes in behavior and thoughts, are considered positive symptoms,” she said.
“Delusions and hallucinations, as well as changes in behavior and thoughts, are considered positive symptoms” of schizophrenia, the expert said. (iStock)
Patients experiencing these symptoms may hear voices or have extra thoughts, delusions or fixed false beliefs, the expert explained.
“Hallucinations are not just hearing voices,” Kempf said. “They can occur in multiple ways based on our senses — seeing, hearing, smelling or feeling things.”
Negative symptoms are when people lose interest in the world around them, withdraw or don’t take an interest in everyday social interactions, according to Kempf.
DISRUPTED SLEEP, PLUS NIGHTMARES COULD BE LINKED TO AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES, EXPERTS SAY
“Patients with schizophrenia may get labeled as ‘lazy,’ or they don’t seem as put together,” she said. “But it’s not about laziness. The person’s brain doesn’t connect these things as being important.”
People with schizophrenia may also experience what are referred to as “psychomotor” symptoms, Kempf said — they might seem abnormally slow, and their speech and thought processes can be somewhat delayed or disorganized.
“Unfortunately, if these negative symptoms continue and there isn’t treatment, they can impact cognitive functioning.”
Myth No. 5: People with schizophrenia require long-term or lifelong hospitalization
Hospitalization for a person experiencing acute schizophrenia symptoms is usually very short, according to Kempf.
“For someone having an episode of schizophrenia, the average length of stay may be about five days.”
“In an inpatient setting, for someone having an episode of schizophrenia, the average length of stay may be about five days,” she said.
“If a patient doesn’t respond to medication and can’t function safely on their own, they might have to go to a longer-term, higher-level setting.”
CHICAGO NURSE IS FINALLY FREE OF COVID-19-RELATED PTSD AND DEPRESSION AFTER ELECTRICAL BRAIN TAPPING THERAPY
Today, health care providers aim to give people with schizophrenia community-based services so that they’re able to function on their own, Kempf noted.
This might mean supporting them with employment services and housing opportunities to ensure that they have an affordable and safe place to live.
“Some patients continue to live with their family members; some might live in a group home,” Kempf said.
“People living with this disease deserve to be treated like human beings and with the same care we would provide someone diagnosed with a physical illness.”
From a medical perspective, schizophrenia has different levels of severity, the expert noted.
“But, again, if managed well, with early intervention, an individual can remain high-functioning and live independently,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Our goal is the least structured environment possible, enabling the person to live a normal life where they can work, grocery shop and drive on a day-to-day basis.”
Ultimately, Kempf said, schizophrenia should be viewed as a disease, not a choice.
“While schizophrenia is a mental health diagnosis, it should be thought of no differently than a physical health diagnosis of diabetes, heart disease or kidney disease,” an expert said.(iStock)
“While schizophrenia is a mental health diagnosis, it should be thought of no differently than a physical health diagnosis of diabetes, heart disease or kidney disease,” she said.
“It just impacts a different organ: the brain.”
Other brain disorders, such as epilepsy, tend to be more accepted by society, she said — but there is still a “huge stigma” surrounding diseases like schizophrenia, “probably because of the fear of the unknown.”
“It is treatable, and both medication and support services are available,” she told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“We all have a role to play in helping to dispel myths, foster understanding and reduce stigma,” she continued.
“People living with this disease deserve to be treated like human beings and with the same care we would provide someone diagnosed with a physical illness.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Kolkata Knight Riders fans were in for a treat on Sunday as their team picked up the Indian Premier League trophy beating SunRisers Hyderabad. As we all know, a grand victory calls for a grand celebration. Not only did the team have a blast, but they made sure to keep all their fans in the loop. In a video shared by the official Instagram page of the team, we can see the team cutting a cake and celebrating their victory by splashing champagne. We also could not help but notice the tiered cake with the KKR logo, several stars, and a champagne design on top. Such a treat to the eyes. Also Read:English Cricket Fans Delighted With Price Of Samosas In Ranchi, But Desis Think It’s A “Scam”
As KKR captain Shreyas Iyer entered the room with the trophy, the entire team cheered in joy. Since the win coincided with player Sunil Narine’s birthday, there were not one but two cakes. Sunil cut the birthday cake, and another star player, Ramandeep Singh, cut the tiered cake that read, “Congratulations Champions of 2024.” Of course, there was cake-smearing fun. Other players such as Andre Russell, Harshit Rana and Manish Pandey were also seen in the clip.
Check out the video below:
Fans from all over the country shared their reactions in the comment section.
A user wrote, “10 years was worth waiting.”
Another one added, “Pure 4 din party chalegi [The party will go on for full 4 days.]”
Someone said, “KKR showed their class and perfection and yeah, people who’re saying boring final etc., should stop it’s totally. A domination by KKR but well played SRH too from a KKR fan.”
Many commented, “Well played boys.”
“Happy for KKR,” echoed several users.
“So proud of you guys so happy congratulations. You deserve the world… Ami Kolkata we rule,” read a comment. Also Read: Cricketer Kevin Pietersen Enjoys “Favourite Delhi Delicacy”. Asks Followers To Guess The Name
In case you have not already checked it out, the Kolkata Knight Riders’ Instagram page also shared a picture of the winning moment. The caption included the team’s owner, actor SRK’s famous dialogue: “Itni shiddat se maine tumhe paane ki koshish ki hai, ki har zarre ne mujhe tumse milane ki saazish ki hai!”
Kolkata Knight Riders defeated SunRisers Hyderabad by 8 wickets.
Nothing says summer more than a waterfront getaway. And at these five properties you can make the most of the season, whether you want to splash in the oceanoff the Maine coast, paddle board across a reservoir in upstate New York, kayak in a Rhode Island bay, or laze by a river on a South Carolina island. You can even skirt the crowds in Europe’s capitals by escaping to the mountains of Austria where a castle on a lake awaits.
The Catskills, N.Y.
At this luxury escape in White Lake, N.Y., about a two-hour drive from Manhattan, immerse yourself in more than 100 acres along the Toronto Reservoir. Or better yet, get into the reservoir and go paddle boarding, canoeing, kayaking and swimming. And because the Chatwal Lodge is set within the approximately 2,500-acre Chapin Estate, you can also fly-fish on private trout streams there.
On dry land, pretend you’re back in summer camp and try archery, birdhouse decorating, baking classes and yoga. Or visit the recreation center where you can play shuffleboard, duckpin bowling, ping pong, billiards and board games. At night, gather for stargazing and s’mores around a fire pit.
This year, the property added what it calls Treehouses, three accommodations perched about 15 feet above the ground amid oaks and maples, to its 11 existing suites and stand-alone stone cottage. Each treehouse, which can accommodate up to four guests, has a king-size bed on the first level, a loft with a Murphy bed, a living room with a wet bar, a covered balcony, and a deck with a fire pit.
Wandering the Chatwal Lodge, part of the Unbound Collection by Hyatt brand, calls to mind the 19th-century Great Camps of the Adirondacks, and a number of rooms there have water views. All of the accommodations have private outdoor space. Seasonal farm-to-table meals can be enjoyed from your private terrace or patio, inside your room, or in the Lodge’s Rustic Grill. Prices for the Lodge, which include all meals (not alcohol) and certain activities, start at $900 a night; prices for the Treehouses start at $2,300 a night during the summer.
Johns Island, S.C.
Beginning Aug. 1, check into this new 72 room-and-suite luxury property along the Kiawah River and you’ll have 20miles of waterfront and nature trails to hike and bike. Water activities abound, including kayaking, paddle boarding, fishing classes, clam-harvesting workshops and a “water safari” that takes you onthe river’s estuary where you might spot roseate spoonbills, great blue herons and sea turtles. When you’re not exploring the river, check out the spa, which uses honey, including aster honey from local apiaries, for treatments such as nectar-infused facials.
Even though you’re surrounded by nature, you’re just a 40-minute car ride to the buzzy bars and restaurants of downtown Charleston. But there are plenty of places to tuck into a meal just beyond your room, too. For lunch and cocktails make your way to the Cove, a 1950s beach-club-inspired restaurant at the riverfront pool. Order bites like wood-fire-grilled oysters, cocktails and whiskeys at the Willet Room bar, and savor Southern coastal cooking with seafood and river views at Linnette’s restaurant.
The Dunlin, named for a shorebird, has charming, cottage-inspired rooms that play off their sunny Lowcountry surroundings with wicker, linen, and white and mint-green hues by the interior designer Amanda Lindroth. Porches provide places to sip iced tea and gaze at the river. Opt for a suite and you’ll have more space, including a living room and a soaking tub from which you can enjoy views of the water. Prices from $749 a night.
Hof bei Salzburg, Austria
On July 1, this 15th-century castle on Lake Fuschl in the Austrian Alps will reopen its doors after closing in 2022 and undergoing a gut renovation. What was once a hunting lodge and a summer residence of the Archbishop of Salzburg is now part of Rosewood Hotels & Resorts, and it will have 98 rooms, including suites and stand-alone, lakefront chalets, as well as places to try regional cuisine, which emphasizes fish from local lakes, cheeses and wood-fired bread. A spa will include a heated infinity outdoor pool, an indoor pool and a fitness center. The big draw, of course, is the vast blue-green lake, and staying there means you can participate in activities like a fishing excursion that might wind up with you beside the water savoring a freshly smoked catch served on newspaper.
And while the tranquillity of the lake and the property’s walking trails may make you feel far from city life, Salzburg and its historic center, which is on the UNESCO World Heritage List, is only a half-hour car ride away. If you’re willing to explore a little farther, the picturesque lakeside village of Hallstatt — part of the breathtaking Hallstatt-Dachstein/Salzkammergut Alpine region, which is also on the UNESCO list — is about an hour’s drive from the resort.
Wherever you choose to spend the days, they’ll conclude in your elegant room where soothing hues are in keeping with the natural surroundings. Most of the rooms have full or partial views of the lake, and some have private outdoor space as well, including the lakefront chalets. Summer prices from €800 a night, or about $870.
Ogunquit, Maine
On the southern coast of Maine, amid flowers and picket fences, the cottages at the Dunes are scattered across 12 acres of lawns near the Atlantic Ocean. Following a renovation, the property just opened with 21 whitewashed cottages with green shutters, ranging from one-to-three bedrooms, all with a private porch or patio, and a fireplace.
In the morning you can have coffee, baked goods and a newspaper delivered to your door. Later, take a five-minute walk to get fresh seafood at the Ogunquit Lobster Pound. The charming restaurants, bars, shops and sandy beaches of Ogunquit are also a stroll away, or you can hop on one of the hotel’s complementary bikes and ride into town. The hotel also has row boats for you to cross the river to the popular Ogunquit Beach.
Back at the Dunes, owned by Atlantic Hospitality, whose properties in Maine include the Claremont Hotel and the Lincoln Hotel, go fishing off the new dock, paddle boarding, kayaking, or join a waterfront yoga class. Take a dip in the heated swimming pool with views of the ocean, or while away an afternoon playing lawn games. Prices from $950 a night for a one-bedroom cottage.
Newport, R.I.
Fresh off a $50 million renovation, this resort on the site of a former torpedo factory has 257 rooms and suites, and a 22-slip marina where you can take to the water on inflatable paddle boards and in kayaks. A new seasonal water taxi will whisk you from the marina to the shops and restaurants of downtown Newport.
Or stay put and feast on seafood at the resort. The restaurant 1639 has New England classics like clam chowder and lobster, which you can enjoy on its outdoor deck or indoors with views of the harbor. Head to the Pineapple Club for its pool, cabanas and restaurant, where a new menu includes lobster rolls, salads and flatbreads, and grown-ups can slip into a new adults-onlyseating area. For more sea-inspired dishes like blue crab toast and tarragon lobster, visit the Torpedo Bar & Lounge. And satisfy your sweet tooth at the Bakery, a new spot to grab coffee and baked goods on the go.
Previously known as Gurney’s Newport Resort and Marina, the resort is now owned by Pebblebrook Hotel Trust. The rooms, most with views of the water and many with balconies or patios, have new furniture and are decorated in calming earth tones. Go for a swim in the outdoor saltwater pool or, if the weather doesn’t cooperate, in the heated indoor pool. Stop into the spa for a massage or body treatment, work out in the fitness center, or feel the sea breeze in your hair as you take a ride on one of the complementary bicycles. Prices from $459 a night, varying by season.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
REALITY TV zvijezda Bethenny Frankel nedavno je podijelila svoje iskustvo s Chanel trgovinom, što je izazvalo veliku pažnju na društvenim mrežama. U svom prvom videu na tu temu objavljenom na TikToku Frankel je ispričala kako su joj zaposlenici u Chicagu rekli da ne može ući u trgovinu bez termina, a ona vjeruje da je razlog tome bio njezin ležerni izgled.
“Bila sam ravno s aviona, u znojnoj majici, i nisu me pustili unutra”, rekla je Frankel. Sutradan se vratila u trgovinu dotjerana i bez problema je ušla. “Danas nije bilo problema”, izjavila je na kraju drugog videa, naglašavajući razliku u tretmanu.
“Ono što je Frankel dokazala je zapravo ludo”
Na njezin video nadovezao se tiktoker Ben Blue, @benblue01, koji je podijelio slično iskustvo. Ben je započeo svoj video riječima: “Ono što je Frankel dokazala je zapravo ludo.” Zatim je podijelio kako su ga zaposlenici jedne Gucci trgovine različito tretirali ovisno o tome kako je bio odjeven.
Prvi put kad je posjetio navedenu trgovinu upravo je sišao s aviona i bio je ležernije odjeven. Želio je kupiti prsten, ali nakon što su mu prodavači rekli da će netko doći pomoći, nitko nije došao. “Čekao sam 10 do 15 minuta i nitko nije došao”, rekao je Ben.
Idući dan Ben se vratio prikladnije odjeven i doživio potpuno drugačiji tretman. “Odmah mi je prišao radnik i pitao što želim. Pitao sam ga imaju li taj prsten”, istaknuo je. Radnik mu je rekao da su “jučer upravo prodali zadnji”, što je Bena razljutilo jer je bio u trgovini taj dan, ali nitko ga nije poslužio.
Neki su podijelili slična iskustva
Ispod Benovog videa naredalo se mnoštvo komentara. Dok su neki podijelili slična iskustva, drugi su naveli dijametralno suprotna.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“2012. su me izbacili iz Hollistera jer su rekli da moja ‘težina smeta ostalima'”, napisala je jedna osoba.
“Smiješno, obično oni ležerno odjeveni imaju najviše novca”, dodala je druga.
“Upravo mi se to dogodilo u Pradi. Nisu me htjeli ni pogledati, pa sam otišla u trgovinu na kat iznad i žena je bila tako ljubazna da sam potrošila tri tisuće dolara”, nadovezala se treća.
“Ušla sam u Vivienne Westwood trgovinu u Manchesteru u pidžami i korzetu – čudna kombinacija, znam. Rekli su mi da ne smijem biti tamo jer ne dopuštaju razgledavanje. Samo sam se nasmijala”, napisala je četvrta.
“Ušla sam u Coach trgovinu u trenirci i s neurednom punđom, bez šminke. Tretirali su me izuzetno dobro i djelatnik mi je pomagao cijelo vrijeme dok sam bila tamo, stvarno sjajno iskustvo. Očito ovisi o tome gdje odeš”, napisala je peta osoba.
“Nitko nije gledao Zgodnu ženu?” zaključila je šesta.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
This is no longer a small sample size: With the first third of the season complete, the Angels have put themselves in position to challenge a major league record for futility.
It is not that they have the worst home record in MLB this season. It is that, by winning percentage, they have the worst home record of any MLB team in 85 years.
The Angels are competitive on the road. Their record away from Angel Stadium: 14-14.
Their record after a loss to the Cleveland Guardians on Sunday at Angel Stadium: 6-19, a winning percentage of .240. The only team with a worse percentage over a full season, according to StatMuse: the St. Louis Browns, whose home winning percentage was .234 (18-59) in 1939.
Two years later, the Browns nearly moved to Los Angeles. In 1954, they moved to Baltimore and renamed themselves the Orioles.
The manager of those 1939 Browns: Fred Haney. In 1961, when the Angels joined MLB as an expansion team, they hired Haney as general manager.
This season’s Angels are on pace to win 19 home games. Since the 162-game schedule was adopted in 1961, no major league team has won fewer than 22 home games in a season.
The Angels’ plight might get worse before it gets better. On Tuesday, they start a three-game home series against the New York Yankees, the team with the most victories in the American League.
Google CEO Sundar Pichai has expressed confidence in India’s capability in artificial intelligence (AI) and said the country is “well-positioned” to shape the future of this technology
Google CEO Sundar Pichai has expressed confidence in India’s capability in artificial intelligence (AI) and said the country is “well-positioned” to shape the future of this technology.
He was speaking with content creator Varun Mayya, founder of Aeos, on the transformative potential of AI in India, following Google’s annual I/O developer event.
As guidance for aspiring software engineers, Pichai stressed the need for a deep understanding over mere knowledge acquisition. For this, he also referred to the popular Bollywood movie ‘3 Idiots’ for profound comprehension of technology.
He advised aspiring software engineers to focus on understanding core principles.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
boAt has launched the Nirvana Nebula and Nirvana Zenith TWS earbuds powered by Dolby Audio in India. According to the company, the Nirvana Nebula and Zenith offer Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) of up to 35dB and 50dB respectively.
Powered by Bluetooth v5.3, a dual-core processor, and HiFi Audio, the Nirvana series promises sound with unparalleled power, clarity, and precision.
“With 11mm Deep Bass Drivers and the boAt Signature Sound, every beat resonates with thumping bass and crystal-clear clarity, bringing your music to life,” the company said in a release.
boAt’s Adaptive EQ powered by Mimi tailors the sound of the Nirvana series to the user’s specific hearing profile, offering a personalized audio experience.
Seamless Connectivity and Intuitive Controls
With 6X Mics and AI ENx Technology, conversations through the Nirvana series are clear and intimate. Pairing and switching between devices is effortless thanks to Google Fast Pair.
“With up to 50-hour battery life and an IPX5 rating for water and sweat resistance, the Nirvana Nebula and Zenith are designed to keep up with your active lifestyle. And with their Chrome and Rose Gold glass design, these earbuds are not just about performance—they’re about making a style statement,” the company said.
The Nirvana Nebula and Nirvana Zenith have been priced at Rs 2,999 and Rs 3,999 respectively. Available in Mystique Black and Celestial White variants, these TWS earbuds with Dolby Audio are now within reach on boat-lifestyle.com, Amazon.in, Myntra.com and Flipkart.com and select offline stores.
The Sikkim government has fixed the taxi fare between Nathula and Gangtok to prevent overcharging by the tour operators.
Sikkim fixes taxi fare between Gangtok to Nathula to protect tourists from overcharging (Photo by Twitter/TourMyIndiaa)
According to an order issued by the Principal Secretary (Tourism and Civil Aviation Department) C S Rao, the fare for luxury and normal vehicles have been fixed at ₹7,000 and ₹6,500 respectively, including the permit charge, for round trip between Nathula and state capital Gangtok with immediate effect.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The Tourism and Civil Aviation Department also made public its contact number and police check post if an issue arises out of charging of excess fare.
The aggrieved visitors may contact the Tourism and Civil Aviation Department on 9434182178, Police Check Post on 7908081127 and Transport Department on 9434126851 for any issues related to charging of excess fares, it said.
Anyone found violating the above-mentioned rates shall be dealt with strictly in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Central Motor Vehicle Act 1988 & CMV Rules 1989 and Sikkim Motor Vehicles Rules 1991 by the Transport department, the order said.
The Tourism and Civil Aviation Department has also capped the limit of permits for Nathula to be issued by it at 800 vehicles up to June 30.
This Office Order was issued following the high-level meeting held under the chairmanship of the Chief Secretary V B Pathak, attended by DGP A K Singh, besides the Additional Chief Secretary, Home, Tourism and Civil Aviation Department and Transport Department officials.
The central government had recently pulled up the state government for exorbitant taxi fare and travel permit being charged by tour operators from tourists visiting Sikkim.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Sikkim fixes taxi fare between Gangtok to Nathula to protect tourists from overcharging
James Bond icon Sean Connery and Miss Moneypenny actress Lois Maxwell (Image: GETTY)
There have been 25 official EON James Bond films so far, from Dr No to No Time To Die. Plus, of course, the non-canon Peter Sellers spoof Casino Royal and Sean Connery’s rogue Never Say Never Again. Everyone has their favourite 007 actors and films, but one stands far out in front, according to those involved.
It was listed by legendary original Bond producer Albert ‘Cubby’ Broccoli as one of his three favourite 007 films, saying, “it was with this film that the Bond style and formula were perfected.” The other two were Goldfinger and The Spy Who Loved Me.
His daughter Barbara Broccoli and her step-brother Michael G Wilson (who now produce the franchise together) also named it as their choice. Miss Moneypenny star Lois Maxwell selected this movie as her favourite – as did Timothy Dalton when he was asked at the Bond 40th Anniversary celebrations.
Daniel Craig named it as his top choice – although he has cheekily also plumped for Goldfinger in a different interview. But now you can cross one of the most likely films off your list.
The classic thriller is back on TV screens today, but before we reveal it, let’s see if you can figure out which one it is with our trail of clues – starting with the most obscure and frankly ridiculous…
Don’t miss… Roger Moore called James Bond star ‘a diseased sex maniac with unnatural lusts’ [LATEST]
Daniel Craig with Bond producers Barbara Broccoli and Michael Wilson (Image: GETTY)
Timothy Dalton reveals his favourite James Bond film (Image: GETTY)
More than one James Bond film features our heroes fleeing or tussling with rodents, but this one actually involved the completely misjudged use of chocolate before the entire production was forced to fly to Spain.
For a scene where hordes of rats were needed to swarm in one direction, the original shoot in England had to use lab rats because it is illegal to use wild ones here. They were coated in cocoa to make them look like their wild sewer cousins. The creatures, of course, just wanted to lick themselves and each other, and the whole segment had to be reshot in Madrid.
Another disruption was caused by the early morning starts when Bond Girl actress Daniela Bianchi’s chauffeur fell asleep at the wheel and crashed. The 21-year-old starlet suffered facial bruising, requiring two weeks’ recovery time.
Don’t miss… Bond legend Roger Moore’s toughest sex scene – ‘all the blood rushed downwards’ [LATEST]
Sean Connery and Bond Girl Daniela Bianchi (Image: GETTY)
Director Terence Young (which narrows your options down) had a far scarier close escape when his helicopter went down over water. He was trapped below the surface for quite some time but displayed grit to match his fictional character and resumed work as soon as he was rescued – with his arm in a sling.
Another helicopter almost crashed into Sean Connery when the inexperienced pilot flew far too close to the actor on the ground. It made for exciting footage, though, which you can actually see in the finished cut.
Mexican star Pedro Armendáriz discovered he had terminal cancer before he took the part of villain Kerim Bey, and wanted to ensure some financial security for his wife. His health suddenly deteriorated while filming in Istanbul and the production was immediately moved to the UK and all his scenes were shot as soon as possible. Later, Young and a stunt double would fill in for him when he could no longer work. A month later, he shot himself in his Los Angeles hospital.
James Bond villains Robert Shaw and Lotte Lenya (Image: SG)
The iconic and very brutal fight on board the Orient Express takes up less than seven minutes of screen time but took three long weeks to film – with the actors themselves performing much of the action. Connery, of course, had a background in boxing. His co-star Robert Shaw may have had a rather harder time.
He was so much shorter than the 007 star, he had to stand on boxes in many of their scenes. However, it all paid off since his performance caught the eye of Steven Spielberg, who cast him in Jaws.
His fellow villain, Lotte Lenya’s Rosa Klebbe, wore those iconic shoes with the terrifying poisoned blade that shoot out from the toes. Incredibly, they were based on actual KGB spy hardware.
So, we now know that our film starred the original James Bond, Sean Connery – but did you know he was only paid £9,000 for a film which became the most profitable in UK cinema history? He later said: “There was a constant conflict between the producers and myself about the monetary returns that were never really resolved until I came back for Diamonds (Are Forever).”
This was the film that changed Ian Fleming’s opinion about Sean Connery’s acting after he had initially been vehemently and vocally opposed to the casting of the Scot, calling him an “overgrown stuntman.” The author was so impressed he also changed Bond’s ancestry in the books, giving him Scottish roots to match the actor’s nationality.
And so, here we are, by now all the clues (and the video clip’s title!) point to the second Bond movie, 1963’s Cold War masterpiece, From Russia With Love.
Connery, himself, chose a non-Bond film as his absolute favourite of his own work, but also named his 007 pick in an interview with the Golden Globes: “The Man Who Would Be King is probably my favorite, and John Huston will forever be my favourite director. On the Bond front, it would be From Russia With Love, because that story worked.”
And who’s going to argue with him? Have you seen that fight on the train?
Peugeot has never made cars you could call conventional, but even by those standards the 408 is a pretty funky thing.
According to the body that categorises new cars in Australia, it’s a rival for the base Audi Q5 and mid-range Mazda CX-60… but it doesn’t really look like any of its rivals, with a rakish looking fastback design that’s unlike anything else on local roads.
Peugeot hasn’t taken a conventional path with its powertrain, either. You can’t have all-wheel drive, nor can you have a pure petrol (in Australia) or diesel, or even a Toyota-style hybrid.
Instead, just one high-end variant is on offer with plug-in hybrid power. Sometimes though, different can be better – is that the case with the 408?
How does the Peugeot 408 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Peugeot 408 against similarly sized vehicles.
Peugeot
408
How much does the Peugeot 408 cost?
Just one version of the Peugeot 408 is available in Australia.
Model Variant
$RRP
2024 Peugeot 408 GT Fastback Plug-in Hybrid
$67,990
Prices exclude on-road costs
To see how the Peugeot 408 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Peugeot 408 like on the inside?
This is an eye-catching car from the second you open the driver’s door, from its array of screens to the stitching pattern on the leather seats.
It’s also immediately identifiable as a Peugeot, with its high-set instrument binnacle and tiny, low-set steering wheel. Just like the exterior, this interior won’t be for everyone.
The fundamentals are solid. The seats are supportive and comfortable, with plenty of electric adjustment to accommodate awkward body shapes and sizes, and there’s a real feeling of quality to pretty much everything you touch.
Peugeot isn’t necessarily a rival for BMW or Mercedes-Benz, but its interior materials and designs are every bit as special.
Even after more than 10 years and multiple iterations, the iCockpit setup from Peugeot is a good idea… that immediately precludes a chunk of the population from owning one of its cars.
The idea is sound – you set the instruments up nice and high, where most brands have a head-up display, and then put the steering wheel below it so you’re not peering through a narrow gap at critical information.
In practice though some drivers can’t get the wheel high enough, some can’t get it low enough without it impacting their knees, and some just hate the idea of the change. I could get comfortable in the 408, but it’s definitely a car you need to sit in before signing on the dotted line.
Peugeot has made huge leaps with its cabin technology, though.
The touchscreen in the 408 is high resolution, and responds quickly enough to inputs that it doesn’t feel backwards in a world dominated by iPads and iPhones.
Peugeot has finally polished its technology to the point it feels quick and modern, and the row of customisable shortcuts below the touchscreen are a handy inclusion that makes it easier to jump from function-to-function.
Wireless smartphone mirroring works reliably, and you’re now able to customise the home screen to feature fan and temperature controls for the air conditioning. Well done Peugeot.
The digital driver’s display can be set up with a funky 3D effect, but it sent me slightly crosseyed. In 2D mode, it offers attractive graphics and plenty of information including mapping.
Storage space up front is solid. There’s a shelf under the dashboard that’s perfect for a plugged-in phone, or a wallet and keys if you’re using the wireless phone charger at the base of the transmission tunnel. Two USB-C ports feature up front.
Beneath the central armrest is a space that’s heavily impacted by the lithium-ion battery pack.
Rear seat space is compromised by that stylish liftback body. Headroom is limited by the sloping roof and panoramic sunroof, and the rising belt line means it’s not a particularly light or bright space back there.
The door aperture is also quite narrow, making it tougher to load a child into a car seat or for adults to clamber back there.
It’s a shame, because legroom is up there with similarly-sized German rivals. Air vents feature back there, as do dual USB-C ports. There’s a fold-down central armrest that’s handy for keeping warring children apart, too.
The door bins will hold a 1L drink bottle, or a couple of bags of lollies for your road trip.
Boot space is impressive. There’s a claimed 471L of space with the rear seats in place, and the amount of room on offer under the massive powered liftback is impressive. It’ll take a set of golf clubs easily, or enough bags for a family weekend away.
The shape of the liftback does limit its practicality, however. If you’re often carrying awkward or bulky items, you’re better off waiting for the new E-3008 to touch down. Boot space with the rear bench folded is 1545L.
It’s also a stylish mid-sized SUV, but its more conventional shape means it’s a more practical car overall. There’s no spare wheel on offer, just a can of goo.
What’s under the bonnet?
As with all plug-in hybrids, how you use the battery in the 408 is key to achieving good efficiency numbers.
With the 12.4kWh lithium-ion battery pack charged, it’s possible to achieve between 0.0L and 1.5L/100km on a normal commute. The battery is good for 60km of EV driving on the WLTP test cycle.
It can charge at 3.7kW, at which speed it’ll take just shy of 4.0 hours to run from empty to full.
To see how the Peugeot 408 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Peugeot 408 drive?
Peugeot has been doing plug-in hybrids for a while now, and it shows.
Overseas model shown
Whether or not you’re a subscriber to the concept of plug-in hybrids, the powertrain in the 408 is impressively polished. With charge in the lithium-ion battery pack, it does an impressive impression of an electric vehicle.
The petrol engine is never required in normal commuting when you’ve a full charge, although the petrol engine will kick in if you bury the accelerator. When it does fire, it does so with less of a fuss than in previous examples of the breed.
There’s no awkward handover between power sources, which makes for a proper punch in the back for the traffic light Grand Prix.
When the battery does go flat, the electric motor isn’t completely out of action. Instead, the 408 acts like a conventional hybrid, cutting the engine out at low speeds and helping the car get moving off the mark. It can also still offer a performance boost if required.
Efficiency does suffer though. Fully charged, the 408 will easily do between 0.0 and 2.0L/100km on the daily drive. With a depleted battery, we saw between 7.5 and 8.5L/100km.
Beyond the PHEV system, the 408 is easy to drive in town. The tiny steering wheel is mated to a quick rack, and very little effort is required to twirl it from lock-to-lock.
That makes it simple to park in tight spaces, and fun to point-and-shoot on city streets. Vision over-the-shoulder is heavily hampered by the sloping roofline, and you’ll want to be careful of those funky retro-electro wheels on big kerbs.
Previous plug-in hybrid Peugeots felt big and heavy. The 408 is no featherweight, but it does control its weight better than its predecessors.
Ride quality is good over pimply city streets, and it doesn’t bounce around like a barge over higher-speed crests and dips. There’s still a sense the internal-combustion platform is straining to contain the mass of the lithium-ion battery pack and electric motors, but it’s better placed to fight that fight than before.
Even at highway speeds, the 408 is capable of near-silent electric progress. It’ll do up to 130km/h using the e-motor alone, although when the battery is flat it’ll instead cruise along with the petrol engine spinning at around 2000rpm.
Response is impressive, at least once the electric motor and transmission have had time to work out what’s happening.
There’s a hint of hesitation as the transmission kicks down, the engine lurches into its torque band, and the electric motor offers a hit of torque – but once it’s all sorted out there’s plenty of punch on offer for overtakes.
You get a hint of noise and vibration from the 1.6-litre turbocharged engine, but it’s never uncouth.
The active driver assists are generally smooth and smart. The adaptive cruise control keeps your speed in check if there’s a car in front of you, and the lane-centring system takes a hands-on approach to keeping the car between the white lines. It can be too hands on at times, but it does help ease the load on long drives.
Points to Peugeot for making its warning chimes interesting, as an aside. If you open the door while the car is moving (don’t ask how we know that) it sounds like you’re a Top Gun pilot with a missile lock.
What do you get?
A single Peugeot 408 variant is offered in Australia.
408 GT Plug-in Hybrid highlights:
20-inch Monolithe alloy wheels
Tyre repair kit
Matrix LED headlights
10-inch digital instrument cluster
10-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
DAB digital radio
Proximity entry with push-button start
Hands-free power tailgate
8-colour ambient lighting
8-way power driver’s seat
6-way power passenger seat
Heated front seats
Massaging front seats
Nappa leather upholstery
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
heated steering whel
Dual-zone climate control
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Rain-sensing wipers
Electric parking brake
There’s also three free years worth of Connected Services access, which includes car park locations and space availability and fuel station locations and pricing. A panoramic sunroof is optional.
Is the Peugeot 408 safe?
The Peugeot 408 has yet to be assessed by ANCAP, but Euro NCAP gave it a four-star rating in 2022. This testing was based on that of the 308, which Euro NCAP says has a “practically identical” structure.
It received an adult occupant protection rating of 76 per cent, a child occupant protection rating of 84 per cent, a vulnerable road user protection rating of 78 per cent, and a safety assist rating of 65 per cent.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian, Cyclist detection
Blind-spot monitoring
Driver attention alert
Lane departure warning
Lane centring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Front and rear parking sensors
Front, front-side and curtain airbags
How much does the Peugeot 408 cost to run?
The Peugeot 408 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty and an eight-year, 160,000km battery warranty.
Peugeot 408
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
PHEV battery warranty
8 years, 160,000km
Service intervals
12 months or 20,000km
3-year service plan
$1200
4-year service plan
$1700
5-year service plan
$2000
CarExpert’s Take on the Peugeot 408
The 408 won’t be charging up the sales charts, but that doesn’t mean it has no merit.
If you want to stand out from the crowd, there are few better ways for the money. This is a seriously head-turning car in person, and really does get other drivers craning for another look in traffic.
The cabin is pretty to look at, although it still doesn’t quite deliver on the promise of its handsome design.
The flip side? That distinctive design undermines its practicality, and the plug-in hybrid setup makes this a more expensive and complicated car than it otherwise would be.
It’s Peugeot at its best and worst, all at the same time.
Click on the images to view the full gallery
MORE: Buy a Peugeot 408 MORE: Everything Peugeot 408
Floki Inu (FLOKI) token is the 56th most traded cryptocurrency on the market today. Priced at $0.000223, it’s seen a 616% growth on the year. It appears Coinbase has taken notice of that demand, adding the Shiba Inu-inspired memecoin to its perpetual futures contract listings.
On X, Floki Inu shared a message about the listing with its followers:
“@Coinbase is a highly compliant and regulated exchange. It is also the biggest and most respected crypto exchange in the US (by far!), and one of the world’s biggest exchanges, boasting over 100 million users, over $330 billion safeguarded assets, and $312 BILLION in quarterly volume, making it the premier #cryptocurrency platform for both institutions and retail investors.
This listing is a testament to industry leaders recognizing #FLOKI as a mature asset. It significantly enhances FLOKI’s market liquidity as we strive to become the world’s most recognized and widely used cryptocurrency.”
The long-winded note made great points to the meme coin’s nearly 597K followers. It highlights the number of crypto traders and money exchanges that could suddenly create a positive in-flow to the market cap of the $FLOKI token.
Floki Inu Price Prediction
The sudden addition of value to the Floki inu brand is predicted to spark a short-term price increase, possibly lifting the token’s value to a number with 1 less zero; a new high of $0.001.
The gain in value would be an impressive feat for $FLOKI token holders as the increase to $0.001 would be nearly 8x the value of their investment today. However, Floki Inu’s price prediction is highly dependent on what happens with the ERC-20 world after the hype of Ethereum’s spot ETF approval dies down.
The popular memecoin is almost at its all-time high of $0.00033651 currently. With less than $0.0014 to gain to top that, the November 2021 ATH appears to be on its way of being outdone.
And while Floki Inu investors are hodling, expecting this new high, a new trend has emerged among its followers. Like the Kaspa and Bonk Inu migrations, Mollars (MOLLARS) presale fever appears to have struck the $FLOKI audience as well.
“Mollars fever” is a term to sum up the unprecedented migration of crypto users migrating from around the different memecoin groups to buy into the token presale of Ethereum-blockhain’s coming store of value token.
Flokies are Gobbling Mollars Tokens During its Presale
Set to launch on June 2nd, Floki Inu traders have become the 8th most common altcoin held by $MOLLARS token presale buyers per report. The top 10 position signifies that likely 5 to 6 figures (USD) have been spent on $MOLLARS tokens by the $FLOKI crowd; likely from users looking to erase losses in their portfolio or simply achieve higher gains. With Floki Inu’s low performance over the past 30 days, either is possible.
Mollars itself is not a memecoin but instead an altcoin. Unlike the Floki memecoin, it also has utility as well.
Is Mollars A Useful Token?
First, it serves as a store-of-value token, hedging against global inflation. This is Mollar’s principal purpose. Like Bitcoin, it’s an SOV token that works on a low total token supply and increases in value with higher demand from buyers.
Secondly, the token is also the native cryptocurrency of the new decentralized cryptocurrency exchange, Mollars.cc. Set to be launched on or before September 15th, the DEX is believed to allow cryptocurrency traders the option of cross-chain exchanges with ease. The Mollars DEX will allow cross-chaining between 10 different networks.
A third quality of the $MOLLARS token but not a utility is its low-cost transaction fees. The ERC-20 token is based on Ethereum-Blockchain, which bests Bitcoin-Blockchain in all ways. Mollars will complete transactions faster, be more scalable, and have lower transaction fees than its rival $BTC.
Does the $FLOKI token have utility?
Floki Inu unfortunately has nothing comparable to offer in terms of utility. It’s speculated that the lack of real utility and low-profit gains is why most of the meme-coiners are moving their funds in multiple transactions to buy into the Mollars token presale.
Baby-boomers were born between 1946 and 1964—and are the luckiest generation in history. Most of the cohort, which numbers 270m across the rich world, have not fought wars. Some got to see the Beatles live. They grew up during strong economic growth. Not all are rich, but in aggregate they have amassed great wealth, owing to a combination of falling interest rates, declining housebuilding and strong earnings. American baby-boomers, who make up 20% of the country’s population, own 52% of its net wealth, worth $76trn (see chart 1).
Now the generation is moving into retirement, what are they going to do with their money? The question matters for more than just suppliers of cruises and golf clubs. Since they have deep pockets, boomers’ spending choices will exert a huge influence on global economic growth, inflation and interest rates. And it turns out boomers are remarkably stingy—not just in America but across the rich world. They are not spending their wealth, but trying to preserve or even increase it. The issue for the economy in the 2020s and 2030s will not be why boomers are spending so much, as many had anticipated. It will be why they are spending so little.
You don’t always need to spend exorbitant amounts of money to get great products. This Memorial Day weekend, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to walk away with some useful purchases, from booming portable speakers to critically acclaimed video games. You never know quite what you’ll find on sale, so we’ve done the hard work for you by rounding up the best deals from Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart and other retailers you can score for under $25.
Shop now and shop quickly, because these deals are only valid for a limited time. If you see something you like, be sure to snatch it up before it’s gone.
Anker/CNET
Take your music anywhere you go for just $20 with this portable Bluetooth speaker by Anker, now discounted on Amazon. The Soundcore speaker is waterproof and has a 24-hour battery life, so you can take it on just about any adventure. Make sure to clip the on-page coupon to receive the full discount.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on everyday essentials
HydroFlask/CNET
The 28-ounce All Around travel tumbler from Hydro Flask is now 25% off. This tumbler comes with a straw and fits in a standard cup holder, so you can bring it with you in your car for easy sipping all day long.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on home and kitchen
Magic Bullet/CNET
This 14-ounce mini blender is perfect for personal use, allowing you to chop, blend, mix and pulse fruits, nuts and veggies in single-serve portions. Its compact size makes it ideal for tucking away in small spaces, like an office cubicle or a dorm room.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on health and fitness
Calia/CNET
This flexibility band set comes with three types of bands: extra light, light and medium. They are made for full-body exercise, ensuring you get a complete workout without a ton of bulky equipment. You can also combine the bands to make a total of seven different resistance levels.
Memorial Day deals under $25 on toys and games
EA / CNET
The 2023 remake of the beloved 2008 game, Dead Space was rebuilt from the ground up for modern consoles with a fantastic single-player survival horror adventure that has stood the test of time. Playing as Isaac Clarke, it’s up to the player to navigate the engineer around a mining spaceship overrun by the monstrous Necromorphs while also dealing with psychosis. Now down to just under $25, this is a great price for an even better game.
What are the best Memorial Day deals under $25?
There are so many great savings on various items for under $25 this Memorial Day weekend. You can snag great finds on kitchen and home essentials, video games and even tech devices like speakers and streaming sticks. Whichever categories you’re looking in, there are sure to be great deals under $25.
What else is on sale for Memorial Day?
Tons of retailers are having sales on TVs, furniture and even major appliances for Memorial Day. Some of those retailers include Best Buy, Amazon, Walmart, Target and Costco. You can shop most of these sales either online or in-store to score savings on appliances, TVs and more. Here is a roundup of the best Memorial Day deals happening right now.
How we choose the best Memorial Day deals under $25
Many of us here at CNET have covered shopping events for over five years, including Black Friday, Prime Day, Memorial Day and countless other shopping events. We’ve gotten good at weeding out scams and superficial deals so you see only the best offers from all over.
We look for real discounts, quality reviews and remaining sale time when choosing deals to show you. We have a team of experts who have tested countless products to make sure we’re only sharing the best budget-friendly options.
Real discounts mean exactly that. We look at the price history for that product to make sure no brands are inflating prices to make the discount seem more substantial than it is.
Quality reviews and testing are important for any product. If you’re unhappy the first time you use it, the discount wasn’t worthwhile.
Remaining sale time is a huge part of our vetting process. If a deal seems like it will only be around for a short while or will only be available for the remaining stock, we’ll let you know upfront so you don’t come back to the deal later only to be disappointed.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Fox News Digital publishes a range of health pieces every day of the week to keep you up-to-date on the most important wellness news.
Cutting-edge medical research, breakthrough medications, mental health challenges, personal medical dramas and more are all covered.
In case you missed them, here are a few of the biggest health stories from this week.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
As always, you can see a full list of recent health pieces at http://www.foxnews/health.
Check out these eight key stories.
1. Certain supplements could increase heart attack, stroke risk
A new study suggests that taking a popular form of supplements could make a certain group of people more susceptible to experiencing heart disease and strokes.
A cardiologist and nutritionist weighed in. Click here to get the story.
“Further studies are needed to determine the precise mechanisms for the development and prognosis of cardiovascular disease events with regular use of fish oil supplements,” the authors of a new study wrote.(iStock)
2. Half of Americans are ill-equipped to help in a crisis
Only 51% of polled Americans know how to perform hands-only CPR, and only 49% could assist with serious bleeding.
ER doctors shared tips on how people can be better prepared. Click here to get the story.
“When you’re trained in these lifesaving skills, you’ll know how to recognize the signs that someone needs help and buy time until the [first] responders can get there,” a doctor said.(iStock)
3. Many patients taken off life support may have survived, study suggests
Families may want to wait before making the “irreversible decision” to take loved ones off life support after a traumatic brain injury, some doctors and researchers say. Click here to get the story.
Many patients who died after traumatic brain injuries may have survived and recovered if their families had waited to take them off life support, a new study has found.(iStock)
4. Three women share their best longevity tips
For Women’s Health Month, three mothers and grandmothers — ages 41, 55 and 64 — revealed how they’re defying their chronological ages. Click here to get the story.
Left to right, Julie Gibson Clark, Amy Hardison and Lil Eskey all shared the lifestyle habits that are helping them slow down biological aging.(James Lee, Amy Hardison, Lil Eskey)
5. Lupus expert debunks 7 common myths
Dr. Brooke Goldner of Cornell University, who lives with lupus, has dedicated her life to raising awareness of the disease. She shared the truths behind some of the biggest misconceptions. Click here to get the story.
Dr. Brooke Goldner, a board-certified medical doctor and an autoimmune professor at Cornell University, pictured at right, is committed to debunking lupus myths and misconceptions.(iStock/Dr. Brooke Goldner)
6. Heart attack risk could spike during election season
Research from Massachusetts General Hospital found that people who have specific genetic traits, paired with anxiety or depression, are at a “significantly higher heart attack risk” during periods of social or political stress. Click here to get the story.
“The mind-heart connection is strong, and this study highlights that not only our bodies, but also our minds, need rest and care,” a doctor said.(Lorenzo Bevilaqua/ABC via Getty Images; iStock)
7. Disrupted sleep, plus nightmares, could be linked to autoimmune diseases
Those who experience vivid nightmares and odd hallucinations might be at a higher risk of lupus, a new study suggests. Researchers and doctors revealed the link. Click here to get the story.
The study looked at not only the issues surrounding sleep, but also when the issues for participants began.(iStock)
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
8. Paralyzed patients could find new hope in spinal cord stimulation
Ninety percent of paralyzed patients regained strength or function in their upper limbs after receiving an experimental therapy, a new study found. Experts weighed in on why this could be a “game-changer” for some patients. Click here to get the story.
Some of this week’s top health stories include supplement risks, emergency skills, sleep disorder ramifications and more.(iStock)
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
The month of May has started with the sun shining brightly upon us. During these hot summer months, all we crave are cooling foods and beverages, don’t we? They help provide relief from the scorching heat, and we are always on the lookout for summer-special foods and drinks to try. The good news is that your favourite restaurants have heard your wish and introduced new menus that will make your summer even better. From refreshing cocktails, appetisers, main course dishes, and desserts, there’s something for everyone. Without further ado, let’s dive straight into the list to find out which restaurants in Delhi-NCR are offering these menus. Read on!
Here Are 13 New Menus In Delhi-NCR Restaurants To Try In May-June 2024:
1.Adrift Kaya
Adrift Kaya, the modern Japanese Izakaya nestled within the luxurious JW Marriott New Delhi, commemorated its second anniversary this month. This two-year-old culinary gem is the brainchild of Mr. Sandeep Gupta, Executive chairman, of Aria Hotels and Consultancy Pvt. Ltd helmed by Michelin-starred Chef David Myers. Since its debut in 2022, the restaurant has captivated the hearts and palates of discerning diners with its innovative take on Japanese cuisine, blending the rich traditions of Japan with the vibrant spirit of California. The Japanese flagship of Michelin-starred celebrity chef and restaurateur David Myers marked the occasion by adding innovative dishes to the menu. The elevated menu features traditional Japanese dishes such as Okonomiyaki, Otoro tartare crispy rice caviar, Kyoto vegetarian miso ramen, Kyoto tonkatsu ramen and more. These new dishes along with their classics go perfectly with their signature cocktails. We love Akuna – a tequila-based cocktail brimming with the flavours of passionfruit and ginger ale. Another must-try cocktail is Bob San – a Japanese whisky mixed with egg white, yuzu and lime juice. Other than its lip-smacking taste, Bob San impresses with its spectacular presentation – covered in a cloche and whirls of smoke coming out as the cloche is lifted.
Where: Adrift Kaya, JW Marriott Hotel, Aerocity, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 4000 (approx)
2. MKT
MKT at The Chanakya is infusing summer zest into its menu! The restaurant has unveiled its highly anticipated Mango Fiesta Menu, a succulent celebration of the king of fruits. This gourmet treasure trove boasts rich and versatile mango flavours, available from 12 pm to 12 am all summer long. Paying homage to the season’s beloved fruit, MKT offers thoughtfully curated exquisite salads, including the Spicy Thai Mango Salad, the Kale & Mango Salad, and The Mango & Feta Salad. To conclude your meal on a high note, MKT features decadent desserts. The Sticky Rice & Mango, paired with pandan-flavoured coconut milk and sesame, offers a delightful nod to classic flavours. The Mango Pudding, featuring a mango sponge, lime mint jelly, and candied mango, presents a refreshing twist. For beverage connoisseurs, the menu features an array of mango-inspired cocktails, such as the Mango Highball and the Spiced Mango cocktail, among others.
Where: MKT, The Chanakya Mall, Chanakaypuri
Cost For Two: INR 3000 (approx)
3. INJA
INJA, the world’s first Indian-Japanese fusion restaurant, has unveiled its latest gastronomical innovation – the ‘Hawker High’ menu. This unique culinary journey blends the meticulous craft of Japanese street cuisine with the rich diversity of Indian street food, creating a symphony of flavours and aromas. In the hands of Chef Adwait, each dish becomes a compelling narrative, seamlessly marrying the umami-rich precision of Japanese street gastronomy with the aromatic and spirited chaos of Indian street food. Take, for instance, the Hamachi “Bombay Sandwich” featuring Hamachi Sashimi, Wasabi Potato, Sweet Potato Chips, Ito-katso, and Sandwich chutney, or the Koji Chicken Wings adorned with Tamarind & Jaggery Teriyaki and a hint of Smoked Kashmiri Chili, among others. Each dish, akin to a chapter in a culinary novel, unfolds a tale of tradition and innovation, inviting diners on a sensory journey through the vibrant streets of Japan and the lively bazaars of India.
Where: INJA, The Manor Hotel, New Friends Colony
Cost For Two: INR 4000 (approx)
Photo Credit: INJA
4. Mensho Tokyo
Mensho Tokyo, situated in the bustling M block market of Greater Kailash 2, has introduced summer specials on their menu. Curated with a blend of tradition and innovation, their menu promises an unparalleled culinary journey straight from Japan. As the sun beats down, Mensho Tokyo’s refreshing Avocado Salad and Chashu Hiyashi Salad provide a delightful respite, offering a cool and invigorating contrast to the heat. The ever-popular Katsu Sando, an authentic Japanese sandwich with its crispy exterior and tender filling, is an ideal choice for a satisfying summer meal. For those craving a comforting summer experience, the Negi Goma Ramen, with its rich broth and aromatic green onions, is the perfect choice. Alternatively, for a hearty and fulfilling meal, one can delve into the Creamy Spicy Mazesoba and the Pork Donburi, offering a savoury symphony of flavours. Apart from these, their menu features many other mouth-watering dishes that will leave you yearning for more.
Where: Mensho Tokyo, Greater Kailash 2, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 1800 (approx)
Photo Credit: Mensho Tokyo
5. The Grammar Room
The Grammar Room has always been a favourite among Delhiites. This summer season, they’ve unveiled a new menu that promises to take your taste buds on a culinary journey like no other. The menu features a plethora of fresh, light, and delectable offerings that nourish the soul. Embracing seasonal variations and local ingredients, they’ve infused familiar flavours with their own unique twists and interpretations. Standout dishes such as the Poke Mango Bowl, Sobachi Salad, and Sushi Tostadas pair wonderfully with their signature Passionfruit Sorbet Spritzer on a hot summer day! Don’t miss out on other delightful offerings like the Caesar Toast, Superfood, and Turkish Eggs. Plan a visit to this restaurant soon and indulge in mouth-watering delights with your loved ones.
Where: The Grammar Room, Mehrauli, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 3400 (approx)
Photo Credit: The Grammar Room
6. Mezze Mambo
Mezze Mambo is back with summer specials. The all new summer menu bursts with the sunny goodness of mangoes and refreshing cocktails. Savour the culinary creations of Chef Megha Kohli, where every bite is an adventure. Dive into the refreshing Indian Summer Labneh, featuring smoked Labneh adorned with succulent fresh mangoes and a zesty raw mango chutney. The Tropical Chicken Salad is a must-try, boasting curry-spiced chicken nestled amidst mixed greens, roasted coconut, basil, coriander, and mangoes, drizzled with chilli and lime dressing. The menu is replete with desserts like the Lakhi Bagh Cheesecake, blending the essence of baked mango cheesecake with the nostalgic flavours of dadi bua’s naan khatai, enriched with white chocolate and sesame chikki. The Mango & Berry Sun-yay is a delectable treat crafted from fresh mango, mango gelato, luscious berry ice cream, berry compote, whipped cream, toasted nuts, and a buttery cookie crumble, ensuring each bite is a celebration of sweetness and satisfaction. Accompanying these culinary delights are cocktails designed to refresh during the summer months. Sip on the Berry Plum Sour or indulge in the Royal Sangria.
Where: Mezze Mambo, Greater Kailash 2, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 2000 (approx)
7. Seven Seeds Coffee
Nestled in Green Park, Delhi, Seven Seeds Coffee is a beacon for coffee and dessert lovers. With doors open from 8 AM to 4 AM, the place caters to early risers and night owls alike. The ambiance exudes warmth, adorned with pastel decor, offering spots for every mood. Indulge in artful desserts, delicious as well as gorgeous for posting on social media. From decadent cakes to delicate pastries, each bite is crafted with care. The locally sourced coffee, including the signature Kerehaklu blend, delivers a sensory experience rooted in sustainability.
Where: 5, Block W, Arjun Nagar, Green Park, New Delhi, Delhi 110016
Cost for two: ₹ 400 (approx.)
8. KHI KHI
KHI KHI has launched an innovative cocktail menu, weaving together a satirical fusion of international influences meticulously curated to enhance the essence of Indian mixology. Guided by Chef and Co-Founder Tarun Sibal, their team of mixology maestros have passionately crafted libations that skillfully blend tradition and satire, promising a drinking experience where each cocktail tells a story. Embark on a flavourful journey with the Shikanji Highball, a satirical twist on the classic highball, invigorating your palate with each sip of the Indian summer cooler infusion. For those craving an exhilarating kick, the Patron Picante beckons with premium tequila and the bold heat of jalapeño, crafting a dynamic and unforgettable flavour profile. The Fat Fashioned, a satirical nod to fat-washed classics, elevates tradition to new heights, offering a luscious interpretation that playfully indulges the senses. In addition to these, don’t miss out on the Tiki Style and Something Skinny options.
Where: KHI KHI, Vasant Vihar, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 2500 (approx)
Photo Credit: KHI KHI
9. One8 Commune
Virat Kohli’s One8 Commune has introduced a new menu, ‘Mango Fiesta,’ to pay homage to the luscious fruit of summer. The carefully curated menu features culinary delights such as the refreshing Mango and Avocado Carpaccio, the harmonious Mango and Goat Cheese Flatbread, and the indulgent Mango Sourdough Toast with Fresh Burrata. For a burst of flavours, delve into the Mango Summer Roll accompanied by a delightful Mango Peanut Chili Dip, or relish the velvety sweetness of the Mango Pistachio Velvet. If you’re a mango lover, don’t miss this tempting menu this season, and make sure to share the experience with your friends and family.
Where: One8 Commune, all outlets
Photo Credit: One8 Commune
10. Chilli Pop
Located in Rajouri Garden, Chilli Pop is a bold, eclectic, and fun spot inspired by spicy flavours. Vibrant interiors with playful elements and handmade paintings create a unique atmosphere. The menu reflects the cultural diversity of the neighbourhood, using locally sourced ingredients for an authentic taste. Here, you can savour a wide range of dishes ranging from Chinese and Indian to European cuisines and more. Not to forget their delectable mocktails and cocktails that make the perfect accompaniment to your meals. Interactive experiences, themed events, and unconventional uniforms add to the charm. Chilli Pop isn’t just a restaurant; it’s a flavourful, dynamic experience waiting to be savoured.
Where: Chilli Pop, Rajouri Garden, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 1400 (approx)
11. Andrea’s Bistro
Andrea’s Bistro in Vasant Kunj has introduced its Summer Dessert Festival 2024: La Dolce Vita! Celebrating the abundance of the season, the restaurant brings to light a new dessert menu designed to transport patrons to a world of sweetness, showcasing an array of flavours sourced from the finest produce available. Here, you can indulge in irresistible offerings such as the Mississippi Mud Pie. For those yearning for a taste of the tropics, the Banoffee Sundae is an ideal option. Chocolate enthusiasts will rejoice in the Double Chocolate Cookie. Elevating the cheesecake experience is the San Sebastian Cheesecake, baked to perfection and complemented by hot chocolate. Apart from these, you can savour a wide variety of other delightful desserts at Andrea’s Bistro to fix your sweet cravings.
Where: Dlf Promenade, Vasant Kunj, New Delhi
Cost For Two: INR 2500 (approx)
Photo Credit: Andrea’s Bistro
12. Gulati
Gulati Restaurant, the celebrated dining destination known for its exquisite North Indian cuisine, has recently announced the expansion of its menu at both the Pandara Road, Delhi, and Mega Mall, Gurgaon, locations. The new offerings include mouth-watering dishes such as Hyderabad Murgh Malai Biryani and Champaran Meat. For those who prefer their meals off the griddle, Tawa Chicken and Tawa Paneer are ideal choices. Vegetarians can rejoice with the introduction of Edamame Galouti, a creative twist on the classic galouti kebab, and Dal Ki Chaat. The beverage and dessert menu also sees equally tantalising additions, with the Mango Mojito and Mango Kulfi Shake offering a refreshing taste of tropical sweetness, while the innovative Spiced Jamun and Popcorn Caramel Shake cater to those with a penchant for unique dessert flavours.
Where: Gulati Restaurant
Cost For Two: INR 2200 (approx)
Photo Credit: Gulati
13. Smoke House Deli
As the summer sun brings its warmth, Smoke House Deli is ready to cool things down with its summer specials. The menu boasts a variety of options, from vibrant salads and energising smoothies to refreshing summer coolers and indulgent ice creams. Among its elaborate selection of salads, the Baked Sweet Potato Salad, Spice Roasted Beetroot Salad, Greek Salad, and Chicken Caesar Salad are must-tries. Complementing these refreshing munchies, you can enjoy their Banana Berry Smoothie, Stress Buster Smoothie, Tropical Smoothie, among many more. And if you’re looking to satisfy your sweet tooth, Smoke House Deli’s signature in-house ice creams offer a chilling climax and are an absolute must-have. Also available in sugar-free options, guests can relish them guilt-free.
Waiters in blue jackets wended through a crowded dining room balancing trays of martinis. A woman ran her fingers along a wall covered with markings of the heights of children. Longtime regulars handed servers farewell tips through firm handshakes.
It was the last night for Pietro’s, an old guard Italian steakhouse, at its decades-long address in Midtown Manhattan. Among the devout who had come to pay their respects on Thursday was the fashion designer Michael Kors, who sat at a corner table with his husband, Lance Le Pere.
“There is no Carbone without Pietro’s,” Mr. Kors said as he waited for a house specialty, Shells a la Nat, a pasta in bone-marrow sauce.
“The Michael Kors offices are in Midtown, so that’s why I come here,” he continued, “and I’ve always liked that you can still feel some of the ‘Mad Men’ era here. Pietro’s is the last of the Mohicans.”
Alan Appel, a tax law professor at New York Law School, ordered a veal parmigiana for his goodbye meal. “I’m 73 now, and when I heard Pietro’s was closing, I told myself, ‘I’ve lived too long already,’” he said. “I feel like I’m at a funeral right now.”
Pietro’s is considered the last survivor of Steak Row, a boulevard of restaurants that defined a time when business in New York was conducted over meat, martinis and cigarettes. Thirty years ago, Ruth Reichl, a former New York Times restaurant critic, wrote that it served “the single best steak I have had in New York.” The end of its time at 232 East 43rd Street came because its lease expired.
Though its owners said they hoped to reopen Pietro’s nearby with a sleek redesign, regulars gathered to savor one last meal in the restaurant’s time-capsule atmosphere, which included pennants for New York sports teams over the bar and a pay phone by the entrance.
“I’ve heard they will reopen,” Mr. Kors said, “and I’ll be the first one there if they do. But I just hope they don’t try to gloss it up too much. I want to see a carpeted floor. I want to see the blue-jacketed waiters again.”
Paul Nix, a retired lawyer who flew in from Fort Lauderdale, Fla., for the occasion, was sipping a martini at the bar.
“I’ve had hundreds of martinis at this barstool over the years,” Mr. Nix said. “When I got word tonight was the last night, I dropped everything to fly in and be here. I know they hope to relocate, and I’m optimistic, but I hope they still have worn out and uncomfortable bar stools at the new place.”
Taking his leave from dinner was Joseph Califano, 93, a onetime political aide to President Lyndon B. Johnson.
“My last Pietro’s supper was a veal parm, a chopped salad and Scotch on ice,” he said. “The food is as good now as it was when my father took me here. I never did take Johnson to Pietro’s while I worked for him, but I think he would have loved it.”
Pietro’s was founded in 1932 by Pietro and Natale Donini, brothers from Parma, Italy. Today David Bruckman runs the restaurant with his father, Bill, who started working at Pietro’s as a busboy in the 1980s. (Another son, Billy, manages a Long Island outpost).
In their cluttered office, the father and son said the closing was connected to the recent sale of the Pfizer building, which houses Pietro’s. They also addressed the anxieties of regulars who were worried about the next iteration.
“It’s bittersweet, but it’s time to bring Pietro’s into the 21st century,” the elder Mr. Bruckman said. “Even if our lease was renewed and the building wasn’t being sold, this is a very old space. I’m not going to miss having to repeatedly kick our air-conditioner to get it to work.”
On his desktop computer, David Bruckman pulled up a rendering for a new Pietro’s. One schematic portrayed a retro-chic concept with bistro tables, tiled floors, green leather banquettes and a chandelier. The summary read: “A new take on an old school, ‘Mad Men’ era, New York City Institution. Reimagined as a glowing, time-honored space.”
“Our vision is to have an old-school red sauce establishment, but to kick it up,” Mr. Bruckman said. “We have people here tonight who want the next Pietro’s to resemble every square inch of how it is now, but it’s time for this place to go out with dignity.”
His father reminisced about the wet-lunch days.
“You couldn’t even see the person in front of you because there was so much cigarette smoke,” he said. “Young people today have never even seen an ashtray. And they drank so many martinis then that they were bouncing off the walls. If I didn’t see it all with my own two eyes, I wouldn’t even believe it happened.
“The fax machine ended the three-martini lunch,” he added. “After that, people didn’t need to do business one-on-one anymore. That was the beginning of the end.”
As midnight neared, a few diners lingered at their tables, conversing over sambuca and tiramisu. A last-call gang hung out by the bar as Leonard Cohen and Bob Dylan songs played from a speaker. Among them was Jason Weyeneth, a financier, who polished off a bottle of Blanton’s bourbon with a straw.
“I’m scared they won’t reopen, or that, if they do, they can’t recreate what’s here,” he said. “Cities are living creatures. They evolve. Not everything lasts.”
The elder Mr. Bruckman, 67, had been busy hugging his regulars goodbye, but he finally sat down with a beer to take in the closing-time scene. Considering that he started working at Pietro’s in his 20s, he had been noticeably stoic throughout the evening. But as a blue-jacketed waiter cleared off the tables beside him, he allowed himself a moment of introspection.
“They’ve all been leaving in tears tonight, but I want them to know we plan to come back,” Mr. Bruckman said. “Maybe tonight still didn’t sink in for me, though, and maybe it will be a while before it does.
“I’ve been tough on the outside all day,” he continued. “Because I can’t be seen breaking down in front of so many people. But I’ve had to step out of the restaurant a few times today, just to be alone by myself.”
Inizio’s chief operations officer discusses how pharmaceutical companies are tailoring their product launch strategies to meet the diverse needs of stakeholders.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JESTE li se ikada našli u situaciji da želite kupiti neku aplikaciju, ali nemate love na računu? Da, ne, možda? Kako god bilo, Google ima rješenje za to – pa, na neki način.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
O čemu je riječ? Na nedavno održanoj konferenciji Google I/O Google je predstavio novu funkciju koja korisnicima omogućava da zatraže od prijatelja ili člana obitelji da plati aplikaciju ili kupnju unutar aplikacije.
Ova značajka prvo kreće u Indiji
Ova značajka omogućava slanje linka za plaćanje e-mailom ili u tekstualnoj poruci. Korisnici će uz link moći poslati i poruku koja uključuje ime i cijenu aplikacije te zamolbu za kupnju preko Google Paya.
Primatelj molbe ima rok od 24 sata da usliši molbu, odnosno da izvrši plaćanje. Uz to, osoba koja plati ima pravo unutar 48 sati od kupnje zatražiti povrat novca, sukladno Googleovoj politici povrata. Prema izvještaju portala Phone Arena, ako se značajka pokaže uspješnom u Indiji, planira se njezino globalno lansiranje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
What are the Angels selling at Angel Stadium this season?
The waffles are pretty good — and, dare we say it, a bargain for ballpark food. For $12, you get a warm waffle, topped with strawberries and cream or S’Mores.
On the field, the last-place Angels are selling hope and faith, the currency of another bummer summer. Let the kids play, and hope the likes of Jo Adell, Logan O’Hoppe, Zach Neto, Nolan Schanuel and José Soriano blossom into the core of the Angels’ next great team.
With the Cleveland Guardians in Anaheim this weekend, the Angels need only peer into the visiting dugout for a reminder of the perils of counting on a core of prospects.
Joe Torres, the Guardians’ assistant pitching coach, was the Angels’ top draft pick in 2000. He was part of a touted core of Angels prospect two decades ago, along with infielders Casey Kotchman, Dallas McPherson and Brandon Wood and catchers Jeff Mathis and Mike Napoli.
“As an organization, you just want to stack as many prospects as you can,” Torres said. “That’s all we are. It’s just a label, until you get to the big leagues and play.
“It’s a different animal up here. The game adapts to you. You have to find a way to adapt back, and quickly. It’s a tough game. It’s not easy. I don’t care who you are.”
In terms of prospect rankings, the Torres group ranked higher than the current group. Kotchman, Mathis, McPherson and Wood each ranked among the game’s top 25 prospects during his minor league career.
“It was a pretty talented group,” Torres said.
McPherson’s major league career was derailed by injury. Wood’s career was derailed by anxiety.
Kotchman played for seven teams in a 10-year career. Mathis played for six teams over 17 years, a career .194 hitter cherished for his defensive wizardry.
Napoli enjoyed the best career of them all, most of it after the Angels traded him for outfielder Vernon Wells in an ill-advised and ownership-driven move. Napoli was the only one to make an All-Star team.
The 2000 draft class, to which Torres belonged, was not stellar. Of the 40 players selected in the first round, 17 never made the majors, and another 17 put up a career Wins Above Replacement below 2.0.
Torres was one of those who never made the majors. He also was one of those who was never as good after his Tommy John surgery, a reminder that no procedure has a 100% success rate.
When the Angels drafted him, Torres said, he threw as hard as 97 mph.
After the surgery?
“I don’t even know if I saw 93 again,” he said.
The Angels released him in 2006. Over the next seven years, he played for minor league teams in eight states, and winter ball in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic.
He loves coaching, a second career that might never have happened if he had developed into a star.
“I think what I went through as a player,” he said, “the failures, the injuries, having been a top prospect and all, and then being on the other end of it, the grinder minor leaguer trying to find your way through it all, it felt like I had a lot of experiences and things that I could share and be able to work with players.”
He has stories to share. Napoli set him up with his wife. He and McPherson coached a high school team together one spring in Georgia.
If he ever tires of coaching, he has an aptitude for scouting. In 2009, he was playing in the California League, for a team that wanted to make a pitcher out of one of its catchers.
“I was his first catch partner,” Torres said. “I’m older by that time, been around a little bit. I look at him and go, ‘Hey, man, I don’t think you realize how good you are. You might be in the big leagues next year. You’re that good.’ ”
Sure enough, Kenley Jansen was in the big leagues the next year.
Last week, the BSE benchmark zoomed 1,404.45 points, or 1.89 per cent.
In the ranking of the top-10 companies, Reliance Industries retained the tile of the most-valued firm, followed by TCS, HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank, Bharti Airtel, SBI, LIC, Infosys, Hindustan Unilever, and ITC
Nine of the top-10 most-valued firms together added Rs 1,85,320.49 crore in market valuation last week, with Reliance Industries Ltd and HDFC Bank stealing the show with maximum gains, in line with rally in equities.
Last week, the BSE benchmark zoomed 1,404.45 points, or 1.89 per cent. The 30-share BSE Sensex hit its all-time intra-day high of 75,636.50 on Friday.
From the top-10 most-valued firms pack, only ITC emerged as the laggard.
The market valuation of Reliance Industries jumped Rs 61,398.65 crore to reach Rs 20,02,509.35 crore.
HDFC Bank added Rs 38,966.07 crore, taking its valuation to Rs 11,53,129.36 crore.
The market valuation of Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) rallied Rs 35,135.36 crore to Rs 6,51,348.26 crore.
Bharti Airtel’s market capitalisation (mcap) zoomed Rs 22,921.42 crore to Rs 7,87,838.71 crore and that of Hindustan Unilever climbed Rs 9,985.76 crore to Rs 5,56,829.63 crore.
The mcap of Infosys went up Rs 8,821.99 crore to Rs 6,08,198.38 crore and that of State Bank of India (SBI) soared Rs 6,916.57 crore to Rs 7,39,493.34 crore.
ICICI Bank added Rs 903.31 crore, taking its valuation to Rs 7,95,307.82 crore and the mcap of Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) climbed Rs 271.36 crore to Rs 13,93,235.05 crore.
However, the market valuation of ITC declined Rs 436.97 crore to Rs 5,44,458.70 crore.
In the ranking of the top-10 companies, Reliance Industries retained the tile of the most-valued firm, followed by TCS, HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank, Bharti Airtel, SBI, LIC, Infosys, Hindustan Unilever, and ITC.
Disclaimer:Network18 and TV18 – the companies that operate news18.com – are controlled by Independent Media Trust, of which Reliance Industries is the sole beneficiary.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Google, which just launched its new device Pixel 8a with industry-leading features, is apparently looking at India to manufacture its smartphones via investing billions of dollars.The company is reportedly looking to manufacture new Pixel devices in Tamil Nadu, in partnership with Taiwanese manufacturing giant Foxconn.
The government’s production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme has played an instrumental role in attracting global manufacturers and Google will soon join the league.Google Pixel phones are full of top-notch artificial intelligence (AI) features, including Gemini and Circle to Search.Powered by Google AI, the ‘Best Take’ tool will make every group photo a “true” group photo.
You can choose the image where everyone looks their best and the feature uses a series of photos taken close together to one fantastic picture.Google AI also reduces distracting sounds in videos so you can hear the ones you want.Sounds from cars, wind, or construction can be disruptive in video.Audio Magic Eraser uses Google AI to reduce distracting sounds with a few taps, so “you can hear the ones you want”.According to the company, ‘Magic Editor’ is a new and powerful generative AI-powered photo editor with more intuitive tools and suggestions that let you reimagine the way you edit.Gemini is the redefined digital Generative AI assistant that amplifies productivity and creativity because it’s personalised and brings together the best of Google’s AI capabilities, in the palm of their hand.
You can talk, text or share images to get help with all of your tasks, so you can focus on what matters most to you.With ‘Circle to Search’ feature, you can search from anywhere on your phone, whichever app or screen you’re on, and search in a way that is natural to you.Pixel 8a is made with at least 24 per cent recycled materials based on product weight, the most recycled content in any A-series yet.
The device is also the first A-Series phone to get seven years of OS, security updates and feature drops, to optimise for what people care about most: keeping their phone secure and up-to-date.The Family Link app, which hosts parental controls, lets parents decide on the family’s digital experience.
In an extraordinary display of devotion, the Char Dham Yatra has seen a record-breaking influx of pilgrims to Yamunotri and Gangotri Dham within the first 15 days of the pilgrimage season. On Friday, 9,812 pilgrims visited Yamunotri Dham, while 13,602 made their way to Gangotri Dham. This surge in devotees brings the total to an impressive 3,63,537 visitors to these two holy sites since the doors opened.
Devotees gather at the Kedarnath temple during the ‘Char Dham Yatra’, in Rudraprayag district. (PTI)
Comparing these figures to previous years, the numbers highlight a significant increase in participation. In the same period in 2023, 1,97,413 pilgrims visited, and in 2022, 2,22,852 made the journey.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Despite the remarkable growth, the Char Dham Yatra has continued seamlessly and efficiently following the meticulous planning and coordination by district authorities.
District Magistrate Dr Meherban Singh Bisht has been at the forefront of ensuring the pilgrimage runs smoothly.
During his visits to various stops along the Gangotri Yatra route, he emphasized the necessity of keeping travel arrangements tight.
“No person should be allowed to travel without registration,” Dr Bisht instructed officials, reinforcing the importance of organization and safety amid the large crowds.
Despite the surge in pilgrims and vehicles, the journey to the Dhams remains orderly.
Vehicles are managed at holding points and one-way gates to prevent congestion.
Adjustments in stopping places and timings have streamlined the flow of traffic, ensuring that the pilgrimage time remains consistent with normal days.
The Char Dham Yatra, which began on May 10 this year, encompasses the sacred Hindu pilgrimage circuit of Yamunotri, Gangotri, Kedarnath, and Badrinath.
Uttarkashi, home to Yamunotri and Gangotri, has been a focal point of devotion as pilgrims flock to these revered sites.
The River Yamuna, originating from the Yamunotri Glacier, adds to the spiritual significance of the journey.
Pilgrimage season peaks in Uttarakhand for the Char Dham Yatra annually during the summers.
Taylor Swift fans are excitedly looking forward to the beginning of The Eras Tour next month, which will finally be kicking off in the UK.
Beginning on June 7, 2024, at Edinburgh’s Murrayfield Stadium, Taylor Swift will be bringing her extensive setlist which spans her entire musical career to stadiums across the country.
However, when tickets were originally released back in August 2023, they were all snapped up straight away, leaving many fans disappointed in the process.
Since then, fans have been fighting to purchase resale tickets from various reseller websites such as viagogo, Vivid Seats, Seat Geek and more.
But a new study has confirmed that – although Swifties have managed to consistently buy second-hand tickets – their prices have continued to skyrocket. And the prices are rising the closer the concert days get.
Online seat information website SeatPick recently gathered data on the most expensive resale tickets around the world.
While Scouting for Girls tickets jumped an average of 76 percent from £27.50 to £117.50, and McFly’s tickets rose 72 percent from £59.50 to £215, Taylor Swift came out on top.
Tickets for the American songstress’ upcoming British shows have shot up in price on resale websites by an incredible amount.
While The Eras Tour tickets’ face value began at £134, their second-hand prices have shot up in a big way.
Seatpick’s data suggest resale value has increased ticket prices by an average of 81 percent, placing them around the £704 mark per ticket.
However, not every resale ticket is priced this way. At the time of writing, there are some Wembley Stadium tickets available for just £432.
Considering the first show of the Eras Tour is just a few weeks away, fans have precious little time to get their last-minute tickets.
You can do so below:
Sites such as viagogo and Vivid Seats allow fans to buy resale tickets from other fans. However, it is important to note that many event promoters say tickets should not be resold after initial purchase and will not be valid for admittance to gigs.
Fans attending live events with tickets acquired through resale websites are advised to double-check the ticket terms and conditions at the point of sale – such as Ticketmaster or Live Nation – to ensure a smooth live event experience. Tickets could be voided if they were found to be bought second-hand. As a result, fans are buying at their own risk.
With that said, viagogo also commented: “viagogo is a regulated marketplace where fans have the freedom to buy and sell tickets to their favourite live events, safely and securely, backed by a guarantee.”
If you drive an older car, or just don’t care so much for your car’s stereo, it’s easy to see why you’d just keep your headphones on when you jump into the car.
We all have busy lives and if you don’t have to worry about plugging your phone in, or waiting for the sound system to boot up and recognise your device, or maybe you have a media system that bugs out and changes to podcasts despite the fact you were just listening to an album.
It is technically legal to drive with headphones, earphones or ear pods
Rules around car control could be contravened if you’re distracted
Some jurisdictions deem it to be unsafe
It seems reasonable, in some instances, to just leave or your earphones on or your earbuds in, but is it safe?
That the questionable part, and it’s a bone of contention for states and territories in Australia, as there are differing approaches to headphone use and the potential impact it could have on your driving.
Noise-cancelling headphones are exceptional but you mightn’t hear a truck honking to warn you that the driver can’t stop. Or perhaps that AC/DC track you’re jamming to is too loud for you to hear a cyclist or pedestrian trying to get your attention.
It comes down to common sense, really. And yes, you might be the sort of driver who has their music up as loud as the speakers can go, but that could also be pretty unsafe.
If you can’t really hear what’s happening outside your car, you can’t react to different situations as promptly. And that could mean the difference between a near-miss and a real accident.
That’s the kicker – if your headphones, earpods, or earbuds are distracting you, and they in turn limit the level of control you have over your vehicle, then you could be in strife.
And if you’re a Learner driver (L-plater) or Provisional licence holder (P-plater), you can basically forget it – the rules, by and large, state that it’s not okay for these licence holders to wear headphones or any other audio-transmission device while driving (phones are banned, so it makes sense).
Here’s a rundown of the differences between the Australian jurisdictions.
New South Wales
In NSW you can have your music playing directly into your ears while driving, so long as you don’t break NSW Road Rule 297 (1), which requires a driver to have proper control of the vehicle.
If you were booked for not having control of the car, you’d be looking at three demerits and a $481 fine. Get caught in an active school zone, and you could be at four demerits and a $603 fine.
Don’t even think of touching your phone to skip the ads in your podcast, either – unless it is in an appropriate cradle or mount, attached to the car. Mobile phone fines are huge (five demerits, up to $481), and if you’re caught doing both, you could be in licence-loss territory.
Victoria
In Victoria you can have headphones on while driving, but the authorities take a dim view on the act. If you were to be involved in an accident or were found to be lacking proper control of your car, you could be prosecuted.
Victoria Police posted on its Facebook account that: “It is not illegal to wear headphones when driving. However, we strongly advise against it, as it can affect your ability to fully focus on the task of driving.”
Queensland
Much the same rules here – it’s not illegal to wear earphones or headphones, but be aware of your surroundings and make sure you can keep your car under control.
If you’re deemed to be out of control or driving carelessly, you could be booked, and hit with three demerits and a fine of up to $619.
Western Australia
It is legal to drive with headphones in WA, but as with other states, you need to maintain control of the vehicle. If you’re deemed to not be in control, and your tunes are what’s causing it, you could be booked and fined.
South Australia
As with other states, it’s not illegal to wear headphones and drive. But again, it comes under the consideration of the distracted driving legislation, which in SA states: “A person must not drive a vehicle without due care or attention or without reasonable consideration for other persons on the road.”
If you are found to be driving in a manner that goes against that, you could face a court-imposed penalty of up to $2500.
Tasmania
It’s legal to wear headphones and drive in the Apple Isle, but there’s a bit more room for interpretation (or maybe, misinterpretation) when it comes to the mobile phone use rules in Tassie and how they apply in this situation.
The official rules state that if you: “Drive using mobile phone (when moving or stationary, but not parked) except to make or receive call from phone secured in mounting or not required to be touched”, you could face a fine of $346 and three demerits.
But note there’s no mention of music or using the phone for anything other than calls. Can of worms? Possibly.
Much like the other states, if you’re deemed not to be in control of your car because of your headphone use, you could be fined $173. No demerits, though.
ACT
The nation’s capital allows you to wear headphones, earphones or earbuds and drive. But again, the laws require you to maintain control of your car.
Northern Territory
In the NT, the rules are basically the same as everywhere else. It’s okay to wear headphones, so long as you’re not doing so by using your phone illegally, and that you ensure you are in control of the car.
Not intended as legal advice. Check with the relevant roads authority in your state or territory.
The altcoin sector is becoming more dominant while the price of Bitcoin remains steady near $70,000. Additionally, the recent sanctioning of a spot Ethereum ETF is enhancing the purchasing demand for altcoins, potentially leading to an increase in trading volume soon.
Bitcoin’s $70K Might Halt Altcoin Rally
Recently, the BTC price has experienced a significant rise, driven by a surge in ETF volume, consolidating around the $70K mark. Following the approval of a spot Ethereum ETF, Bitcoin’s dominance saw a minor decline, dropping 2.3% over the week.
Since May 20, the altcoin season index has shown a downward trend, moving from a peak of 43 to 35. This indicates that the market might not be poised for a rally just yet. Nonetheless, with preparations underway for SOL and XRP ETFs, the altcoin market could soon gather momentum.
Uniswap (UNI) Price Analysis
Uniswap price has been surging exponentially above its Fib channels and is currently holding momentum around the $11 mark. Both side traders are now aiming for a clear trend in the coming hours. As of writing, UNI price trades at $11.2, surging over 3.8% from yesterday’s rate.
Bears are currently defending the $12 level strongly; however, buyers aim to break above by increasing the pressure. A surge above $12 might strengthen long positions, resulting in a surge toward the $17.2 level.
Read more: Uniswap (UNI) Price Breaks Out of Consolidation; A Fresh Upswing of 25% Could Be on the Horizon!
However, a rejection from $12 would suggest that bears are trying to establish this level as a resistance level. To initiate a downward rally, bears must break below the EMA20 trend line. This might lead the price toward $8.2.
Bonk Price Analysis
The price of Bonk has recently shown significant upward movement, attempting to overcome nearby resistance levels. Despite this, bears are actively attempting to prevent further increases, creating strong resistance near the $0.000037 mark. At present, Bonk’s price stands at $0.000035, reflecting a decline of 2.8% in the last 24 hours.
The BONK/USDT trading pair appears set to surpass Fibonacci levels and reach the resistance at $0.000048. Bears view maintaining this level as vital to preserve their control, as exceeding it might mark a change in market dominance. If successful, the price could surge to a new ATH next week.
Also read: 60% Upside Potential In BONK Price If Bulls Surpass $X
Conversely, a decline below the moving averages might strengthen bearish positions. As a result, the Bonk price might head toward the immediate support level of $0.000022. If bears continue to put further pressure, we might see the Bonk price drop toward the support of $0.0000135.
Notcoin Price Analysis
Notcoin price has been experiencing fluctuations around the moving averages on the 15-min price chart, reflecting a significant struggle between buyers and sellers. Recently, bears succeeded in sending the price below the EMA trend lines. As of writing, NOT price trades at $0.0051, surging over 2.8% in the last 24 hours.
The sellers are attempting to hold the price below the moving averages and the Fib lines. Should they succeed, the NOT/USDT pair might decline to the key support level at $0.0046, which is likely to prompt aggressive purchasing from the buyers. A robust recovery from $0.0046 could prolong the sideways movement.
To indicate a shift in momentum, buyers need to overcome the descending resistance channel. Achieving this could trigger a rise to $0.0057, and potentially reach the major resistance at $0.0068.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Diagnoses of ADHD continue to rise among U.S. youth, affecting one in every nine U.S. kids.
Approximately 11.4% of U.S. children (7.1 million) have received an ADHD diagnosis at some point, and 10.5% (6.5 million) currently have the disorder, according to a study from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Researchers analyzed data from the 2022 National Survey of Children’s Health (NSCH), which measured the prevalence of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder diagnoses among kids between 3 and 17 years of age.
MENTAL HEALTH MAY BE WORSE IN TEENS FROM LARGE FAMILIES, STUDY SUGGESTS: ‘FEWER RESOURCES’
The study was published in the Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology on May 22.
“Pediatric ADHD remains an ongoing and expanding public health concern, as approximately one million more children had ever received an ADHD diagnosis in 2022 than in 2016,” the researchers wrote.
Diagnoses of ADHD continue to rise among U.S. youth, affecting one in every nine U.S. kids, a new report revealed.(iStock)
Among the children who currently have the disorder, more than 58% have moderate or severe ADHD, and nearly 78% have at least one other disorder, the study found.
Around half of the children are taking some form of medication for their ADHD, and nearly 45% have received behavioral treatment in the past year.
ADHD IN MALES VERSUS FEMALES: WHAT YOU MUST KNOW ABOUT THE DIFFERENCES IN SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENTS
Just over 30% had not received any treatment for ADHD, the study also found.
“The prevalence of diagnosed ADHD varies by sociodemographic factors,” the researchers wrote.
“It is more common in boys, children living in lower-income households, children with public health insurance and children living in rural areas.”
Why the rise in ADHD?
Dr. Tasha M. Brown, a New York child psychologist and owner and founder of TMB Psych Services, said the findings did not surprise her.
“There is so much more conversation around mental health and what symptoms of ADHD look like,” Brown, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
Among the children who currently have the disorder, more than 58% have moderate or severe ADHD, and nearly 78% have at least one other disorder, the new study found.(iStock)
“As a result, I think parents and caregivers are more aware of what to look for, and they are reaching out to providers for answers and a diagnosis sooner rather than later.”
There are also many more factors affecting children’s mental health, Brown said — “especially dealing with the impact the pandemic has had on schooling, activities and friendships … As a result, we are seeing more children presenting with hyperactivity and attention and impulsivity.”
NAVIGATING 2024 WITH STRATEGIES TAILORED FOR THOSE SUFFERING FROM ANXIETY, DEPRESSION, ADHD
Lisa Sheinhouse, director of community programs at Ohel Children’s Home and Family Services in New York, agreed that there is more awareness and education about neurodivergent disorders like ADHD and autism.
“Our society has learned to let go of the shame and stigma around these diagnoses, and that’s empowered parents to become more informed and ask for help,” Sheinhouse, who was also not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
What can parents and families do?
For parents who have children with ADHD, it is important to think about the ways in which their child’s ADHD symptoms are impacting their overall functioning, Brown said.
“For many children, symptoms of impulsivity, inattention and/or hyperactivity significantly impact their functioning in the school setting,” she noted.
For parents who have children with ADHD, it is important to think about the ways in which their child’s ADHD symptoms are impacting their overall functioning, an expert said.(iStock)
“Therefore, I advise parents to check in with teachers to make sure their child is receiving the appropriate accommodations in the classroom setting.”
Parents should also focus on creating and maintaining structure in the home and supporting ongoing routines for a child with ADHD, Sheinhouse added.
“Pediatric ADHD remains an ongoing and expanding public health concern.”
“This is important because a child with ADHD can be triggered by plans suddenly changing, especially without explanation,” she told Fox News Digital.
“You can teach your child executive functional skills like time management and provide tools (like apps) to help them remember things, stay on time and feel independent.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Medication isn’t always necessary and shouldn’t be the first solution, according to Sheinhouse.
“However, never say never, because sometimes it’s something to consider to give your child better function. Medication is another tool in the toolbox and should be a personal decision based on the child.”
Medication isn’t always necessary and shouldn’t be the first solution, according to one expert, but is “something to consider to give your child better function.”(iStock)
While medication management can be a “game changer” for some kids with ADHD, Brown noted, it can be a “hard decision” for parents.
“We do know that the research is clear that medication management in combination with mental health treatment is the most effective,” she said.
“I advise parents to speak with a psychiatrist who specializes in working with children and adolescents about their medication management options.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Overall, Brown said, early intervention is key to helping kids thrive.
“If parents think that their child is struggling with attentional difficulties, it is crucial that they reach out for support,” she said.
Fox News Digital reached out to the study authors requesting further comment.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
As we grow up, our relationship with food changes. From running away from that bowl of ‘boring’ dal, we now proudly call it our ‘comfort’ food. From feeling full in just two bites of roti, we now lose count when we are eating something we love. Being busy with work, school or other responsibilities in general, people nowadays eat their breakfast on the go, eat lunch while watching OTT and dinner is often some easy and indulgent takeout food. While sometimes we do take time to cherish every morsel and our company, our foodie moments as a child were perhaps much more quirky.
Here Is A Throwback To All The Fun Childhood Memories Around Food:
1. Shelling Peas With Grandma…And Eating All The Sweet Ones!
Ah, the bonding experience with your grandma is one of a kind! As kids, we used to just hang around our grandparents, watch what they did and then try to copy them. One of such fond memories is shelling green peas with grandma to be used in cooking later, taking all our time in the world. She would also hand out all the sweet ones for you to eat right away.
2. Eating Mangoes After School
Back then, almost no one had air-conditioned classrooms and in the afternoon, when we would get back to our homes, the heat would be at its peak. At such an hour, we would find relief in chilled, freshly cut and juicy mangoes, straight out of the fridge. Pure bliss!
3. Sneakily Eating Maggi From The Pan
Cooking Maggi was the highlight of the week for every little noodle lover. Many of us would also sneak out an extra bite or two straight from the pan when no one was looking. Or, after we finished eating and found a few noodle pieces stuck to the pan, we would dig them out and relish those cold yet still delicious pieces of noodles.
Photo Credit: iStock
4. Licking A Plate Clean
Our favourite meal deserved a plate-licking appreciation. We just could not get enough of it! Whether it was our favourite rajma-chawal or homemade noodles, we would lick every inch of that plate till it ‘looked’ squeaky clean. When was the last time you licked a plate clean?
5. Eating The Entire Lunch From Maa’s Hands
Nothing compares to the joy of eating food from your maa’s hands. Prepared with love and fed with even more love, every morsel was delicious and she would keep stuffing our mouths with food till either we would finish it all or manage to pull off the best puppy eyes so that she would give up and let us play. Also Read: Made With Love: How Food Can Become A Medium To Bring People Closer
7. Asking Dad To Help You Finish Your Meal
For fussy eaters who would be ordered by an angry mom to not leave the table until we finished all our food, dad would truly be our superhero, sneakily ‘helping us’ by eating some of the food from our plate and finally being able to finish those ‘mountains’ of rice and dal.
8. Finding The Food In Your Sibling’s Plate Tastier
Scientists are deep into research but fail to understand why the exact-ditto-same food on our sibling’s plate would look and taste better than that on our plate. We don’t know why, but younger siblings just wanted exactly what their elder sibling was eating.
9. Getting Your Food Served In Cartoon-Shaped Plates
We might eat out of fancy dinnerware at home or restaurants, but the golden era was truly eating out of the Buggs Bunny dinner plate with a Spider-Man spoon and drinking water out of a Barbie-themed glass. Also Read: Bridgerton Characters Reimagined As Desserts, Pick Your Favourite!
Has reading all these lovely memories reminded you of some more exciting childhood stories with food? Share with us in the comments section!
West Wilson never thought he’d be spending the summer in a house in the Hamptons, let alone as part of a reality television show. The unemployed former football player from Missouri was about to run out of money following a three-week boys’ trip when he got a call that would change his life.
“My severance ended that weekend,” Mr. Wilson, 27, recalled. “I came home and it was like the most depressing Monday of all time.”
Mr. Wilson decided to check his voice mail to see if there was something — anything — in there to cheer him up. To his shock, a Bravo producer had left a message. She was interested in possibly casting him on Season 8 of “Summer House,” an unscripted show that follows the lives of a group of New York media workers, influencers and entrepreneurs who share a house in the Hamptons — the last few seasons have been filmed at a mansion in Water Mill — each summer.
Though he had never seen “Summer House”andwasn’t a fan of reality TV (except for the occasional “Bachelor” binge), Mr. Wilson had an intuition that it might be right for him. “I just had something in me that was like, just see what this is and call back,” he said. He had recently met a “Summer House” cast member named Lindsay Hubbard at the bar of Lamia’s Fish Market in the East Village. Mr. Wilson was so unprepared to be cast that he didn’t initially make the connection between having met Ms. Hubbard and receiving the call from Bravo.
“I was like, ‘Oh I actually know someone on that show’ and they were like, ‘That’s how we found you, you idiot,’” Mr. Wilson said.
The Reluctant Star
Over the last few years, producers had experimented with adding new male cast members to “Summer House,” but nobody seemed to fit with the main cast enough to stick around for more than a season or two. Affable and self-aware, Mr. Wilson was not an obvious choice for a show that thrives on drama. Yet over the course of this season, the finale of which will air on Bravo on May 30, Mr. Wilson has become a social media darling, almost universally beloved by both his housemates and the audience.
As the comedian, actor and Bravo fan Joel Kim Booster put it: “Haven’t liked a straight white guy this much since friggin Bernie Sanders.”
For Mr. Booster, who has been watching “Summer House” since the beginning, Mr. Wilson has pulled off a kind of magic trick. “Obviously, we know he likes attention, because he has signed up to do this show — but somehow his performance on the show has convinced me that he actually doesn’t,” Mr. Booster said in an interview. “Unlike all of the other narcissists that he is surrounded by, he is the exception to the rule, he is the one being sort of genuine and real.”
In March, Courtney Frain and Mary Mahoney, the co-hosts of the popular reality TV podcast “Two Judgey Girls,” ran an online contest in which listeners could vote for the hottest man on Bravo, which they cheekily called “March Manness.” Despite the fact that he hadn’t even appeared on a full season of a Bravo show yet, Mr. Wilson won second place. (The winner, Craig Conover, is the longtime star of “Southern Charm”and the boyfriend of another “Summer House”cast member, Paige DeSorbo.)
“There’s something about him that’s infectious,” said Ms. Frain, a fan who has also hung out with Mr. Wilson in person. “You feel like you’ve known him forever.”
Ms. Mahoney said what’s refreshing about Mr. Wilson is that, unlike other men cast on Bravo, he doesn’t seem to be hiding anything. “He’s truly his authentic self,” she said.
Mr. Wilson’s castmates also took to him almost immediately. “He’s a smart, funny, driven guy who enjoys providing comedic relief, but is also self-aware, owns his flaws and doesn’t take himself too seriously,” Kyle Cooke, 41, who’s been on “Summer House” since it premiered in 2017, wrote in an email.
“West is a one-of-a-kind special human,” said Jesse Solomon, 30, another newcomer this season who quickly became close with Mr. Wilson. “He is one of the funniest and quick-witted guys I’ve ever met.”
But Bravo stars and their fans are mercurial, as quick to put a new cast member on a pedestal as they are to tear them down. For now, Mr. Wilson is enjoying all of the adulation. But can he keep the good vibes going?
A Solid Foundation
Westling Conrad Wilson grew up in Columbia, Mo., with his younger brother, Henry, and parents, Elizabeth, an OB-GYN, and Bruce, a former world history teacher turned cattle rancher. (“But he votes Democratic,” Mr. Wilson added.)
After graduating from high school in 2013, Mr. Wilson attended Montana State University, where he played football and studied marketing. “From the first time I met him, you could tell he was very, very comfortable in just about any setting, almost like a chameleon,” said his former football coach Jeff Choate, who now works as the head football coach at the University of Nevada, Reno. “He thrives on other people’s energy and really kind of draws people into him.”
At Montana State, Mr. Wilson worked as a promoter at one of Bozeman’s most popular local hangouts, the Rockin R Bar. “He’d have free drink coupons, and he’d just go around and put together promotions,” Mr. Choate said. “And so, you know, on a Friday or Saturday night, when it wasn’t in season and they were having a good time at Rockin R, West was always kind of the ringleader.”
After graduation, Mr. Wilson took a job as a social and video producer at Bleacher Report, a sports news website. He moved to Las Vegas to help launch the brand’s sports betting operation, and worked from an office in Caesar’s Palace. “I’m an optimist with locations, but living there was odd,” Mr. Wilson said. “I would drive in, park in the garage and then take the elevator with someone who was 60 years old dressed like a Spartan.”
Bleacher Report agreed to transfer him to the New York office just as the pandemic hit. He spent a few months working remotely from his parents’ house in Columbia before eventually moving to the city full-time in July 2020. Right before Christmas of 2022, Mr. Wilson was laid off from Bleacher Report. He received six months’ severance, but was having a difficult time landing a new job in the shrinking journalism industry. He spent some time traveling (he’s been to all 50 states), but cash reserves and time were running out. The Bravo role came at just the right time.
After the initial calls with Bravo, Mr. Wilson had a series of interviews and conversations with production, where he said he asked as many questions of the network as they did of him.
Mr. Wilson was very clear that he would not agree to be typecast as “another white guy who gets pigeonholed into being some douchey, fratty, dumb, racist Missouri guy,” he said. “Because I know that I’m not.”
The producers agreed that he should just be himself, and with no other professional prospects on the horizon, he agreed to join the cast.
“My daughter was like, ‘West is on ‘Summer House’! And I’m like, what the hell is ‘Summer House’?’” Mr. Choate said. “But then I saw it and I’m like, oh yeah, this makes total sense.”
Mr. Wilson is charismatic. His goofy personality — and stylish but casual wardrobe — make him seem like the leading man in an indie rom-com written by a woman (see: Clairo T-shirt, backward baseball hat, gold signet pinkie ring). He’s handsome in an approachable way, which is perhaps why Bravo fans have connected with him: He seems like a regular guy they too could date.
As fans keep reminding him, he’s also not the typical tall, lean, dark and handsome guy you usually see on TV. Mr. Wilson is 5-foot-11, but somehow appears shorter onscreen. (Mr. Solomon said that when the two first met, he thought, “this guy is way taller than he looks on Instagram.”) He also has a broad football player’s build, which has made him into an unwitting body positivity icon online.
“I’ve had a couple of guys DM me who claim to not be good looking or in shape and they’re like, you know, ‘I feel so seen by you,’” Mr. Wilson said, laughing.
He said he also has received messages from women saying that his popularity on the show proves that personality matters more than looks, a puzzling statement to make to a cornfed all-American jock with impeccable street style. Mr. Wilson always assumed he was at least “sort of handsome,” but now he’s wondering if it was always his sense of humor and easy confidence that landed him dates. He’s trying to not let all of the social media comments go to his head — or hurt his feelings.
“If the overweight man felt seen by me, like if that’s my role, then let’s do it I guess,” he said. “I’m here for it.”
Perhaps Mr. Wilson’s most impressive feat on the show was almost immediately winning over the charmingly standoffish longtime female cast members, including Paige DeSorbo, Amanda Batula and Ciara Miller, a nurse and model whose budding romance with Mr. Wilson is one of this season’s primary story lines. In the parasocial world of the Bravo universe, perhaps no other couple is being rooted for more enthusiastically than Mr. Wilson and Ms. Miller. (Mr. Wilson refused to comment on the current status of his relationship with Ms. Miller, as the show hadn’t finished airing before the interview.)
In August 2023, toward the end of filming Season 8, Mr. Wilson, who now lives in Hell’s Kitchen, was hired as a sports video producer at Complex. He’s brought his rising star status to that network’s social media, recently interviewing Kansas City Chiefs quarterback Patrick Mahomes and posting videos of his outfits in front of the Complex logo. Unlike most reality stars, he’s not interested in giving up his day job to become a full-time influencer.
“I’m proud to lead with an actual career,” Mr. Wilson said. “I don’t want to ever have to say, like, I’m an influencer. That’s my worst nightmare. I do care about actually contributing to something that’s not just my own Instagram or TV,” he added.
With so much positive buzz around his first season, Bravo watchers are curious to see how Mr. Wilson handles all the attention.
“I feel like the real question is: What will this summer be like for him?” said Ms. Mahoney of “Two Judgey Girls.” “Everyone is rooting for him. And usually if you have a good first season, it goes to your head and you get an ego. But I’m hopeful that it won’t change him.”
Cencora’s associate director of value and access strategy for its commercialization strategy & access solutions division discusses the current state of pre-approval information exchanges.
Pune’s real estate market witnessed a growth in transactions and overall sales value in the first quarter of 2024.
According to Square Yards Data Intelligence, property registrations recorded by the Inspector General of Registration (IGR), Maharashtra, surged by 49 per cent compared to Q4 2023, at 27,056. Correspondingly, the sales value rose by 56 per cent, at ₹17,837 crore.
Among developers, VTP Realty led the pack with sales worth ₹951 crore from 1,083 transactions. Kolte Patil Developers followed with sales of ₹643 crore, and Vilas Javdekar Developers with ₹491 crore.
Among the top projects, VTP Dolce Vita recorded the highest sales of ₹469 crore from 580 transactions, followed closely by Pride World City and Kolte Patil Life Republic.
Market segmentation
Nearly half (45.4 per cent) of the properties were priced below ₹50 lakh; 39 per cent were priced between ₹50 lakh and ₹1 crore; and 13.2 per cent between ₹1 crore and ₹2 crore. A majority of the properties (63.4 per cent) were 500-1,000 sq ft in size.
The Real Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA) reported 194 new projects in Q1 2024, comprising 13,191 units measuring 1.17 crore sq ft. Pimpri Chinchwad, Pune East, and Pune West saw the most new project launches.
Micro-markets
The micro-markets in Pune showed varied performance, with Pimpri Chinchwad leading with sales of ₹7,512 crore from 13,311 transactions. Pune West and Pune East registered sales of ₹4,445 crore and ₹3,545 crore, respectively. Pune South and Pune Central also saw substantial activity, indicating market growth across the city.
Among localities, Baner topped with sales of ₹880 crore from 766 transactions. Wagholi, Wakad, and Hinjewadi followed closely.
AKO STE se danas planirali uputiti u kupovinu, važno je provjeriti radno vrijeme trgovina, šoping-centara i pekarnica. Iako većina njih ne radi nedjeljom, postoji nekoliko iznimaka koje ipak rade. Donosimo detaljan popis trgovina i šoping-centara koji su otvoreni danas, 26.5.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
They had the bases loaded with no outs in the second inning. A leadoff double in the fourth. A one-out triple in the sixth.
All night Saturday the Dodgers threatened to get their offense going at Great American Ball Park. All night they had chances to bury the Cincinnati Reds with their star-studded lineup.
But at each crucial point the offense failed to deliver, continuing its trend of poor situational hitting to drop a fourth straight game 3-1 in front of a sold-out crowd of 41,880.
“We just couldn’t capitalize offensively,” manager Dave Roberts said after his club went 0 for 7 with runners in scoring position. “One part of it is creating those situations. The other part is finishing those innings.”
Indeed, so far this season, one stat has defined the Dodgers’ success — or failures — more than anything else.
During their 12-11 start they batted just .244 with runners in scoring position, the 19th-best mark in the majors in that span.
During a 14-2 tear from April 21 to May 9, they batted an MLB-best .328 with runners in scoring position, seemingly addressing their situational hitting woes by cutting down on strikeouts and coming through in opportune moments.
In the two weeks since, however, the Dodgers’ batting average with runners in scoring position has cratered again. Since May 10, they are batting just .194 in such spots, better than only two teams (the Angels and Texas Rangers) in that span.
Unsurprisingly, the team’s record has tapered off as a result, the Dodgers 7-8 in their last 15 games — a stretch in which their high-powered lineup has managed just 3.7 runs per game.
Dodgers pitcher Walker Buehler delivers during the second inning Saturday.
(Jeff Dean / Associated Press)
“We’re just not swinging the bats the way that we’re going to,” Roberts said. “But yeah, it’s been a two-week stretch where we’ve shown a lot of inconsistencies.”
Situational hitting wasn’t the issue for the Dodgers (33-21) on Saturday.
Starting pitcher Walker Buehler couldn’t replicate the dominance he flashed in six scoreless innings against the Reds (22-30) in Los Angeles last week, instead getting tagged for three runs in 5⅔ innings in a rematch series the Reds have clinched and can sweep Sunday.
“I was making a little bit of chicken salad out of chicken s— for a second there,” said Buehler, who had limited the Reds’ damage to a pair of early solo home runs before yielding a double and RBI single to finish his day in the sixth.
“Then that last run in the sixth is just a little bit of a lapse, just in terms of pitch selection and back-to-back scrambling a little more than I should be.”
The lineup also remained far from top gear.
Shohei Ohtani had the triple in the sixth but struck out three times, leaving his batting average over the last nine games at .206.
A Shohei Ohtani fan holds up a sign during Saturday’s game between the Dodgers and Reds at Great American Ballpark.
(Jeff Dean / Associated Press)
Dodgers star Shohei Ohtani picks up his helmet during an at-bat in the first inning against the Reds on Saturday.
(Jeff Dean / Associated Press)
Will Smith hit a leadoff single in the second (and scored the team’s lone run on a Jason Heyward double-play ball) and Freddie Freeman doubled in the fourth, but they managed nothing else, continuing slow May performances (they both are batting below .250 this month).
Even Mookie Betts couldn’t provide a spark, getting picked off at first base in the first inning after his only hit of the night.
Despite that, the Dodgers had chances.
Turning them into runs, however, proved yet again to be an unsolvable challenge.
“It’s more of the way we’re swinging the bats,” Roberts said, than an isolated issue with an obvious fix.
“The sheet of paper will say, yeah, we’re talented, this, that and the other, but the game is gonna determine [that],” Betts said. “There’s no words that anybody can say that’s gonna make us all of a sudden start hitting. If that was the case, we would have done it a long time ago. So it’s just part of the game. You just gotta figure out a way.”
Situational hitting can be a fickle stat in baseball. And Octobers aside, it typically has been a strength for the Dodgers.
They have ranked in the top 10 in each of the last five seasons. They entered Saturday in the top half of the majors at 14th, with a .258 mark that actually was better than their .255 average overall.
Yet the issue has plagued them the last couple of postseasons — and makes any skid like this one that much more frustrating, looming as a potential playoff weakness for a team navigating championship-or-bust expectations.
The good news for the Dodgers: They still have a sizable lead in the National League West, up 5½ games on the San Francisco Giants. They’ll eventually get injured third baseman Max Muncy back, though his return (once hoped to come as soon as this week) has been delayed by continued discomfort in his strained oblique. Most of all, their recent malaise still feels like a temporary blip, more of a frustrating speed bump in their season than some larger cause for alarm.
However, that doesn’t lessen the frustration of Saturday’s loss — the latest in what has become another mediocre stretch for a team capable of much more.
“It’s just part of the game,” Betts said. “There’s nothing nobody can really say or do.”
The star leadoff man then stopped himself and finished his postgame scrum with this parting line.
“Well, I guess there is something,” Betts said. “Just get it done.”
Lately, the Dodgers haven’t, leading to their longest losing streak of an up-and-down start to the season.
Ohtani nursing hamstring
Ohtani has been nursing a hamstring contusion, Roberts said after the game, but the Dodgers don’t seem overly worried.
During his sixth-inning triple Saturday, Ohtani was noticeably running less than full speed and seemed to get up slowly after sliding into the base.
However, Roberts said the slugger simply has been running with a “governor” since being hit in the leg by a pickoff throw on last week’s homestand.
“Today was better than yesterday … but we didn’t want him to push it,” Roberts said. “The good thing is it wasn’t a strain. It was a contusion we’re just trying to manage.”
The all-time high peak power demand of 243.27 GW was recorded in September 2023; the record is expected to be broken during this summer season.
As per power ministry data, the peak power demand met or the highest supply in the day, was recorded at 239.96 GW on Friday, which is the maximum so far in the summer season this year
India’s peak power demand hit the season’s new high of 239.96 GW on Friday, due to soaring mercury levels in various parts of the country, which compelled excessive use of cooling appliances like air conditioners and coolers.
As per power ministry data, the peak power demand met or the highest supply in the day, was recorded at 239.96 GW on Friday, which is the maximum so far in the summer season this year.
On Thursday, it was 236.59 GW, while on Wednesday, the peak power demand was at 235.06 GW, as per power ministry data.
The all-time high peak power demand of 243.27 GW was recorded in September 2023. The record is expected to be broken during this summer season.
Earlier this month, the power ministry projected a peak power demand of 235 GW during daytime and 225 GW during evening hours for May and 240 GW during daytime and 235 GW during evening hours for June 2024.
Industry experts are of the view that power demand is already around 240 GW level in May, which was projected for the month of June by the power ministry. They opined that power demand could increase further to breach the all-time high of 243.27 GW recorded in September 2023.
Besides, the power ministry has also projected that peak power demand can hit the 260 GW mark during this summer season.
The data shows peak power demand was 224.18 GW in April 2024, when the country witnessed the onset of the summer season in various parts of the country. It was 221.82 GW in March, 222.16 GW in February and 223.51 GW in January.
During May, peak supply hit 233 GW on May 6, and 233.80 GW on May 21. It was 221.42 GW recorded in May 2023.
Last week, the peak power supply touched 229.57 GW on May 18, while it was around 226 GW on May 15, 16 and 17.
The peak supply was 229.77 GW on May 4 and 228.71 GW on May 20.
Earlier in March this year, the India Meteorological Department (IMD) projected that India is likely to experience a warmer summer and more heatwave days this year, with El Nino conditions predicted to continue at least until May.
From March to May, the above-normal number of heatwave days is likely over most parts of the country, except northeast India, the western Himalayan region, the southwest peninsula and the west coast, it stated.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Insolvency appellate tribunal NCLAT on Friday deferred hearing to July 5 on the petitions filed against tech giant Google over its Play Store billing policy.
A two-member National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) bench, after a brief hearing over the petitions, directed listing the matter after summer vacations on July 5.
Indian Broadcasting and Digital Foundation (IBDF), Indian Digital Media Industry Foundation, People Interactive India which operates Shaadi.Com, and Mebigo Labs which operates Kuku FM have filed petitions before the NCLAT against Play Store billing policy.
During the proceedings, counsel appearing from app developers requested the bench to pass an order directing status quo till the next date of hearing, though Google had not de-listed them from the Play Store for non-acceptance of policy terms.
They urged the appellate tribunal to ask Google for an undertaking to this effect.
Google’s counsel refused to give an undertaking, however, assured the NCLAT that it will not do so till the next hearing.
On this, the NCLAT bench, comprising Justice Yogesh Khanna and Justice Naresh Salecha, said the app developers may approach the appellate tribunal for an urgent hearing during the summer vacations, if any adversarial steps are taken.
The petitioners have challenged the order passed by the Competition Commission of India (CCI), which had on March 20, 2024 declined to grant any interim relief against Play Store billing policy and restrain Google from collecting fee.
On March 20, CCI dismissed four petitions of Indian app companies filed against Google’s new Play Store billing policy to levy an 11 to 26 per cent charge on in-app payments. The CCI’s decision was challenged by the app companies before the NCLAT.
The Indian-origin app firms had alleged before CCI that Google’s Play Store payment policies are anti-competitive.
However, CCI in its order had made it clear that nothing stated in this order shall be tantamount to a final expression of opinion on the merits of the case, and the Director General will conduct the investigation without being swayed in any manner whatsoever by the observations made herein.
“The commission is of the view that the informants have failed to meet the necessary criteria for grant of interim relief as propounded by the Supreme Court.
“The informants have not been able to project any higher level of prima facie case warranting a positive direction as sought for by the informants at the interim stage,” CCI had said in its order.
The petitions were seeking the regulator to restrain Google from collecting any fee for transactions involving paid downloads or in-app purchases on apps offering digital products/services.
The order had come after the Competition Commission of India (CCI), on March 15, ordered a probe against Google for alleged discriminatory practices with respect to its Play Store pricing policy after finding a prima facie violation of the competition law.
CCI had then held that the tech giant’s Users Choice Billing (UCB) payments policy was “prima facie” violative of the Competition Act 2002.
When it comes to travel, we love to keep it candid in all terms, be it the places to explore or the expenditure on impulse decisions while travelling. However, regret kicks in later on when we return, and we pledge to keep the next one well-planned to address any unforeseen experiences and expenditures. While we say ‘well-planned’, it entails several other elements throughout the travel journey and is not restricted just to budgetary and spot selection parameters. Trishal Rao, Chief Sales Officer, SKIL Travel, shared with HT Lifestyle some tips to consider while planning your next trip to keep it comprehensively efficient. (Also read: From AI to luxury: 6 emerging trends that will transform your summer travel experience )
Travel can be an exhilarating experience, but without proper planning, it can also lead to unexpected stress and expenses.(Pixabay)
Tips for efficient travel planning
1. Budget: The foremost tip to gauge your travel without sending tremors to your other routine expenses is planning a budget that includes total spending on transportation, accommodation, food, shopping, and a sum for miscellaneous spending. Planning a well-thought-out budget helps you visualise what parameters of the travel are worth covering and what can be left as optional.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
2. Choice of Destination: Once your budget is planned, you might select one of the shortlisted top 2-3 destinations that you plan to visit. Be it international or domestic, being able to zero down on one destination is crucial. It is ideal for exploring a tangible number of destinations, so you do not overdo it by just virtually scrolling through multiple destinations and end up losing the spark of travelling anywhere altogether.
3. Thorough Research: Research helps you avoid attractions and spending that don’t gratify your needs from the sojourn. You might want to take a certain souvenir from a destination that you visit, for which you might research the authenticity of the shops that sell them and where the best places to find quality souvenirs representing the destination are at its core. Research certainly helps you grasp your purpose from your travels.
4. Advance Booking: Early bird benefits are real in general for anything that we explore, and they extend to the realm of travel, too. Early bookings can give a ton of benefits like free cancellations or rescheduling, early booking discounts, value-added services including complimentary meals, etc., in case of both flights and accommodation. Booking in advance also drives out the uncertainty often witnessed in last-minute bookings.
5. Prepare a Checklist: To make the best of your travel, it is best to plan each day by making an achievable checklist. Be it the attractions, sightseeing, refreshments, relaxation activities, and other aspects that you want to explore during your travel, bucketing them through the day and keeping a check on the same makes your travel fruitful and keeps away the overwhelming feeling of rushing things on the last day.
6. Flexibility for Change of Plans: While we can plan things as much as we want, being candid with certain aspects can help you keep the travel efficient. Be equipped with contingent plans to overcome change of plans due to external factors like delayed transportation, natural calamities, etc.
7. Safety of Document: Secure your identifying documents, like your passport and visa, in secured baggage while travelling. Maintain digital records with password protection to help in emergencies. Also, keep information about reaching the consul office and the necessary procedures for help required in unforeseen situations of theft/ loss of documents.
8. Prioritise Health and Safety: Health prevails by overcoming all the odds, and hence, one must prioritise health and safety at all times during one’s travel. Carrying necessary medication and securing accommodation and excursions that are free from societal evils by researching thoroughly is the need of the hour while planning travel.
9. Start Early: Starting early has benefits like dodging any last-minute mishaps, ensuring that transit points are reached ahead of time, avoiding missing flights/ trains, etc. Starting early also keeps your mind fresh and anxiety-free which is otherwise troubled in case of last- minute commute.
10. Immerse in the Journey: Having kept a check on the above points, you are all set to unwind and enjoy the journey to the fullest. Be it visiting cultural sites, basking under the sun on a beach, enjoying a concert, or anything else as part of your travel.
All your upcoming sojourns can be made efficient with careful planning while considering various internal and external factors that may have an impact on the journey. With the above tips, you can rest assured that the plan is efficiently in place.
Roger Moore was always the consummate gentleman – and it was not an act. Numerous friends and co-stars attested to his kindness and thoughtfulness. It was very out of character for the English actor to speak ill of anyone, but he shocked a live audience when he spilled the outrageous details about a fellow star.
His second outing as James Bond, The Man With the Golden Gun, is back on TV screens this weekend, and he revealed how one actor was constantly boasting about his staggering number of sexual conquests while they were making the 1974 film.
Moore said: “He was a very small man and he used to touch me and I used to say, ‘Don’t touch me. You are diseased'”
Roger Moore was speaking at London’s Southbank Centre in 2016 and was on his usual sparkling, witty form as he reminisced about his extraordinary life and career, including, of course, James Bond. He would pass away the following year on May 23.
The unfortunate actor he was referring to was Hervé Villechaize, who played Nick Nack, the sidekick to Christopher Lee’s Scaramanga. The diminutive actor was 3’11 tall, but Moore clarified: “I wasn’t being cruel about his size, it was just that he was a sex maniac. He had a lust for ladies, unnatural.”
Villechaize was a talented artist who had exhibited at the Museum of Paris at just 18, and an aspiring actor. He had been living in his car and working as a rat-catcher in Los Angeles before he landed the life-changing part, and Moore described how his sudden fortune went to his head.
As well conquests, Villechaize also boasted about sexual adventures with prostitutes – although some of them refused his advances and his money.
Moore said: “When we were in Hong Kong he would find girls in girly clubs and go with a flashlight, saying ‘You, you, not you.'”
In a staggering evocation of bygone days of promiscuity and sexism, Moore added that he asked Villechaize exactly how many women he had slept during the film shoot in the Far East: “He told me 35. I told him that did not count as he paid for them, but he said, ‘Sometimes when I pay they refuse.'”
Sadly, Villechaize did not enjoy a long and prosperous life full of anecdotes like Roger Moore.
After finding global fame in the James Bond franchise, he embraced a second round of success when he starred alongside Ricardo Montalban as Mr Roarke’s assistant, Tattoo, in the global smash-hit television series Fantasy Island from 1978.
Unfortunately, he was fired in 1984 after repeatedly clashing with the show’s producers over his pay demands and unwelcome propositioning of female cast members and crew.
Villechaize’s life came to a tragic end when he shot himself in the garden of his Hollywood home in 1993, aged 50. The actor had been supporting himself with sporadic guest appearances.
He left a suicide note which read: “I love everybody. Nobody is to blame for this.”
Nissan has overhauled almost its entire SUV range over the past few years, after letting some models wither on the vine.
The Nissan Pathfinder was the most neglected. The previous generation was launched in Australia in 2013, but the current model didn’t arrive here until late in 2022.
It rides on a revised version of the old car’s platform, and continues to be built in the US. It’s been developed primarily for the North American market, and goes up against other North America-focused crossovers like the Toyota Kluger and Hyundai Palisade.
The Qashqai and X-Trail are Nissan’s volume-selling crossovers in Australia, with the entry and flagship models of the brand’s SUV lineup being considerably less popular.
The poor Pathfinder has been hamstrung by supply issues, which led to Nissan removing more than half of its lineup and leaving only the two most expensive – and, apparently, most popular – variants: the all-wheel drive Ti and Ti-L.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Pathfinder Ti-L
Nissan’s flagship SUV therefore has one hand tied behind its back, with only a single V6 engine, no optional hybrid or diesel powertrains, and no price-leader front-wheel drive model.
That helps explain why its sales are well below those of rivals like the Hyundai Santa Fe and Palisade, Kia Sorento and Toyota Kluger – should it be on your consideration list?
How does the Nissan Pathfinder compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Nissan Pathfinder against similarly sized vehicles.
Nissan
Pathfinder
How much does the Nissan Pathfinder cost?
The 2024 Nissan Pathfinder lineup consists of two variants, both with standard all-wheel drive.
Model Variant
$RRP
2024 Nissan Pathfinder Ti 4WD
$71,490
2024 Nissan Pathfinder Ti-L 4WD
$81,490
Prices exclude on-road costs
To see how the Pathfinder compares with its rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the Nissan Pathfinder like on the inside?
The Pathfinder’s interior will be familiar if you’ve sat in an X-Trail, with lots of common switchgear and a strong family resemblance.
The X-Trail has one of the more impressive interiors in its segment, but the Pathfinder’s – at this much higher price point – doesn’t impress as much.
It’s not helped by the black colourway that’s the only one on offer in Australia. While there’s some attractive metal-look trim for contrast at either end of the dashboard, it’s used sparingly while gloss black trim is slathered across the centre stack – it doesn’t really make for much contrast, and it just attracts dust and smudges.
Material quality is hard to fault. There are plenty of soft-touch surfaces, including the door tops front and rear, as well as the sides of the centre console.
Speaking of the doors, they open nice and wide but some of my passengers observed they feel a little light. The approach locking and unlocking system however, works excellently.
The tech is good. A 9.0-inch touchscreen isn’t all that large in 2024, but the infotainment system is easy to navigate and the interface is satisfactory in presentation, if not as modern as rivals like the Kluger.
The surround-view camera has decent if unexceptional resolution.
There’s a 7.0-inch screen in the instrument cluster, as seen in lower versions of the X-Trail, allowing you to view trip information and adjust settings. It’s bracketed by a pair of simple, legible analogue gauges. You don’t really need to look at these though, thanks to the handy head-up display.
A 13-speaker Bose sound system offers good sound quality, but the air-conditioning behaved strangely at times with reduced airflow out of one vent and extra air coming out of another.
The layout of the cabin is user-friendly.
The climate controls are a simple array of buttons and knobs, positioned nice and high; the touchscreen juts out of the dashboard without looking like a tacked-on iPad; and there are handy physical shortcut buttons underneath the screen.
But overall, the interior doesn’t feel considerably nicer than an X-Trail’s, nor does it look dramatically different. The yellowish interior lighting also feels low-rent.
Up front, there’s a deep centre console bin; large, easily accessible cupholders; a storage slot and wireless charging tray on the console itself; a rubberised shelf in front of the front passenger good for a mobile phone; and a handy shelf underneath where you can put a smaller handbag. There are also large bottle holders in the doors.
Step into the back through the wide-opening doors, and there’s a flat floor, plus large cupholders in the doors and another pair in a fold-down armrest. There are separate climate controls back here, as well as a USB-C and a USB-A outlet and heated seats.
There are top-tether anchor points for child seats across all three seating positions too, as well as ISOFIX points for the outboard seats.
There’s ample room here, and the second-row seats helpfully slide to give third-row occupants more room. To get back there, press a button on either side of the split second-row bench and each section will tilt and slide forward.
I’m 180cm tall, and unlike in a Hyundai Palisade I’m unable to sit in the third row without my legs firmly up against the second-row seatbacks.
But all you need to do is slide the second-row seats forward slightly, and you can get a comfortable seating position for most adults across both rows.
That’s right, the third row can actually fit adults with the second row adjusted thusly. Headroom is surprisingly ample back here due to the Pathfinder’s boxy body.
There are fewer amenities back here, though you still get air vents (in the roof), more cupholders, and a single USB outlet. Most importantly, there’s curtain airbag coverage.
You can fit a child seat back here using either a top-tether or ISOFIX anchor point, but only for the left seat.
Open the power tailgate and you’ll find 205L of boot space behind the third row, enough to fit a large suitcase. There’s also a giant storage space underneath the boot floor, which was handy when I was transporting some plants I didn’t want to tip over.
Drop the third row and the space expands to 554L, and we were able to easily accommodate three large suitcases for an airport run. The third row seats fold flat, too. Drop the second row, and there’s 782L of space, and a 12V outlet can be found in the boot area.
What’s under the bonnet?
The Nissan Pathfinder is available with just one powertrain in Australia
Model
Nissan Pathfinder 4WD
Engine
3.5-litre V6 petrol
Transmission
9-speed auto
Power
202kW @ 6400rpm
Torque
340Nm @ 4800rpm
Drive type
All-wheel drive
Fuel type
91 RON
Fuel tank capacity
71L
Fuel economy (claimed)
10.5L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
11.7L/100km (mixed loop) 13.1L/100km (week of mixed driving)
Kerb weight
2044kg
Towing capacity
750kg (unbraked) 2700kg (braked)
Ground clearance
179mm
How does the Nissan Pathfinder drive?
It’s strange that Nissan dropped the Pathfinder hybrid right as hybrid sales surged, and we can only hope the company eventually drops one of its excellent e-Power setups in its flagship crossover.
We’d also bet Nissan is looking at popping a turbocharged four-cylinder engine in this, given the Chinese-market Pathfinder offers just that and this segment is moving away from V6s.
The Toyota Kluger swapped its V6 for a turbo four, while the new Hyundai Santa Fe is launching here as a hybrid but may well gain a turbo four down the line to replace the current V6 – something we expect the Palisade to eventually offer, too.
Even the Jeep Grand Cherokee is rumoured to be ditching its V6 for a turbo four. That’s making the Pathfinder look a little old-fashioned, even if the V6 isn’t a bad mill – though it is thirsty.
We averaged 13.1L/100km over the course of a week of mostly urban driving, though on a loop comprising inner-city, suburban and highway driving we managed 11.7L/100km.
Most of the cars I’ve owned have had naturally aspirated six-cylinder engines mated with torque-converter automatic transmissions, so the Pathfinder feels comfortably familiar to me, making the noises and sensations I’m well-accustomed to.
In past testing, we’ve managed a 0-100km/h time of 8.1 seconds in the top-spec Ti-L. It definitely feels like an 8.0-second car – the V6 is naturally perkier than a turbo four, so you have to rev it more with peak torque available at 4800rpm.
It doesn’t feel slow, mind you, but nor is it as effortless as some turbocharged rivals. All the while, it makes the kind of raspy sounds you’d expect of an atmo V6. Again, comfortably familiar, but not cutting edge.
The Pathfinder’s cabin stays pretty hushed even at highway speeds or on coarse-chip roads. Engine noise isn’t too loud, either, and it’s not a bad soundtrack to listen to.
Continuously variable transmissions (CVTs) have their place, though I’d argue a large V6 engine isn’t the right one. So I was pleased to learn when this Pathfinder was revealed that Nissan had swapped the old car’s CVT for a nine-speed auto.
The nine-speed does have a habit of holding gears for a touch too long, even in the standard drive mode, lending a slightly slurring sensation to the car – almost like Nissan didn’t want to alienate owners of CVT-equipped Pathfinders.
Overall, it’s not the slickest shifting unit, but it gets the job done.
Ride quality is average. Rivals like the Santa Fe feel tighter and more pliant, with the Pathfinder transmitting expansion joints and patchwork surfaces into the cabin.
It’s unusual, as the ride doesn’t feel all that stiff, it just can’t seem to iron out these aspects of the road surface all that well and ends up feeling quite busy on a lot of roads. The tyres were at the placarded pressures, too.
I was surprised by how much wheelspin the Pathfinder has, particularly for an all-wheel drive vehicle. It’s quite easy to chirp the tyres with a heavier throttle input, while a drive through the mountains had the tyres howling in some corners.
We wonder how much these issues could be addressed by simply changing the tyres – the Kumho rubber on this is disappointing, particularly for a large family SUV.
Grip is poor, and on a couple of wet corners we felt the Pathfinder lose traction. The electronic stability control was a bit slower to intervene than we would like, as well.
It’s not as though we were driving this like it was on a race track, either. Mind you, rubber aside, the Pathfinder’s dynamics are competitive if not segment-leading.
The steering lacks the progressive feel of rivals like the Santa Fe and dearly departed Mazda CX-9, though the weighting strikes a good balance for the segment and the Pathfinder is easy to park.
Body roll is well-controlled, with the Pathfinder staying fairly flat in corners. Overall body control is decent, with the Nissan not bobbing too much on undulating roads.
The driver assists are well-calibrated. Lane-centring, for example, does a commendable job of keeping you within your lane without constantly feeling like it’s trying to countermand your steering inputs.
If you are heading off the beaten, err… path… you can choose between a selection of terrain modes for snow, mud and sand.
What do you get?
With no ST or ST-L currently available, the Ti is the base model in the local Pathfinder range. Despite its price tag, however, it misses out on rain-sensing wipers.
Black leather-accented upholstery (leatherette in third row)
Heated front seats
Heated outboard second-row seats
For an extra $10,000, the Ti-L adds:
20-inch alloy wheels
Panoramic sunroof
Rain-sensing wipers
7-seat layout incl. second-row captain’s chairs
Quilted leather-accented upholstery (leatherette for third row)
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
4-way power passenger seat
Ventilated front seats
Digital rear-view mirror
Is the Nissan Pathfinder safe?
The Nissan Pathfinder has a five-star ANCAP safety rating, based on testing conducted in 2022.
It received an adult occupant protection rating of 86 per cent, a child occupant protection rating of 93 per cent, a vulnerable road user protection rating of 78 per cent, and a safety assist rating of 85 per cent.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Junction assist
Pedestrian and cyclist detection
Reverse AEB
Adaptive cruise control
ProPilot (adaptive cruise + lane centring)
Blind-spot assist
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Traffic sign recognition
Surround-view camera
Dual front airbags
Front centre airbag
First- and second-row side airbags
Curtain airbags for all three rows
How much does the Nissan Pathfinder cost to run?
The Nissan Pathfinder is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Servicing is required every 12 months or 15,000km – whichever comes first.
2024 Nissan Pathfinder service pricing:
Service Interval
Price
12 months or 15,000km
$352
24 months or 30,000km
$714
36 months or 45,000km
$373
48 months or 60,000km
$757
60 months or 75,000km
$396
72 months or 90,000km
$1635
2024 Nissan Pathfinder service plans:
Plan
Price
2 years
$959
3 years
$1295
4 years
$1976
5 years
$2333
Even with the discount in pre-paying for services, the Toyota Kluger is still cheaper to maintain than the Pathfinder, as it is with everything else in this segment. The Kluger’s first five services are capped at $265 each.
CarExpert’s Take on the Nissan Pathfinder
The Nissan Pathfinder isn’t the most economical vehicle in its segment; nor does it have the most upscale or spacious interior, the greatest performance, or the most comfortable ride.
That makes its circa-$70,000 base price a tough pill to swallow.
Not only can you get a mid-range, all-wheel drive Kluger GXL for around $3000 less, even the hybrid version undercuts the Pathfinder Ti.
You get a larger touchscreen but miss out on a head-up display, though otherwise the equipment lists of these two Japanese-branded rivals look pretty similar.
The mid-range Elite version of the new-generation Hyundai Santa Fe also undercuts the Pathfinder, while offering a thrifty hybrid powertrain and a spacious third row.
If you want a large, all-wheel drive crossover with a more traditional feel, however, the Pathfinder will appeal.
Not everybody wants a turbo or a hybrid, and the Pathfinder is one of the last vehicles in its segment to combine a naturally aspirated V6 with all-wheel drive. We also appreciate Nissan dropping the CVT for a conventional auto.
It mightn’t have the largest third row, but you can still get a whole complement of adults comfortably on board and the quiet cabin has plenty of storage – and a plethora of cupholders.
Throw in handsome styling and decent handling and the Pathfinder still makes a case for itself. We’d advise you to check out rivals like the Hyundai Santa Fe, Palisade and Toyota Kluger though, before signing on the dotted line.
Click the images for the full gallery
MORE: Buy a Nissan Pathfinder MORE: Everything Nissan Pathfinder
With the approval of the spot ETH ETF and the price of Bitcoin holding its value above the $68,000 mark, the crypto market has displayed a strong bullish sentiment, highlighting a high possibility of an altcoin rally during the upcoming weeks.
Moreover, mid-cap and low-cap altcoins have recorded the highest profits during this week, indicating a rising interest of investors in these altcoins. Planning on investing in these altcoins for huge returns amid Ethereum rush? But concerned about its future prospects?
Dive in as, in this article, we have covered the price sentiments and market analysis of top 5 altcoins that hint at a potential surge of 2X to 5X by the end of Q2!
Phoenix (PHB):
The PHB price has added approximately 45.83% to its portfolio within the past 30 days and 298% since the year started, indicating a strong bullish sentiment. Moreover, with a market cap of 131.397 Million, the Phoenix token has secured the 402nd spot on the global crypto market list.
TradingView: PHB/USDT
Positively, the PHB price has formed a Parabolic SAR pattern in the 1D time frame, highlighting a strong bullish influence for the altcoin. However, the SMA displays a bearish crossover, suggesting a mixed sentiment in the crypto space.
The RSI shows a steady decline in the chart after hovering close to its overbought range for a brief period. On the other hand, the average displays a neutral sentiment in the chart.
If the market pushes the Phoenix price above the resistance level of $3.80, the bulls will prepare to test its upper resistance level of $3.2025 in the coming time. Negatively, a bearish reversal could pull the price toward its lower support level of $2.1875.
BinaryX (BNX):
After displaying a weak price action for a brief period, the BNX price started the year 2024 on a positive note. The altcoin has a Year-to-Date (YTD) return of approximately 350%, indicating a bullish outlook for the BinaryX price during the upcoming bull rally.
TradingView: BNX/USDT
The BinaryX token has formed a rising channel pattern, highlighting the increased bullish influence of the altcoin. Furthermore, the EMA 50-day supports the price, suggesting a positive price action during the upcoming weeks.
The technical indicator, MACD, displays a significant rise in the histogram with its averages showing a sharp uptrend, indicating an increase in the buying-over-selling pressure.
If the bulls hold the price above the support level of $1.3050, the BNX price will test its resistance level of $1.520 soon. However, if the bears overpowered the bulls, the price would test its support level of $1.0825.
Celsius (CEL):
The Celsius price has displayed a significant price volatility this year by adding 615% to its portfolio within the past 30 days, whereas it added only 385% since the year started, highlighting a rise in the bullish influence for the altcoin over the recent time.
TradingView: CEL/USDT
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) records a sharp decline over the overbought range, indicating a high possibility of a bearish reversal in the crypto space.
If the market holds the price above the support level of $1.250, the bulls will regain momentum and prepare to test its upper resistance level of $1.7275. Conversely, a market correction could result in the altcoin retesting its lower support level of $1.
Akita Inu (AKITA):
The AKITA price has displayed a constant rise in its chart since the start of the year, indicating a rising bullish influence for this altcoin in the crypto space. Moreover, it has a YTD return of approximately 60%, indicating a high potential of a positive price action during the upcoming bull rally.
TradingView: AKITA/USDT
The AKITA price has formed a rounding bottom pattern in its price chart, suggesting a high possibility of a breakout rally in the coming time. Moreover, the SMA supports the price chart, increasing the chances of a favorable outcome.
The Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) displays a rising green histogram. Furthermore, the averages show a constant uptrend, suggesting the price will continue gaining value in the coming time.
If the bulls break out of the pattern, the Akita price will prepare to test its upper resistance level of $0.000005 during the upcoming weeks. Negatively, bearish price action could result in the altcoin testing its support level of $0.000002200.
GameStop (GME):
The sensational crypto token of the Solana ecosystem displayed a strong bullish reversal in its chart by recording a surge of 656% over the past few weeks. Moreover, the rebound in the hype for SOL-chain tokens has led to a new round of surge in its tokens.
TradingView: GME/USDT
The GameStop price has formed a symmetric triangle pattern and is on the verge of breaking it, the outcome of which is unpredictable. Further, the Cross EMA 50/200-day acts as a channel to the price chart, highlighting uncertainty in future price action.
The technical indicator, RSI, shows a neutral trend in the 1D time frame, indicating a weak price action in the crypto market. Positively, the average displays a high possibility of a bullish convergence, suggesting a positive outlook for the GME price.
If the altcoin breaks out of the pattern, the GME price will prepare to test its upper level of $0.01. However, in case of a breakdown, the GameStop token will fall toward its low of $0.002370.
Conclusion:
With the approval of the spot Ethereum ETF, the cryptocurrency market has displayed a strong sign of an AltSeason during the upcoming weeks. Moreover, mid-cap and low-cap altcoins have recorded massive price movements over the recent time.
This hints at a good entry point for traders to start investing and stack these potential altcoins to maximize their profits during the upcoming bull rally.
Note: This article is not subjected to financial advice and was made for research purposes only. Investing in cryptocurrency is highly risky as the market is highly volatile. Make sure to do detailed research before investing in any digital asset.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Las Vegas, Nevada – More than 35,000 veterans in America are homeless — and health care is not always their top priority.
The U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) aims to bridge that gap by bringing medical care to homeless vets.
“The mobile medical unit is a physical truck or van that goes out into the community setting and brings … health care services, those wraparound resources, directly to veterans in the community setting to reduce the barrier of transportation, which is a very significant barrier for this population,” Dr. Jillian Weber, national program manager for Homeless Patient Aligned Care Teams in Nevada, told Fox News.
AMERICA’S WAR HEROES BURIED OVERSEAS REMAIN DEFENDERS OF LIBERTY: THEY ‘CONTINUE TO SERVE’
Morgan Spicer, who served in the Air Force before retiring in 1990, is currently staying at the Salvation Army shelter in Las Vegas.
When he needs to get a checkup at the clinic, Spicer said it’s typically been a day-long affair.
Morgan Spicer, who retired from the Air Force in 1990, is currently staying at the Salvation Army. He is pictured here receiving medical care in a mobile unit.(Sunny Tsai)
“If you have an appointment at the hospital, you have to take the Salvation Army bus up there, you have to go at 7:30 am, and then you either have to take a civilian bus back or wait until 1 in the afternoon until he picks you up,” Spicer told Fox News.
But now, the VA’s mobile medical team brings the clinic directly to its patients.
“I just had to walk out the front door,” Spicer said.
“It’s literally a clinic on wheels.”
Elizabeth Jarman, a coordinator for VA Southern Nevada Health Care, told Fox News how the initiative works.
“We go out to one of our community shelters or our transitional housing sites, and we are usually there from 9 a.m. to 2 p.m.,” she said.
Morgan Spicer, a homeless veteran, has found health care to be much easier with the mobile medical units. “I just had to walk out the front door,” said Spicer, pictured here. (Sunny Tsai)
“We’re able to see veterans all day long, and then drive [the bus] back to the hospital. So, veterans are able to access primary care on it.”
Jarman added, “It’s everything that you would do in a regular primary care clinic. It’s literally a clinic on wheels.”
VIETNAM VETERAN REUNITES WITH LOST DOG TAG AFTER 56 YEARS: ‘I DIDN’T BELIEVE IT’
The portable clinics are available in 25 cities across the nation, including Los Angeles, Orlando, Chicago and Seattle.
“We know from evidence that veterans experiencing homelessness have unmet health care needs, and they face numerous barriers and challenges to not only accessing medical services and resources, but also engaging in long-term care,” Weber noted.
The mobile medical unit team in Las Vegas is pictured outside the unit.(Sunny Tsai)
The mobile units are just one way the VA is trying to fight veteran homelessness — by providing them first with housing and then with health care and other support, according to the team.
There is nothing that matches the satisfaction of a home-cooked meal. And when it comes to making your favourite fast food item at home, the joy gets doubles. A new video making rounds on Instagram shows how to make an aloo tikki burger at home. The clip was not shared by a chef or a food vlogger, but by a “dadi.” Isn’t that amazing? Needless to say, people are loving the recipe. The video starts with a fun poem by the elderly woman: “Kyu ban gaya hai tu bandar? Daal roti se tujhe lagta hai dar. Khana khana hai to aaja hamare ghar. Kyuki aaj hum bana rahe hai aloo tikki burger. [Why have you turned into a monkey? Are you scared of dal and roti? If you want to eat, come over to our place, because today we’re making aloo tikki burgers].”
The woman begins by placing a wok on the stove and filling it with oil. While the oil heats up, she starts preparing the mixture for aloo tikki. In a bowl, she takes boiled, peeled potatoes and adds corn flour, salt, red chilli powder, chopped ginger, chopped garlic, green chilli, peas and chopped coriander, mixing everything to create a fine mixture. To shape the tikkis, she applies some oil to her palms and forms small, flattened balls. Once done, she fries the tikkis in the hot oil.
Next, she takes a griddle and spreads some butter on it. After heating the buns, she applies mayonnaise to one side, places a tikki on it, adds a layer of tandoori mayonnaise, followed by sliced tomatoes, sliced onions and a cheese slice. She then spreads some tandoori mayonnaise on another bun before finally sandwiching them both together. Voila, the burger is ready to be served.
“CRISPY CHEESY (Aaloo Tikki Burger) with daadi || Tasty and Easy Recipe || Namaste,” read the text attached to the post.
Also Read: Moong Dal Cheela: Try This Grandma-Recommended Breakfast For A Protein Boost
The video instantly won hearts on social media, garnering 180k likes and thousands of postive comments.
A user wrote, “Dadi ji- the cutest chef all over Instagram! Lots of love dadi.”
Another added, “Dadi… you’re the cutest,”
Someone said, “Dadi ji aapke Ghar ka address bataiye mai aarhi [Grandmother, please tell me your address. I’m on my way.]”
“Cuteness and Taste to the power (infinity) well wishes to Dadi Ji,” read a comment.
An Instagrammer wrote, “May god bless u more health and happiness dadi.”
Many simply said, “Sweetest.”
What are your views about this recipe for aloo tikki burger? Tell us in the comments below.
When Denise Carroll jumps into her pond from its ledge, she swims alongside kois named Cutie, Baby and Jason (names chosen by her two young children). She’s not crazy about sharing the water with the scaled swimmers — “I’m afraid that I’m going to jump in and land on the fish” — but Ms. Carroll, who is 44 and works in biotech sales, feels that the benefits of swimming in a chlorine-free body of water surrounded by natural plants outweigh any potential ick.
After all, this pond is the swimming pool Ms. Carroll wanted, and she worked with Sarita Landscapes and California Waterscapes to build it in her San Diego backyard. She is one of an increasing number of Americans who, thanks, in part, to videos shared by sustainable living influencers on TikTok and an increasing number of companies that offer installation services, are beginning to build in their backyard the very thing that can be found naturally on many parts of the planet: a pond, or a natural pool, as it’s sometimes called.
Unlike traditional swimming pools, which contain chlorine, natural pools rely on plants and rocks for filtration instead. An underwater retaining wall separates the swimming area (where humans — and sometimes fish — swim) from the regenerative zone, which closely resembles wetlands filled with aquatic plants like water lilies or water lotus. Pumps, and sometimes waterfalls, keep the water moving, and the rocks and skimmers filter sediment and large debris.
This alternative might appeal to the environmentally minded. “Backyard ponds that don’t have chemicals in them can foster biodiversity and be important habitats for a variety of wildlife,” said Meredith Holgerson, an assistant professor of ecology and evolutionary biology at Cornell University who studies natural and human-made ponds.
The idea of a natural pool intrigued Morgan Castellow, 34, who now shares one in Moultrie, Ga., with his wife, Amanda Castellow, and their four children. “I think probably the most fun I’ve had with the pond, short of it just being beautiful to look at, is with the children,” Mr. Castellow said.
As a founder of Avery Outdoor Design, he also uses his pond as a testing ground. Working with a group of friends, and consulting with the British company Organic Pools, he built his natural pool two years ago using limestone for the retaining wall. A dock spans the wetlands, allowing swimmers to jump in. Since then, he has built another pond for a client in Thomasville, Ga.
And, of course, where there are pools, there are often parties. The Castellows recently hosted a concert for about 80 people, in which John B. Clark, a musician from Jefferson, Ga., used the deck above the pond as a stage while the audience sat around the pond.
The cost of building a natural pool is fairly comparable to that of a chlorine pool — in Southern California, Sara Bendrick, the founder of Sarita Landscapes, who worked on Ms. Carroll’s, said, it can range $50,000 to $200,000 depending on the size — but natural pools are quicker to compose. “The materials are a lot simpler,” Ms. Bendrick said.
Natural pools are considered lower maintenance, too, because owners don’t need to add chlorine once a week to the water. Other issues may arise, such as too much algae, but generally, it comes down to the plants, which can be thinned out.
There’s also the beauty. When Dr. Holgerson surveyed landowners in upstate New York about their ponds, whether they were for swimming or not, many reported feeling relaxed just looking at them. “I don’t know to what extent that’s true for a rectangle concrete pool in your backyard,” she said.
When winter comes, no closure is necessary. With the water movement, ponds tend to not fully freeze over. And it still brings joy. Ms. Carroll said that she might not swim in winter (even San Diego gets nippy), but it was still “enjoyable to look out and just feel like you’re in a little bit of nature.”
Then there are the critters the ponds attract — which can be a selling point for some. The plants surrounding a pond, and the pond itself, play host to all manner of fauna. “You can’t build one of these and not see dragonflies and minnows and tadpoles from the toads or frogs,” Mr. Castellow said. He has found snakes, and even a freshwater eel, in his pool, but the water is clear enough that he can spot animals before there’s trouble.
Mr. Castellow considers these creatures a perk, particularly with children. “I think the ability to experience nature in a very real, tangible way and see some cool ecology in your backyard is just incredibly rewarding.”
New housing supply continued to lag demand in April as real estate developers slowed down the launch momentum resulting in a 10 per cent fall in new launches (in terms of area) in the month in the top seven cities while sales rose 28 per cent.
The most fall in new housing supply was seen in Hyderabad (55 per cent), followed by Pune (24 per cent) and Bengaluru (20 per cent), data collated by Nuvama Research showed. There was just a 1 per cent rise from March.
Also read: Godrej Properties sells housing units worth over ₹2000 crore in Noida, shares down on BSE
In 2024 so far there has been a 15 per cent fall in launches, compared to the same period a year ago, while sales have risen 17 per cent.
The supply-demand imbalance has resulted in buoyant home prices with a 5-40 per cent increase across the seven cities.
Demand versus supply
The demand and supply scenario is not uniform across the country, with some cities bucking the all-India trend.
In April new launches rose by about a fourth on year in the Mumbai Metropolitan Region, buoyed by redevelopment projects, by 71 per cent in the National Capital Region and 451 per cent in Chennai, where launches also doubled on month. Supply fell 7 per cent on month in NCR and 14 per cent in Pune.
In Kolkata launches were half of that in March and were down 10 per cent on year.
In 2024 to date with the exception of Chennai and Kolkata, all other cities saw a fall in launches while in Bengaluru and NCR it was flat.
Also read: Asset Homes retains Crisil DA2+ rating
There are two main reasons for the slow launch trajectory. With the Real Estate Regulatory Authority flexing its muscles in the respective states and demanding strict adherence to rules, getting approvals for projects is taking longer than before.
Real estate developers, with the shadow of a 10-year downturn prior to the pandemic still fresh in their memory, are calibrating their launches so that they are not stuck with excess inventory.
The demand is, however, robust across all cities, the growth ranging from 9 to 81 per cent in April.
Kolkata saw the most rise in sales at 81 per cent in April, followed by MMR at 57 per cent and NCR at 31 per cent. The lowest growth was in Hyderabad at 9 per cent.
Year to date, barring NCR and Chennai, all other cities have seen robust sales ranging from 4 to 43 per cent.
In terms of share of launches in April, the most number was in MMR, followed by NCR, Pune, and Hyderabad.
Price and inventory
Prices rose the most in NCR at 40 per cent in April, 15 per cent in Bengaluru and 7 per cent in MMR.
In many places across the country, prices had stagnated prior to the pandemic and the current price rise is seen as catch-up and also a function of the demand for residences.
Unsold inventory fell 7 per cent in April across India with MMR and Pune seeing the most fall. In Chennai, Hyderabad and Kolkata, inventory saw a rise.
The inventory is now at 15 months to sell compared to 20 months a year ago.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PROŠLO je gotovo godinu dana otkako je Nothing predstavio Nothing Phone 2, pa mnogi s nestrpljenjem iščekuju vijesti o skorom lansiranju Nothing Phonea 3. Nedavno je Carl Pei, izvršni direktor tvrtke Nothing, na Twitteru objavio niz fotografija koje pokazuju nadogradnje korisničkog sučelja Nothing OS-a.
No, neki su uočili da bi telefon prikazan na Peiovim fotografijama mogao biti upravo Nothing Phone 3. Naime, Phone 1, Phone 2 i noviji Phone 2a karakteriziraju tri tipke – dvije za regulaciju glasnoće na lijevoj strani i tipka za uključivanje na desnoj. Međutim, telefon na Peiovim fotografijama odlikuje dodatna tipka na desnoj strani, smještena odmah ispod tipke za uključivanje.
Svrha nove tipke još nije poznata, ali postoje nagađanja o njezinoj funkciji. Prema Tom’s Guideu, jedna od teorija je da će ta tipka biti prilagodljiva slično akcijskoj tipki na iPhoneu 15. To znači da bi korisnici mogli sami odrediti što će raditi.
Tipka za pokretanje ChatGPT-ja?
Prema drugoj teoriji, ova tipka mogla bi služiti za aktiviranje ChatGPT-ja na telefonu. Tvrtka Nothing nedavno je predstavila novu generaciju slušalica koje su integrirane s ChatGPT-jem. Zahvaljujući novoj funkciji, korisnici koji imaju najnoviju verziju Nothing OS-a mogu jednostavno pritisnuti i držati dio slušalica gdje se nalazi gumb kako bi mogli razgovarati direktno s aplikacijom ChatGPT.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Portal Android Authority ističe da je prisutnost nove tipke na telefonu posebno zanimljiva, osobito zbog glasina o Appleovoj nadolazećoj seriji iPhone 16. Pretpostavlja se da će Apple na svojim novim modelima uvesti sličnu tipku, smještenu odmah ispod tipke za uključivanje.
U slučaju Applea, očekuje se da će ova nova tipka imati više funkcija, moguće je da će služiti kao tipka za aktiviranje kamere ili njezino brzo pokretanje. Također se raspravlja o tome da će ta tipka omogućavati i druge prilagođene radnje koje bi mogle biti povezane s AI značajkama u nadolazećem ažuriranju iOS-a.
Što se tiče nadolazećeg Nothing Phonea 3, još uvijek su informacije prilično oskudne. No, očekuje se da će uređaj sadržavati snažan čip Snapdragon serije 8, poboljšanja u vezi s Glyph LED svjetlima te općenito unaprijeđeno korisničko iskustvo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Income Tax Return Filing: To file your ITR, you will need to gather all the necessary documents and information. (Representative image)
Filing ITR enables you to claim tax refunds for excess taxes paid and credits for taxes deducted at source, while also avoiding penalties for non-compliance.
Income Tax Return Filing: Filing your Income Tax Return (ITR) can appear complex, but by steering clear of common mistakes, you can streamline the process and secure any refunds you may be entitled to. Ensuring accuracy is vital, as errors can lead to delays, audits, or even penalties from the income tax department.
Why ITR Filing Is Important?
Filing your ITR is crucial for multiple reasons. Primarily, it fulfills a legal obligation under the Income Tax Act, ensuring compliance with tax laws and regulations. Additionally, it documents your income from diverse sources, facilitating financial planning and providing necessary documentation for loans and other government documents like income certificates.
Also Read: ITR Filing For 2023-24: Check Benefits Of Filing Your Income Tax Return
Here are some key things to watch out for when filing your ITR for 2024:
Gather All Necessary Documents: Make sure you have all your income statements, deduction proofs, and other relevant documents ready before you start the filing process.
Not Keeping Records: Maintain records of all documents, receipts, and proofs related to income, investments, and deductions. These may be required for verification or in case of any future tax scrutiny.
Double-check Personal Information: Ensure that your name, address, PAN, and bank account details are correct. Any discrepancies here can cause issues.
Accurate Income Reporting: Include all sources of income, such as salary, rental income, interest from savings, and investments. Omitting any income can lead to penalties.
Correctly Claim Deductions and Exemptions: Be thorough in claiming eligible deductions under various sections like 80C, 80D, etc. Incorrect claims can result in rejections or legal troubles.
Match TDS Details with Form 26AS: Verify that the TDS (Tax Deducted at Source) details in Form 16 match with those in Form 26AS. Any mismatch can lead to discrepancies in your tax calculation.
Choose the Right ITR Form: Select the appropriate ITR form based on your income sources. Using the wrong form can invalidate your return.
Not Verifying the ITR: Failure to verify may render the filing invalid. Don’t miss this step or your return will be considered invalid.
Verify Before Submission: Always recheck your return for any errors before submitting it.
Consult a tax professional/CA if needed. Don’t be reluctant to seek help, even if it requires to reach out to the income tax department.
Tax Refund
One of the most important aspects of filing ITRs is for you to claim tax refunds for excess taxes paid and credits for taxes deducted at source, while also avoiding penalties for non-compliance. Furthermore, it serves as a mechanism for the government to verify financial transactions, promoting transparency in the tax system and facilitating better financial decision-making for individuals and entities alike.
By being mindful of these common mistakes and taking the time to file your ITR accurately, you can prevent unnecessary delays, avoid penalties, and ensure a smoother tax filing experience.
Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Readers are advised to check with certified experts before making any investment decisions.
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
Vivo X Fold3 Pro launch in India: Vivo is all set to launch its first foldable smartphone in India – the Vivo X Fold3 Pro. The company has now announced the official launch date. According to information shared by the company, the Vivo X Fold3 Pro will be launched on June 6, 2024. The company has confirmed several features of the smartphone ahead of the launch. Let’s have a look at them.
According to the official website of the company, this is going to be India’s slimmest foldable smartphone with a folded thickness of 11.2mm. Also, the website claims that it will weigh only 235 grams – making it the lightest foldable phone.
It isn’t just a color – It’s a statement. The #vivoXFold3Pro comes in Celestial Black, blending elegance with mystique for a sleek, sophisticated finish. Experience the cosmos in your hand with #TheBestFoldEver.
According to the available information, the Vivo X Fold3 Pro will be India’s first fold smartphone to be powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chipset.
The smartphone will also come with Google Powered Gemini AI that will provide features like AI Note Assist, AI Transcript Assist and AI Screen Translation.
Also, this will be the first foldable to come with a 5700 mAh battery with 100W wired and 50W wireless charging (the biggest battery in the slimmest fold).
According to reports, the Vivo X Fold3 Pro is expected to include a 6.53-inch cover display and an 8.03-inch inner AMOLED LTPO folding display. These screens may offer a resolution of 2480×2200 pixels, a 120Hz refresh rate, and support for features like Dolby Vision and HDR10+, with peak brightness reaching 4,500 nits.
Scientists with a Boston aquarium are encouraging beachgoers to report sightings of white sharks this holiday weekend after signs of shark bites were observed on multiple marine mammals.
Travelling to US beaches during Memorial Day weekend? Holiday beachgoers advised to look out for white sharks (AP Photo/Salinas Californian, Richard Green, file)
Memorial Day weekend marks the unofficial start of summer in New England, and the region has been experiencing beach weather already. That’s a good reason to be on the lookout for the sharks, often referred to as great whites, said John Chisholm, an adjunct scientist at the New England Aquarium’s Anderson Cabot Center for Ocean Life.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The aquarium received a report of a minke whale with a white shark bite off Chatham, Massachusetts, recently, and this is also the time of year scientists expect to see the sharks head to inshore waters to hunt seals, the aquarium said Thursday.
“Although we haven’t seen a white shark just yet this season, we know they’re here,” Chisholm said. “With beach weather in the forecast and Memorial Day weekend approaching, this is a good reminder for people to review shark safety guidelines and be shark smart.”
It’s wise for beachgoers to be aware of the presence of sharks in shallow waters and avoid areas where seals are present or schools of fish are visible, Chisholm said.
Members of the public can report sightings of white sharks via the Atlantic White Shark Conservancy’s Sharktivity app. The increased sightings of the sharks have been a topic of conversation in New England in recent years.
Efforts to better track white sharks are underway up and down the East Coast. The white shark conservancy said last month that it had deployed its second camera tag on a white shark.
The conservancy said the camera tags are critical to better understand the northwest Atlantic white shark population. The device was clamped to the fin of a female white shark off the South Carolina coast, the conservancy said. The conservancy worked with charter captain Chip Michalove to pin the “shark’s eye view” camera to the big fish.
“I never thought I’d be holding the dorsal fin of a great white shark and applying this type of technology,” Michalove said.
This article contains affiliate links, we will receive a commission on any sales we generate from it. Learn more
Taylor Swift | The Eras Tour (Taylor’s Version) official trailer
Taylor Swift is mere weeks away from finally bringing her Eras Tour to the UK for the first time.
Fans are ecstatic about the impending tour dates, which will see the star playing a number of shows in Great Britain, including multiple dates at London’s Wembley Stadium, Glasgow’s OVO Hydro, Manchester’s brand new Co-op Live and many more.
However, when tickets were originally released back in August 2023, they sold out almost instantly. As a result, many fans have been looking for tickets at resale retailers, such as viagogo and Vivid Seats to name a few.
With that said, fans are advised to read the terms and conditions of their tickets carefully, as many event and concert promoters say tickets should not be resold after their initial purchase. And, as a result, will void their access to the gig.
We’ve collated some Trustpilot reviews from music fans who have used these resale websites, and what they thought of them.
READ MORE Taylor Swift resale tickets are out now, and it is your last chance to get them
Taylor Swift resale tickets are on sale right now (Image: GETTY)
Ticketmaster – Trustpilot score: 4.0/5.0
Ticketmaster is one of the biggest online live event retailers on the planet, and as a result, has great reviews. Since Taylor Swift’s Eras Tour tickets were released, they have slowly but surely been releasing resale tickets through their official, regulated channels, as well. Here’s the reviews:
“I was worried that I wouldn’t be able to resolve my query because I couldn’t telephone them. However, they responded quickly to my online query and it was resolved fully within the day. Very pleased with the customer service.” (User Mr Dyson)
“Easy access to tickets. Had the best time in long time. All info before hand about the venue restrictions very helpful. Always use Ticketmaster.” (User Moonbear)
“I tried unsuccessfully to transfer a ticket to my friend who’d been unable to book her own as she lives in France and has a French mobile phone. Three attempts to resolve the situation through chat support failed: conflicting advice was given and two chats were ended before I confirmed that I didn’t need more help. In the end, after more than an hour and a half, we gave up and managed to meet each other at the venue, but if anything had happened to prevent that, she wouldn’t have been able to get in.” (User Caroline Blood)
“I didn’t get to attend the show because of your awful service. Since booking the tickets, I broke my ankle and could no longer sit in the seats booked. I asked you to exchange my tickets for accessible tickets but you stated that you don’t deal with accessible tickets and made no effort to liaise with the venue to arrange a solution. So I paid a lot of money for a show that I didn’t see as you wouldn’t offer a refund, even though you gave appalling customer service.” (User Tracey)
viagogo – Trustpilot score: 1.7/5.0
viagogo is the largest online ticket reseller in the world, and as a result, has an enormous collection of Taylor Swift tickets available right now. However, with some of the lowest Trustpilot review scores in this article, fans may be cautious.
Here’s a sampling of reviews:
“Brought oliva rodrigo tickets on site but then daughter decided she didn’t want to go she wants to see taylor swift. Was worried ì wouldn’t get money but it got transferred into my account yesterday thank you” (User Lynsey Jones)
“Bought a ticket on viagogo the night before the Eras Tour in Stockholm and received an email with the Ticketmaster transfer of the mobile ticket within 10 hours of purchasing (12 hours ahead of the show starting). It was a really straightforward process and despite my initial concerns about scammers due to reading other experiences, the mobile transfer meant the ticket went right into my account and there were no problems being let into the venue.” (User Amy)
“We purchased 3 tickets for Imola Grand Prix, 2 adults 1 child. Flew to Milan from UK for the race and when we got there we had actually been sold 3 child tickets with the text on the tickets fraudulently changed. There was literally a viagogo line at the ticket office for all the people who had been scammed through the website. So if you’re wondering is viagogo a scam website the answer is most definitely YES!” (User Christy Winn)
“Lesson learnt, will never use the company again, be warned. Purchased 2 tickets to see Sarah Millican back in January 2024, paid £205.15p including booking fee etc, only when I downloaded the tickets was I aware that the actual ticket cost was £32.50p each and in the name of Joseph Fox. I should have checked prior to purchasing, please read other customer reviews before you get ripped off.” (User Mark Parry)
Taylor Swift tickets were first released in August 2023. (Image: GETTY)
Vivid Seats – Trustpilot score: 4.1/5.0
Vivid Seats is another extremely popular ticket resale website that has a lot of reviews, and many customers under its belt.
As a result, it has a massive Trustpilot score and a lot of good reviews. Here’s a tasting of them:
“Made it easy to feel secure with my ticket purchase as well as know what steps to take to ensure we got in to our sold out show.” (User Jamey T)
“First time dealing with Customer Service. Your Customer Service Rep was very polite and professional with a great and helpful Attitude. Great Customer Service Rep working for your Company. Look forward to work with you in the future!” (User John Espinoza)
“I thought it was a great customer service experience, till 20 mints after my purchase by phone my bank call me that someone was trying to use my card so send money to a cashapp account!!! I don’t even have a cashapp and didn’t stepped outside my house how come I gave all my information to a person on the phone and I get scammed right after!!! Really disappointing!” (User Cristaly)
“In my experience I would give Vivid Seats a 0 stars but since that is not an option I have to unfortunately select a 1. I sat in a chat with a person for approximately 1 hour trying to get my tickets so I can get my seats for last. Nights show. I never got my seats for my Mother’s Day gift for my mom. How embarrassing this was for me. Your chat person kept messaging me to wait 2 minutes. I never even this morning got the email or text to actually get my tickets. I went to the box office multiple times to get my seats and they said the seats were in someone else’s name. I want a full refund and also want compensation for my time embarrassment. Awful experience.” (User Stacey)
Taylor Swift will be playing a number of shows around the country next month. (Image: GETTY)
StubHub – Trustpilot score: 4.3/5.0
StubHub is one of the more popular resale websites that works hard to reduce fees and inflation on second-hand gig and concert tickets. Their great reviews make StubHub a good option for fans looking to get last-minute tickets.
“Brought tickets Friday morning for Olivia Rodrigo at 02 Friday night was worried they wasn’t going to come in email but turned up hour after I had paid and easy to access them aswell.” (User Zylz EU)
“We purchased tickets to see Taylor Swift in Paris and were very happy with the service. We were thrilled to be able to get tickets a few days before the show and although a bit nervous about the validity of the tickets, the fan protection reassured us and everything went really well.” (User Fadia)
“Crazy comissions to cancel. I have bought a wrong ticket and immideately identified it and ask for a change or cancel (within 5 min). The platform said it is not responsible for anything, and proposed to sell it, resulting me loosing 40% of the value. I don’t think it is legal by the EU laws.” (User Kos)
“Shocking and very disappointing. Ordered take that tickets for 27th April and got a email at 21.10pm on 26th saying tickets were not available now and badly let me and my daughter down for 27th. Not impressed and poor communications from them.” (sic) (User Boz)
Taylor Swift resale tickets allow fans to gain access to sold out shows. (Image: GETTY)
Twickets – Trustpilot score: 4.6/5.0
Twickets is another powerful ticket resale website that fans adore. With strong regulations, this is a great option for fans. Here’s the reviews:
“Easy to list. Set up with offers accepted but received silly ones that were rather annoying. Cancelled listing and relisted with a sensible price and sold the same day with instant money into my PayPal account. Great job.” (User Rebecca Stopford)
“I bought the tickets close to the show date and they were clearly marked as discounted which was helpful for our purposes (an impromptu night out). I really enjoy the ticket stream as it helps us find events not on our radar which is how we found these. The transactions are smooth and love the comfort of knowing twickets have my back if there’s any issues. Got the tickets immediately, downloaded as pdf. Had a great night with ease of mind.” (User Pia Bezzina)
“I’m trying to sell the tickets to a show i’m unable to attend, and the ticket platform instructed me Twickets are the only option to do so, however Twickets are only available to UK residents. There is no customer service, only most common Q&As.” (User Velja Vrcelj)
“Scammers on Twickets!!! I purchased tickets via Twickets the morning of the event. The seller did not transfer the tickets over via ticketmaster. I spent the full day trying to contac the seller via email and the mobile number provided to which they did not respond. I then contacted twickets support who told me there wasnt anything they could do and for a refund I would need to raise a dispute with Paypal. I then had to spend 25min on the phone to paypal who have raised a dispute but I need to wait 7 days for the seller to respond before I can escalate it further to claims to attempt to get my money back. I am now £160 down for the tickets, I had to cancel my hotel that I had booked and lost my money for that, and now not getting to an event I was really looking forward to!! Be careful – Twickets isnt as secure as you think.” (sic) (User Leanne)
Sites such as Viagogo and Vivid Seats allow fans to buy resale tickets from other fans. However, it is important to note that many event promoters say tickets should not be resold after initial purchase and will not be valid for admittance to gigs.
Fans attending live events with tickets acquired through resale websites are advised to double-check the ticket terms and conditions at the point of sale – such as Ticketmaster or Live Nation – to ensure a smooth live event experience. Tickets could be voided if they were found to be bought second-hand. As a result, fans are buying at their own risk.
With that said, viagogo also commented: “viagogo is a regulated marketplace where fans have the freedom to buy and sell tickets to their favourite live events, safely and securely, backed by a guarantee.”
Toyota is pushing on with local testing of the upcoming 250 Series LandCruiser Prado before its showroom arrival later this year, with a prototype spotted wearing not-before-seen accessories.
Images uploaded by Matt Moed to the Toyota Prado Owners of Australia group on Facebook show the new model refuelling in Bacchus Marsh, about an hour north-east of Melbourne, wearing pieces of equipment previously not included in press material.
This includes a body-coloured bull bar – complete with integrated LED lights, a winch, and recovery points – as well as a snorkel which rises to the top of the front door’s seal line.
“Toyota Australia can confirm it is conducting local testing including for accessories on the new LandCruiser Prado, which is due in showrooms later this year,” a spokesperson for the brand told CarExpert.
Given Toyota is going to the lengths of testing these accessories on local roads using a Australian-spec Prado, it’s likely we’ll see them in the options catalogue when the 250 Series goes on sale in the coming months.
The images also show how the Prado has grown in size, with the upcoming 250 Series appearing to dwarf the long-serving 150 Series parked behind it.
Though its exterior and interior are completely different to its predecessor, the new Prado will continue to be powered by a 2.8-litre, four-cylinder turbo-diesel engine – which has now gained 48-volt mild-hybrid assistance alongside the HiLux V-Active.
The Prado’s outputs (150kW and 500Nm) are unchanged despite the 48V mild-hybrid assistance, but its torque-converter automatic transmission now has two extra ratios, increasing to eight speeds for a better spread.
Toyota hasn’t yet confirmed the turbocharged 2.4-litre hybrid four-cylinder drivetrain offered in markets like North America for a local launch, though Toyota Australia has said it’s “deeply studying” the powertrain.
A full list of features across the Prado range can be found here, however pricing will be announced closer to its launch in the second half of 2024.
MORE: Everything Toyota LandCruiser Prado MORE: 2024 Toyota LandCruiser Prado – New details for Australia
With a massive jump 65% jump this week, the PEPE price action showcases increased momentum and buying pressure. Further, as the broader market recovers with Bitcoin near $69K and Ethereum ETFs approval, the bull run chances are improving for the meme coins.
With the increasing demand for cryptocurrencies, will the meme coins explode this year? Will the PEPE price yield a 10x to 15x Rally in 2024? Will it reach $1 in 2030? Find out more in our PEPE price prediction.
PEPE Price Performance
With a rounding bottom breakout in the daily chart, the PEPE price has surpassed the $0.00001 psychological level. The neckline breakout prolongs the bullish trend continuation by 65% this week. This increases the market value of memecoin by 178% over the last 5 weeks.
On a longer picture, the memecoin has increased by almost 1300% in the last 14 weeks. This reflects a massive jump in the PEPE demand in the retail market. The 65% jump this week creates a bullish engulfing candle in the weekly chart.
The PEPE price is currently trading for $0.00001510, with an intraday growth of 6.82%, undermining the 5.26% drop last night.
Technical Indicators:
RSI: The daily RSI line sustained in the overbought zone, reflecting an overall demand increase.
Historical Volatility: The HV line has increased from 101 to 191 within a week. As the bull run continues, this reflects an increased volatility and bolsters the prevailing uptrend.
Will PEPE Rally Jump 1000%?
In the daily chart, the bullish trend sustains above the 100% trend-based Fibonacci level at 0.000015. As the higher high trend continues, with the unleashed trend momentum after the rounding bottom breakout, the PEPE price is expected to surpass the $0.00002 mark.
Beyond this, the meme coin could head for the 2.618% trend-based Fibonacci level at 0.0000277.
In a longer time, with the upcoming bullish catalyst in the crypto market like the Uptober rally, the alt season, and potential rate cuts, the meme coin could surge even higher. Hence, the possibility of a 10x-15x rally in PEPE price is a feasible target for 2024 as the buying pressure grows.
The Indian School of Business (ISB), has retained the top position in India while has been ranked second in Asia and gone up to the 26th position globally, from last year’s 29 in the Financial Times (FT) Executive Education Custom Ranking, 2024.
Also read:ISB to train grassroots entrepreneurs with no degrees
ISB Executive Education, has also ranked the first globally in the “Future Use” parameter. Other significant parameters where the school stands out globally, are teaching methods, and materials, value for money, preparation, programme design and international clients.’
“The FT Ranking, resonates with ISB Executive Education’s commitment to equipping learners with knowledge and behaviours essential for effecting transformative change in global businesses and society, at large,’‘ Deepa Mani, Deputy Dean, Executive Education and Digital Learning, and Professor of Information Systems, ISB said in a release.
“Our transformative learning solutions equip learners with a mindset of growth and lifelong learning, encouraging them to embrace change, learn, adapt, and lead purposefully in a constantly evolving domestic and global business environment,’‘ she added.
Three decades ago much of the housing in China’s cities belonged to state-owned enterprises, which provided homes to workers at low rents. A lot has changed since then. China is now blessed, if that is the right word, with a sprawling commercial property market, which has produced vast numbers of flats and equal amounts of drama. Since the height of the last boom in 2020, sales have dropped by more than half. To try to put a floor under the market, China’s government has turned to a new, old solution. It wants state-owned enterprises to step in to buy unsold property and turn it into affordable housing.
The policy was announced on May 17th after an unusual video conference by He Lifeng, China’s economic tsar. The country’s central bank will offer cheap loans worth up to 300bn yuan ($42bn) to 21 banks, which will in turn lend to eligible enterprises owned by city governments. These firms will use the money to buy finished but unsold flats from property developers, including private-sector ones. The flats can then be either sold or rented at below-market rates to low-income buyers.
Friday morning ushered in a post-apocalyptic phase for Epic Games’ megahit Fortnite. Fortnite: Chapter 5 Season 3 has launched and it includes a crossover with Fallout, the Bethesda game franchise and Amazon Prime TV series.
The new season was partially revealed Thursday with the release of key art for the update. That art included X-Men character Magneto and some Brotherhood of Steel mech suits from Fallout set against a desert car battle that wouldn’t be out of place in the new Mad Max: Furiosa movie. (Sadly, that’s not one of the crossovers in this update.)
A trailer released overnight revealed more: A sandstorm takes over the Fortnite island, bringing with it a new biome to the south called “the Wasteland.” The trailer included the Metallica track Fuel, and shows some of the game’s new characters, including Megalo Don, the Machinist, Brite Raider and Peabody, who looks like an actual peapod. A Wastelander Magneto outfit will be released in July.
Read more: In 2018, I Hated Fortnite: I Was Wrong
Other game updates include Nitro boosts for vehicles, the return of vehicle mods such as grenade launcher turrets and cow catchers (which boost your ramming power); new areas such as Redline Rig, Nitrodome and Brutal Beachhead; and a new crossbow called the Boom Bolt that shoots explosives. Slurp Cactus is available to heal characters, as is Fallout-inspired Nuka-Cola. The update requires the purchase of a season battle pass, which costs about $7.50, or 950 V-Bucks, Fornite’s in-game currency. The battle pass lasts until Aug. 16.
At least six family members, including a 12-year-old, who gathered for a meal of black bear meat during a family reunion in South Dakota were infected by a rare roundworm parasite known as trichinellosis, the U.S. Centers of Disease Control and Prevention said in a release on Thursday.
Eight members of the family ate a meal together in South Dakota in 2022 that included the meat which one of them had been harvested in Saskachewan, Canada, and frozen for 45 days after a hunting outfitter recommended that as a way to get rid of parasites.
“Persons who consume meat from wild game animals should be aware that adequate cooking is the only reliable way to kill Trichinella parasites, and that infected meat can cross-contaminate other foods,” the CDC said in the release.
The meat was then grilled and served with vegetables as kebabs. Two of the infected family members had only eaten the vegetables.
EXPERTS QUESTION RFK JR.’S SUDDEN ‘BIZARRE’ MEDICAL CLAIMS THAT INCLUDE BRAIN WORMS, MERCURY POISONING
Parasite larvae from the black bear meat. (CDC)
Because the meat was darker, it was inadvertently served rare, which some of the family members mentioned and then recooked.
In July 2022, six days after the meal, one of the family members, a 29-year-old who had returned to Minnesota, began to experience symptoms, including fever, severe muscle aches, periorbital edema (swelling around the eyes), and eosinophilia.
After the 29-year-old was hospitalized for the second time in 17 days, health care providers found out he had eaten bear meat, and he was diagnosed with the parasite and the Minnesota Department of Health was notified.
The man was prescribed empiric albendazole as a treatment.
“Albendazole is used to treat infections caused by worms,” according to the Mayo Clinic. “It works by keeping the worm from absorbing sugar (glucose), so that the worm loses energy and dies.”
All the patients who ate the black bear meat recovered from the parasite infection.(iStock)
Eight family members, who live in Minnesota, South Dakota and Arizona, were interviewed by public health officials and six of them were found to have the parasite.
A ninth person, who is a minor and whose exposure to the meat couldn’t be confirmed, appeared to be healthy, the CDC said.
MAN SUFFERING FROM MIGRAINES FOUND TO HAVE TAPEWORMS IN BRAIN AFTER CONSUMING PARTIALLY COOKED BACON: STUDY
Another two of the infected family members were hospitalized and prescribed albendazole, and all six family members recovered.
After the infected meat is ingested and “After exposure to gastric acid and pepsin, the larvae are released from the cysts and invade the small bowel mucosa where they develop into adult worms,” the CDC said of the parasite. “Females are 2.2 mm in length; males 1.2 mm. The life span in the small bowel is about four weeks. After one week, the females release larvae that migrate to striated muscles where they encyst.”
Microscopic examination of encapsulated larvae in a black bear meat muscle.(CDC)
The larvae can move through the body to muscle tissue and even to the brain, CBS reported.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The CDC advised: “Cooking meat to an internal temperature of ≥165°F (≥74°C) is necessary to kill Trichinella spp. parasites. Trichinella-infected meat can cross-contaminate other foods, and raw meat should be kept and prepared separate from other foods to prevent cross-contamination.”
Masaba Gupta continues to inspire us with healthy eating goals. The soon-to-be-mom is a big-time foodie and her social media narrates that tale very well. Now, Masaba is back with her latest foodie escapade, but this time with a little confession. On Friday, the fashion designer-turned-actress dropped a picture of her meal on Instagram Stories. What was she relishing? The popular Gujarati snack dhokla. In the text, along with the picture, Masaba confessed that dhokla is one dish that she can eat “all day every day”. In the picture, we could see a plate of dhoklas kept next to a bowl full of green chutney and aam ras. Sharing the picture, Masaba wrote, “I could eat dhokla all day every day. (& aam ras too) Supremacy.”
Also Read: Viral Video Details Recipe For ‘Pizza Dhokla,’ Experiment Divides Foodies
We bring you more proof that Masaba Gupta is making full use of mangoes in her meal this summer. Just a few days back, we spotted Masaba relishing “Mango Sticky Rice”. She dropped a photo of a big bowl of this dessert on her Instagram Stories. In the picture, we can see sliced juicy mangoes placed on a bed of rice and topped with what looks like toasted sesame seeds. Drooling already? Wait till you see the mouthwatering picture of this dish. It turns out that Masaba’s friend Chef Seefah Ketchaiyo surprised her with this sweet treat. Along with the picture, Masaba wrote, “Love you long time Chef Seefah Ketchaiyo. Thank you for the best mango sticky rice.” Take a look:
Also Read: Mango Sticky Rice Dessert Goes Viral, Thanks To This Thai Rapper
Mango sticky rice is a classic Thai dessert, also known as Khao Neow Ma Muang. This dish is prepared with coconut milk and served with diced mangoes. So, what are you waiting for? Try this easy-peasy recipe now.
Before this, we spotted Masaba Gupta relishing a big Sunday breakfast bowl. Of course, it included all things healthy. Masaba enjoyed a big bowl of juicy papayas. The picture shows that she relished papayas by sprinkling Brahmi salt on top of it. Sharing the picture, she wrote, “Papaya with Brahmi salt – the good stuff.”
Also Read: Masaba Gupta Says ‘Aloo Is Life’, Shares How She Loves To Eat Potatoes
We can’t wait to get more glimpses of Masaba Gupta’s foodie diaries.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
MASOVNA proizvodnja određenih vrsta hrane trenutno je gotovo neizvediva bez primjene pesticida. U poljoprivredi je njihova uporaba široko rasprostranjena, pri čemu je glavni cilj zaštita usjeva od štetnika, bolesti i korova. Iako pesticidi učinkovito štite usjeve, njihova upotreba nosi i određene rizike. Zabrinutost se javlja zbog potencijalnih zdravstvenih rizika za osobe koje ih direktno koriste, kao i za potrošače koji konzumiraju obrađene proizvode.
S obzirom na to da je sezona jagoda, koje su često povezane s prekomjernom uporabom pesticida prilikom uzgoja, odlučili smo provjeriti jesu li zabrinutosti opravdane i jesu li jagode dostupne na našem tržištu sigurne za konzumaciju.
Kupili smo nasumično dva uzorka
Kupili smo dva uzorka jagoda nasumično: jedan u trgovačkom lancu, a drugi na tržnici u Zagrebu. Na ovaj način pojedini zaposlenici laboratorija također uzimaju uzorke za analizu – nasumično i bez najave. Uzorke smo odnijeli na analizu u Nastavni zavod za javno zdravstvo dr. Andrija Štampar, gdje nas je dočekao voditelj odjela dr. sc. Dario Lasić, dipl. ing.
U kratkom razgovoru s djelatnicima zavoda saznali smo da udruge jagodara u Zagrebu, poznate pod brendom Jagodica purgerica, redovito već godinama nose jagode na analizu.
Također su nam rekli da generalno prehrambeni lanci imaju interne kontrole te zahtijevaju od dobavljača da provode analize prilikom otkupa, ali su napomenuli da se ne može svaka serija koja izađe na tržište ispitati.
Uzorci su testirani na 550 aktivnih pesticida
Što se tiče uzoraka koje smo odnijeli na analizu, testirani su na 550 aktivnih pesticida. Iako su pronađeni ostaci nekoliko vrsta pesticida, odnosno fungicida i insekticida, iz zavoda nam pojašnjavaju da su sve te pronađene tvari dozvoljene za tu kategoriju hrane. Odnosno nisu pronađene zabranjene aktivne tvari.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Iz zavoda nam pojašnjavaju da se takve situacije mogu dogoditi, ne nužno kod jagoda, već kod drugih vrsta hrane, posebno kod uvoza iz trećih zemalja, izvan Europske unije. Primjerice, mogu se pronaći pesticidi koji su dozvoljeni za jednu vrstu hrane, ali ne i za drugu. Na primjer, neki pesticidi koji su dopušteni za upotrebu na krumpiru mogu biti zabranjeni za upotrebu na jagodama, i obrnuto.
Prema iskustvu djelatnika zavoda, unutar Europske unije vidljivo je pridržavanje propisa u tom segmentu. “Manje je iznenađenja kod europskih proizvođača nego kada dolazi nešto iz trećih zemalja”, istaknuo je Lasić.
Za oba uzorka koja smo odnijeli na analizu utvrđeno je da su u skladu s Uredbom (EZ) br. 396/2005 o maksimalnim razinama ostataka pesticida u hrani ili na hrani te u hrani za životinje biljnog i životinjskog podrijetla, kao i o izmjeni Direktive Vijeća 91/414/EEZ.
Jagode iz trgovine
Cijena mjerice od 500 grama: 2.49 eura Zemlja podrijetla: Grčka Rezultat analize: uzorak je u skladu s Uredbom, što znači da je ispravan za konzumaciju
Pronađene su četiri aktivne tvari u uzorku jagoda iz trgovine: difenokonazol (fungicid; 100 puta manje nego što je dozvoljeno), klofentezin (insekticid; 100 puta manje nego što je dozvoljeno), spinosad (suma izomera A i D; insekticid) i penkonazol (fungicid).
Jagode s tržnice
Cijena mjerice od 500 grama: 2.70 eura Zemlja podrijetla: Hrvatska Rezultat analize: uzorak je u skladu s Uredbom, što znači da je ispravan za konzumaciju
Pronađene su tri aktivne tvari u uzorcima jagoda s tržnice: boskalid (fungicid; 50 puta manje od dozvoljenih), pirimetanil (fungicid; pet puta manje od dozvoljenog) i fludioksonil (fungicid; 100 puta manje od dozvoljenog).
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Moderni pesticidi brže se razgrađuju
S obzirom na to da pronađene aktivne tvari u uzorcima jagoda iz trgovine i s tržnice nisu bile blizu maksimalno dozvoljenih koncentracija, a neke čak i sto puta manje od dopuštenih vrijednosti, iz zavoda nam pojašnjavaju da je očito kako se poštuju agrarne mjere, preporučene doze i karenca, odnosno vrijeme raspada pesticida na plodu.
Također su nam istaknuli da bi, primjerice, analiza uzoraka provedena dan kasnije mogla pokazati još niže vrijednosti jer se pesticidi razgrađuju. Doznali smo da se moderni pesticidi, koji su dozvoljeni u EU, razgrađuju brže od zabranjenih organokloriranih. “To je dobro za nas potrošače”, rekao nam je Dario Lasić. Naglasio je koliko je bitno poštovati karence upravo zbog razgradnje tih pesticida.
Također je naglasio da maksimalno dozvoljene koncentracije (MDK) u EU već uključuju sigurnosne faktore, najčešće stotinu puta veće u odnosu na rezultate kliničkih studija na životinjama.
Preporuka je jagode prati pod mlazom vode
Za kraj, zanimalo nas je može li se kupljene jagode “očistiti” od pesticida stavljajući ih u vodu sa sodom bikarbonom, octom ili nekim drugim namjenskim sredstvom.
Dr. sc. Gordana Jurak, voditeljica Odjela za analitičke tehnike, rekla nam je da pojedina istraživanja pokazuju kako je pranje pod mlazom tekuće vode najučinkovitije te da nema znanstvenih dokaza koji bi podržali efikasnost gore navedenih metoda. Preporučuje se pranje jagoda pod jakim mlazom tekuće vode, što također pomaže u fizičkom uklanjanju ostataka s površine jagoda, odnosno pora.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
After a one-year absence, the winningest softball program in NCAA history is returning to Oklahoma City.
UCLA advanced to the Women’s College World Series with a 6-1 win over No. 11 Georgia at Easton Stadium on Friday, winning the best-of-three super regional 2-0. The No. 6 Bruins will face No. 3 Tennessee or No. 14 Alabama in the first round of the World Series on Thursday.
Sophomore pitcher Taylor Tinsley pitched a complete game, giving up four hits with six strikeouts. She put an exclamation point on the victory by striking out Georgia pinch-hitter Sarah Gordon for the final out, ripping off her face mask and slamming it to the dirt with her blue glove. UCLA’s first player from the state of Georgia jumped into catcher Sharlize Palacios’ arms as the Bruins returned to the World Series for the eighth time in nine years. The 32 World Series appearances are the most of any program.
Tinsley gave up two hits, a walk and a run in the first inning against her home state school but retired the next 14 batters as the Bruins (42-10) methodically built their lead.
After showing her power with two home runs and a double Friday, Maya Brady set the tone Friday with two singles that led to two runs and one RBI. The two-time Pac-12 player of the year carries a seven-game hitting streak to Oklahoma City, where the Bruins will challenge for their first national title since 2019. During the postseason, the star shortstop is 11 for 16 with seven RBIs.
Her hot hitting is rivaled only by Palacios, who launched two home runs for three RBIs Friday. The catcher leads the Bruins with 20 homers and has 11 home runs in her last 18 games.
While Palacios held the regional trophy during an on-camera interview with ESPN immediately after the game, teammates lined up and repeatedly bowed.
The Bruins chased Georgia starter Madison Kerpics after 1 2/3 innings, tagging the right-hander for four hits, two runs and two walks. After throwing 76 pitches in Thursday’s six-inning, run-rule loss, left-hander Lilli Backes returned in relief for the Bulldogs (43-19). She extinguished a two-on, two-out threat in the second inning to maintain a one-run deficit momentarily but couldn’t contain UCLA’s offense while giving up six hits and four runs (three earned) in 4 2/3 innings.
Tinsley was rested after freshman Kaitlyn Terry pitched a complete game Friday. The sophomore had five of her six strikeouts in the fifth inning or later after mainly relying on her defense to produce outs with the ball in the air.
Left fielder Jadelyn Allchin was up for the task.
The transfer from Washington had a diving catch in left-center field Thursday then followed with a sliding catch in shallow left Friday to begin the bottom of the fourth inning. Her defensive effort drew some of the loudest cheers of the night from a capacity crowd that was overflowing into the stairways leading into the stands.
The e-commerce firm neither disclosed the amount proposed to be invested by Google nor the details of the fund being raised by the firm.
Google has proposed an investment in e-commerce major Flipkart to buy a minority stake during the company’s fresh funding round
Internet major Google has proposed an investment in e-commerce major Flipkart to buy a minority stake during the company’s fresh funding round, the Walmart group firm said on Friday.
“As part of the latest funding round led by Walmart, Flipkart today announced that it will be adding Google as a minority investor, subject to receipt of regulatory and other customary approvals by both parties,” Flipkart said in a statement.
Reportedly, the tech titan will be investing $300-350 million in Flipkart.
With Google’s proposed investment and Cloud collaboration, Flipkart is poised to expand its business and modernise its digital infrastructure, enhancing the customer experience nationwide.
“Google’s proposed investment and its cloud collaboration will help Flipkart expand its business and advance the modernization of its digital infrastructure to serve customers across the country,” Flipkart said.
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
Smartphones specifications Full Forms: If you also use your mobile phones regularly and are not aware of full forms of words like AMOLED, GB, and ROM, then you can learn about them in the list below. Right from getting out of bed in the morning till going back to sleep at night, mobile phones have become an integral part of our lives, so it becomes very important to have a sound knowledge of words that are related to them. For example: What is the storage capacity—256GB, full form of GB? Similarly, MP in the camera, mAh in the battery, CPU, GPU in the processor, RAM, and ROM in memory.
These are the terms that define the specifications or qualities of your phones. You always buy a mobile phone after knowing about these specifications in detail. Hence, let’s know about these terms together in the list provided below: (Display) AMOLED: Active-Matrix Organic Light-Emitting Diode IPS: In-Plane Switching PPI: Pixels Per Inch
(Processor) HDR: High Dynamic Range SoC: System on a Chip CPU: Central Processing Unit GPU: Graphics Processing Unit RAM: Random Access Memory ROM: Read-Only Memory UFS: Universal Flash Storage
While travelling, luggage and suitcases are indispensable, serving as the reliable companions that keep your essentials safe and organised whether it is a weekend getaway or a global exploration. We understand the importance of finding a luggage suitcase that blends affordability with quality, ensuring hassle-free and enjoyable travels whether you’re off to exotic destinations or exploring closer to home.
Get adventure-ready with the best in affordable suitcases, travel smart, travel stylishly!
Affordable suitcases offer numerous benefits, providing cost savings while delivering practicality and functionality without compromising quality. Featuring innovative features like durable materials, smooth wheels, and ample storage space, they cater to the needs of modern travellers while offering excellent value for money.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Our curated list of top options simplifies the process of finding the perfect suitcase for your travel needs. Whether you prioritise durability, style, or versatility, our selection encompasses a range of options to suit every preference and budget. Say goodbye to endless scrolling and decision-making stress, explore our top picks today and embark on your next adventure in style!
1.
Step into the world of seamless travel with the Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Medium Check-in Trolley Bag, your ultimate companion for globetrotting adventures. Engineered from robust polycarbonate, this hard case luggage redefines durability, ensuring your belongings stay safe and secure throughout your journey. Its innovative 360-degree wheeling system effortlessly glides through bustling airports and busy streets, offering unmatched mobility and convenience. The striking graphite blue design not only exudes elegance but also makes a bold style statement, distinguishing you from the crowd. With ample storage space and thoughtful organisation features, this trolley bag caters to all your travel needs, whether it’s a quick weekend getaway or an extended vacation.
Specifications of Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Medium Luggage Suitcase
Material: Polycarbonate
Wheels: 8 wheels for smooth manoeuvrability
Size: 66 cm Medium Check-in
Colour: Graphite Blue
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polycarbonate construction
Some customers report issues with screen and display buttons
Effortless mobility with 360-degree wheeling system
Mixed opinions on visibility and value
Sleek graphite blue design adds sophistication
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon generally appreciate the appearance, quality, and value of the suitcase, highlighting its sturdy construction and attractive design. However, some express concerns about scratch resistance and lock durability, suggesting room for improvement in these areas.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its stylish design, sturdy construction, and excellent value, making it a reliable companion for your travels. With its attractive appearance and durable build, it promises to meet your travel needs with both flair and functionality.
2.
Embark on a journey of discovery with the Safari Ray 67 cms Medium Check-in Polycarbonate (PC) Hard Sided Luggage in Cyan, a true companion for the intrepid traveller. Embrace a world of boundless adventure with this meticulously crafted suitcase, where every detail speaks volumes about style, functionality, and durability. Glide through bustling airports and bustling streets alike with its four smooth-rolling wheels, while the robust polycarbonate shell safeguards your belongings with unwavering protection. Let your individuality shine through with the striking cyan hue, a vibrant expression of your unique personality amidst a sea of monotony. With its generous storage capacity and intuitive design, the Safari Ray suitcase isn’t just luggage; it’s a statement of sophistication and a testament to the spirit of exploration.
Specifications of Safari Ray 67 cms 4 Wheels 360 Degree Rotation Luggage Suitcase
Material: Polycarbonate (PC)
Size: 67 cms (Medium)
Wheels: 4 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Colour: Cyan
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Stylish design
Scratch-prone surface
Durable construction
Limited colour options
Smooth-rolling wheels
Mixed durability reviews
What buyers are saying on Amazon?
Buyers on Amazon are praising the Safari Ray 67 cms Medium Check-in Polycarbonate Luggage for its stylish design, durability, and spacious interior. They appreciate its lightweight construction and smooth mobility, although some mention concerns about its waterproofing capabilities.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Safari Ray 67 cms Medium Check-in Polycarbonate Luggage for its stylish design, durable construction, and spacious interior, perfect for hassle-free travel. Its lightweight build and smooth mobility make it a convenient and reliable companion for all your journeys.
Enhance your travel experience with the Skybags Rubik 79 cms Large Check-in Luggage in classic black. Designed for convenience and style, this soft-sided suitcase offers ample storage space and effortless mobility, making it the perfect companion for your journeys. Crafted from durable polyester, it features four smooth-rolling wheels with a 360-degree rotation system, allowing you to navigate airports and streets with ease. The spacious interior provides plenty of room for your belongings, while the sleek black exterior adds a touch of sophistication to your travels. Whether you’re embarking on a business trip or a vacation, the Skybags Rubik luggage ensures that you travel in comfort and style.
Specifications of Skybags Rubik 79 cms Luggage Suitcase:
Dimensions: 79 cms x 49 cms x 31 cms
Material: Polyester
Wheels: 4 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Colour: Black
Capacity: Large check-in size
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Ample storage space
Limited colour options
Effortless mobility
Polyester material may lack durability
Classic and stylish design
Some customers reported zipper issues
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Buyers like the comfort, portability, appearance, and value of the suitcase. For example, they mention it’s soft, good-looking, lightweight, and good for travelling.
Why choose this product?
Choose the Skybags Rubik luggage for its sleek design, spacious interior, and smooth mobility, ensuring a stylish and convenient travel experience.
Specifications of Safari Pentagon Hardside Small Size Cabin Luggage Suitcase
Size: Small (55cm)
Type: Hardside Cabin Luggage
Colour: Green Lime
Wheels: Yes
Handle: Telescopic
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Stylish and vibrant design
Material specifications not provided
Compact size ideal for short trips
Limited storage space compared to larger suitcases
Sturdy construction ensures durability
Some customers report issues with the durability of zippers and handles
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Some buyers experience concerns about scratches, dent marks, and functionality issues with the lock and handle, contributing to mixed opinions on size suitability, despite the overall praise for the suitcase’s quality, colour, and sturdy build, appreciating its classy appearance and value for money.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its superior quality, stylish appearance, and excellent value, making it a reliable companion for your travels.
Also Read: Best kids luggage bags: Top 7 picks for hassle-free travel adventures with your little ones
5.
Discover the Bullet (Medium) 66 cms Check-in Trolley Bag, a fusion of style and durability tailored for modern travellers. Engineered with a robust hardsided construction, this luggage offers superior protection against scratches and wear, ensuring your belongings remain secure throughout your journey. Equipped with eight spinner wheels and a TSA lock with anti-theft zippers, it guarantees effortless mobility and enhanced security for peace of mind. Suitable for both men and women, this suitcase boasts a generous 2000-day warranty, underscoring its commitment to quality and customer satisfaction. With its sleek design and reliable functionality, the Bullet Trolley Bag is the perfect companion for travellers seeking elegance and resilience in their luggage.
Specifications of uppercase Bullet (Medium) 66 cms Trolley Suitcase
Buyers rave about the Bullet Check-in Trolley Bag’s high-quality construction and stylish appearance. They appreciate its durable, scratch-free hard body that can withstand the rigours of travel. The suitcase’s interior design receives praise for its well-defined compartments and expandable laundry section, making organisation a breeze.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its durable, scratch-free design and excellent organisational features, ensuring a stylish and hassle-free travel experience.
Luggage in Coral Teal Blue, your perfect travel companion for short trips and weekend getaways. This compact yet spacious suitcase is crafted from durable polypropylene, offering robust protection for your belongings. The vibrant coral teal blue colour ensures you travel in style, while the eight-wheel spinner system provides effortless 360-degree mobility. The Aristocrat Airpro features a well-organised interior with multiple compartments, making packing a breeze. With a sturdy handle and TSA lock for added security, this suitcase is designed to meet all your travel needs. Lightweight and easy to manoeuvre, it’s ideal for both men and women who value functionality and style in their luggage.
Specifications of Aristocrat Airpro 55 Cms Small Cabin Luggage Suitcase
Brand: Aristocrat
Model Name: Airpro
Dimensions: 55 x 37 x 24 cm
Weight: 2.8 kg
Material: Polypropylene
Colour: Coral Teal Blue
Wheel Type: 8-wheel spinner
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polypropylene construction
Limited capacity for longer trips
Smooth 8-wheel spinner system for easy mobility
The TSA lock can be tricky to operate initially
Stylish and vibrant colour
Not entirely scratch-resistant
What buyers are saying on Amazon?
Buyers appreciate the suitcase’s stylish appearance, smooth wheels, and sturdy build, praising its perfect size for short trips. Some, however, find the TSA lock challenging to use and wish for better scratch resistance.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its durable construction, stylish design, and excellent manoeuvrability, ensuring a hassle-free and fashionable travel experience.
Meet the Scottish Model Polyester Soft-Side 66cm Medium Check-in Luggage Trolley Bag in a vibrant red colour, designed for the savvy traveller. This medium-sized trolley bag offers ample space for all your travel essentials while maintaining a lightweight and easy-to-handle structure. Made from durable polyester, it ensures your belongings are protected and organised throughout your journey. The soft-sided design allows for extra flexibility when packing, and the sturdy telescopic handle and smooth-rolling wheels make manoeuvring through crowded airports a breeze. With multiple compartments and an elegant design, the Scottish Model trolley bag combines functionality with style, making it a perfect choice for both business and leisure travellers.
Specifications of Scottish Model Polyester Soft-Side 66cm Luggage Trolley Bag
Brand: Scottish Model
Model: Medium Check-in Trolley Bag
Dimensions: 66 x 40 x 28 cm
Weight: 3.5 kg
Material: Polyester
Colour: Red
Wheel Type: 4-wheel spinner
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Lightweight and easy to handle
Not as durable as hard-sided luggage
Multiple compartments for organised packing
Wheels may not be suitable for rough terrain
Stylish and vibrant design
Zipper lock offers less security than TSA lock
What are buyers saying on Amazon?
Many buyers on Amazon praise the travel bag for its stylish design, strong build, and smooth-rolling wheels, highlighting it as excellent value for money.
Why choose this product?
Choose this product for its lightweight, stylish design and practical compartments, ensuring a hassle-free and organised travel experience.
The Safari Ray 67 cms Luggage Suitcase stands out as a remarkable value for money option. Boasting four smooth-rolling wheels and a 360-degree rotation system, it offers effortless manoeuvrability through crowded airports and streets. Its durable build and scratch-resistant exterior ensure longevity, while the spacious interior with well-defined compartments caters to efficient packing. Available in a vibrant cyan colour, it adds a touch of style to your travels. Despite its budget-friendly price, this suitcase doesn’t compromise on quality, making it an excellent choice for travellers seeking functionality and affordability without sacrificing durability and style.
The Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Medium Luggage Suitcase stands out as the best overall choice for travellers. Its durable polycarbonate construction ensures longevity and protection for your belongings. The 360-degree wheeling system provides effortless mobility, making it easy to navigate through crowded airports and streets. The sleek graphite blue design adds a touch of elegance, suitable for both business trips and leisure vacations. With ample storage space and robust build quality, this suitcase promises a hassle-free and stylish travel experience. It’s the perfect blend of functionality, durability, and aesthetic appeal.
How does the suitcase balance affordability with durability and functionality?
Assessing the balance between price and quality is crucial. Consider factors such as the materials used, construction quality, and included features to determine if the suitcase offers long-term value for its price. Look for reviews and testimonials from other customers to gauge the durability and functionality of the suitcase within its price range.
What features does the suitcase offer compared to its price competitors?
Evaluate the features provided by the suitcase in relation to its price point. Look for unique selling points, such as additional compartments, spinner wheels, TSA-approved locks, and warranty offerings, to determine if the suitcase offers sufficient value for its cost compared to other options in the same price range.
Factors to consider when purchasing affordable suitcases:
Price: Determine your budget range and look for suitcases within that price bracket.
Durability: Assess the quality of materials and construction to ensure the suitcase can withstand regular use.
Functionality: Consider features such as spinner wheels, expandable compartments, and TSA-approved locks for added convenience.
Size and Capacity: Choose a suitcase that meets your travel needs in terms of size and capacity, ensuring it complies with airline restrictions.
Weight: Opt for lightweight options to avoid exceeding baggage weight limits and for easier handling.
Warranty: Check if the suitcase comes with a warranty for added protection against defects or damage.
Reviews: Read customer reviews to gain insights into the suitcase’s performance, durability, and overall value for money.
Which brands are better for an affordable suitcase?
When it comes to affordable suitcases, some brands stand out for their quality and value. Skybags, Safari, and Aristocrat are among the top choices, offering a balance of durability, functionality, and affordability. Customers often praise these brands for their stylish designs, sturdy construction, and reasonable prices.
Top 3 features of the best affordable suitcases:
Best Affordable Suitcases
Dimensions
Colour
Material
Safari Thorium Neo 8 Wheels 66 Cm Medium Luggage Suitcase
Skybags Rubik 79 cms Large Check-in Polyester Luggage Suitcase
79 cm
Black
Polyester
Safari Pentagon Hardside Small Size Cabin Luggage Suitcase
55 cm
Green Lime
Polycarbonate
UPPERCASE Bullet (Medium) 66 cms Trolley Suitcase
66 cm
Black
Polycarbonate
Aristocrat Airpro 55 Cms Small Cabin Luggage Suitcase
55 cm
Coral Teal Blue
Polypropylene
Scottish Model Polyester Soft-Side 66cm Luggage Trolley Bag
66 cm
Red
Polyester
FAQs on the best affordable suitcases:
What are the key factors to consider when choosing an affordable suitcase?
Consider factors like durability, size, weight, and features such as wheels and handles.
Are affordable suitcases less durable than expensive ones?
Not necessarily. Many affordable suitcases offer durable materials and construction, but it’s essential to read reviews and check specifications.
Can affordable suitcases provide sufficient storage space for long trips?
Yes, many affordable suitcases come in various sizes, including large ones suitable for extended travel.
Do affordable suitcases come with warranty coverage?
Some brands offer warranty coverage, albeit it may vary in duration and terms compared to more expensive options.
Are there specific features to look for in an affordable suitcase for added convenience?
Look for features like expandable compartments, TSA-approved locks, and multidirectional spinner wheels to enhance convenience during travel.
Similar articles for you to read:
Best Skybags luggage: Pick from the top 6 choices combining style, durability, and functionality for travellers
Best kids luggage bags: Top 7 picks for hassle-free travel adventures with your little ones
Best luggage trolleys for travellers: Choose from top 10 spacious and sturdy picks
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
Taylor Swift fans were delighted last year when it was announced she will be bringing the Eras Tour to the UK for the first time.
The excitement quickly dissipated for some fans, however, as the tickets swiftly sold out, leaving thousands of fans disappointed and heartbroken.
While this could have been the beginning of a Cruel Summer, clever Swifties have found a way around this dilemma: Resale websites.
Ticket resale websites such as viagogo, Vivid Seats and more, allow fans to buy up entry to events that have previously sold out, by purchasing tickets from other fans who can no longer attend.
While this has been a boon for fans who missed out during the first release of Taylor Swift tickets, they will not last forever.
Sites such as viagogo and Vivid Seats allow fans to buy resale tickets from other fans. However, it is important to note that many event promoters say tickets should not be resold after initial purchase and will not be valid for admittance to gigs.
Fans attending live events with tickets acquired through resale websites are advised to double-check the ticket terms and conditions at the point of sale – such as Ticketmaster or Live Nation – to ensure a smooth live event experience. Tickets could be voided if they were found to be bought second-hand. As a result, fans are buying at their own risk.
With that said, viagogo also commented: “viagogo is a regulated marketplace where fans have the freedom to buy and sell tickets to their favourite live events, safely and securely, backed by a guarantee.”
viagogo currently has hundreds of tickets available for many of the UK Taylor Swift shows that are coming up.
Some of these shows have an abundance of tickets, such as the August 18 show at London’s Wembley Stadium, which at the time of writing has over 880 tickets available right now.
In fact, Taylor’s London shows across August have the most tickets available on viagogo right now.
Here’s a breakdown of the dates with the most tickets available right now:
The Chevrolet Corvette occupies a really interesting position in the Australian market.
This is the most affordable way into a V8-powered supercar, and in fact it costs less than half of what some of its well-known European rivals do.
And with a starting price of $175,000 plus on-roads, it’s hardly a cheapie – and indeed, it seems a bit pricey if you do a like-for-like against the model’s positioning in its home US market.
But honestly, it has the driving dynamics and a screaming V8 powertrain that make it stand out as something of a performance car bargain.
How does the Chevrolet Corvette compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Chevrolet Corvette against similarly sized vehicles.
Chevrolet
Corvette
How much does the Chevrolet Corvette cost?
There are a few takes on the Corvette theme, and a new version – the E-Ray hybrid – is also on its way later in 2024. The version tested here is the 2024 Chevrolet Corvette 3LT Coupe, which is priced from $190,000 plus on-roads.
2024 Chevrolet Corvette pricing:
Model Variant
$RRP
2024 Chevrolet Corvette 2LT Coupe
$175,000
2024 Chevrolet Corvette 2LT Convertible
$190,000
2024 Chevrolet Corvette 3LT Coupe
$190,000
2024 Chevrolet Corvette 3LT Convertible
$205,000
2024 Chevrolet Corvette Z06 Coupe
$336,000
Prices exclude on-road costs
Now, I think it’s worth calling out a few of the optional extras fitted to this test vehicle, which push the price a fair bit higher.
These include 20-inch gloss black forged wheels ($3640); exterior black accent package for mirrors and spoiler ($325); high-gloss carbon-fibre interior trim ($3900); Stealth interior trim pack ($1560); and the Jet Black interior with Competition Seats, including interior trim and steering wheel with suede inserts ($11,050).
Yes, all told, it’s well over $210,000 before on-roads. But supercar rivals with V8 powertrains from Ferrari and Lamborghini are well over double the money – and it comes well equipped, too. More details below.
What is the Chevrolet Corvette like on the inside?
Is it as ‘wow’ as a Ferrari or Lambo inside? Arguably not, but it does have some special finishes and tech that make it very practical.
I love the way the cockpit is divided between the driver and passenger – indeed, it feels like ‘cockpit’ is the right word.
Along the ridge of the centre divider runs an array of buttons like nothing else in the market, and frankly I didn’t know how useable it would be in daily driving. But it’s so easy to get to terms with the controls for the dual-zone climate control, fan speed and seat heating and cooling that it becomes second nature in next to no time.
Passengers, however, may find it to be a little uncomfortable, as there’s not really any space for them to rest their arms, nor to reach over and adjust things on the media screen. Forget them – this car’s about the driver.
It’s all designed to make the pilot feel like they’re in their own control zone, and it works… for the most part.
The touchscreen media system looks teeny-weeny by modern standards, and it’s very basic. Honestly, I just connected my phone to wireless Apple CarPlay in case I needed to take or make calls, because otherwise I wasn’t planning to listen to anything other than the V8 engine mounted just behind the cabin.
While the drive modes have cute Playstation-like graphics for when you change between settings, it’s otherwise a pretty basic system.
Below the screen sits a rotary dial drive mode selector, and ahead of that are some of the most important buttons in the car – the nose-lift button (which will raise the front suspension by 50mm within a couple of seconds), and the front-view camera button, which you will rely on as it’s hard to see how much further you’ve got at the front end.
That camera system also auto-activates when the sensors pick up on anything at the front of the car, and it’s brilliant in the way it helps you judge just how much room you do or don’t have remaining.
Somewhat controversial is the shape of the steering wheel – dare I say it, a squircle – it actually fits the car quite nicely and is very lovely to hold, plus it has heating which is a delight on cooler mornings when you want to rip the roof off.
There are simple controls on the steering wheel for you to get your hands on quickly and easily, including a memory button for any speed humps you want the car to remember to raise the nose for.
The 12-inch driver info screen has a decent array of information available, and it’s also pretty easy to manage the menus when you’re driving or at a standstill – you can cycle between trip computer settings or performance parameters through that screen.
Now, it’s a supercar, so don’t expect amazing storage on offer. But there is a centre console bin, a pair of cupholders between the seats, and small sleeves in each of the doors for loose items, as well as a phone dock between the seats on the rear firewall, but it doesn’t have wireless charging.
Seat comfort? Well, for the bigger-bodied among us, it mightn’t be advisable to go with the Competition Seat package, as the hip width is a touch tight. However, you do have lumbar and bolster adjustment and also you’ve got heating and cooling for the seats.
As for fit and finish? There are some positive elements including the fact that you get more leather in here than you’d find in a German nightclub… but this test car has some ragged edges to the carpet, and a couple of dodgy fitting plastic components, too.
You can remove the roof manually, and it takes a bit of muscle to do so – having done it solo a couple of times during my loan, I’d recommend asking a friend to help! When you undo the two front latches and the rear latch, you’ll be able to either leave it at home or pop it in the boot, where it slots into a purpose-built spot with rubberised guides to keep it in place.
You won’t be able to fit much else in there apart from soft luggage if you do plan to run roofless, but if you leave the lid at home and fill up both the front and rear trunk sections you’ll have a combined 357 litres of cargo capacity. There are netted sections to keep things in place in both cargo zones, too.
One change for the just-updated Corvette models is the front hood now has a soft-close mechanism, meaning you won’t need to slam it shut. The rear lid has soft-close, too.
What’s under the bonnet?
The bonnet for this mad dog machine is actually the boot, because it’s a mid-engine monster nowadays.
Housed there is a naturally aspirated 6.2-litre V8 petrol engine churning out 369kW of power and 637Nm of torque. It’s mated to an eight-speed dual-clutch transmission, and the car is rear-wheel drive.
There’s an active fuel management system, which can cut four cylinders so it will run more efficiently in light-load situations – but don’t expect hybrid-like fuel economy – well… at least until the E-Ray hybrid arrives, and even then it’s more about performance than a Prius-like sipping ability.
There’s no official combined cycle fuel consumption figure for Australia, but the US numbers suggest 12.7 litres per 100km for 2LT and 3LT models. On test, across a couple of hundred kays of mixed driving – including a few spirited spurts – I saw an indicated average of 15.3 litres per 100km. Yep, it’s a bit of a guts.
How does the Chevrolet Corvette drive?
It’s epic.
I expected it would be great, but it’s a proper supercar to drive – it’s just that it has a bit of meathead vibe with its naturally-aspirated V8 instead of a force-fed downsized unit like many of its European rivals.
With that in mind, I couldn’t help but get a little bit of a ‘last of the V8 Commodores’ vibe from this car. Obviously it’s not the exact same thing as a 6.2L Holden sedan, but the usability of this vehicle on a day-to-day basis does remind me of what it was like in those good old days.
It is immensely doable in day-to-day driving, to the point where I decided that this would be potentially the ideal everyday supercar for someone who maybe is a little more conscious of their budget. I even did my click-and-collect shopping in it, and the boot and frunk space were more than enough (so long as I had the roof on).
The everyday elements of this car that are so impressive include the ride comfort, which is exceptional, and the nose-lift system that means you can drive with a level of certainty that you won’t scrape over speed humps.
The steering response is very manageable at lower speeds, and although the turning circle is quite large, the camera system puts your mind at ease when you’re turning around in tight spots. The driveability of the powertrain is also manageable in a mix of scenarios, because it never feels like it’s trying to chew you up and spit you out when you’re dealing with daily duties.
Even the eight-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission is extremely amenable at lower speeds, and never interrupts the drive experience too much – it gets the job done and is super snappy when you need it to be.
One thing that’s less impressive for the commute is the fact that you still just have standard cruise control rather than adaptive. There is a lane keeping system, but thankfully you can switch it off quite easily, and it’s not too interventional in its behaviour when left on.
The drive modes obviously also play their part, with Tour mode making this car feel very much suitable to a mix of different driving scenarios thanks to the configuration of the steering, suspension, engine, transmission and braking; while the other modes like Sport, Track and Z are what you use when you’re out to have fun.
And fun you will have – it’s reminiscent of the Audi R8 in the way that it behaves itself in serious speed-focused situations. The V8 engine screams to life and the DCT almost perfectly dictates what should happen next. It’s simply delightful to drive at pace.
Between carving up corners and blasting on the open road, there’s not much that this thing can’t do well. Obviously, if you fiddle with those modes you can adjust the crucial driving systems, and it will also give you a little bit more noise as well – and what a noise it is!
I didn’t get track time in this car, the way it behaved on one of my favourite twisty sections of road made me understand why you might choose the Competition Seat option for it – it’s not a muscle car, definitely a supercar.
However, for the pragmatic driver who might actually spend a bit of time in traffic, those seats are not the most comfortable.
What do you get?
I mentioned earlier that there’s a heap of standard gear here – some of which a European supercar brand might take tens of thousands of dollars on to the asking price for.
2LT standard equipment:
Front lift suspension system
Keyless entry and start
Heated and power folding mirrors
Soft-close engine hatch cover
Soft-close front boot lid (NEW)
Engine appearance package
19 x 8.5-inch front wheels and 20 x 11-inch rear wheels
Michelin Pilot Sport 4S tyres (Z51 Performance Package)
GT2 bucket seats in Nappa leather with perforated inserts
8-way powered seats with memory
Powered bolsters and lumbar adjustment
Heated, ventilated seats
Leather-wrapped, heated steering wheel with power adjust
Leather door panels
Luggage nets front & rear
12-inch configurable driver’s instrument cluster
8.0-inch infotainment touchscreen
Satellite Navigation
Apple CarPlay, Android Auto – wireless
Head-up display
Performance data recorder
Wireless phone charging
Bose 14-speaker sound system
Dual-zone climate control
Corvette 3LT adds:
GT2 Seats
Leather-wrapped instrument panel
Suede microfibre wrapped upper interior trim
Pillars
Headliner
Behind seats
Leather-stitched airbag cover – steering wheel
There are also plenty of additional personalisation and customisation options for customers who want to tailor their Corvette to their needs.
Is the Chevrolet Corvette safe?
You won’t find any crash test rating for the Chevrolet Corvette on the ANCAP, Euro NCAP or NHTSA websites
This expensive supercar hasn’t been smashed into a series of objects to see how it fares… well, not by anyone outside of the General Motors labs, at least.
Even so, the 2024 update has seen an array of safety improvements that weren’t offered on earlier versions.
Standard safety features include:
Forward collision alert
Low-speed AEB with pedestrian detection
Lane keep assist
Lane departure warning
Auto high-beam assist
That’s on top of the existing spec:
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Front and rear view camera system
Front and rear parking sensors
Drive modes including Weather mode for slippery conditions
There are also four airbags fitted (dual front, front side) in the event of an accident.
How much does the Chevrolet Corvette cost to run?
Fuel use will be the biggest running cost clearly, but there are some ongoing considerations you should keep in mind.
There’s a pretty meagre three-year/100,000km warranty (whichever comes first), and that’s about as bad as it gets in Australia these days, where the mainstream norm is five years/unlimited kilometres.
Service intervals are 12 months or 12,000km, and there’s no capped-price servicing plan on offer in Australia. At least there’s three years of roadside assistance.
CarExpert’s Take on the Chevrolet Corvette
The Corvette is a proper mid-engined supercar with some practicality elements to it that might surprise you.
It’s entirely liveable on a daily basis, is a real-deal weapon in the twisty stuff, it sounds phenomenal, and the cherry on top is the price tag, which makes it come across as a relative bargain against the bigger-brand supercars.
Click the images for the full gallery
MORE: Buy a Chevrolet Corvette MORE: Everything Chevrolet Corvette
In the midst of Ethereum and Solana ETF anticipation, Furrever Token aims to charm crypto enthusiasts with its cute cat-themed visuals and engaging challenges. While major cryptos prepare for mainstream attention, Furrever Token banks on its unique community appeal carve its niche in the evolving landscape. With a loyal following and creative spirit, it stands poised to thrive amidst regulatory shifts, offering a playful alternative in the crypto world.
Ethereum ETF Approval Nears as Lawmakers Push SEC
Ethereum’s price surged to $3,816.03, marking a 1.5% increase amid growing anticipation for a spot Ether (ETH) exchange-traded fund (ETF) approval in the United States. House lawmakers, including majority whip Tom Emmer and Democrat Josh Gottheimer, sent a letter to SEC Chair Gary Gensler on May 22, advocating for the approval of spot Ether ETFs. They argued that such an ETF would provide investors with a regulated and safer way to access ETH, urging the SEC to apply the same principles used for Bitcoin ETFs.
Bloomberg ETF analyst Eric Balchunas highlighted the lawmakers’ broader reference to ETFs based on “other digital assets,” suggesting a potential push for a variety of digital asset ETFs. The crypto community is optimistic about the SEC’s decision, expected by the end of this month.
In parallel, Hong Kong regulators are considering enabling staking for spot Ether ETFs, which began trading alongside Bitcoin ETFs on April 30, 2024. This contrasts with the U.S., where spot Bitcoin ETFs debuted in January 2024, but a spot Ether ETF has yet to be approved. Lawmakers, including Patrick McHenry and Bill Huizenga, have also demanded SEC records related to Prometheum’s custody services, showing increased scrutiny and interest in the classification and regulation of Ether.
Solana Faces Challenges Amid ETF Speculation
Solana (SOL) now sits at $172.62, marking a 4.5% decline from yesterday, despite the escalating buzz surrounding the cryptocurrency. Analysts raise the probability of a spot Ether ETF approval from 25% to 75%, with the SEC possibly endorsing two applications imminently. These approvals would trail the debut of the market’s inaugural spot Bitcoin ETF.
Voices are growing in support of a spot Solana ETF, though challenges remain. Firstly, Solana lacks a futures ETF, making the approval process for a spot ETF longer. Secondly, the SEC classifies SOL as a security, complicating the approval process further.
An opposition exists, with Bitwise Investment’s CEO, Hunter Horsley, arguing against a separate Solana ETF, stating their 10 Crypto Index Fund already offers exposure to top cryptocurrencies, including Solana. Bitcoin Maximalist “The Bitcoin Therapist” also opposes the idea, fearing a flood of lesser-known tokens into the market.
Despite these challenges, Solana enthusiasts remain optimistic. Analysts predict Solana could surpass $200 by the end of 2024, following a correction phase.
Furrever Token Poised for Growth Amid Ethereum and Solana ETF Speculations
In the midst of speculation over ETH and SOL ETFs, Furrever Token (FURR) emerges as a standout, capitalizing on its endearing feline motif to draw investor attention. FURR is more than just a cryptocurrency; it’s a vibrant community endeavour, embracing cat-themed stickers, emojis, and visuals to cultivate a welcoming atmosphere. With a commitment to creating a heartwarming crypto ecosystem, FURR positions itself as a delightful alternative in the rapidly evolving digital asset landscape.
Currently priced at $0.000648, Furrever Token stands out for its community-driven approach and unique niche. As the market anticipates regulatory decisions, Furrever Token has already made significant strides. With over $1.1 million raised in nearly three months and the presale approaching its final stages, the project is on track to achieve its $1.9 million goal and launch on PancakeSwap.
The legitimacy of Furrever Token is bolstered by an audited smart contract from Securi Lab, no buy/sell tax, and a team commitment to lock their tokens for a year. These measures have fostered organic growth and strong community engagement, with nearly 4,000 active members on Telegram.
Amid the broader market developments, Furrever Token’s whimsical approach provides a refreshing contrast to more serious blockchain projects. As Ethereum and Solana’s ETFs potentially reshape the market, Furrever Token stands ready to carve out its niche, attracting investors looking for both financial returns and a sense of joy and community within the crypto space.
Your job requires engaging and winning over distributors, resellers, retail outlets, brokers, and even influencers who promote and sell your products and services. It’s a core focus of great content marketing.
This month, one of the biggest brands in the world showed why that continues to be true.
Coca-Cola launched a new B2B content platform and newsletter called Coca-Cola Lens. It provides industry trends, data-backed insights, and other thought leadership to its network of current and prospective retailers, food service outlets, and other sellers of their beverage brands.
Why would a big brand like Coca-Cola launch a B2B content platform? What does it really mean?
We went to Robert Rose, CMI’s chief strategy advisor, for his take. Watch the video or read on. (Quick note: Robert has a newsletter called Lens. He isn’t saying Coca-Cola stole the name, but he’s not saying they didn’t either.)
Looking at Coca-Cola Lens
Coca-Cola fittingly announced its new content marketing platform at the National Restaurant Association Show. Coca-Cola Lens isn’t for consumers; it’s for the retailers and restaurant partners who sell Coca-Cola products in their establishments. It’s a great example of using content marketing to differentiate your brand for a specific audience.
Coca-Cola Lens features a library of thought leadership articles that examine shopper behavior and provide the economic context to help restaurants and retailers become better business managers.
It also publishes original and proprietary research, third-party resources, and news on topics such as multicultural consumers and the growth of products like premium water. And it provides tips on managing inventory and optimizing other elements of business.
Clearly, Coca-Cola designed the initiative to establish deeper levels of trust and give retailers and restaurants yet another reason to align with the global beverage brand.
3 things to notice
If you think I’m pitching Coca-Cola, I’m not. I haven’t spoken to anyone at the company, but I’m excited by a few ideas seemingly evident in this launch.
First, Coca-Cola, one of the more sophisticated marketers on the planet, made its B2B-enablement strategy a visible and notable piece of its brand and marketing approach. It publicized the site launch with a press release and a session at the National Restaurant Association Show. It’s not just some private project.
Second, with only 16 articles at launch and a basic site design, Coca-Cola doesn’t seem to break into anyone’s piggy bank to do it. The budget for this was likely the equivalent of a rounding error on the rounding error of the overall marketing budget.
People can subscribe to the content via email, so Coca-Cola seems intent on doing this long-term. And making it public indicates that they not only want existing customers to think they’re a good partner but also want to develop relationships with prospective retailers and restaurants. In fact, the subscription form includes calls to action for non-customers, indicating an awareness-building strategy for the platform.
Finally, I may be a bit overexcited about Coca-Cola Lens because it demonstrates an eagerness for new content marketing platforms. Even well-established brands can see value in doing something innovative that is small in scope but mighty in ambition.
In recent months, I’ve seen a decline in these kinds of experiments in small- to medium-sized campaigns. Brands frustrated with organic search efforts are not nurturing their blogs, resource centers, social strategies, and thought leadership programs as they might. Ideas for new content platforms get shot down because they aren’t big enough to make a dent or are too big and risky to execute. Given the availability of AI and paid ads, why bother with a hard and long-term initiative like an organic content marketing platform?
Whether Coca-Cola Lens succeeds remains to be seen. But that’s OK.
Coca-Cola didn’t over complicate it. They didn’t make it so huge that they would take a big risk if their restaurant and retail customers didn’t find it valuable. However, they also didn’t short-shrift the site and make it a landing page for the trade show presentation.
Be flexible and right-sized
As I’ve said many times, with today’s marketing technology and processes, launching a new content marketing platform like this one should be easy, quick, and right-sized.
I recently talked with a global technology company that failed to get buy-in for a thought leadership program. The rejection came because integrating it into their enterprise content management and marketing automation systems would skyrocket the cost to seven figures and eight months of technical development. Of course, it wasn’t worth that level of risk.
Your owned media platforms should be as flexible to deploy as anything else you want to do. The timeline should be mentioned in days, weeks, and maybe months, not quarters or years.
Yes, Coca-Cola may find the usefulness of Coca-Cola Lens limited to a few months, a few quarters, or many years. But by doing the interesting thing, they’ve demonstrated that even as big as they are, Coca-Cola is open to doing new things without guaranteed success.
When Joe Pulizzi and I wrote Killing Marketing, we made the premise about launching content platforms that could provide so much value as to become a profitable aspect of the business. We opened with a quote attributed to Mark Twain (though he probably never said it):
“It ain’t what you don’t know that gets you into trouble. It’s what you know for sure that just ain’t so.”
That’s why I like Coca-Cola’s launch so much. If Lens works, it will probably surprise them just as much as the rest of us. They don’t know what will happen, and honestly, that’s a more exciting way to work on marketing.
Like what you read here? Get yourself a subscription to daily or weekly updates. It’s free – and you can change your preferences or unsubscribe anytime.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
As India’s education experts gaze into the future, they see a transformative force emerging — the integration of advanced AI tools like ChatGPT-4.0. This technology, they believe, holds the promise of ushering in a new era of highly personalized, accessible, and efficient learning experiences for students across the country.
“ChatGPT-4.0 and similar AI assistants have the potential to revolutionize the way we approach education in India,” said Mathew K Thomas, founder of the All India Educator Forum. “By automating administrative tasks and providing customized learning paths, AI can free up teachers to focus more on mentoring and emotional support – truly enriching the student-teacher dynamic.”
Also read: Reddit Forges Pact With OpenAI to Bring Content to ChatGPT
“ChatGPT 4.0 has become an indispensable tool in our classrooms,” said Meena Bagga, a teacher at a prominent school in New Delhi. “It has revolutionized the way we approach learning, making it more interactive, personalized, and engaging for our students.”
Experts predict that AI will have a significant impact on India’s educational system, from automating routine tasks to offering adaptive assessments with real-time feedback. “Intelligent tutoring systems powered by AI will provide human-like interactions, while data-driven insights will help educators monitor student progress and refine their teaching methods,” explains Thomas.
Also read: OpenAI co-founder Ilya Sutskever departs ChatGPT maker
The tuition market, in particular, is poised for a seismic shift. AI-powered adaptive learning platforms will tailor education to each student’s unique needs, challenging traditional tuition centres to evolve. “This shift is expected to make quality education more accessible, especially in rural areas,” Thomas notes.
However, Mahesh Modha, proprietor of Modak Academy believes that physical centres will not go away any time soon. “I prefer physical modules more than online and I focus more on the physical classes. It depends on students, 50 per cent of them prefer offline coaching, others do not want to travel and they use AI and online methods to learn and educate themselves. Economically wise its again half and half due to the uncertainty in the market.”
In contrast to Modha, Thomas believes that tuition centres and private tutors are already adapting to the rise of AI, integrating ChatGPT-4.0 and similar tools into their content creation, assessments, and feedback processes. “By combining human and AI support, they aim to create a richer learning experience for their students,” said Thomas.
Also read: OpenAI launches GPTo, improving ChatGPT’s text, visual and audio capabilities
Traditional schools and colleges are also embracing the AI revolution, investing in infrastructure, training faculty, and developing AI-integrated curricula. “The goal is to ensure a seamless blending of technology and teaching, allowing educators to focus on fostering critical thinking and creativity,” Thomas explains.
The integration of ChatGPT 4.0 has not been without its challenges, however. Educators like Bagga have had to adapt their teaching methodologies to effectively leverage the AI’s capabilities while ensuring students develop essential critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
At the heart of this transformation lies the active involvement of Indian educators. They are being encouraged to train AI systems to fit the local educational context, developing AI that understands regional languages, cultural nuances, and educational values. “Teachers and education professionals play a crucial role in creating AI-powered content that is contextually relevant and culturally sensitive,” Thomas emphasizes.
As India’s education landscape stands on the cusp of an AI-driven revolution, the experts are cautiously optimistic. “If implemented thoughtfully and with the active participation of educators, ChatGPT-4.0 and similar AI tools have the power to make quality education more accessible and personalized than ever before,” concludes Thomas.
Bagga highlighted the model’s ability to provide customized learning experiences, tailored to the needs and learning styles of each student. “With ChatGPT 4.0, we can create dynamic lesson plans that cater to the unique strengths and weaknesses of our students. It’s like having a private tutor in the classroom, accessible to all.”
Moreover, the model’s sophisticated language processing capabilities have opened up new avenues for students to express their ideas and showcase their creativity. “ChatGPT 4.0 has become an invaluable tool for our students in creative writing, essay composition, and even coding,” Bagga added. “It’s a game-changer in terms of the quality and depth of their work.”
Also read: Apple nears deal with OpenAI to put ChatGPT on iPhone
The integration of ChatGPT 4.0 has not been without its challenges, however. Educators like Bagga have had to adapt their teaching methodologies to effectively leverage the AI’s capabilities while ensuring students develop essential critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
“It’s a delicate balance,” Bagga acknowledged. “We want our students to benefit from the AI’s vast knowledge and capabilities, but we also need to ensure they don’t become overly reliant on it. Our role as educators is to guide them in using ChatGPT 4.0 as a tool to enhance their learning, not replace it.”
As the AI revolution continues to reshape India’s education landscape, educators and policymakers alike are closely monitoring the impact and exploring ways to effectively harness the potential of these transformative technologies.
“The future of education is undoubtedly one where AI and human intelligence work in harmony,” Bagga concluded. “With the right approach, we can create a learning environment that empowers students to thrive in the 21st century and beyond.”
In a dramatic shift, India’s education sector is undergoing a profound transformation driven by the latest advancements in artificial intelligence. The introduction of ChatGPT 4.0, a groundbreaking language model developed by Anthropic, has significantly impacted the way students learn and educators teach across the country.
At last, it seemed time for a manufacturing take-off. Having struggled to compete with China’s industrial might, other emerging markets stood ready to benefit as their rival’s labour costs surged and rising tensions between it and the West pushed firms to look for new factory locations. Last year foreign direct investment into China fell to a 30-year low.
But China has started to fight back. To reverse an economic slowdown and cement its control over global supply chains, its leaders have launched an investment spree in high-tech goods, such as batteries, electric vehicles and other green devices. Weak domestic demand for traditional products, such as cars, chemicals and steel, mean they are also flooding global markets. The average price of Chinese manufactured exports fell by nearly 10% from 2022 to 2023. China’s export volumes have surged to near-record levels.
As we get closer to the big weekend, the Memorial Day deals are starting to really heat up. We’ve seen deep discounts on a whole range of items, but one that you can’t afford to ignore is Woot’s Nintendo Switch sale. The retailer is offering deep discounts on a number of different Switch systems with prices starting from just $161 currently. These prices are only going to last until the end of the month though, so keep that in mind when planning any purchase.
As mentioned, there are a few Nintendo Switch deals here starting with the Timmy & Tommy’s Aloha Edition Switch Lite. It’s a refurbished product with no noticeable damage, and you’ll get all the original accessories, including — just note that there’s no game included here. But at just $161 it’s a great way to get started with Nintendo Switch gaming. There’s also a refurbished Switch Lite in a pink color for a few dollars more at $165, too.
At the opposite end of the price scale, we have the v2 Nintendo Switch with gray joy-cons. It’s a brand new unit but it’ll come repackaged in a brown box. You’ll still get all the usual accessories though and right now you’ll pay just $260.
Finally, a refurbished Nintendo Switch with red and blue joy-cons can be yours for $240 as well. With all of these options available, all you need to do is pick the right one for you. And remember that while the Nintendo Switch is a great way to play games on the go, you can hook it up to a TV, too. Be sure to check out our list of the best Memorial Day TV deals if it’s time to upgrade your old model.
According to the World Health Organization, the “FLiRT” variants of the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus have been the dominant forms of the virus circulating globally this year.
“FLiRT” is an acronym for the locations of the mutations the variants share on the virus’ spike protein.
CDC data suggests COVID-related hospitalizations have trended downwards in recent weeks and the number of patients in emergency departments who have tested positive for COVID has been about flat for the past month.
The so-called FLiRT variants of SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus that cause COVID-19 have been the dominant forms of the virus circulating this year globally, according to the World Health Organization.
The moniker FLiRT is an acronym for the locations of the mutations the variants share on the virus’ spike protein. One of them, called KP.2, has become the most commonly circulating variant in the United States over the past month, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Here is what you need to know about FLiRT.
GREG GUTFELD: MARIANNETTE MILLER-MEEKS ‘MISSED AN OPPORTUNITY’ TO GRILL COVID ERA OFFICIAL ON THE LIVES RUINED
HOW ARE THE FLIRT VARIANTS DIFFERENT FROM PREVIOUS VARIANTS?
The FLiRT variants, which also include KP.2’s “parental” lineage JN.1, have three key mutations on their spike protein that could help them evade antibodies, according to Johns Hopkins University.
ARE THE FLIRT VARIANTS MORE CONTAGIOUS OR LIKELY TO CAUSE MORE SEVERE ILLNESS?
Dr. Aaron Glatt, chief of infectious diseases at Mount Sinai South Nassau Hospital in Oceanside, New York, and a spokesperson for the Infectious Diseases Society of America said he has not seen evidence of an uptick in disease or hospitalizations, based on the data he tracks and experience with his own patients.
U.S. experts and regulators will meet to discuss vaccine design on June 5, 2024, to address new COVID variants.(Reuters/Dado Ruvic/Illustration/File Photo)
“There have been some significant changes in the variants, but I think in recent times it’s not been as important, probably because of the immunity many, many people already have” from prior illness and vaccination.
CDC data suggests that COVID-related hospitalizations have trended downwards in recent weeks and the number of patients in emergency departments who have tested positive for COVID has been about flat for the past month.
Data suggests that COVID rates are also down year-over-year. The rate of COVID hospitalizations is less than half than a year earlier, and the amount of the antiviral Paxlovid currently being prescribed for COVID-19 is down around 60% from last year, according to analyst notes.
DO CURRENT VACCINES WORK AGAINST THE FLIRT VARIANTS?
The current vaccines should still have some benefit against the new variants, Glatt said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Since 2022, health regulators have asked vaccine makers to design new versions of the COVID-19 vaccines to better target circulating variants. Last month, Europe’s regulator said vaccine makers should target the JN.1 variant. U.S. experts and regulators will meet to discuss vaccine design on June 5 after having postponed the meeting from May 16 in order to have more time to “obtain surveillance data and other information.”
Makers of vaccines based on messenger RNA (mRNA) technology – Pfizer with partner BioNTech, and Moderna – say they are waiting for the June 5 meeting before settling on the design of their next vaccines.
Novavax, which makes a more traditional protein-based vaccine that takes longer to manufacture, has begun producing a shot targeting JN.1 consistent with recommendations from European regulators.
Mumbaikars, how are you spending the summer? We are in vacation mode, which needs to be complemented with good food and drink. If you are also looking for great places to eat and refreshing culinary adventures to explore, we have got your back! We’ve compiled a list of some of the best new menus at Mumbai restaurants that you need to try this season. What are you waiting for? Pick the ones that sound the most tempting to you and start planning your indulgence.
Here Are 10 New Menus In Mumbai Restaurants To Try In May-June 2024
1. Olive Bar & Kitchen, Bandra
Photo Credit: Olive Bar & Kitchen
Olive Bar & Kitchen has an exciting new menu you don’t want to miss. Inspired by Chef Chirag’s recent visits to Turkey and the Middle East, the new offerings are scrumptious and satisfying. Highlights include the Burrata Salad, Turkish Manti, Cacio e Pepe Pave, Imambayildi, Brick Chicken, Zucchini Roulade, Wild Mushroom Pappardelle, Butternut Squash Risotto, Kataif French Toast and Tahina Creme Brulee
What: New Menu at Olive Bar & Kitchen
Where: Olive Bar & Kitchen, 14, Nargis Dutt Rd, Union Park, Khar West, Mumbai.
2. The Bombay Canteen, Lower Parel
Photo Credit: The Bombay Canteen
The Bombay Canteen has a vibrant new menu inspired by the seasonal delicacies savoured by regional Indian communities this time of year. Diners can feast on lip-smacking dishes such as the Summer Gourd Chokha, Summer Greens Patta Chaat, Amiri Khaman, Bheja Pepper Fry, Syrian Marrow Masala, Smoked Beetroot Kulcha, Green Tomato Korma, Lasaniya Batata, Wild Mushroom Brinji, Telangana Chicken Curry and much more! Don’t forget to keep space for desserts such as the Jigarthanda ‘Tres Leches’, PB&J Kulfi and ‘ Not Your Aam Experience’.
What: Summer Menu at The Bombay Canteen
When: Ongoing
Where: The Bombay Canteen, Unit-1, Process House, Kamala Mills, Lower Parel, Mumbai.
3. La Loca Maria, Bandra
La Loca Maria has an all-new Mango menu to celebrate the arrival of this beloved seasonal fruit. Chef Manuel Olveira has curated a range of mouth-watering delicacies, including Mango Gazpacho, Scallop & Mango Tartare, Mango Coco Pina, Mango Margarita and more. Don’t miss the chance to relish these specials!
What: Mango Menu at La Loca Maria
When: Ongoing
Where: La Loca Maria, Fatima Villa, 29th Road, Pali Hill, Bandra West, Mumbai
4. Thai Naam, Andheri
Photo Credit: Thai Naam
Thai Naam’s aromatic summer menu promises a memorable meal. We got to taste their all-new summer Bento boxes, which include a Chilled Assorted Fruit Salad, Summer Rolls, Thai Yellow Curry and Jasmine Rice. While the veg Bento box also features a crunchy portion of Mix Green Vegetables with Light Garlic, the Chicken version offers a captivating Minced Chicken with Basil Sauce. There’s also a seafood Bento box, with similar elements and Steamed Fish with Yellow Bean Sauce. Thai Naam has also launched a new mocktail menu with delicious beverages to help you beat the heat. Jade By Thai contains the goodness of melons and passion fruit, while Dusk Delight combines kiwi, pear and apple. As for dessert, their Mango Sticky Rice is the ultimate summer sweet treat you cannot afford to skip!
What: Summer specials at Thai Naam
When: 20th April onwards
Where: Thai Naam, F-1, 1st Floor, Bay 99 Campus, Chhatrapati Shivaji International Airport, Thai Naam, IA Project Rd, near Jw Marriott Sahar, Andheri, Mumbai.
5. Sukoon, Bandra
Photo Credit: Sukoon
Sukoon in Bandra is known to provide a green refuge in the heart of the city. This summer, the restaurant has some cool and flavourful new delights to complement its garden dining experience. Keep an eye out for the Mango Sourdough Toast, Makhana and Edamame Warm Salad, Mango and Avocado Salad, Rasam, Thukpa, Hyderabadi Paneer, Mango Tres Leches and much more.
What: Summer Menu at Sukoon, Bandra
When: Ongoing
Where: Sukoon by Joshi House, Ground floor, Noorie House, 4 Rajan Road, Off Carter Road, Bandra West, Mumbai.
6. Veronica’s, Bandra
Veronica’s has delectable new menu additions perfect for a vacation binge. Some of the must-try dishes are the Bandra Bro-ccoli Falafel Burger, Clucking Good Shawarma, Bangin’ Lamb Burger, Asian Spicy Crunch Salad and Mediterranean Platter. Don’t forget to check out the new and tempting baked treats such as the Caprese Babka, Chicken Sausage Roll, Loaded Chocolate Chunk Cookie, and Not Rachel’s Custard Trifle.
Hotel Marine Plaza has launched refreshing new desserts and drinks featuring the king of fruits. Guests can enjoy breathtaking views of the shoreline and indulge in a range of mango treats. Check out their Ruby Chocolate & Mango Mousse Delight, Mango Matcha Cheesecake, Fresh Cut Mango with whipped cream/ vanilla ice cream, Mango Shake, Aam Ka Panna, Mangocolada, the Margarita with a Twist and Mango Passion.
La Mar has unveiled a Sunday brunch menu that aims to melt away Monday blues even before they begin. Among other treats, guests can feast on a scrumptious range of Dim Sum and Sushi appetisers such as Chicken Coriander Dumplings, Prawn Har Gao Dumplings, Spicy Tuna Rolls and more. Guests can pair their dishes with a glass of their favourite beverage, be it a classic GnT, a refreshing Margarita or a fruity Sangria.
What: Sunday Brunch Menu at La Mar
When: Every Sunday
Where: La Mar Bar & Kitchen, NSCI, Lala Lajpatrai Marg, Lotus Colony, Worli, Mumbai.
9. The Nines, Juhu
The Nines has a new high tea menu that gives a signature twist to this culinary experience. Start with the Burrata Salad or Spiced Cottage Cheese & Parmesan Toast, or go healthy with the Quinoa & Avocado Salad or Fig Salad. The Small Plate options include Edamame Hummus with Grilled Vegetables, Avocado Burst, California Cream Cheese, Sakura Bliss, Dragon, Truffle Philadelphia and more. There are also pizzas and yummy sides to indulge in. Finally, end your meal on a sweet note with the Hazelnut Mousse or Love Me Pancakes.
What: High Tea Menu at The Nines, Juhu
Where: The Nines, Plot No 70, JVPD Grounds, Devle Road, near PVR, JVPD Scheme, Juhu, Mumbai.
10. Blah!, BKC
Blah has an enticing new summer menu that you need to check out. Some of the must-try specials are the Poached Pear & Star Fruit Salad, Grilled Prawns & Sugarcane Skewers, Hong Kong Style Mango Pancakes and Mango Smoothie Bowl. Ami Shroff, India’s 1st female flair bartender, mixologist and performing artist, has curated an exclusive cocktail selection to complement the seasonal treats. There are also great non-alcoholic drink options known as “Sobertails”.
What: Summer Menu at Blah!
When: Ongoing
Where: Ground Floor, G-4, The Capital, G Block BKC, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai.
“Make me look like a disco ball.” For most designers this isn’t a common request, but for Madison Chamberlain, so-called disco brides, and anyone looking to splash extra color, sparkle or glam into their wedding day, are a mainstay of her business.
Ms. Chamberlain, 29, started her bridal brand in 2022. “I’ve always been what you would call an occasion-wear designer,” she said. In college, at what was then known as Philadelphia University, she studied fashion design and made “jacquard coats decked out in embellishments and trimmed with orange fur,” she said. “Things that were just extreme.”
In 2019, Ms. Chamberlain left a design assistant job at Free People, where she had worked on party dresses. She was feeling burned out from corporate fashion and dreamed of someday starting her own fashion line, one of “joyful things,” made in a size-inclusive, low-waste way.
For about two years she worked for a wedding-invitation studio, painted pet portraits, did freelance design work and taught children’s art and sewing classes. Then, in 2021, a friend of a friend asked Ms. Chamberlain to make a dress for her wedding in New Orleans. She created a custom gown embellished with shimmering paillettes, and wound up being invited to the wedding. The experience inspired her to shift her focus to nontraditional bridal design.
In August 2022, Ms. Chamberlain posted a TikTok video of her first veil, a rainbow sequin piece. It got more than two million views and sparked a flurry of inquiries. After that, she was able to make the brand her full-time job, running her business out of a studio in Philadelphia.
Her vibrant veils, gloves, dresses and capes have captivated thousands. The Sweetheart Veil, which drapes into a heart shape and costs $695, is one of her most popular designs. Last year, she designed a custom dress for the comedian Catherine Cohen.
On a recent video call, Ms. Chamberlain spoke about her design process, inspirations, the role of social media in bridal trends and what “nontraditional” means to her.
This interview was edited for length and clarity.
What is your process when designing a custom outfit?
People inquire, we have a consultation, we meet virtually, and they tell me what they’re looking for. Everyone has different pain points of why they’re showing up. They’re showing up because they have a size-G-cup top and their waist is supertiny, and they’re like, “I’m just never going to find the right fit in this vintage Art Deco vibe that I want.” Or people come and they’re like, “Make me look like a disco ball — I’ve seen you do it before.”
From there, we take all your measurements. Then we move into muslin fitting, which they have to come in person for, and then we move into a final fit.
A core tenet of the brand has been: Fit is so important. Visual appeal and impact are so important. It should visually look fussy, but it shouldn’t feel fussy. I want you to be able to eat, dance, drink and not have to be like, “Oh my gosh, I cannot wait to take this off.”
Where do you draw inspiration from?
So many things. I’m a consumer, I am an internet user. People are like, “How did you blow up on social media?” It’s because I used it so much. I should look at it less, but I’m inspired by what I see online.
I’m really obsessed with art history, fashion history. Movies — I love time period pieces. I love dramatic main characters. I keep thinking right now of Lady Jessica in “Dune,” or Natalie Portman when she played Anne Boleyn, or Nicole Kidman in “Moulin Rouge.” Female characters like that, with really amazing outfits.
There’s also a lot of humor in what I make, and kitsch. I really like to push the bounds. It’s so funny to me when people comment on my stuff and they’re like, “This is not meant for weddings.” I’m like, it’s literally pink with a heart on it. What is not more meant for a wedding? A day of love?
Do you think social media fuels the movement toward colorful or over-the-top bridal designs?
It’s like, yes and no. I can only base it on whom I have worked with. They have private accounts, they do not post for a living. They are literally doing this for themselves, their friends, their family. It doesn’t have to do with social media for them. I have worked with influencer-type people before, and that is something they care about.
I do think there’s maybe truth in that, but I think there’s less truth to that for the average person actually wearing color and doing something different. I don’t really think it has anything to do with their posting, because they’re not really posting.
So, of course, there’s some truth in that, but I feel like that narrative negates all the people that just want to do it because that’s what feels good to them.
‘Nontraditional’ in bridal can mean different things to different people. As a designer, what does it mean to you?
At the core of it, “nontraditional” for bridal, for me, represents wearing what you want to wear on your wedding day, without any preconceived ideas being present. If you want to wear white, if you’re like, “I’m so pumped, I love the color white,” that is you.
It’s showing up as you and not necessarily as how society wants brides to be perceived, which is superfeminine, virginal and dainty, simple, the “blushing bride.” But again, if that feels like your jam, awesome. But if you feel not lit up by that, that’s what it means to me.
Then there’s a whole other meaning of the word to me. As a designer, I feel like I’m working in a way that is so traditional, from back in the day. I’m doing this art form, which is creating clothing from start to finish in a way that comes from the early times of creating clothing. And to do that now is, honestly, a nontraditional way.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
I don’t know about you, but some of my cats are magic.
It’s one thing for cats that go outside to seem to vanish off the face of the earth from time to time, only to appear again in time for dinner, but when your completely indoor feline pulls off a vanishing act on a regular basis, you can’t help but suspect there are mystical forces at work.
Not long ago, we had some friends come to stay with us, and they were all too aware of how strict we are about letting our cats outside. One afternoon, I came home from work and the pair of them were sitting in our lounge room looking incredibly sheepish.
“What’s wrong?” I asked, wondering who’d broken what.
“We can’t find Alex,” came the reply.
“Oh! Is that all? You had me worried for a minute. Don’t stress, this is just what Alex does. He vanishes.”
But they wouldn’t relax until I had proceeded to turn the house upside down in search of our ginger ninja. And just as I knew he would, Alex magically appeared in the middle of the kitchen floor at precisely the time we had finished searching every square inch of the house. There he sat, calmly licking his paws, pretending to be oblivious to the furniture that had been rearranged during our game of hide-and-seek.
“But where was he?” came the perplexed question.
“That” I said, “is for Alex to know, and us never to find out.”
Whilst Alex would give Mr Mistoffelees a run for his money, Zazzles has proven herself to be equally committed to hiding, but somewhat less skilled at vanishing completely. It has taken me several years, but I believe I have finally mapped out her favorite hiding spots, of which she has five, one of which we recently destroyed by swapping our ottoman bed for a regular slatted arrangement. Prior to this, Zazzles had a rather impressive technique of opening the drawers under the bed just enough to ooze inside, then somehow close it behind her. Or perhaps she had an accomplice; I never witnessed this for myself.
One of Zazzy’s favorite spots; lurking among my clothes.
Sully, the cat who joined me in the UK, all the way from Australia, was also skilled in the art of invisibility. Like Alex, she would always finish her disappearing act with a sudden, stealthy reappearance in the center of a room, looking as though she had been sitting there all along. And this is where the magic comes in.
Our house is of a reasonable size, but it is not enormous. We have systematically checked every drawer, cupboard, nook, cranny, basket, and bread bin. We have searched under sofas and checked above the fridge, and never come up with the goods. Although I am not a superstitious person, nor one who believes in the supernatural, the only conclusion I can reach is that I have a magical disappearing cat. Or, more correctly, a magical reappearing cat!
When I found Zazzy snoozing inside a pile of clean laundry.
Perhaps next time I’ll get one that can make my bills disappear.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
BROJNI su se umjetnici okušali u oslikavanju keramike, a među njima je i akademski slikar Boris Guina, čiji su radovi predstavljeni sinoć u salonu Trika. Ciklus keramičkih tanjura nazvan je Boris Guina x Trika – Keramika 2024. Odabir lokacije ne čudi s obzirom na to da se Guina, osim slikarstvom, bavi i uređenjem interijera.
Kolekcionarski tanjuri su i samostalni opus
“Svoju keramiku vidim u grupacijama ili nizovima, kao objekte koji oplemenjuju prostor i pružaju utilitarni aspekt”, izjavio je Guina. Predstavljeni keramički tanjuri rađeni su za kolekcionare, a istovremeno funkcioniraju i kao samostani opus. Na oslikavanje keramičkih tanjura inspirirao ga je, kako kaže, “fascinantni svijet glazura i tekstura.”
Boris Guina je na likovnoj sceni prisutan od početka 1990-ih, a nakon studija u Londonu i boravka u Beču vratio se u rodni Zagreb. Do danas je izlagao na skupnim i samostalnim izložbama u Hrvatskoj i inozemstvu te je dobitnik nagrade Premio Lissone.
Tanjuri su promjera 45 cm, a cijena nije poznata.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Living, breathing human home plate umpires might keep their jobs longer than anticipated.
Rob Manfred touched on several topics at a news conference following an owners meeting Thursday, but the overarching message from the Major League Baseball commissioner was no one is particularly happy with the automated ball-strike (ABS) system currently used in the minor leagues.
And much like the slow integration of the pitch clock, until the ABS is foolproof, it won’t be promoted to the big leagues.
“One thing we did learn with the changes we went through last year, taking the extra time to make sure you have it right is definitely the best approach,” Manfred said. “I think we’re going to use that same approach here.”
How much extra time? Manfred said he doesn’t expect ABS to make its MLB debut until 2026 at the earliest. And he favors a challenge system, not a wholesale replacement of human umpires with a robotic strike zone.
The ABS has been employed in various minor leagues for six seasons, including currently in all triple-A parks for the second year in a row. During each six-game series, ABS is used exclusively for the first three games and a challenge system is used in the last three.
The challenge system is more popular with players, Manfred said, and he seconds their opinion.
“There’s a growing consensus in large part based on what we’re hearing from players that the challenge form should be the form of ABS, if and when we bring it to the big leagues, at least as a starting point,” he said. “I think that’s a good decision.”
Many players say the ABS calls pitches strikes that humans traditionally have called balls, and vice versa. The shape of a major league strike zone apparently isn’t the precise cube seen on television but takes a rounded form that bulges wider in the middle of the zone and tightens at the top and bottom.
Experienced umpires, it turns out, intuitively recognize pitches players can and can’t hit with authority and subtly adjust the strike zone to fit those parameters.
Third base umpire Adrian Johnson and Angels manager Ron Washington have words in the 13th inning of a game against the Texas Rangers on May 18 in Arlington, Texas.
(Richard W. Rodriguez / Associated Press)
Experienced umpires also miss a healthy percentage of calls, which led to the desire to replace them with ABS in the first place.
Yet they also continue to get better. Since the beginning of the pitch tracking era in 2008, MLB umpires have improved their accuracy in calling balls and strikes every year, according to FanGraphs. Accuracy has spiked from 81.3% to 92.4%. Expressed another way, incorrect calls have been reduced by nearly 60% in 15 years.
The Fangraphs study also noted that before pitch tracking, umpires were much better at identifying balls than strikes, meaning that the improved accuracy of the last 15 years has increased the number of strikes. That likely is a contributing factor to the current cumulative batting average of .240, the lowest since 1968.
“If the league were to implement a robo-zone tomorrow without changing the strike zone at all, the offensive environment would instantly get even tougher,” Davy Andrews of FanGraphs wrote a year ago. “I’m not trying to scare anybody away from our techno-future, but maybe we should all watch Terminator one last time before we flip the switch.”
For its part, MLB is cautiously navigating the information-gathering phase.
“The shape of the strike zone, we have not started those conversations [with players], because we haven’t settled on what we think about it,” Manfred said. “Hard to have those conversations before you know what you’re thinking.”
What MLB has learned from player feedback is that a system where a handful of calls each game can be challenged is preferable to relying solely on ABS.
“Originally, we thought everybody was going to be wholeheartedly in favor of, ‘If you can get it right every single time, that’s a great idea,’” Manfred said. “One thing we’ve learned in these meetings is that players feel there could be other effects on the game that would be negative if you used it full-blown.
“Those who have played with [ABS] do have a strong preference for the challenge system over ABS calling every pitch, and that has certainly altered our thinking on where we might be headed.”
And, by the way, ABS would render pitch-framing by catchers a lost art.
“It’s the unintended consequences of ABS,” Manfred said. “The one that is often pointed to, but not the only one, is the framing catcher. … You could hypothesize a world where instead of a framing catcher who is focused on defense, the catching position becomes a more offensive player. I mean, that alters careers.
“Those are real, legitimate concerns that we need to think all the way through before we jump off that bridge.”
Other topics addressed by Manfred:
— MLB continues to seek an answer for the decline in cable TV viewers. Manfred said he expects Diamond Sports, which has rights to 12 MLB teams but has been in bankruptcy proceedings for a year, to continue operating through this season.
Manfred is wrestling with determining how to fairly distribute revenue among teams if MLB takes over local rights — which itself is a tall order.
“The conversation about nationalization, I think, is dependent on getting in the relatively short term some body of rights: 14, 15, 16, 17 clubs, and you’d start down the path from there,” he said. “I’m not so naive as to believe two weeks from tomorrow I’m going to have all 30.”
— MLB is determined to develop a baseball “tacky” enough that pitchers aren’t tempted to apply illegal foreign substances to improve grip. However, efforts by Dow Chemical fell short and MLB now will work with longtime partner Rawlings.
“Dow has kind of cried uncle,” Manfred said. “They spent a ton of money and worked with us. They were great partners, had a lot of good ideas, and we just were not able to come up with a ball that was playable. We’re now focusing our efforts on a tacky ball with the Rawlings people.”
— Nike told owners that the new uniforms everyone seems to detest will be altered for 2025. Manfred said that Nike will address “the sweat through and the lack of matching of the gray [colors].”
It’s already been announced that uniforms will return to larger lettering on jerseys and that individual pant customization will be available next season.
“It’s the first time the owners had heard this directly from Nike,” Manfred said. “[Nike] had been consistent with me about taking responsibility.”
— Sites for the 2026 World Baseball Classic will be Miami, Houston, Tokyo and San Juan, Puerto Rico. Miami will host the final for the second tournament in a row.
— The Oakland Athletics must break ground by April in Las Vegas for the team to have a stadium ready for the 2028 season.
— The alarming increase in pitching injuries dovetails into whether MLB players should be participating in the World Baseball Classic and the 2028 Olympics. Regarding the latter, Manfred said he’s waiting on a proposal from LA28 chairman Casey Wasserman.
“It’s hard to talk about and be focused on pitching injuries on the one side, and not realize that that issue bleeds over into WBC participation, Olympic participation, whatever,” Manfred said. “Casey kind of owes us a more detailed breakout of what he thinks can happen with respect to the Olympics.”
The Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) decision to declare its highest-ever dividend of Rs 2.11 lakh crore for 2023-24 evoked mixed reactions from economists.
The dividend or surplus transfer by the RBI to the Centre was Rs 87,416 crore for the fiscal 2022-23. The previous high was Rs 1.76 lakh crore in 2018-19.
While noted economist Suman Mukherjee hailed it as a sign of economic strength, Abhirup Sarkar expressed worries that the dividend could restrict the RBI’s ability to rescue lenders in future as the central bank might not have enough money to step in immediately.
“This is not a fluke,” Mukherjee told news agency PTI, attributing the windfall to a confluence of factors including a surge in foreign exchange reserves, loans to commercial banks and the government’s proactive approach in managing contingencies.
He highlighted that the positive impact of RBI development is evident on the stock market ending in a record high.
Mukherjee downplayed concerns about rising interest rates, suggesting that focus on maintaining low rates will counter potential recessionary effects.
However, Abhirup Sarkar, another noted economist and a former professor at the Indian Statistical Institute, expresses reservations.
Sarkar questions the government’s motives, suggesting that deficit reduction might be a primary driver.
He also stated that the payment might not be from its income and the central bank could have used its reserves to pay the hefty dividend.
He cautions against inflationary risks and a decline in real interest rates impacting certain segments.
Sarkar told PTI, “Dividends would also enable the government to borrow less from the market, potentially reducing borrowing costs and stimulating corporate investments.”
However, he cautioned against the inflationary impact of injecting liquidity into the market, foreseeing a decline in real interest rates that could adversely affect retirees and individuals reliant on interest income.
Sarkar’s primary concern centres around the potential weakening of the RBI’s financial strength and independence.
Sarkar, a former chairman of the 5th West Bengal State Finance Commission, raised concerns about the RBI’s record dividend weakening the institution.
“RBI needs war chests for emergencies, like rescuing troubled banks,” says Sarkar, highlighting the importance of reserves.
He expressed worries that the dividend could restrict the RBI’s ability to rescue banks in the future as the central bank might not have enough money to step in immediately.
“It may limit the ability to manage liquidity through open market operations and forex interventions to stabilise the Rupee in the future,” the economist said.
Sarkar feared the government was undermining the RBI’s independence.
He was sceptical about the government’s actions, emphasising the need to safeguard the autonomy and efficacy of the RBI in maintaining financial stability.
Rating Support if India Uses RBI Dividend to Reduce Fiscal Deficit
India can get ‘rating support’ over time if it utilises the highest-ever dividend of over Rs 2 lakh crore received from the Reserve Bank to reduce fiscal deficit, said an S&P Global Rating analyst on Thursday.
“The additional dividends from the RBI are around 0.35 per cent of GDP. Whether it would support the narrowing of the fiscal deficit in fiscal 2024-25 would really depend on the final budget that would be passed after the June election results,” S&P Global Ratings Analyst YeeFarn Phua told PTI.
The additional dividend from the RBI may not necessarily lead to a full decrease in the deficit due to potential revenue shortfalls in areas like divestment receipts or additional allocation to expenditures in the final budget, Phua said in an email interview from Singapore.
However, “if it does lead to a full decrease of the deficit, we believe it will lead to a faster path of fiscal consolidation that, in turn, will provide rating support over time”, Phua added.
In May last year, S&P Global Ratings affirmed India’s sovereign rating at ‘BBB-‘ with a stable outlook on growth but flagged weak fiscal performance and low GDP per capita as risks.
‘BBB-‘ is the lowest investment grade rating.
All three global rating agencies — Fitch, S&P and Moody’s — have the lowest investment grade rating on India with a stable outlook. The ratings are looked at by investors as a barometer of the country’s creditworthiness and impact on borrowing costs.
RBI Gives Dividend To Government
The Reserve Bank on Wednesday approved the highest-ever dividend payout of Rs 2.11 lakh crore to the central government for 2023-24.
The dividend or surplus transfer by the RBI to the Centre was Rs 87,416 crore for the fiscal 2022-23. The previous high was Rs 1.76 lakh crore in 2018-19.
The decision on the dividend payout was taken at the 608th meeting of the Central Board of Directors of the Reserve Bank of India held under the chairmanship of Governor Shaktikanta Das.
The central government aims to contain the fiscal deficit or gap between expenditure and revenue to Rs 17.34 lakh crore (5.1 per cent of the GDP) during the current financial year.
In the Budget for 2024-25, the government projected a dividend income of Rs 1.02 lakh crore from the RBI and public sector financial institutions.
The RBI board also reviewed the global and domestic economic scenario, including risks to the growth outlook.
The Board discussed the working of the Reserve Bank during 2023-24 and approved its Annual Report and Financial Statements for the last fiscal.
The RBI said that during accounting years 2018-19 to 2021-22, owing to the prevailing macroeconomic conditions and the onslaught of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Board had decided to maintain the Contingent Risk Buffer (CRB) at 5.50 per cent of the Reserve Bank’s balance sheet size to support growth and overall economic activity.
“With the revival in economic growth in FY 2022-23, the CRB was increased to 6.00 per cent. As the economy remains robust and resilient, the Board has decided to increase the CRB to 6.50 per cent for FY 2023-24,” the central bank added.
The transferable surplus for 2023-24, the RBI said, has been arrived at on the basis of the Economic Capital Framework (ECF) adopted by it in August 2019, as per recommendations of the Bimal Jalan-headed expert committee.
The committee had recommended that the risk provisioning under the CRB be maintained within a range of 6.5 to 5.5 per cent of the RBI’s balance sheet.
London-based consumer technology brand Nothing has announced that it has introduced the power of AI to its entire roster of audio products. For the uninitiated, Nothing Ear and Nothing Ear (a) was introduced with ChatGPT integration. But the company has now extended this feature to all its earbuds. But there’s a catch. This feature will be available only on those earbuds that will be paired with Nothing smartphones.
“Introduced on Nothing Ear and Ear (a) in mid-April, anyone can now pinch-to-speak to ChatGPT directly from any Nothing and CMF by Nothing audio product paired with Nothing phones,” the company said.
The integration has been rolled out to Ear (1), Ear (stick), Ear (2), CMF Buds, CMF Neckband Pro, and CMF Buds Pro via a Nothing X app update.
According to the company, this update has been released ahead of the originally targeted early June timeline.
Nothing Ear (a)
The earbuds are priced at Rs 7,999 and is available for purchase on e-commerce platform Flipkart. It has a 500 mAh battery in the charging case and a 46 mAh battery in each bud.
Nothing Ear
Priced at Rs 11,999, Nothing Ear features a new Smart ANC algorithm. At 45 dB, Ear offers noise cancellation that is almost two times that of Ear (2).
CMF Buds
The CMF Buds are available in Dark Grey, Light Grey, or Orange at Rs 1,999.
CMF Neckband Pro
Stay hands-free on-the-go with the CMF Neckband in Orange, Light Grey, or Grey. It is priced at Rs 1,799.
How to update Nothing and CMF earbuds’ software
To update, go to Settings > Firmware update in the Nothing X app. Check for the latest version and install the update. Make sure that the earbuds have enough charge in it.
The busiest travel season of the year is about to begin: Almost 44 million people in the US are expected to unofficially kick off their summers by traveling on Memorial Day weekend, a 4.1% increase over 2019, according to the American Automobile Association. “We haven’t seen Memorial Day weekend travel numbers like these in almost 20 years,” said Paula Twidale, senior vice president of AAA Travel, in a May 13 release. “We’re projecting an additional one million travelers this holiday weekend compared to 2019.” The Transportation Security Administration also said on Tuesday that it expects—for the first time—to screen more than 3 million passengers nationally in a single day “at some point this summer.”
With travel demand soaring both domestically and globally, here are six key trends that will redefine your summer travel experience(Pixabay)
Revenge travel may have tapered, but sky-high demand persists in tourism. It’s not just in the US. Globally, tourist visitor numbers look to finally return to pre-pandemic levels this year, according to recent research from the World Economic Forum. If you’re among the millions of people hitting the road in the coming months, here’s a preview of some major industry changes that may affect your journey.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
AI Will Continue to Shape Your Travels
Scarlett Johansson may not be playing the part of your Chat GPT-created travel agent this summer, but as generative AI keeps improving, so will travel planning tools that leverage the technology. Look no further than Expedia Group Inc, which on May 14 deployed an AI travel assistant app called Romie that can both craft tailored itineraries and troubleshoot unexpected travel disruptions once you’re on the road.
Invite the Romie chatbot into a text chain with your travel companions, and it can help find ideas everyone will love; Romie will also suggest restaurants, activities and other places to see in areas you’re visiting, as well as answer general travel questions. It’s currently available to test on iPhones in the US, but you must join Expedia’s EG Labs program on the app in order to access it. (Find that in your account settings.) As with any AI chatbot, it’s worth double-checking automated suggestions.
Expedia’s product joins an ever-growing landscape of AI travel-planning tools; earlier this year, Booking Holdings released Ask Kayak and Kayak PriceCheck to help travelers find vacation ideas and quickly compare flight prices against 100 different websites.
And don’t forget about biometric technology, an additional form of AI being implemented at global airports to hasten checking in or dropping off luggage. The most advanced example so far is a self-service variation on TSA screenings—done without the presence of human agents—currently being tested at Harry Reid International Airport in Las Vegas. Later this year, passport-free travel may become a reality: Singapore is preparing to let departing travelers use biometrics in lieu of physical ID to clear border control.
Five-Figure Trips Will Soon Become the Norm
International trips are averaging more than $9,000 per person this summer, according to Florida-based Squaremouth, a travel insurance comparison engine. That’s higher than ever—a 7% increase over 2023. And as trip costs continue to climb, so does the price to insure them; Squaremouth research shows that travel insurance premiums have increased 22% year-over-year, to more than $600 in 2024.
To bring travel insurance costs down, the company recommends insuring only expenses you’re likely to lose if you should cancel your trip. For instance, if the penalty to cancel a hotel reservation is 50%, insure only that amount versus the full cost of the room; this will ultimately reduce the total cost of your policy.
If the rising expenses still have you down, consider this: A growing number of companies are rising up to insure not just against travel delays or cancellations but also against simple disappointment. Take Sensible Weather’s add-on guarantee to your reservation, ensuring you’ll get a refund if it rains on your trip when you book with specific hospitality companies. Or the new WeatherPromise, which lets you directly buy rain protection online for any existing trip. Now there’s also Holland America Lines’ out-there glacier guarantee that promises 15% of your cruise fare in credit for a future sail if you don’t get to see one on your Alaska cruise.
Travel Will be More Accessible
The travel industry is ramping up improvements for people with physical disabilities—a $58 billion market. Increasingly, it’s looking to meet the needs of drastically underserved neurodivergent travelers, too: According to the travel booking platform Autism Travel, 87% of families with autistic children find traveling so complicated that they forgo it. Hotels are finding ways to help.
For example, Virgin Hotels is getting more of its seven properties around the world “Autism Double Checked,” an independent certification that ensures that staff members are trained to properly help guests on the spectrum. You’ll soon see this service expand to other hotel brands; Hyatt Hotels recently announced a push in this direction.
On the tech side, Alphabet Inc’s Google has continued expanding accessibility features into Google Maps, including wheelchair accessible place listings. Also new are screen reading and voice guidance for blind or low-vision travelers, which tell users when say, they’re going the wrong way.
Accessibility is also becoming more important for airports and the aviation industry, though this summer you’re more likely to hear about what’s coming than see actual progress. In the US, legislation is in the works to amend the Air Carrier Access Act to guarantee better services for air travelers who use wheelchairs. The comment period on proposed amendments will close on June 12, so expect related headlines over the summer. Similarly, Zurich Airport is currently getting ready to roll out autonomous electric wheelchairs, from Swiss startup DAAV, by the end of the year.
You’ll Book at the Last Minute
Last-minute bookings are on the rise, said glamping hospitality company Autocamp, which attributed the pattern to a growing share of Gen Z travelers. It’s a global trend: Some 78% of international travelers surveyed by American Express this year indicated a preference for last-minute trips and leaving room in trip itineraries for unplanned experiences.
Flexibility isn’t the only pandemic-era trend that’s back and staying strong. The desire to vacation in nature and visit national and state parks is driving outdoor hospitality companies to tap in: Think upscale lakeside treehouses, tents, cabins and domes in locations ranging from New York’s Catskill Mountains to Wyoming’s plains and Colorado’s ranges, with limited inventories heightening demand.
It seems as if every week a new property announces an opening; right after our preview of new glamping lodges was published, we caught wind of this stunning new property thats bringing bubble domes to Bryce Canyon National Park in Utah.
Road trips in the US—another pandemic era favorite that allowed for more flexible summer travel in one’s backyard—are predicted to hit a record over Memorial Day weekend, according to AAA. Some 38.4 million people are expected to travel by car, 1.9% more than in 2019.
All-Inclusive Resorts Will Push Further Into Luxury
Marriott Hotels International Inc, Hilton Hotels Holdings Corp. and Hyatt Hotels International Inc. have been betting large on the all-in-one vacation model, with new openings in such hotspots as Mexico’s Riviera Maya and the Dominican Republic’s Punta Cana. At these places, the standards associated with all-inclusive resorts are trending strongly upward. Expect more than lavish suites and miles of white sand beaches. Think of amenities that range from a 10,000-square-foot spa and farm-to-table chef menus to rooftop bars with panoramic sea views.
Two all-inclusive resorts we’re excited about on the horizon: Set to open in August is Almare on Isla Mujeres in Mexico, making it the first location of Marriott’s Luxury Collection brand to go all-inclusive. The distinction here is less about endless inclusions and more about not having to worry about what you’re spending at an intimate, highly luxurious resort—it’s got just 109 rooms, and they’re all suites. Guests will be able to tuck into their beach reads on daybeds that float along the edges of a palapa-shaded pool; just beyond the white-sand beach is one of the largest coral reefs in Mexico.
And then there’s the 30-room SCP Corcovado Wilderness Lodge, just opened in Costa Rica’s Osa Peninsula and accessible only by boat. Its luxurious bungalows dot forested trails, with secluded terraces and outdoor tubs that look out over the ocean and adjacent Corcovado National Park.
Hotels Won’t Get Any More Affordable
Hotel prices were forecast to rise in most major cities this year, according to American Express Global Business Travel’s Hotel Monitor 2024 Report. At the start of the year it predicted rates would jump by 10-17% year over year in the most affected markets. That seems to be an accurate assessment.
We’re not just talking about the luxury sector, where the $1,000 entry-level room has become the norm. When looking more broadly at hotels—meaning everything from budget motels to five-star stays, globally—Hopper says Memorial Day weekend prices have hit an average of $212 per night, a 30% increase over rates during the same period in 2022.
In the most-searched cities, you’d be lucky to be able to book for $212. In both London and San Juan, Puerto Rico, Hopper says the average rate is right around $370, which represents an increase of 6%-10% year-over-year. And as Airbnb continues getting pushed out of major cities like New York and Amsterdam, the price pressure on such rooms will only continue to grow.
UPDATE: Epic Games has given fans a proper look at the Fortnite Chapter 5, Season 3 Battle Pass, as server downtime gets under way. As you can see from the official Season 3 trailer below, the Wrecked season adds the MegaLo Don skin, as well as the Ringmaster Scarr skin, Peabody, The Machinist, Rust, T-60 Power Armour, Brite Raider and Wastelander Magneto. The trailer also showcases the new vehicular combat, as well as new items like Nuka-Cola (which replenishes health and, over some time, your shield) and Nitro Splash for players and vehicles. According to the latest leaks from the likes of Hypex and Shiina, the new season will also add the War Bus, which is described as “an armoured battle bus, but with the ability to fire a burst EMP in the area around it that can disable other vehicles”. New weapons include the Enhanced Hand Cannon, The Machinist’s Combat Assault Rifle, Ringmaster’s Boom Bolt, MegaLo Don’s Combat Shotgun, the regular Combat Shotgun, MegaLo Don’s Nitro Fists and the regular Nitro Fists.
After endless rumours, countless leaks and a fair amount of speculation, Fortnite fans are finally being treated to a new season of content, as Battle-Royale goes post-apocalyptic. Titled Wrecked, Fortnite Chapter 5, Season 3 has a May 24 release date on PS5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC, Nintendo Switch and Android. Coinciding with a period of server downtime, the new Fortnite update has a 7am BST UK release time. However, while you can download the update at around 7am, you won’t actually be able to enjoy the new season until downtime comes to an end. While there’s no official server maintenance schedule, downtime for a new season tends to last longer than usual, which means you probably won’t be able to start playing Chapter 5, Season 3 until around midday.
Matchmaking will be disabled even earlier, which means you won’t be able to join a new game for around 30 minutes beforehand.
Dates and timings for Season 3 server downtime was announced by Epic Games on X (formerly Twitter).
“Grab the Nitro, buckle up and prepare for Wrecked,” reads an Epic Games post. “Downtime for Ch5 S3 – WRECKED starts at 2:00 AM ET with matchmaking disabled a few minutes prior.”
As is the case for any new season, the file size for the next Fortnite update will be larger than usual, so you may need to free up some space on your hard drive.
Epic continues: “Please note: Patch sizes will be larger than usual Season releases. We will let you know when you can begin downloading the update.”
As you can see from the tweet below, Fortnite insiders like Shiina and Hypex have given fans a look at potential skins coming to the Season 3 Battle Pass, including a Fallout collaboration.
Meanwhile, the image at the top of the page confirms that Magneto will be added to the Battle Pass.
In addition to the Fallout crossover and Magneto skin, Fortnite Season 3 will also include collabs with Monster Jam, Fall Guys and Pirates of the Caribbean.
Rumours suggest that we may also get a Kingdom Hearts crossover at some point during the new season.
In terms of new and returning locations, it’s believed that Mount Olympus, Restored Reels and The Underworld will remain part of the Fortnite map.
Fencing Fields will undergo a transformation, as will The Shark, which will be covered in sand.
Daily Express will update this article with all the latest announcements and information about Fortnite Chapter 5, Season 3, including the official gameplay trailer and Battle Pass video.
With a bearish day after the Ethereum ETF approval, the meme coins are struggling to gain momentum. Amidst such slowdown, the PEPE price shows a similar pullback and warns of a correction under a crucial support.
However, the larger picture with a bullish trend in motion promises a turnaround. Will the uptrend in the PEPE token survive the short-term correction for a bull run this week? Find out more in our PEPE price prediction.
PEPE Price Performance
Following the successful post-retest reversal of a rounding bottom breakout, the PEPE price shows an impressive uptrend. The meme coin has increased its market value by almost 200% in five weeks.
The massive uptrend signals increasing demand for the meme coin as the broader market improves. Further, with the growing anticipations of an altcoin season coming soon, the meme coin is impending to explode for a massive surge.
Currently, the PEPE price trades at $0.00001396 with an intraday fall of 6.15%. This reflects a bullish exhaustion after the 11.52% jump yesterday. If the bulls fail to recover, the exhaustion phase can breach under $0.000013.
Technical Indicators:
MACD: The MACD and signal lines avoid a bearish crossover as they regain an uptrend with a surge in bullish histograms.
DMI: The VI and ADX reflect a bullish trend with increased momentum bolstering a bull run possibility.
Will PEPE Reach $0.000020?
With a bullish trend in motion and the high anticipation of a bull run in the crypto market, the meme coin is ready to jump. However, the short-term correction delays the moonshot rally. If the bull run continues, the PEPE price could breach the 1.618 Fibonacci level at the $0.000019 mark to reach $0.000020.
Conversely, a crack under the $0.00003 mark could retest the $0.000017 mark.
Harvard University’s governing board said it’s declining to award degrees to 13 students who violated the university’s policies by participating in a pro-Palestinian encampment on campus.
Also read: Harvard seeks to move past firestorm brought on by school President Claudine Gay’s resignation
The move came after 115 faculty members showed up to a meeting on Monday and voted to allow the students to graduate, even after they’d been disciplined by an administrative board, according to the Harvard Crimson. The Faculty of Arts and Sciences has about 888 voting members.
The ruling may exacerbate divisions between the Harvard Corp., led by former Commerce Secretary Penny Pritzker, and some faculty and students. The students were found to have “violated the university’s policies by their conduct during their participation in the recent encampment in Harvard Yard,” the corporation said in a statement Wednesday.
Also read: Harvard University adds caste as protected category for student workers
Harvard Corp. has been criticized since the October 7 attack on Israel by Hamas, with the university struggling to combat accusations of antisemitism on campus and more recently of allowing the encampment on Harvard Yard. The university leadership, including interim President Alan Garber, has also faced backlash from faculty and students for disciplining the activists.
Asmer Asrar Safi, an incoming Rhodes scholar to Oxford University from Pakistan, said on X that he’s one of the students unable to graduate.
More than 1,539 degrees will be awarded to Harvard College students in a ceremony on Thursday in Harvard Yard, which will include a day of processions, speakers and celebration.
More stories like this are available on bloomberg.com
As one of the leaders of the passive-investing revolution, BlackRock is usually a disruptive force in the financial world. But the asset-management giant’s battle with Saba Capital, an activist fund, has cast it in an unfamiliar role: as besieged incumbent. Ten of BlackRock’s investment vehicles, known as closed-end funds, are in Saba’s sights.
The funds—worth nearly $10bn based on current share prices—run at a steep discount to the value of the assets in their portfolios. Like publicly listed firms, closed-end funds sell shares in an initial public offering and trade on secondary markets. Since they do not offer new shares to incoming investors, as mutual and exchange-traded funds do, their share prices are able to drift far from the value of their assets. Boaz Weinstein, Saba’s founder, wants BlackRock’s funds to offer to buy back shares from investors, pointing to a history of poor returns. He argues that if investors could exit at the full value of their assets, some $1.4bn in value would be unlocked. Saba is also promoting a slate of nominees to the funds’ boards at shareholder meetings scheduled across the second half of June. These representatives will, it says, negotiate for lower fees.
The faces of presidents George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt and Abraham Lincoln on Mount Rushmore get covered with black blindfolds that collectively read “The Truth Lies” in a teaser video for Call of Duty: Black Ops 6, a new game announced Thursday by publisher Activision.
A video called “wake up (rushmore) #thetruthlies” was released showing a squad vandalizing Mount Rushmore at night with the blindfolds. The blindfold over Lincoln’s face includes a three-headed wolf emblem, which was part of the newspaper ad and which appeared in the franchise’s last game, Modern Warfare 3, according to IGN. IGN also shared an X post from an eagle-eyed fan suggesting the game will take place during the Gulf War conflict.
No release date, information on different editions of the game or pricing has been released yet for what the publisher is calling a “dark new chapter” in the franchise.
Activision promised to reveal more at 10 a.m. PT (1 p.m. ET) on June 9 as part of an online Xbox Games Showcase, followed by a Black Ops 6 Direct broadcast.
While the main story in the last Black Ops game was set in the early 1980s and was a direct sequel to the first game in the series, Call of Duty: Black Ops. Like other Call of Duty games, its multiplayer included a Zombies mode as well as a free-to-play battle royale game called Warzone.
The game is developed by Treyarch Studios and Raven Software.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
Please enter a valid email address.
Taking fish oil supplements could raise the risk of heart attack and stroke, a new study suggests.
Among healthy people, regular use of fish oil was found to make them more susceptible to developing heart disease and stroke for the first time, the study found.
Among those who had existing heart disease, however, fish oil consumption was shown to slow the progression of cardiovascular disease and reduce the risk of mortality.
MEDITERRANEAN, MIND DIETS SHOWN TO REDUCE SIGNS OF ALZHEIMER’S IN THE BRAIN, STUDY FINDS
Researchers analyzed nearly 12 years of data for more than 415,000 participants from the UK Biobank study; the participants ranged in age from 40 to 69.
“Regular use of fish oil supplements might be a risk factor for atrial fibrillation and stroke among the general population, but could be beneficial for progression of cardiovascular disease from atrial fibrillation to major adverse cardiovascular events, and from atrial fibrillation to death,” the researchers wrote in the study, which was published in The BMJ (British Medical Journal).
Taking fish oil supplements could raise the risk of heart attack and stroke among certain people, a new study suggests.(iStock)
“Further studies are needed to determine the precise mechanisms for the development and prognosis of cardiovascular disease events with regular use of fish oil supplements.”
Study highlights ‘uncertainty,’ cardiologist says
Dr. Jim Liu, a cardiologist at The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, who was not involved in the study, pointed out that there has been conflicting data about whether or not fish oil or omega 3 fatty acids can help reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease.
“This is yet another study that reminds us there is still a lot that needs to be investigated when it comes to fish oil and heart disease.”
“This study appears to echo the same sentiment that there is still some uncertainty about their relation to heart health,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Similar to previous studies, I think this study indicates that fish oil is not necessarily universally good or bad for all.”
COMMON COOKING INGREDIENT COULD REDUCE DEMENTIA MORTALITY RISK, STUDY SUGGESTS
Whether or not fish oil is beneficial or harmful depends on an individual’s specific underlying health conditions, he said — such as a history of heart attack or atrial fibrillation, and on other factors such as dosing and different formulations of the substance.
“Further studies are needed to determine the precise mechanisms for the development and prognosis of cardiovascular disease events with regular use of fish oil supplements,” the authors of a new study wrote.(iStock)
“Previous studies have shown that certain formulations of fish oil can help reduce cardiovascular events in people with elevated triglycerides and previous cardiovascular events,” Liu noted.
“Overall, this is yet another study that reminds us that there is still a lot that needs to be investigated when it comes to fish oil and heart disease.”
Dietitians weigh risks and benefits
Tanya Freirich, a registered dietitian nutritionist in Charlotte, North Carolina, who practices as The Lupus Dietitian, also was not involved in the study but offered insights.
“In this study, there was a slightly increased association between healthy people who took fish oil and developing atrial fibrillation and stroke, whereas for those people who took the fish oil after being diagnosed with cardiovascular disease, there was a slightly decreased association and risk of atrial fibrillation and stroke,” she told Fox News Digital.
ANGER CAN INCREASE HEART ATTACK RISK, STUDY FINDS: ‘CHRONIC INSULT TO ARTERIES’
“Overall, I would say to take these results with a grain of salt, as it was a prospective study.”
A prospective study monitors what people self-report and their eventual health outcomes over time, she noted — versus a control study, where similar people are placed in two groups and one group takes the fish oil while the other does not.
“We don’t know about the population of healthy participants and why they decided to take fish oil,” Freirich said.
A registered dietitian recommended that most people get their omega 3s from food sources such as salmon, sardines, tuna, ground flaxseed, chia seeds, walnuts and almonds. (iStock)
“Perhaps they have a family history of heart disease, or other lifestyle features that are contributing to their risk of developing atrial fibrillation and stroke outside of the fish oil supplement.”
As a registered dietitian, Freirich said she recommends most people get their omega 3s from food sources such as salmon, sardines, tuna, ground flaxseed, chia seeds, walnuts and almonds.
“Making small changes to your diet over time can have big benefits in reducing your overall cardiovascular risk.”
“Many people do not get enough omega 3 fatty acids in their diet, and this can be a great way to consume healthy fats while also benefiting from protein and sources of fiber,” she said.
When preparing meals, replacing a serving of red meat with fatty fish can promote heart health by decreasing the intake of saturated fats and increasing the intake of omega 3s, according to Freirich.
“Always discuss your supplement use with your medical care providers, as some may be unnecessary or even increase your risk for poor health outcomes,” said one expert. (iStock)
“Making small changes to your diet over time can have big benefits in reducing your overall cardiovascular risk,” she advised.
“Always discuss your supplement use with your medical care providers, as some may be unnecessary or even increase your risk for poor health outcomes.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Michelle Routhenstein, a New York-based preventive cardiology dietitian at EntirelyNourished.com, agreed that prior research has indicated that taking high doses of fish oil supplements could potentially elevate the risk of atrial fibrillation — while regularly consuming fatty fish four to five times a week may lower that risk.
To determine the potential benefits of fish oil and the appropriate dosage, experts recommended consulting with a registered dietitian specializing in heart disease.(iStock)
“We need to recognize that when it comes to fish oil — and many other foods and supplements — more or a concentrated dose isn’t necessarily better,” Routhenstein, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
“It is also important to note that not all fish oil supplements are created equal. Factors like dosage, quality and additional ingredients can influence cardiovascular health outcomes.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
To determine the potential benefits of fish oil and the appropriate dosage, Routhenstein recommended consulting with a registered dietitian specializing in heart disease.
Fox News Digital reached out to the study researchers for more detail, as well as several manufacturers of fish oil supplements requesting comment on the findings.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
Shraddha Kapoor is a die-hard foodie. From golgappas to French fries, her gastronomical adventures are a never-ending saga. She is generous enough to share glimpses of her food outings on social media. On a more recent note, the Tu Jhoothi Main Makkaar actress has offered fans a sneakpeek into her special 7-course meal. In a carousel of pictures on Instagram, Shraddha was seen enjoying a full-fledged vegan cuisine at a restaurant. Her smile and the glimmer in her eyes were proof enough that she ate and left no crumbs (quite literally). The images featured Shraddha Kapoor devouring a range of vegan dishes. A culinary enthusiast, she also dropped the food menu, highlighting the names of each item. The first platter was coconut – a summer staple, served with lettuce, green chutney, and roasted rice. It was followed by celeriac, wasabi carrot, topinambur (root vegetables), and beetroot steak, garnished with cornichons (pickled cucumber). “Swipe to see my kinda 7-course syllabus,” she captioned the post. Take a look: Also Read:“Aaj Kya Nahi Karna Hai?”: Shraddha Kapoor Asks Fans Hinting At Her Sunday Cheat Meal
Next in Shraddha Kapoor’s multi-course vegan feast was a “planted” chicken breast, delicately marinated with jelly and currants, offering a nutritious and flavour-packed dining experience. The actress further indulged herself with Nam Dok Mango, a fruity specialty complemented by zesty lime rice, presenting a perfect remedy for mid-week blues. Recently, during a trip to Goa, Shraddha Kapoor shared a video on Instagram relishing a plate of crispy, golden French fries, generously coated with spicy masalas. With a playful display to the camera, she dipped each fry into sauce before savoring the snack. Her caption humorously confessed, “POV: Goa aake sirf fries khaye aur memes share kiye” (Only ate fries and shared memes after arriving in Goa), capturing her candid enjoyment of the moment.
Shraddha Kapoor’s “2023 recap” was all about indulging in the joy of having good food. Don’t believe us? Here’s the video for proof. Also Read: On Discovering This Dish In Her Dabba, Shraddha Kapoor Was Filled With Joy
We eagerly anticipate Shraddha Kapoor taking us on more of these delightful gastronomic adventures.
I expected those first few months at home to be a period of adjustment to being newly divorced and newly sober. What I hadn’t counted on was the tender longing I felt whenever I thought about Scott. Every night we talked on the phone about our time in Arizona and our day-to-day lives at home. I was surprised at how much I looked forward to those calls, and how comforting it was to hear his voice. In the light of day, I would scold myself for being so weak-minded.
We had spent 30 days together in an artificial, isolated environment. In the real world, our differences would spell disaster. We made no sense as a couple. Except, of course, for the fact that we couldn’t stand to be away from each other.
My therapist, Marguerita, said, “What if the reason you thought you were terrible at relationships is because you were not being your true self while you were in them?” She plopped a fresh box of tissues on the table, and I quietly blew my nose. Normally, if I cry at all, I never do so in front of other people. But after leaving treatment, I was crying all the time.
“That’s the thing,” I said. “I feel like I deserve an Oscar for my performances over the years as ‘best supporting’ whatever — wife, mother, school volunteer. But I’ve been playing these roles for so long that I don’t know who I am anymore. I went to the store yesterday to get stuff for dinner and burst into tears because I picked up a carton of milk. I hate milk. My children don’t drink milk. I was buying it out of habit because I think a good mother is supposed to have milk in her fridge. But if someone asked me at that moment what I wanted instead, I wouldn’t have been able to answer them. I’ve forgotten how to be myself.”
“But this man you met in Arizona — you said that you felt like yourself when you were with him.”
Marguerita looked at her notes. “You said that you didn’t have to pretend with him.”
“Yes, but that was because I was never going to see him again.”
“But you were yourself.”
I looked up to find Marguerita staring at me over her glasses. “Perhaps,” she said, “this is a good place to start our quest for the real Laura.”
Approval for the Phase III protocol of LAE002 Plus LAE001 come as a result of posiive Phase II data, which showed promising benefits for metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer (mCRPC) patients.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GAP je brend za koji svi znamo, ali je pomalo zanemaren u zadnje vrijeme, barem na našem prostoru. To se evidentno mijenja jer na njega je “bacila oko” Anne Hathaway, koja je oduševila u dugoj košulji-haljini ispod koje je nosila korzet. Najavila je ne samo dolazak ljeta već i veliki povratak brenda.
“Točno ovomu sam se nadala”
Haljina koju je nosila je iz Gapa, a za nju ju je prilagodio kreativni direktor brenda Zac Posen. Prema riječima Erin Walsh, stilistice Anne Hathaway, ona i Posen su bili inspirirani Audrey Hepburn u filmu Praznik u Rimu.
“Tako je prekrasna”, “Predivna je u bijelom”, “Savršenstvo”, “Točno ovomu sam se nadala od Zaca Posena u Gapu”, “Nadam se da će Zac dizajnirati i odjeću za muškarce”, “Zac može svaki komad odjeće pretvoriti u umjetničko djelo”, neki su od komentara na Instagramu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Prema glasinama, haljina bi trebala biti dostupna, no još uvijek nije poznato kad. No, bez obzira na to što ova haljina još nije dostupna za prodaju, Gap i druge trgovine trenutno u svojoj ponudi imaju slične komade.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
The crack of the ball off Maya Brady’s bat in the first inning sent a swift, loud message.
“Storm’s a Bruin,” UCLA coach Kelly Inouye-Perez said. “We’re here.”
Brady, the back-to-back Pac-12 player of the year, went three for four at the plate with two home runs in UCLA’s six-inning, 8-0 win over No. 11 Georgia in the first game of the Los Angeles Super Regional on Thursday. The No. 6 Bruins (41-10) can clinch a berth to the World Series with a win Friday at 7 p.m. at Easton Stadium in the best-of-three Super Regional.
UCLA is trying to make its eighth World Series appearance in nine years. The only blemish was last year’s winless postseason when the Bruins shockingly failed to advance out of the regional for the first time since 2013. The flop was traumatic enough for Inouye-Perez to hire a mental performance coach. Armondo Gonzalez has counseled the team all season, putting players at ease by saying any outcome is “already written.”
“For us, it honestly lifts a weight off of us,” Brady said. “Yes, we obviously have a say in our performance, but at the end of the day, there’s an outcome that’s already written that no matter if we strike out or we go four for four, that was the outcome that was supposed to happen. I think for us, it just allows us to kind of let go and play free.”
Including UCLA’s three wins in the regional round last weekend, Brady is nine for 12 at the plate in four postseason games with six extra base hits and five RBIs. Her leadoff home run in the fifth inning sparked a four-run burst highlighted by a three-run homer from Jordan Woolery that transformed a tight two-run game into a run-rule watch. Junior Savannah Pola clinched UCLA’s first Super Regional mercy rule win since 2010 with a two-run single in the bottom of the sixth.
The Bruins, who won the Pac-12 regular-season and tournament titles, have won 12 consecutive games and 24 of their last 26. Brady raised her eyebrows in surprise when she heard the stats at the postgame news conference.
UCLA starting pitcher Kaitlyn Terry delivers during the Bruins’ 8-0 win Thursday over Georgia.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
Along with her electric bat, the shortstop helped turn two double plays on defense to support freshman pitcher Kaitlyn Terry, who gave up four hits and three walks with five strikeouts in six innings.
The left-hander allowed a baserunner in each of the first five innings — three walks and two singles — but effortlessly worked her way out of danger with the help of her defense.
Left fielder Jadelyn Allchin’s diving catch in the second inning set the tone for the defense. Woolery caught a ball in foul territory while sliding to her knee in the third inning after Terry gave up a leadoff single. The pitcher allowed a leadoff walk in the fourth, but Brady erased it flawlessly, taking a hard-hit ball from Georgia’s Sara Mosley off the bounce, tagging second and firing the ball to Woolery at first.
Terry gave up four hits and three walks with five strikeouts in a complete-game victory. She faced her biggest threat in the sixth with runners on the corners and two outs, but used a devastating off-speed pitch to freeze Georgia’s Lyndi Raw Davis. Terry stomped her foot and whipped her fist in the air and the Bulldogs catcher trudged back to the dugout.
UCLA shortstop Maya Brady reacts after completing a double play in front of Georgia’s Jayda Kearney in the fourth inning Thursday.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
UCLA players celebrate after defeating Georgia 8-0 in the NCAA Super Regionals on Thursday.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
The Bruins avenged a 7-2 loss to the Bulldogs (43-18) from Feb. 16. Gonzalez reminded the Bruins of the loss before the game, emphasizing that they were a different team than the one that struggled in tournament play. The loss, UCLA’s first to Georgia since 2012, dropped the Bruins to 3-4, their worst start since 1986.
“This team in ‘24 in the beginning was carrying the burden of figuring out who we were,” Inouye-Perez said.
The 18-year coach recalled a favorite quote: “She remembered who she was and the game changed.” The Bruins remembered that while they weren’t getting the outcomes early, they still had the ability to be the perennial championship contenders who lead the nation with 12 NCAA titles.
“We understand our sport so that has freed up the pressure of what we need to do or for UCLA,” Inouye-Perez said. “They’re just playing ball, which I love … When they play freely, man, we see some serious Bruin magic.”
FPC or flexible printed circuit is a type of electronic PCB that has the ability to bend and flex. This type of circuit board is commonly used in small electronics and mobile devices such as cell phones, cameras, and computers. Its flexibility and thinness make it more convenient to fit in the housing of these products, as well as reduce weight and cost. It also helps to improve the heat dissipation and durability of these devices, making them more long-lasting than their rigid counterparts.
The fpc circuit board consists of layers of copper and conductors that are attached to each other via plated-through holes. This layer is the most critical part of the entire assembly, and it requires the utmost care during production to ensure quality. The manufacturing process of the copper layer includes several steps, including sizing, etching, and polishing. The final product must meet the required specifications and tolerances, as set forth in industry standards.
There are many different types of fpc circuit board, and each type has its own unique features. For example, the double-sided fpc circuit board has copper wiring patterns on both sides of the polyimide film, which allows more complex designs and saves space in the end product. This is an ideal option for applications that require a large number of components or where physical constraints limit the size of the device.
What Is an FPC Circuit Board?
Another type of fpc circuit board is the single-sided fpc. This type is ideal for applications that do not require multiple layers of copper or wiring. It is manufactured using a different base material than the double-sided version, and it can be produced using either standard or specialty materials. This type of fpc is also available with an aluminum-based insulator, which improves its temperature resistance and performance in harsh environments.
The manufacturing process of fpc circuit boards consists of three main stages. First, the copper foil is laminated to the substrate. Next, the copper is etched to remove any impurities and create a smooth surface. Finally, the etching is polished to remove any scratches or flaws. Depending on the application, this step can be completed manually or automatically.
In addition to these processes, fpcs must be bonded with stiffeners and heat-treated to provide strength and stability. Then, the finished boards are cut to shape and soldered together using a traditional internal connection method.
Despite their advantages, fpcs cannot replace rigid PCBs in every application. However, they are an excellent choice for mobile devices and other small electronics, where the size and performance of the device restrict the use of traditional internal connections. In addition, fpcs can help improve the reliability of wireless applications by maintaining high line widths. This allows for faster signal transmission and increased data rates. These improvements are especially important for applications such as consumer electronics, wearables, and sports equipment.
IndiGo’s domestic market share rose to 60.6 per cent in April, as per the latest official data.(Representative Photo)
InterGlobe Aviation, the parent of IndiGo, recorded a profit after tax of Rs 1,894.8 crore for the fourth quarter of 2023-24 compared to Rs 919.2 crore in the same period a year ago, a release said
The country’s largest airline IndiGo on Thursday reported more than doubling of its profit after tax to Rs 1,894.8 crore in the 2024 March quarter, fuelled by higher traffic, increased capacity and favourable external environment.
For the year ended March 2024, the airline posted a net profit of Rs 8,172.5 crore on record total income of Rs 18,505.1 crore.
In the first quarter of the current financial year, the airline has projected the capacity in terms of ASK to rise by 10-12 per cent compared to the year-ago period.
Available Seat Kilometre (ASK) is an indicator of capacity.
InterGlobe Aviation, the parent of IndiGo, recorded a profit after tax of Rs 1,894.8 crore for the fourth quarter of 2023-24 compared to Rs 919.2 crore in the same period a year ago, a release said.
Total income rose nearly 27 per cent to Rs 18,505.1 crore in the three months ended March 2024. It stood at Rs 14,600.1 crore in the year-ago period.
In the latest quarter under review, fuel cost increased 6.5 per cent while overall expenses climbed 22.3 per cent.
For the full year 2023-24, profit after tax touched Rs 8,172.5 crore as against a loss of Rs 305.8 crore in 2022-23.
“Yield increased by 7 per cent to Rs 5.19 and load factor improved by 2.1 points to 86.3 per cent,” it added.
According to the airline, it delivered another quarter of strong financial performance led by a range of initiatives and supported by favourable external environment.
“FY24 has been a year of many remarkable achievements and milestones. For the full financial year 2024, we reported our highest ever total income of around 712 billion rupees with a net profit of around 82 billion rupees and a net profit margin of 11.9 per cent. The 4th quarter financial results were positive, making it all four quarters in FY24 profitable,” IndiGo CEO Pieter Elbers said.
He also said the strong execution of the company’s strategy has yielded consistent results.
For the March quarter, IndiGo said its passenger ticket revenues rose 25.5 per cent to Rs 15,600.9 crore and ancillary revenues climbed 18.9 per cent to Rs 1,719.4 crore on an annual basis.
At the end of March, the airline had a fleet of 367 planes, including 13 on damp lease.
The airline, which started flying nearly 18 years ago, has about 1,000 planes on order and those are to be delivered through 2035.
IndiGo’s domestic market share rose to 60.6 per cent in April, as per the latest official data.
As of March this year, the total cash balance stood at Rs 34,737.5 crore, including Rs 20,823 crore of free cash.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Aditi Ray Chowdhury
Aditi Ray Chowdhury works at the breaking news desk with News18.com as a News Trainee. She completed her graduation in Mass Communication and Journali…Read More
Global smartphone brand Tecno has finally announced the sale of their Camon 30 series in India, starting at Rs 19,999.
The smartphone brand made this announcement through a press release on Thursday, May 23, which also stated that the Camon 30 5G in two storage variants and the Camon 30 Premier 5G will be up for grabs starting today.
The Camon 30 Premier 5G packs a MediaTek Dimensity 8200 Ultimate processor and has 12GB+12GB extended RAM with 512GB of ROM. It also has a triple camera setup that includes a 50 MP Sony IMX890 sensor, a 50 MP 3x periscope lens with 60x hyper zoom, and a 50 MP ultra-wide camera. It also houses a 50 MP front camera with eye-tracking autofocus. The Camon 30 Premier 5G will be available at a price of Rs 39,999.
On the other hand, the Camon 30 5G packs a MediaTek Dimensity 7020 processor and will come in an 8 GB RAM + 256 GB ROM and 12 GB RAM + 256 GB ROM storage variant, starting at Rs 22,999 and Rs 26,999, respectively.
Buyers can get an instant bank discount of Rs 3,000 on both variants of the Camon 30 5G in part of a limited-time launch offer, snagging the device at an effective price of Rs 19,999 and Rs 23,999, respectively. This offer is also valid for the Camon 30 Premier 5G and buyers will get the device at a price of Rs 36,999.
Additionally, the company is offering complimentary goodies worth Rs 4,999 on purchases for both online and offline customers.
Norway will further restrict its entry conditions for Russian tourists from May 29, a decision the government said backed its allies’ reactions to the war being waged in Ukraine.
Norway to tighten entry rules for travellers from Russia starting next week (Photo by Unsplash)
Russian citizens whose purpose is tourism and other non-essential travel will be rejected upon entry, according to a website statement on Thursday. Exceptions will be granted in certain cases, for instance to visit close family residing in Norway and for Russian citizens who will work or study in Norway or other Schengen countries, it added.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The change follows a previous tightening in the spring of 2022 when tourist visas for Norway were generally not granted to Russians.
On Thursday, Norwegian authorities said they will “keep a close eye on the border and border traffic at Storskog, and will take action if necessary,” referring to the only border crossing point on the land border with Russia. That is also the only checkpoint in the region that can still be used by Russians entering the Schengen area after neighboring Finland shut its border points with Russia last fall.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Norway to tighten entry rules for travellers from Russia starting next week
PlayStation Plus subscribers are counting down to the reveal of the free PS4 and PS5 games for June 2024. Unfortunately, however, PS Plus Essentials subscribers will have to wait a little longer for the official announcement, which will take place at 4.30pm BST UK time on the afternoon of May 29. Even worse, the next batch of games won’t actually be available to download and play until the morning of June 4. While this is a long time to wait for the release of the new games, it does mean that subscribers have more time to pick up the excellent line-up of Essentials for May 2024. The current line-up is headlined by high-profile football game EA Sports FC 24.
It’s the fourth year in a row that an Electronic Arts game has headlined the May line-up of PS Plus games. Previous EA releases include GRID Legends, FIFA 22, and Battlefield 5.
EA Sports FC 24 is the first annual Electronic Arts football game not to feature the FIFA branding.
Despite the falling out with FIFA, EA Sports FC 24 is essentially a FIFA game, featuring the same bells and whistles as its predecessors.
This includes a ton of licensed players and teams, male and female leagues, Ultimate Team, official stadiums and lots more.
It also contains new technological upgrades, including HyperMotionV, PlayStyles optimised by Opta, and an enhanced version of the Frostbite Engine.
EA Sports FC 24 will be joined by two additional games, including the action-packed Ghostrunner 2 and Zelda-style adventure game Tunic.
Tunic is a personal favourite, featuring a unique hint and puzzle system based on finding pages of a manual within the game world.
“Explore a hostile and intricately-connected world of shady forests, sprawling ruins, and labyrinthine catacombs in this stylish isometric adventure,” reads the official description.
“Discover hidden treasures and secret techniques to help you on your way. Clash with colossal beasts and smaller enemies deep beneath the earth, high above the clouds and in places stranger still.
“All will test your knowledge of technical combat as you courageously dodge, block, parry and strike to conquer them. Collect the missing manual pages, bursting with hints and original full-colour illustrations.”
Ghostrunner 2, meanwhile, is a fast-paced action game with a futuristic setting. With one-hit kill deaths and expansive platforming sections, it’s a challenging game that will test your skills.
Finally, as an added bonus, Destiny 2 expansion Lightfall is also available until early June. The add-on takes players to Neptune, where Guardians will face off against a shadowy threat.
Daily Express will be back this weekend with predictions for the next batch of PS Plus games coming in June.
Kia Australia has quietly released pricing and specifications for the facelifted Sorento Hybrid (HEV), which is being offered once again in top-spec GT-Line trim with the choice of front-wheel drive (FWD) and all-wheel drive (AWD).
Overseas model shown
The 2024 Kia Sorento GT-Line HEV is priced from $70,330 before on-road costs in FWD guise and $73,330 plus on-roads with AWD, representing price increases of $3580 over the pre-facelift MY23 models.
The hybrids are also about $5000 dearer than their V6 FWD and Diesel AWD counterparts, and aren’t offered with nationwide driveaway pricing.
It’s understood the Sorento HEV will remain in short supply, with a national monthly allocation of around 20 units or so. The Sorento Plug-in Hybrid (PHEV) is also expected to arrive shortly with similar upgrades, and even tighter supply of around 10 units per month.
Key changes for the MY24 Sorento HEV align with the petrol and diesel range, with the electrified SUV picking up a fresh exterior design, as well as an updated interior and an enhanced technology suite.
The Sorento HEV’s drivetrain is carried over from the pre-facelifted model, meaning it’s powered by a 169kW/350Nm 1.6-litre turbocharged hybrid system which includes a 44kW/264Nm electric motor and 1.49kWh lithium-ion polymer battery.
Rivals include the related new-generation Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid, which is now on sale from $55,500 before on-road costs. The Santa Fe Hybrid is also available in the more expensive ($75,500) Calligraphy trim. The Toyota Kluger Grande AWD Hybrid is currently priced from $80,230 plus on-roads.
Pricing
Model Variant
$RRP
2024 Kia Sorento GT-Line HEV FWD
$70,330 (+$3580)
2024 Kia Sorento GT-Line HEV AWD
$73,330 (+$3580)
Prices exclude on-road costs
Drivetrains and Efficiency
The Sorento HEV is powered by a 1.6L turbocharged petrol engine mated with an electric motor and lithium battery.
Kia Sorento HEV
Engine
1.6L 4cyl turbo HEV
Power
169kW
Engine torque
350Nm
Transmission
6-speed auto
Driven wheels
FWD or AWD
Kerb weight
1951kg – FWD 2014kg – AWD
Fuel economy (claim)
5.4L/100km – FWD 5.7L/100km – AWD
Fuel tank size
67 litres
Fuel requirement
91 RON
CO2 emissions
122g/km – FWD 129g/km – AWD
Emissions standard
Euro 5
Maximum tow capacity
1650kg – braked
Dimensions
The Sorento HEV’s dimensions largely mirror that of the V6 FWD and Diesel AWD range.
Kia Sorento HEV
Length
4815mm
Width
1900mm
Height
1700mm
Wheelbase
2815mm
Boot capacity
179-1995 litres
Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM)
2580kg – FWD 2640kg – AWD
Servicing and Warranty
The Kia Sorento lineup is covered by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty. High-voltage battery and motor components for electrified models are covered for seven years or 150,000 kilometres.
Scheduled maintenance is required every 12 months or 10,000 kilometres – whichever comes first. Kia models with turbocharged petrol engines have shorter mileage intervals than naturally aspirated petrols and turbo-diesels.
Interval
Sorento HEV FWD
Sorento HEV AWD
12mth/10,000km
$352.00
$352.00
24mth/20,000km
$732.00
$732.00
36mth/30,000km
$426.00
$426.00
48mth/40,000km
$1062.00
$1098.00
60mth/50,000km
$396.00
$396.00
72mth/60,000km
$882.00
$882.00
84mth/70,000km
$695.00
$695.00
Total
$4545.00
$4581.00
Safety
The 2024 Kia Sorento carries over the pre-update model’s five-star ANCAP safety rating, based on Euro NCAP tests.
The Sorento managed an adult occupant protection score of 82 per cent, child occupant protection score of 85 per cent, vulnerable road user protection score of 63 per cent, and safety assist score of 89 per cent.
Standard safety features include:
7 airbags incl. front-centre
Adaptive cruise control
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Car detection
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Junction assist
Blind-spot assist
Driver attention alert
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Adaptive cruise incl. stop/go
Lane Following Assist
Navigation-based
Lane Following Assist
Lane keep assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (NEW)
Parking sensors front, rear
Rear cross-traffic assist
Reversing camera
Safe Exit Warning
Tyre pressure monitoring
Kia Connect features include:
eCall
Remote lock
Remote climate control
Vehicle tracking
Vehicle status monitoring
Voice assistant
Destination send to vehicle
Real-time traffic updates
Valet parking mode
It’s worth noting the updated Australian range doesn’t pick up more airbags like Korean models, which get rear-side inflators and a driver’s knee airbag – bringing the total to 10.
Local models also appear to miss out on the ‘reverse guide lamp’ that’s similar to the rear lights offered by Genesis models.
Standard Equipment
The Sorento HEV is only offered in Australia in flagship GT-Line guise – full specifications haven’t been detailed yet on the Kia Australia website as yet.
Ethereum (ETH) saw significant price volatility recently, due to increased anticipation of spot Ethereum ETFs approval in the U.S. This positive news drove a 28% increase in ETH’s price in a week, achieving highs last seen in mid-March. Although the price briefly dipped to approximately $3,700, key indicators suggest this decline is short-lived, with expectations for Ethereum to continue its upward trajectory.
Bullish Traders Face Liquidations
One of the most compelling indicators of Ethereum’s potential for future price growth is the rising open interest in ETH futures and trading volume. Data suggests that ETH’s open recorded a 4.3% gain in the last 24 hours, currently at $16.4 billion. Additionally, the trading recorded over 14% gain, surging to $60 billion.
Read more: Gensler Teases Upcoming SEC Decision on Ethereum ETFs: Here’s What To Expect
However, the recent steep decline in the crypto market solidified bearish positions near the $4K milestone. During the early U.S. trading session, Bitcoin (BTC) fell from approximately $70,000 to below $68,000, while the price of Ethereum (ETH), having climbed to its highest level since mid-March at over $3,900 early Thursday, dropped to around $3,700. According to Coinglass, total liquidations exceeded $110 million, with long positions facing liquidations close to $90 million.
ETH’s brief and sudden dip below $3800 was likely driven by MEV trading firm Symbolic Capital Partners. The institution sold 6,968 ETH in one minute, worth $27.38 million, with an average selling price of $3,930, according to @ai_9684xtpa. One of the transactions sold 3,497 ETH…
The decline could have been triggered by a large ETH sell order from trading firm Symbolic Capital Partner. Blockchain data showed the firm sold 6,968 ETH worth $27.4 million within a minute. Additionally, several whales have become active as their selling pressure continues to increase.
Ethereum co-founder Jeffrey Wilke moved 10,000 ETH ($37.4 million) to Kraken, possibly to take profits, rebalance his portfolio, or evaluate the trend. This is part of a larger pattern where more ETH is being deposited into exchanges, suggesting a rise in trading and potential market instability. This might strengthen the resistance for Ethereum price, which might trigger more frequent large selloffs.
What’s Next For ETH Price?
Ether’s price recently neared the $3,950 mark, reflecting a significant upward trend. However, bears strongly defended this level, resulting in a decline toward $3.7K. Despite strong rejection, bulls took control and are aiming for a retest of the psychological mark of $4K. At the time of this report, Ether is trading at $3,802, marking a 1.3% increase in the past 24 hours.
The bulls are poised to challenge the $4,100 resistance level ahead of the ETF decision. A positive news might skyrocket the price later. A breakthrough could signal a shift in the long-term market trend, potentially sending the ETH/USDT pair toward the $5,000 level.
On the other hand, for the bears to regain market control, they must drive the price below the 20-day EMA and breach the critical $3,600 support level. Such a move could trigger a fall to $3,350. However, the likelihood of a downward trend is currently lower due to increasing hope that the SEC will approve the ETH ETF.
More content marketers should act like museum curators.
Museum curators pick an exhibit theme, carefully select the artifacts, and organize them into a story that visitors will want to consume.
By adopting a similar strategy, you — and, ultimately, your audience — will reap the rewards.
You will create more quality content without having to create new content.
You will tell unique stories shaped by others’ content.
You will position your brand as a thought leader without having to write draft after draft before the author-executive signs off.
You will become a trusted and helpful resource by digesting content from multiple sources.
Curation can take your content marketing further without an additional investment of resources.
What is a content curator vs. a content aggregator?
Being a successful curator requires first understanding the difference between a curator and an aggregator.
Think of it like this.
When people reshare or repost others’ content on social media without commenting, they are aggregators. Their audience assumes the “reposter” is interested in the content, but they don’t know what’s particularly interesting or helpful about it.
In this LinkedIn post, I was an aggregator, sharing a post from Christina Nicholson on the value of public relations. I didn’t help my audience understand the topic even though they couldn’t discern it from the opening line, “I’m handing over thousands of dollars to her … and she has no idea where I came from.”
When people comment on or write an introduction to the shared or reposted content, they act as curators. They let their audience know why they found the content valuable or how it might relate to them.
So be a curator, not an aggregator, and your audience (and brand) will thank you (or at least appreciate your content.)
Here’s how to be a content curator.
Pick a topic
Though curating allows you to develop more content with fewer resources, that doesn’t mean you can scrimp on quality.
First, identify a theme or topic about which you could curate content and that your audience will find valuable. It could be a synthesis of industry news. It could be takeaways from scholarly content. It could be a compilation of takeaways from your brand’s content. It could be a deep dive into a topic for which you don’t have subject matter experts on staff.
When you decide on the theme, fill in the blanks in this sentence:
We will curate content about _________________ to help our audience _______________.
Select the tactic
Now that you have your theme and general benefit, you’re ready to pick the tactic. You can create something new or select an existing vehicle that could benefit from curated content. It might be a podcast, newsletter, blog, video series, or social media post. You could also combine several formats.
In this edition, Navneet Kaushal highlights the key takeaways from 10 articles, including this one, A Comparison of the 10 Best Email Marketing Tools. The author gives credit and links to the original source while summarizing what readers can expect — the features, pricing, and performance of each tool.
Will you give your take on a single in-depth article or podcast episode? Nigel Brown did with the LinkedIn post mentioned earlier in this article.
Will you curate content your brand or a sister brand already published?
Marketing Brew’s newsletter includes content from elsewhere in the Morning Brew media world. In this May 13 newsletter, it gave its spin on an article about Taylor Swift’s impact on a $60 clothing item originally published by Retail Brew.
Will you create a newsletter with a roundup of interesting or news content?
The Daily Skimm curates entertainment, news, and more in its newsletter. In this edition, it curates a quote from Ryan Reynolds about Taylor Swift naming his children. Then, it digests the news topic of the day (Michael Cohen’s testimony in the Trump trial). In the first two paragraphs, it connects to content from AP News, Axios, Politico, and CNBC.
You also could curate more long-form content, such as an e-book combining content from your brand and third parties on the same topic. The possibilities are vast.
Once you know what the content will look like, you can better understand how much or little needs to be curated. For example, a weekly curated blog article of 1,500 words might require several sources and more time to create than a four-minute podcast segment (about 600 words) discussing a single curated source.
Also, decide how frequently the curated tactic will be distributed and set expectations on the timeliness of the incorporated pieces. If you write an industry newsletter or do a hot topic segment in your podcast, you’ll need to curate more timely pieces than if you curate an in-depth e-book about the topic.
Now, you can create a content curation calendar and list the total number of curated items needed and how frequently you’ll need it. It’s OK to use a range for the quantity, but don’t sway from the frequency.
Search for content
Now that you know the topic, you’re ready to set up the curation process.
Starting from scratch each time or hoping you’ll stumble upon some content to curate isn’t a strategy and will lead you to end the strategy quickly because it’s too time-consuming. You should establish a system that can easily scale. Start by documenting everything on a spreadsheet or other tracking system
Use SEO strategy
Pull the keywords from your SEO strategy. Given it’s likely a lengthy list, you’ll need to test and refine it. Pick five to 10 phrases that are more likely to consistently deliver good content for curation. If they don’t prove fruitful, swap them out for other keywords.
You want the curated content to feel fresh. Depending on your topic, that could be content from the last week, month, or year. It rarely means content from two, five, or 10 years ago. In Google searches, after you search for your keywords, click the “news” tab at the top of the search results page. It will display more recent newsier items.
TIP: Set up a Google Alert for your primary targeted words.
You also can follow a similar search process on YouTube to uncover relevant videos.
Make bookmarks your friend
When you find websites or other content resources that could provide a steady stream of articles worthy of curation, bookmark them and add them to your tracker. Sometimes, they may have relevant content that isn’t ranking well yet. If you don’t go directly to their URL, you will never find that content.
Don’t forget to use the search features on these go-to domains to discover content that may not be showing up on their front page anymore.
Sign up and follow
Subscribe to newsletters, podcasts, and videos that cover your topics. They can offer a plethora of resources that you could use or put you on a new path for further research.
TIP: Set up a separate email address for the subscriptions to avoid an overflowing inbox.
I like newsletters because I can quickly read the content and cut and paste it into my notes. But audio can work, too. In those cases, I use a free tool, like YouTubeTranscript, to get text so I can do it more easily.
Venture into social media, too. These platforms can be helpful in a couple of ways – finding people and hashtags relevant to your topics. Follow those go-to sources who share links and breaking news on your topic. Track the most relevant hashtags to see what content surfaces.
Use a tool
Generative AI can give you an assist, too. Enter prompts that use your key topics or questions into a tool like Gemini or another that provides real-time information. Ask for the original sources and verify those sources include the content.
Although I haven’t used paid tools in a while, many are available to expedite the curation process:
Curata allows for creation, curation, organization, annotation, and sharing content.
Feedly uses RSS feeds to track designated topics and trends.
Scoop.it lets businesses create hubs to create, curate, share and use content elsewhere.
TagBoard works for hashtag curation on social media.
If you curate content on more intellectual or researched topics, use tools like Google Scholar to find academic articles.
Give credit (it’s due)
As you go about curating content, make sure to track the sources. Giving the original sources proper credit is a must if you want to avoid plagiarism (or even the perception of plagiarism.) In your content, note the original source by name in your content and link to the curated article, podcast, or video whenever possible.
Tell a curated story
Third-party content can prove a valuable resource to broaden your content strategy and deliver more for your audience with fewer resources. But the content only serves as the building blocks. You, like a museum curator, still must figure out how to design it cohesively to craft a story that your brand wants to tell and your audience wants to consume.
All tools mentioned in this article were suggested by the author. If you’d like to suggest a tool, share the article on social media with a comment.
Register to attend Content Marketing World in San Diego. Use the code BLOG100 to save $100. Can’t attend in person this year? Check out the Digital Pass for access to on-demand session recordings from the live event through the end of the year.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
TDK Corporation, a leader in electronic solutions, has tied up with the Gopalakrishnan-Deshpande Center for Innovation & Entrepreneurship (GDC) at IIT Madras to launch the ‘TIIC Accelerator Program 2024’. The program aims to foster innovation in the Healthcare Technology and Diagnostics sector arising from Indian STEM university researchers and start-ups.
Through this collaboration, TDK Corporation aims to harness India’s deep talent pool and creativity to propel breakthroughs in healthcare diagnostics, medical devices, and related areas. The programme will provide targeted support, mentorship, and partnership and investment opportunities to catalyse the growth of promising healthcare technology ventures.
The ‘TIIC Accelerator Program 2024’ will combine TDK’s experience in the technology industry with GDC’s experience in commercialisation of research and fostering entrepreneurship, says a release.
The programme seeks the participation of start-ups from multiple segments of the healthcare technologies and diagnostics sector. This includes diagnostic labs/ services, consumables, wearables and analytics.
The programme will call for applications in June 2024, from which promising start-ups/ teams will be selected. Thereafter, GDC will host an in-person workshop of the selected teams/ start-ups at the IIT Madras campus. Following this, the teams will undergo an intensive 6–8-week boot camp focussed on customer discovery. In the next phase, a set of shortlisted teams will participate in a Business Mentorship programme, which will help them get investment-ready and prepare them for their pitch to TDK to secure investments or explore other potential collaborations, the release said.”
If current forecasts are accurate, 2064 will be the first year in centuries when fewer babies are born than people die. Birth rates in India will fall to below the level seen in America last year. Even with immigration and successful pro-natal policies, America’s population will only have a little bit of growth left. By 2100 there will be many fewer migrants left to attract. The world’s fertility rate will hit 1.7. Just two Pacific islands and four African countries will manage to reproduce above replacement level.
Sooner or later, therefore, every big economy will collide with a demographic wall. The bill from pensions and hospitals will pile on fiscal pressure. Sapped of workers and ideas, economic growth could collapse while public debt balloons. Just how catastrophic the situation becomes depends on whether policymakers maintain budgetary discipline, withstand pressure from angry older voters and, crucially, are willing to inflict pain on populations now in order to save future generations from more later on.
The faces of presidents George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt and Abraham Lincoln on Mount Rushmore get covered with black blindfolds that collectively read “The Truth Lies” in a teaser video for Call of Duty: Black Ops 6, a new game announced Thursday by publisher Activision.
A video called “wake up (rushmore) #thetruthlies” was released showing a squad vandalizing Mount Rushmore at night with the blindfolds. The blindfold over Lincoln’s face includes a three-headed wolf emblem, which was part of the newspaper ad and which appeared in the franchise’s last game, Modern Warfare 3, according to IGN. IGN also shared an X post from an eagle-eyed fan suggesting the game will take place during the Gulf War conflict.
No release date, information on different editions of the game or pricing has been released yet for what the publisher is calling a “dark new chapter” in the franchise.
Activision promised to reveal more at 10 a.m. PT (1 p.m. ET) on June 9 as part of an online Xbox Games Showcase, followed by a Black Ops 6 Direct broadcast.
While the main story in the last Black Ops game was set in the early 1980s and was a direct sequel to the first game in the series, Call of Duty: Black Ops. Like other Call of Duty games, its multiplayer included a Zombies mode as well as a free-to-play battle royale game called Warzone.
Fox News medical contributor Dr. Marc Siegel on what to know about bird flu and why it is important to not look directly at the solar eclipse without proper glasses
Despite growing concern about bird flu, many U.S. dairy farms have not increased health protections for employees.
On May 22, 2024, the U.S. government said a second dairy worker has contracted bird flu since cattle first tested positive in late March.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture said it believes unpasteurized milk is the primary vector for transmitting the virus in cows, though officials do not know exactly how it spreads.
Many U.S. dairy farms have not yet increased health protections against bird flu for employees during an outbreak in cows, according to workers, activists and farmers, worrying health experts about the risk for more human infections of a virus with pandemic potential.
Epidemiologists are concerned the virus could potentially spread and cause serious illnesses as farmers downplay the risk to workers while employees are not widely aware of cases in U.S. cattle.
The U.S. government said on Wednesday that a second dairy worker contracted bird flu since cattle first tested positive in late March and that investigators are looking into whether the person was wearing or offered protective equipment.
AUSTRALIA REPORTS NEW BIRD FLU CASE AT POULTRY FARM AS GLOBAL CONCERNS RISE
Nearly 24,000 farms sell milk around the country, and they offer varying protections to staff. Lobby group the National Milk Producers Federation said it encouraged farms to use protective equipment in line with federal recommendations and heard of increased worker protections.
Three dairy workers, seven activists and two lawyers who assist farm employees told Reuters that dairy owners have not offered equipment like face shields and goggles to staff who spend 10- to 12-hour days side-by-side with cows. Three large dairy companies with tens of thousands of cows declined to comment on their procedures.
The workers – all based in New York, a major dairy producer – said they heard of the new illness affecting cattle through the media or community organizers, not their employers. One, 39-year-old Luis Jimenez from Mexico, said last week it was business as usual.
A worker using an automated machine helps milk Holstein cows at Airoso Circle A Dairy in Pixley, California, on October 2, 2019. Workers who attach and detach milking equipment to cows get their faces close to unpasteurized milk. The U.S. Department of Agriculture said it believes unpasteurized milk is the primary vector for transmitting the virus in cows.(Reuters/Mike Blake/File Photo)
“They’re not doing anything,” he said.
The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in April and May advised workers to use personal protective equipment (PPE) if they may be exposed to sick livestock, after a Texas dairy worker tested positive for bird flu. On May 6, the agency asked states to make equipment available to workers.
CDC wants “to make sure that farm workers across the country, whether they are at a farm with an affected herd or not, have access to PPE,” said Nirav Shah, principal deputy director, last week.
New York state said it is assessing CDC’s recommendation and has not yet distributed equipment. Texas, New Mexico and Colorado, where cattle were infected, said they distributed equipment to eight dairies combined. Kansas, Idaho and Wisconsin said they have equipment, but no farmers asked for it.
Michigan, where the second dairy worker tested positive, said many farms have protective gear but the state is coordinating a way to make it available for those that need more.
Dairies became more aware of bird flu’s risks in late April after the U.S. government began requiring that cows test negative before crossing state lines, said Emily Yeiser Stepp, who oversees a National Milk Producers Federation program that covers workforce development.
Still, “reaching out into some of our rural networks takes a little longer,” she said when told of workers who said they were not informed of recommendations for protective equipment.
CLOSE CONTACT WITH COWS
The U.S. confirmed bird flu in dairy cattle in nine states. Scientists have said they believe the outbreak is more widespread based on findings of H5N1 particles in about 20% of retail milk samples.
Bird flu has caused serious or fatal infections globally among people in close contact with wild birds or poultry. In cows, the U.S. Department of Agriculture said it believes unpasteurized milk is the primary vector for transmitting the virus, though officials do not know exactly how it spreads.
Health experts advise dairy workers to wear gloves and disposable coveralls that can block milk splashes on their bodies or clothing.
Jimenez said his coworkers are under pressure to work so quickly that they sometimes do not have time to wash their hands before meals and often drive home in their work clothes.
Workers attach and detach milking equipment on cows, putting their faces close to unpasteurized milk. Most are immigrants and many do not have health insurance.
“When you’re milking, splashes can’t be avoided. When it splashes in our eyes, we wash it out with water,” said another New York worker, who requested anonymity because he is undocumented.
Lucas Sjostrom, a farmer and executive director of the Minnesota Milk Producers Association, uses robotic machines to attach milking equipment to cows, but said he is being extra conscious that human workers wear gloves while transporting unpasteurized milk. Minnesota has not reported bird flu in cows.
In Indiana, another state without confirmed cases, farmer Steve Obert said he has not increased precautions for workers, though that could change if his herd tests positive. Extra protective equipment is not comfortable to wear, he added.
“We’re rather isolated and I don’t think the risk is really great,” said Obert, executive director of the industry group Indiana Dairy Producers.
BLOOD-RED EYES
The infected Texas worker suffered conjunctivitis and broken blood vessels that turned his eyes scarlet red, according to a photo published in the New England Journal of Medicine. He reported wearing gloves when working with cows but not respiratory or eye protection, the journal said.
Scientists are watching for changes in the virus that could make it spread more easily among humans. Epidemiologists said it could cause more serious illnesses if it mutates or infects someone with a compromised immune system.
Some dairies with infected cows have resisted allowing federal officials on their farms because of financial concerns, said Gregory Gray, a University of Texas Medical Branch professor studying cattle diseases.
The CDC said it would like to test more farm workers, but it is not required.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
New Mexico had anecdotal reports of workers with symptoms similar to conjunctivitis, but most were not tested, according to internal state documents that were dated April 26 and obtained by Reuters under a public records request. The workers were not tested because they did not seek healthcare, the New Mexico Department of Health said.
Policy changes are needed to encourage workers to seek treatment, such as emergency income assurance for those who test positive, said Brian Castrucci, an epidemiologist and CEO at health policy group the de Beaumont Foundation.
“I don’t want to wait until we have a dead dairy farm worker until we ratchet up what we’re doing,” he said.
Preventing shoplifting can be a challenging task for many business owners, especially on busy days. If you run a food and beverage store where edible items are displayed on shelves without any security tags, the challenge becomes even greater. However, a fruit seller in Bangladesh has come up with a brilliant way to protect the grapes he sells from being snatched by passengers on moving trains. How? By taking the matter into his own hands. A video shared by a Reddit user shows a fruit stall set up right next to a railway track. The stall is so close to the track that passengers can easily reach out and grab the bunches of grapes hanging in front of it. To prevent this, the fruit vendor has devised a unique plan. The video depicts the vendor standing guard as a train passes by, holding a long knife in one hand and a bunch of grapes in the other, seemingly threatening potential thieves. Additionally, another man stands next to the vendor with a stick, further deterring theft. As soon as the train passes, both men return inside their shop. The text accompanying the clip reads, “Bangladeshi fruit vendor attempting to protect his grapes from train passengers.” Take a look: Also Read: Video Of Vendor Selling Kashmiri Street Food On Dal Lake Goes Viral; Internet Lauds “Hygiene”
The comments section is filled with varied reactions. A few speculated that the vendor conceived this idea after facing numerous shoplifting incidents. One comment read, “They were all way too accustomed to free train grapes, and the home dude is fed up.”
Witnessing the fruit seller’s struggle, a user suggested, “Seems like he could move them back a foot or two and not have to do this every time a train passes.”
Referring to the other man in the shop, a person joked, “The guy behind him is holding a bat…” Also Read: Watch: ‘Cooker Wali Coffee’ By Streetside Vendor Has Left Internet In Splits
For a moment, the annual Gordon Parks Foundation gala felt like a church service.
The celestial voices of a choir echoed throughout, resonating from the marble floor to the vaulted ceiling of Cipriani on 42nd Street. They sang and stomped powerfully while patrons took their seats.
The service had begun.
The night included a reverent performance from Patti Smith, an auction that felt a little like tithing and something of a sermon from the artist Carrie Mae Weems celebrating the artist Mickalene Thomas — who was also in the crowd. It was capped off with a call to action from Myrlie Evers-Williams, the widow of the slain civil rights leader Medgar Evers.
Every year, the Gordon Parks Foundation, named for Gordon Parks, the famed photographer, director and musician, honors a community of artists and athletes at a gala to raise funds for fellowships and scholarships. Those who admire Mr. Parks, who died in 2006, get together to eat, dance, push one another forward in their activism and worship expression that spurs social change.
This year’s honorees, who were celebrated for their work in their respective fields, included Ms. Thomas; Ms. Evers-Williams; Alicia Keys and her husband, Swizz Beatz, whose name is Kasseem Dean; and Colin Kaepernick, the former N.F.L. quarterback turned activist. Richard Roundtree, who played the main character in Mr. Parks’s 1971 film “Shaft” and died in October, received a posthumous award.
The gala, now in its 14th year, also held an auction of photographs by Mr. Parks, which raised about $640,000.
A single photo from 1956 of a Black family at an ice cream stand set off a gritty bidding war between Usher, the R&B singer, and Gail Yabuki, the director of the Yabuki Family Foundation, who won with a bid of $200,000.
“I have a competitive nature, so it’s hard for me to stop,” Ms. Yabuki said. “I was just going to keep going.”
The fund-raiser raised about $2.3 million, but the event, much like a church service, was not all about money or how much the foundation collected to keep itself running.
Peter W. Kunhardt Jr., the executive director of the foundation, said one of its goals is to make sure Mr. Parks’s legacy “is cemented in time.”
“There’s young artists today who weren’t alive when Gordon Parks was alive that are now understanding the breadth and depth of his career,” he said.
An admiration of Mr. Parks’s influence was passed down to Chelsea Clinton, who said she appreciates his photography.
“I grew up knowing Gordon Parks, his work, through my parents,” Ms. Clinton said, speaking to reporters on a red carpet. “Now, I am the proud owner of a few Gordon Parks photographs.”
A few recognizable faces slid into the event a bit late.
Spike Lee took his seat between Mr. Kaepernick and Usher about 30 minutes after the program had started. “I’m filming my fifth movie with Denzel Washington,” said Mr. Lee, who was wearing a vest and track pants. “That’s why I’m not dressed up.”
Clive Davis, the record industry mogul, who was wearing a lime green tie, skipped the red carpet altogether. “I so admire the history, the background — it is all very unique, very special and moving,” Mr. Davis said of the event, which he has attended many times.
Gayle King, the broadcast journalist, began the award portion of the evening by introducing Ms. Evers-Williams, 91. She did not attend the event in person, but appeared via recorded video. Her otherworldly voice, rich with wisdom, boomed through the speakers.
“This award is a testament to the progress we have made and a reminder of the work that still lies ahead,” she said from her home in Mississippi, where she was sitting in front of a painting of her husband.
Ms. Smith, who said she was moved to tears at a recent exhibit of Mr. Parks’s work, took the stage with her longtime bandmate Tony Shanahan. Her white hair and shirt shone under the lights, giving her an angelic aura. She performed her song “Peaceable Kingdom.”
Honoring activism was a big part of the night, but underscoring that message was a conversation about how to protect the legacies of people like Mr. Parks, who dedicate their lives to bringing about change.
Wearing a pinstripe Dolce & Gabbana suit, Mr. Dean, who along with Ms. Keys has one of the largest privately owned collections of work by Mr. Parks, said collecting the photographer’s pieces was central to preserving his legacy.
“Instead of telling people what they’re not, we wanted to inspire them to be,” Mr. Dean said.
After the honors had been handed out, photos had been taken, tears had been shed and Mr. Lee had delivered a couple of somber anecdotes about his beloved New York Knicks, who had just been defeated in the playoffs, the congregation began to lose steam.
Usher left the building and D.J. D-Nice, a born-again celebrity, played the R&B gospels: Stevie Wonder and Frankie Beverly.
Under terms of the agreement, Nona Biosciences is expected to receive an upfront payment of $19 million, with the potential of up to $585 million in milestones.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GOOGLE Pay uvodi određene promjene za svoje korisnike. Jedna od njih je da ćete prilikom plaćanja na pregledniku Chrome vidjeti nudi li neka od vaših spremljenih kartica neke pogodnosti u odabranoj internetskoj trgovini, poput popusta ili bodova. Bit će dostupna i usluga plaćanja na rate na više web stranica.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Značajno ojačana sigurnost podataka
Umjesto lozinke ili PIN-a, korisnici Chromea i Androida moći će potvrditi podatke o kartici koristeći biometrijske podatke, poput otiska prsta. Kako je Google pojasnio na svojem blogu, automatsko popunjavanje štedi vrijeme prilikom naplate, no iz sigurnosnih je razloga potrebno provjeriti koristite li karticu upravo vi. Korištenjem biometrijskih podataka provjera će biti jednostavnija i sigurnija.
Korisnici će također moći onemogućiti otkrivanje podataka o kartici prije otključavanja uređaja kako ih druge osobe s pristupom vašem uređaju ne bi mogle vidjeti, a samim time ih neće moći ni koristiti. Ova mogućnost dodatno jača sigurnost svih unesenih podataka.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
The names trigger memories recent and long-ago. From David Price to Russell Martin, from Tony Gwynn Jr. to Jerry Hairston Jr. to Dee Strange-Gordon, former Dodgers sprinkle the rosters.
And the 14 Hall of Famers serving as coaches include a who’s who of legends that tormented the Dodgers as exalted opponents: Ozzie Smith, Ken Griffey Jr., Fergie Jenkins, Dave Winfield, Fred McGriff … the list goes on.
They’ll gather in Cooperstown, N.Y., for the East-West Classic: a tribute to the Negro Leagues All-Star Game on Saturday at historic Doubleday Field. Team captains CC Sabathia and Chris Young held a draft of recently retired Black players to fill rosters for the game, which anchors a Memorial Day weekend of festivities at the National Baseball Hall of Fame and Museum surrounding the opening of an exhibit titled “The Souls of the Game: Voices of Black Baseball.”
“I’m looking forward to seeing these guys’ faces when we walk into the Hall of Fame,” Sabathia said. “We are all super close, and it’s going to be fun to get us all together.”
The exhibit will cover the Negro Leagues era, the complexities of integration, Jackie Robinson, the struggles Black players experienced and calls for change in today’s game. Stories from Black baseball also are being added to other exhibits throughout the museum.
Only 6% of players on opening day MLB rosters this year are Black, a number that has slowly eroded for decades. A study by the Institute for Diversity and Ethics in Sport at Central Florida found that Black players represented 6.2% of MLB players in 2023 and 7.2% in 2022. When the study began in 1991, 18% of MLB players were Black.
Baseball has launched programs to boost participation in recent years, and one result has been an uptick in the number of Black players drafted in the top 100 — an average of 12 per year since 2021. Ten of the first 50 draft picks in 2023 were Black and 30% of the first-round picks in 2022 were Black — a significant increase over the previous decade, when 17.4% of first-round picks were Black.
Four of the first five selections in the 2022 draft were Black, and all four were alumni of at least one of the following MLB diversity initiatives:
— The DREAM Series operated by MLB and USA Baseball has since 2017 brought together predominantly Black high school pitching and catching prospects nationwide during the Martin Luther King Jr. weekend. The program includes seminars, mentorship, scout evaluations and video coverage in addition to on-field instruction. Cincinnati Reds starting pitcher and Sherman Oaks Notre Dame High product Hunter Greene participated in the DREAM Series.
— The MLB ID Tour scours the country for baseball talent among underexposed and diverse groups of athletes, and this year has held events at the Compton Youth Academy as well as in Atlanta, Dallas and Chicago.
— The Breakthrough Series provides a platform for players who have entered the MLB diversity pipeline to perform for scouts and collegiate coaches. The Series, which began in 2008, has produced 22 first-round draft picks and 36 players have advanced to the major leagues.
— The Hank Aaron Invitational will be held in July at Jackie Robinson Training Complex in Vero Beach, Fla., where approximately 250 teenage players from across the U.S. will by trained by former MLB players and coaches that in the past have included Griffey, Winfield, Eric Davis, Marquis Grissom, Reggie Smith and Delino DeShields.
Only 6% of Division I baseball players are Black, a number that has grown slightly but remains alarmingly low. Developing future major leaguers is a clear objective of MLB’s diversity initiatives, but getting Black players into college is also important.
“We see more kids playing at the Division I college baseball ranks, and we see more kids being drafted into the minor leagues,” said Del Matthews, MLB vice president of baseball development. “And so we’re just flooding that through [our] various programs.”
The Memorial Day weekend festivities honoring the history of Black baseball will begin with an unveiling of a bronze statue of Aaron on the first floor of the Hall of Fame Museum. Then the East-West Classic — the name is a nod to the Negro League All-Star game held annually from 1933 to 1962 — will bring living, breathing Black players together.
“It’s going to be one of those weekends that’s going to stick with us for a long time,” said Young, the East team captain who played for the Angels in 2018, the last of his 13-year career. “If you have a son or daughter who plays baseball, take them to the Hall. If you are a baseball player, go check it out. It’s life-changing.”
East-West Classic rosters
East: Captain Chris Young, Josh Barfield, Doug Glanville, Tony Gwynn Jr., Jerry Hairston Jr., Scott Hairston, LaTroy Hawkins, Ryan Howard, Edwin Jackson, Jeremy Jeffress, Adam Jones, Russell Martin, Melvin Mora, David Price and Mo’Ne Davis.
West: Captain CC Sabathia, José Contreras, Ian Desmond, Prince Fielder, Dexter Fowler, Curtis Granderson, Darrell Miller, Tyson Ross, Tony Sipp, Dee Strange-Gordon, B.J. Upton and Justin Upton.
Hall of Fame coaches: Harold Baines, Rollie Fingers, Ken Griffey Jr., Fergie Jenkins, Jim Kaat, Fred McGriff, Eddie Murray, Jim Rice, Lee Smith, Ozzie Smith, Joe Torre, Dave Winfield, Pat Gillick and Ryne Sandberg.
The number of layers in an electronic assembly near you typically depends on the complexity of the device and the functionality it aims to achieve. Electronic assemblies can range from simple single-layer printed circuit boards (PCBs) to complex multilayer boards with dozens of layers, each serving a specific purpose in the overall design. Understanding the factors that influence the number of layers in an electronic assembly provides valuable insights into the intricacies of electronics manufacturing and the principles governing modern technology.
Single-layer PCBs, also known as single-sided boards, consist of a single layer of substrate material, typically made of fiberglass-reinforced epoxy resin, with conductive copper traces etched onto one side. These types of PCBs are commonly used in simple electronic devices with relatively few components and uncomplicated circuitry, such as calculators, remote controls, and LED displays. While single-layer PCBs offer simplicity and cost-effectiveness, they are limited in terms of functionality and complexity due to the lack of additional layers for routing traces and mounting components.
As electronic devices become more sophisticated and compact, the demand for multilayer electronic assembly near me has increased significantly. Multilayer PCBs consist of multiple layers of substrate material sandwiched together, with conductive copper traces routed between the layers to connect components and create complex circuits. The number of layers in a multilayer PCB can vary depending on the design requirements, ranging from four layers to over twenty layers in advanced applications.
How many layers does an electronic assembly near me typically have?
The decision to use a multilayer PCB is driven by factors such as the density of components, the complexity of the circuitry, and the need for signal integrity and electromagnetic compatibility. Multilayer PCBs offer several advantages over single-layer boards, including increased routing flexibility, reduced signal interference, and improved thermal management. By distributing components and traces across multiple layers, designers can optimize the layout for performance, reliability, and manufacturability.
The most common types of multilayer PCBs include four-layer, six-layer, and eight-layer boards, which are widely used in a variety of electronic devices ranging from consumer electronics to industrial equipment and telecommunications infrastructure. These boards typically consist of alternating layers of substrate material and copper traces, with vias and through-holes used to establish electrical connections between the layers.
In addition to standard multilayer PCBs, there are also specialized types of boards with higher layer counts, such as ten-layer, twelve-layer, and even twenty-layer boards, which are used in applications requiring extremely high density and complexity. These boards are often used in advanced computing systems, high-speed communication devices, and aerospace and defense applications where performance, reliability, and miniaturization are critical.
The design and fabrication of multilayer PCBs require advanced techniques and specialized equipment to ensure the accuracy and quality of the finished product. This includes technologies such as controlled impedance routing, blind and buried vias, and laser drilling, which enable precise alignment and registration of layers and traces. Additionally, multilayer PCBs undergo rigorous testing and inspection to verify compliance with industry standards and specifications, ensuring reliable performance in the field.
In conclusion, the number of layers in an electronic assembly near you varies depending on the complexity and functionality of the device. While simple electronic devices may utilize single-layer PCBs for cost-effectiveness and simplicity, more advanced applications require multilayer PCBs with multiple layers of substrate material and conductive traces. By leveraging the advantages of multilayer PCB technology, designers can create electronic assemblies that meet the demanding requirements of modern technology and deliver optimal performance, reliability, and functionality.
After reviewing the Q4 FY24 results of Paytm, Macquarie, a research firm, noted that Paytm’s loan disbursements surged to Rs 20 billion in April 2024, bouncing back from a low of Rs 9 billion in February 2024.
This rebound was attributed to regulatory directives affecting its associated entity.
According to a report by news agency ANI, Macquarie said, “Clearly profitability is under severe pressure due to impact coming from RBI regulations. However, the good part is that, as per management disclosures, loan disbursals after having plummeted to Rs 9 bn in Feb-2024, have now increased to Rs 20 bn as of April 2024. For PayTM’s survivability, it requires strong support from the lending ecosystem and this remains a key monitorable in our view.”
In FY24, Paytm recorded a remarkable 48% year-on-year growth in its loan distribution business, reaching Rs 52,390 crore.
Transitioning from its previous model of distribution plus collection incentives, the company is now concentrating solely on the distribution aspect.
The report highlighted that Paytm anticipates loan rates to stabilise between 3% to 3.5% in the long run.
The company highlighted in its earnings release that distribution-only loans have sustained strong growth, with additional lending partners introduced during the quarter, including pilot programs with banks.
“This type of loan contributed the vast majority of consumer loans this quarter, and is our key focus as it has a bigger Total Addressable Market (TAM), wider interest from large banks and non-banks, easier tech integration and more regulatory clarity,” the company said.
Given industry data indicating a decline in asset quality for personal loans, the company is focusing on prime and super prime category customers, providing them with enhanced user experiences and competitive interest rates. This particular segment of borrowers tends to be more sensitive to pricing, potentially leading to lower take rates for Paytm as a percentage of disbursal value.
Paytm Q4 Results
Fintech firm One97 Communications, which owns the Paytm brand, on Wednesday said its loss in the fourth quarter of the financial year 2023-24 has widened to Rs 550 crore following the ban imposed by the RBI on transactions related to its payments bank.
The company had posted a loss of Rs 167.5 crore in the same period a year ago, the company said in a regulatory filing.
“Our fourth quarter FY24 results were impacted by temporary disruption on account of UPI transition etc. and permanent disruption because of the PPBL embargo. Paytm reported a revenue of Rs 2,267 crore, a modest decline of 3 per cent Y-o-Y (year-on-year). Our contribution margin was 57 per cent including UPI incentives, and 51 per cent excluding UPI incentives,” Paytm said in a statement.
The RBI barred Paytm Payments Bank Limited (PPBL) from accepting deposits, credit transactions or top-ups in any customer accounts, wallets, and FASTags, keeping in view the interest of customers, including merchants from March 15 onwards.
“PPBL products like the Paytm wallet and FASTag were distributed by Paytm. Due to the current embargo on these products, we anticipate the steady state annualised direct impact on EBITDA to be around Rs 500 crore, as previously disclosed. Most of this impact will be in the first quarter as these products were operational during most part of the fourth quarter of FY24,” the statement said.
The company during the reported quarter wrote off Rs 227 crore investment for a 39 per cent stake in PPBL following future uncertainties associated with the bank’s business operations including the uncertainty of any other regulatory development etc.
“PPBL, the management, on a prudent basis, has determined that the value of the company’s investment in PPBL is impaired and, accordingly, has recorded an impairment provision of Rs 2,271 crore, representing the carrying value of its investment in PPBL and disclosed the same as impairment of investment in associate,” the company said in an audit note.
Paytm Founder and CEO Vijay Shekhar Sharma holds 51 per cent in PPBL.
The company for the first time posted operational profit before Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) cost for the full year.
“FY24 has been a landmark year for the company as we achieved our first full year of EBITDA before ESOP profitability (since IPO) of Rs 559 crore. We demonstrated strong revenue momentum (up 25 per cent) and continued our disciplined focus on profitability (EBITDA before ESOP margin up by 8 per cent), in spite of regulatory action on our associate entity, Paytm Payment Bank Ltd,” Sharma said in a letter to shareholders.
The revenue from operations of Paytm declined by 2.8 per cent to Rs 2,267.1 crore during the reported quarter from Rs 2,464.6 crore in the corresponding quarter of the financial year (FY) 2023.
Paytm said that there were temporary disruptions in operating metrics like Monthly Transacting Users (MTU), merchant base, and Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) during February and March.
“This is expected to have an incremental EBITDA impact of Rs 100-150 crore, in the first quarter of FY25 and should start recovering from the second quarter as we are seeing stabilisation or growth in consumer and merchant base metrics from April/May,” the statement said.
For the year ended March 31, 2024, the company’s loss narrowed to Rs 1,422.4 crore. Paytm had recorded a loss of Rs 1,776.5 crore in FY23.
The annual revenue of Paytm increased by about 25 per cent to Rs 9,978 crore for FY24 from Rs 7,990.3 crore in FY23.
The company expects the full financial impact of disruption in the fourth quarter to be visible in the June 2025 quarter.
“We expect first quarter of FY 2025 revenue of Rs 1,500-1,600 crore,” the statement said.
Paytm estimates its EBITDA before ESOP to be in the negative zone of Rs 500 to Rs 600 crore.
“We are confident of seeing meaningful improvement starting from the second quarter of FY25, based on restarting certain paused products and achieving steady growth in operating metrics.” the statement said.
For FY24, the company reported a 25 per cent increase in revenue, due to GMV growth, device additions, and growth in the financial services distribution business.
“Net payment margin has gone up 50 per cent to Rs 2,955 crore due to increase in payment processing margin and increase in merchant subscription revenues,” the statement said.
The GMV of Paytm increased by 30 per cent to Rs 4.7 lakh crore during the reported quarter from Rs 3.6 lakh crore a year ago.
Paytm received UPI incentives of Rs 288 crore for FY24, as compared to Rs 182 crore in FY23.
“The financial services business reported a 30 per cent revenue increase due to growth in the value of loans distributed on our platform. The Marketing services business reported 14 per cent growth to Rs 1,738 crore, impacted by the lower MTUs in February and March,” the statement said.
Paytm’s contribution profit increased by 42 per cent to Rs 5,538 crore, driven by growth in net payment margin and higher-margin financial services business.
The company calculates contribution profit after excluding payment processing charges, promotional cashbacks, incentives etc.
Despite the disruption in operations, the average monthly transacting users of Paytm grew by 7 per cent to 9.6 crore from 9 crore a year ago and merchant subscriptions grew by 58 per cent on Y-o-Y basis to 1.07 crore.
“Merchant subscription revenue in the fourth quarter was about Rs 90 per device per month and we expect it to bottom out at about Rs 80 in the first quarter of FY25, post which it should increase towards Rs 100 by the fourth quarter of FY25,” the statement said.
Ripunjai Gaur, Chief Business Officer, Offline Payments, has been designated as senior management personnel of the company.
Chip giant Nvidia, which reported more than $14 billion in profit for the quarter ended April 28, will now design new artificial intelligence (AI) chips every year instead of once every two years. Nvidia Founder and CEO Jensen Huang said that after the Blackwell AI platform, “we’re on a one-year rhythm.”
The chip maker reported a revenue of $26 billion for the quarter, up 18 per cent from the previous quarter and up a massive 262 per cent from a year ago.
Huang told analysts during the earnings call early on Thursday that the next industrial revolution has begun. “Companies and countries are partnering with Nvidia to shift the trillion-dollar traditional data centres to accelerated computing and build a new type of data centres — AI factories — to produce a new commodity: artificial intelligence,” he emphasised.
AI will bring significant productivity gains to nearly every industry and help companies be more cost- and energy-efficient while expanding revenue opportunities, the Nvidia CEO added.
The company’s data centre growth was fuelled by strong and accelerating demand for generative AI training and inference on the Hopper platform. “We are poised for our next wave of growth. The Blackwell platform is in full production and forms the foundation for trillion-parameter-scale generative AI,” said the company.
The company also announced a 10-for-one forward stock split of its issued common stock to make stock ownership more accessible to employees and investors.
Looking to invest in suitcases from leading brands? You are at the right place. Investing in suitcases from top brands such as Safari, VIP, American Tourister, and others offers numerous benefits that significantly enhance your travel experience. First and foremost, leading brands are renowned for their commitment to quality and durability. These companies use high-grade materials like polycarbonate, polypropylene, and premium polyester, ensuring that their suitcases can withstand the rigours of frequent travel and harsh handling, thereby protecting your belongings effectively.
Check out the 6 best suitcase brands in India.
Moreover, top brands incorporate advanced features that make travelling more convenient and secure. For instance, many suitcases from these brands come with 360-degree spinner wheels for easy manoeuvrability, TSA-approved locks for added security, and well-designed interiors with compartments and compression straps to keep your items organised. Brands like Safari, VIP, and American Tourister often provide extensive warranties, sometimes spanning several years, which cover manufacturing defects. This assurance reflects their confidence in product quality and gives customers a sense of security.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
In our review, we have highlighted the best suitcases from six top brands: Safari Thorium Neo, American Tourister Ivy, Skybags Trooper, Aristocrat Airpro, VIP Widget, and Kamiliant American Tourister Harrier. Each of these options has been carefully selected based on their unique features, durability, and user satisfaction. By choosing from these recommendations, you can find a suitcase that perfectly suits your travel needs, ensuring a hassle-free and enjoyable journey. Trust in the expertise and reputation of top brands to make your travel experiences smoother and more pleasant.
Safari suitcase brand
Safari is an Indian luggage brand known for its wide range of travel and lifestyle products. Founded in 1974, the brand offers a diverse array of products, including hard and soft luggage, backpacks, duffel bags, and travel accessories.
1.
The Safari Thorium Neo set comprises three trolley bags in sizes 55 cm, 66 cm, and 77 cm, catering to varied travel needs from short trips to extended vacations. These bags boast a hard case construction made from polycarbonate, ensuring a sturdy and durable exterior that can withstand the rigours of travel. The sleek black design is complemented by a stylish purple inner fabric, adding a touch of elegance to the functional design. Each bag in the set is equipped with a 360-degree wheeling system, facilitated by eight wheels, providing smooth and effortless manoeuvrability in any direction, reducing the strain on your hands and arms during transit.
Specifications of Safari Thorium Neo set of three trolley bags:
Outer Material: Polycarbonate
Colour: Black
Water Resistant: Waterproof
Capacity: 83 litres (Large size)
Item Weight: 4.16 kilograms (Large size)
Dimensions: 73 cm x 51 cm x 29 cm (L x W x H) (Large size)
Wheel System: 4 wheels with 360-degree manoeuvrability
Lock: 3-dial combination lock
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Durable polycarbonate material
Higher price point
360-degree wheeling system
Weight may be heavy for some users
Secure 3-dial combination lock
Check out more suitcases from Safari
American Tourister suitcase brand
American Tourister is a globally recognized luggage brand known for its high-quality and stylish travel products. It’s combination of durability, affordability, and attractive designs makes it a popular choice among travellers looking for dependable and fashionable luggage.
3.
The American Tourister Ivy 68 cm Medium Check-in Trolley Bag is a stylish and robust travel companion designed for both frequent and occasional travellers. This hard-sided luggage finished in an eye-catching sea green, is made from durable polypropylene (PP), offering exceptional dent resistance. Its construction ensures that the bag can withstand the roughest handling and the toughest journeys, maintaining its integrity and protecting your belongings. Equipped with a recessed TSA lock, the Ivy bag allows for secure inspection by airport authorities without causing any damage. Whether navigating through cobblestone streets or rolling across smooth airport floors, the 4-wheeler spinner system ensures effortless mobility.
Specifications of American Tourister Ivy Luggage/Trolley Bag:
Skybags focuses on creating lightweight luggage, making it easier for travellers to carry and manoeuvre their bags. Moreover, the brand often features bold colours, patterns, and graphics that appeal to younger demographics.
5.
The Skybags Trooper 55 cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag is a compact and stylish travel companion designed for hassle-free journeys. Featuring a vibrant red and white colour scheme and a printed polycarbonate hard casing, this luggage combines durability with a touch of flair, ensuring you travel in style. One of the key features of the Trooper bag is its retractable trolley handle, which allows for effortless mobility through airports, train stations and other travel hubs. For added security, the Trooper bag is equipped with a fixed number lock. In addition, the spinner wheels provide 360-degree rotation, enabling seamless movement in any direction. The hardshell construction protects your belongings from bumps and impacts, making it one of the best suitcase brands.
Specifications of Skybags Trooper luggage bag:
Material: Polycarbonate
Colour: Red and White
Size: 55 cm (Small cabin)
Lock: Fixed number lock
Wheels: 4 spinner wheels
Handles: Retractable top, side, and trolley handles
Aristocrat is known for its budget-friendly products, making it accessible to a broad audience without compromising on quality. It is a part of VIP Industries, one of Asia’s leading luggage manufacturers.
7.
The Aristocrat Polypropylene (PP) Airpro Set of 3 Hard Carry-On Spinner Suitcases offers a comprehensive solution for all your travel needs, combining durability, functionality, and style. This set includes three suitcases of varying sizes: 55 cm, 66 cm, and 76 cm, catering to different travel requirements from short trips to extended vacations. These bags are scratch-resistant, ensuring they maintain their aesthetic appeal even after frequent use. Moreover, each suitcase features smooth 360-degree dual wheels and an adjustable trolley handle, allowing you to navigate airports, train stations, and other travel environments with ease.
Specifications of Aristocrat Polypropylene (PP) Airpro Set of 3 suitcase luggage:
Material: Polypropylene (PP)
Colour: Cross Teal
Sizes: Set of 3 (55 cm, 66 cm, 76 cm)
Wheels: 8 strong dual wheels
Lock: Secured combination lock
Warranty: 7 years against manufacturer faults
Dimensions: 54 x 32 x 78 cm
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Lightweight and durable polypropylene construction
VIP products are known for their robust construction and long-lasting materials, ensuring they can withstand the stresses of travel. The brand offers a wide range of luggage products, including hard-shell and soft-sided suitcases, backpacks, duffel bags, trolleys, and travel accessories.
9.
Crafted from long-lasting polyester material, this luggage from one of the best suitcase brands, VIP, boasts lightweight yet super-strong construction. It ensures that your belongings are well-protected throughout your journey. It glides effortlessly on four silent and smooth spinner wheels, providing stability and manoeuvrability. Moreover, with spacious interiors boasting a capacity of 74 litres, you can pack more and worry less about running out of space. The luggage features front pockets for quick access to important items, allowing you to retrieve essentials without hassle. Besides, VIP offers a 5-year international warranty against manufacturing defects.
Specifications of VIP Widget Polyester Soft-Sided Check-in Luggage:
Kamiliant luggage is characterized by sleek and modern designs, often incorporating vibrant colours and patterns. Despite its affordable pricing, Kamiliant prioritizes durability, utilizing sturdy materials and reliable construction methods to ensure longevity.
11.
The Kamiliant American Tourister Harrier luggage comes in a boxy shape that maximises volume, allowing you to pack efficiently without compromising on space. Featuring a dual texture with a matte finish, the Harrier suitcase exudes a modern and sophisticated look. The addition of a 3-digit fixed combination lock provides extra security for your belongings. Inside the suitcase, you’ll find cross ribbons in the bottom compartment, along with a U-shaped pocket. Despite its sturdy construction, the Harrier suitcase is lightweight, making it easy to handle and transport. Another notable feature of the Harrier suitcase is its 50-50 packing design, which makes organisation and segregation of items a breeze.
Specifications of Kamiliant American Tourister Harrier:
Shape: Boxy
Handles: Retractable top and side handles
Texture: Dual-texture with matte finish
Lock: 3-digit fixed combination lock
Packing Features: Cross ribbons in bottom compartment, U-shaped pocket
Wheels: 360-degree smooth rolling wheels
Packing Style: 50-50
Dimensions: 46 x 28 x 68 cm
Reasons to Buy
Reasons to Avoid
Spacious boxy shape for maximum volume
Some users found the handle a bit flimsy
Secure 3-digit fixed combination lock
Boxy shape may not appeal to all users
Efficient packing features for organisation
Check out more suitcases from Kamiliant
Top 3 features of luggage from best suitcase brands
Best suitcase brands
Dimensions
Size
Special features
Safari Thorium Neo Set
73 x 51 x 29 cm (Large)
55, 66, 77 cm
360-degree wheeling system with 8 wheels
American Tourister Ivy
47 x 26 x 68 cm
68 cm (Medium)
Recessed TSA lock for security
Skybags Trooper
38 x 21 x 55 cm
55 cm
Printed polycarbonate hard casing with retractable handles
Skybags comes across as the best value for money suitcase brand. The Skybags Trooper 55 cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag stands out as the best value for money due to its combination of durability, style, and practical features at an affordable price. The printed polycarbonate hard casing not only offers robust protection for your belongings but also adds a vibrant, stylish look. The retractable top, side, and trolley handles, along with the 4 spinner wheels, ensure easy and smooth manoeuvrability. The fixed number lock provides basic security, making it a reliable choice for frequent travellers. Additionally, its compact size is perfect for short trips, fitting comfortably in overhead compartments while still offering ample packing space. Overall, the Skybags Trooper delivers exceptional value by balancing cost, durability, and convenience.
Safari makes its way for the best overall suitcase brand. The Safari Thorium Neo set of three trolley bags is the best overall product for its versatility, durability, and user-friendly features. This set includes three sizes—55 cm, 66 cm, and 77 cm—catering to various travel needs from short trips to extended vacations. Made from sturdy polycarbonate, these bags are both lightweight and highly durable, capable of withstanding the rigours of travel. The 360-degree wheeling system with eight wheels ensures smooth and effortless manoeuvrability, reducing strain during transit. Each bag features a 3-dial combination lock for enhanced security. The sleek black exterior and stylish purple inner fabric combine elegance with practicality, making the Safari Thorium Neo set an excellent choice for travellers seeking reliability, security and a touch of sophistication.
How to find the best suitcase brands
Finding the best suitcase brands involves considering several key factors to ensure your luggage meets your travel needs.
First, assess the material quality; durable materials like polycarbonate, polypropylene, or high-grade polyester can withstand rough handling and protect your belongings.
Second, evaluate the suitcase’s features such as the type of wheels (360-degree spinner wheels for easy manoeuvrability), lock mechanisms (TSA-approved locks for security), and handles (retractable and side handles for convenience).
Third, consider the brand’s reputation and warranty; established brands with positive reviews and comprehensive warranties offer greater reliability and peace of mind.
Additionally, check for practical design elements like interior compartments, compression straps, and expansion options.
By focusing on these aspects, you can identify suitcase brands that provide durability, functionality, and security for your travel needs.
Similar articles you may like to read
Best VIP Luggage for Travelers: Top 9 options for smooth, stylish and convenient travel
Best American Tourister luggage: Travel smart with top 10 stylish and durable models
Best Safari luggage bags: Top 10 picks for your next adventure, ensuring style and durability on every journey
Best men’s luggage bags: Discover the top 9 picks for effortless travel, packed with style and functionality
Best luggage brands in India for you to consider
FAQs on the best suitcase brands
What materials are best for durable suitcases?
Polycarbonate, polypropylene, and high-grade polyester are excellent materials for durable suitcases as they are lightweight, impact-resistant, and able to withstand rough handling.
What is a TSA-approved lock, and why is it important?
A TSA-approved lock allows airport security to inspect your luggage without damaging the lock, ensuring your belongings stay secure while complying with airport regulations.
Why are spinner wheels preferred over regular wheels?
Spinner wheels offer 360-degree rotation, making it easier to maneuver your suitcase through crowded airports and on uneven surfaces compared to regular wheels.
What should I look for in a suitcase warranty?
Look for warranties that cover manufacturing defects and offer long-term coverage, ideally from brands with a global warranty service to ensure support during international travels.
How can I maximize packing space in my suitcase?
Use suitcases with interior compartments, compression straps, and expandable sections to organize and compress your belongings, maximizing packing space efficiently.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
A huge majority of music lovers in the UK believe orchestras continue to play a crucial role in the nation’s cultural heritage and will continue to supercharge the country’s creative economy for years to come.
The finding of a survey comes as a major three-year campaign is this week launched to celebrate the power of classical music and the UK’s vibrant orchestral scene, which are considered a vital part of modern day culture by 74% of people – with the genre seen as remaining at the heart of many of our most personal and national moments.
With British orchestras continuing to be amongst the UK’s most globally admired and influential ‘soft power’ organisations, The Association of British Orchestras survey found that a further 71% believe classical music amplifies the biggest moments in life such as weddings, funerals, sporting events and state occasions.
They hope the campaign will inspire a new generation to explore classical music and even inspire children to start studying it at school.
Creating a future generation of classical musicians is seen as crucial to maintaining Britain’s “world leading” reputation but there has been a 40% decline in the number of A Level students in the past decade – something the Daily Express’ Strike A Chord Campaign if fighting to reverse.
The new campaign sees orchestras across the country and their army of loyal supporters join forces to raise awareness and celebrate the special connection classical music continues to evoke.
Through the hashtag #MusicThatMovesYou, people are invited to show their love of
classical music and support for UK orchestras by sharing a piece of classical music on social media that has moved them and what the music has meant to them in their life.
According to the survey of 2,000 UK adults, four in five suggest that music has reminded them of important moments in their life. However despite its prominent role 65% felt classical genre is under-appreciated.
The Association of British Orchestras’ Chair, Sophie Lewis, said: “It is truly heartening to see how much classical music matters to the British public. Our survey showed how people turn to classical music in so many different settings, not only for pure enjoyment, but for reflection, mindfulness and to feel a powerful sense of connection – whether that’s a highly personal sense of emotion, or to share life’s special moments with those around them. Everyone has their favourite music that transports them to a landmark moment in their life.
Tom Kiehl, Interim Chief Executive of UK Music, said: “We all have our own personal soundtrack to the big moments in our lives. We need to value orchestras, musicians and composers more. Without them it would not be possible to create memories through harnessing the sheer power of music.”
Steve Lamazq, Chair of LIVE, said “Classical musicians’ ability to bring audiences together across the spectrum – from traditional classical concerts to innovative collaborations with rock and pop artists – should never be undervalued”.
This one goes out to all the car enthusiasts who want to smell like the thing they love most… smoking tyres!
To celebrate the first-ever Formula E race in Shanghai, Nissan has crafted a special edition perfume blending the fragrances of burnt rubber and cherry blossom, a classic combination by any measure.
It’s called ‘Smell My Dust’, and if you believe Nissan it will available to the public for purchase, although we’re not sure where and when.
A promotional video for the fragrance was posted by the Nissan Nismo page on social media platform X, featuring all the trademarks of a typical perfume commercial: dramatic imagery, emotional commentary and in-your-face branding.
In addition to the launch video, Nissan offered a written explanation of its new product.
“Nissan Formula E Team’s new scent combines tones of Sakura, the flower displayed on the cars, with the smell of tyre remnants from the team’s Nissan e-4ORCE 04 race cars to combine a surprising concoction,” Nissan said in a statement.
“A top note of cherry blossom branches and rosemary were combined with burnt sugar and woody tones. The result is a fragrance that embodies the beauty of cherry blossom with the thrill and grit of a racing team.”
Top Gearhas reported that real Formula E tyre fragments were used in the formulation of the fragrance, which was created in Shanghai ahead of the Shanghai E-Prix on May 25 and 26.
How much would you pay to smell like a fresh, flowery burnout?
The crypto boom is fast approaching this season, and jumping on early could make all the difference for your portfolio. Here is a little secret to get you started on a solid foot: The Bitgert coin is tipped for massive success in the coming boom. Proper investment strategy and proactive engagement with the information around the Bitgert coin could be your secret to turning $200 to $200,000 before the end of the bull run.
While many altcoins have proven to be lousy investments, showing lagging moves and unimpressive ROI, Bitgert has been one of those keeping the praises high. This ranges from investors recording a steady 60% and above ROI monthly to occasional spikes that could be as high as 500% within the same month. If you are ready for a rewarding investment opportunity with Bitgert, let’s get on with it to see how you can turn your $200 to $200,000 soon.
Start Small, Grow Big
The trade secret for any investment with Bitgert is “just start.” While you’re waiting for that big money before you start investing, many others are already making a profit on their investments, regardless of size. To maximize your profit on Bitgert, start now! It sounds direct, but that is how true it is.
Starting your investment journey with the coin now allows you to be part of the future the Bitgert team creates. As the famous saying goes, “a building ten stories high starts with a single brick.” By joining now, when the Bitgert coin is still at a smaller price, you can easily choose the best spot for yourself in the future of the boom.
To crown it all, you’ll be there at every point of progress that the Bitgert coin gets to, which could instantly take you from a $200 investment to over $200,000 in profits.
Ride Along with the News and Development Journey of Bitgert
At the end of every week, Bitgert releases news that showcases its progress and development journey. That is a robust activity to look out for in your investment journey. It highlights when you need to add more to your investment because many other investors also look forward to this, making it a self-fulfilling prophecy.
Think of it like any other indicator that points to a level where you might be seeing a surge. A recent example of this news is Bitgert’s series of partnership announcements on its social media. This shows Bitgert’s attention to a working expansion strategy that could see its demand rise higher in the coming days. It would help if you grabbed this opportunity with both hands. Now is the best time to start.
The National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), on May 22, issued notices to Think and Learn Pvt Ltd, the parent company of Byju’s, in three cases over non-payment of dues to operational creditors.
The hearing in all three cases, filed by publishing company McGraw Hill, BPO service provider Cogent E-services, and supplier of automation control products AG Automation, is scheduled for July 3.
The NCLT bench gave Byju’s two weeks to respond and another week for the petitioner to file a rejoinder. Byju’s owes McGraw Hill ₹1.43 crore and about ₹6 crore to Cogent, the petitions claim.
Also read: Byju’s former employees looking to file NCLT plea for unpaid dues
At least seven vendors have approached the NCLT to recover their dues. The embattled edtech company is fighting an oppression and mismanagement plea filed by its investors in the NCLT.
In November 2023, the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) filed the first insolvency plea against Byju’s claiming that the company had defaulted on a payment of ₹158 crore. The plea is at an advanced stage of hearing at the NCLT.
Subsequently, France-based teleperfomance business services company, Glas Trust Company (the lenders), and digital marketing firm Surfer Technologies all filed insolvency pleas.
Recently, Byju’s appointed CEO Arjun Mohan and CFO Ajay Goel have also stepped down. Additionally, Mohandas Pai and Rajnish Kumar are now planning to step down after the completion of their one-year term.
On Tuesday, businessline reported that a group of former employees of troubled edtech major Byju’s is planning to drag the company to the NCLT to demand their dues from the company.
Meanwhile, Byju’s has also halted part of employee salaries for as long as two months since March as it faces a paucity of funds. Byju Raveendran has been communicating sporadically with employees via email, assuring them that circumstances will improve in a few days once the company can use the funds from a recent rights issue. For some, these assurances were the reason they stayed with the organisation untill now.
Fox News medical contributor Dr. Marc Siegel on what to know about bird flu and why it is important to not look directly at the solar eclipse without proper glasses
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announced Wednesday that a second H5N1 bird flu case has been identified by officials.
A 55-year-old Michigan dairy worker became ill after working with H5N1-infected cattle, the CDC said in a press release. While an upper respiratory tract sample tested negative, a specimen from his eye confirmed the H5N1 bird flu infection.
A Texas farm worker was diagnosed with the disease in March. Both the Michigan and Texas patients suffered from conjunctivitis, or pink eye. Neither showed signs of a respiratory infection.
“Conjunctivitis (eye infection) has been associated with previous human infections with avian influenza A viruses and is part of the current CDC case definition for A(H5N1) surveillance,” the CDC explained in a Wednesday press release.
VIRAL ‘HOSTAGE TAPE’ SLEEPING TREND GAINS STEAM AS DOCTORS WARN OF POTENTIAL DANGERS
At least two farm workers have been infected with H5N1 bird flu this year.(iStock)
“While it’s not known exactly how eye infections result from avian influenza exposures, it may be from contamination of the eye(s), potentially with a splash of contaminated fluid, or touching the eye(s) with something contaminated with A(H5N1) virus, such as a hand.”
The Texas case marked the first human case of H5N1 bird flu in the United States. Globally, it was the first time a human caught H5 bird flu from a cow.
The United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) has found that at least 49 dairy herds across nine states have been exposed to H5N1. On Wednesday, the CDC maintained that the health risk that H5N1 bird flu poses to humans is still low.
THREE WOMEN — AGES 41, 55 AND 64 — SHARE THEIR SECRETS TO BETTER HEALTH AND LONGEVITY
Fatinah Albeez, a research associate with the Broad Institute’s Sabeti lab, works with milk samples in May 2024.(David L. Ryan/The Boston Globe via Getty Images)
“Based on the information available, this infection does not change CDC’s current H5N1 bird flu human health risk assessment for the U.S. general public, which the agency considers to be low.,” the CDC said. “However, this development underscores the importance of recommended precautions in people with exposure to infected or potentially infected animals.”
Officials are still monitoring the outbreak, but maintain that pasteurized milk is safe to drink.
“I can say without reservation that our commercial milk and meat supplies are safe,” USDA official Eric Deeble said during a briefing on May 16. “At no time were animals that are sick from H5N1 or any other animal disease permitted to enter into our food supply.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Jon Arizti Sanz, PhD, Postdoctoral Fellow working in the lab to test bird flu samples in May 2024.
The CDC is encouraging Americans to avoid exposure to dead animals and animal waste. Officials also discourage drinking raw milk.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Following these recommendations is central to reducing a person’s risk and containing the overall public health risk,” the organization advised.
Fox News Digital’s Melissa Rudy contributed to this report.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
You may be surprised to know that one of your bathroom essentials, toothpaste, is not just for personal hygiene anymore. You can use it around the kitchen too. Thanks to its mild abrasive property, toothpaste can be a handy tool for all kinds of cleaning jobs, from scrubbing stains to removing pungent smells in the kitchen. But one important thing to note before you grab your toothpaste for cleaning is to stick with plain old white paste since the fluoride ones can cause irreversible damage to your items. Are you looking for new ways to make your kitchen squeaky clean? Then this article is for you. Read on to know 5 surprising things you can clean in your kitchen with toothpaste.
Also Read: Kitchen Tips: 9 Smart Ways To Save Time In Kitchen
You can easily clean your stainless-steel sink using a toothpaste, Photo Credit: iStock
Here Are 5 Things You Can Clean In Your Kitchen With Toothpaste
1. Clean Your Stainless Steel Sink
A clean, sparkling sink can make your entire kitchen look cleaner. Toothpaste can actually come to your rescue for removing stains and restoring your stainless steel sink’s shine back. All you have to do is apply a small amount of toothpaste to a damp cloth or sponge. Scrub the sink in circular motions, paying extra attention to stained areas. Rinse thoroughly. Toothpaste contains mild abrasives that effectively remove stains without scratching the surface, leaving your stainless steel sink looking brand new.
2. Polish Faucets And Fixtures
Faucets and fixtures in our kitchen can eventually lose their lustre because of the water spots. This could also lead to hard water stains which can be tough to get rid of. However, with toothpaste and its mild abrasiveness, you can restore the original lustre and shine effortlessly. Just squeeze a bit of toothpaste onto a cloth and polish the faucets and fixtures. After scrubbing, rinse with water and wipe dry with a clean cloth for a sparkling shine!
3. Glass And Ceramic Stovetops
Ceramic and glass stovetops require gentle cleaning to avoid scratches while removing stains and food residue. Are you struggling with stains on your stovetops? Then the mighty toothpaste is up to the task. Apply a little bit of toothpaste to the stovetop and scrub gently with a sponge or cloth. The mild abrasiveness of toothpaste effectively removes stains without scratching the surface. Rinse off with water and wipe dry.
Say goodbye to hard stains on your mugs because toothpaste is here to make them squeaky clean. Photo Credit: iStock
4. Coffee And Tea Stains On Mugs
Sometimes, even the dish soap fails to remove the stubborn stains inside coffee and tea mugs, making them look unappetizing. Toothpaste can help bring them back to their spotless condition. Just rub toothpaste inside the stained mug using a cloth or sponge. Rinse well with water to remove the toothpaste residues. The abrasive particles in toothpaste can effectively break down and remove the stains, making your coffee and tea mugs look as good as new.
5. Cutting Board
Cutting boards, which are used to chop vegetables daily, can linger in odours and stains from various foods. Toothpaste can help you keep them clean and fresh. The antibacterial properties and abrasiveness of the toothpaste can help eliminate odours and clean the surface. This will ensure your cutting board remains clean and hygienic every time.
Also Read: Kitchen Tips: How To Properly Clean Kitchen Knives – Process, Tips And Tricks
Can you suggest some other way to use toothpaste around the kitchen? Let us know in the comments below!
When Vanity Fair asked Jeremy Allen White to share a statement about Ayo Edebiri, his co-star on the series “The Bear,” for its profile on the actress, it was reported that the actor made time “within a day” of being asked, a rare occurrence for a busy celebrity.
“We really enjoy each other in life, on camera and off camera. I have a tremendous amount of respect for her as a person, but also as an artist. And so I hope that sort of that kind of thing shines through on camera between Carm and Syd,” he said, referring to their characters, in the story that was published on Tuesday.
His statement, along with Ms. Edebiri’s own mention of Mr. White’s “beautiful blue eyes” in the article, only added to fan excitement and rumors that the two are dating after a video of the pair at a White Sox game at Wrigley Field was shared widely online over the weekend.
In the clip, the pair were captured from above, wearing baseball caps and joined by fellow cast members. Mr. White placed his hand between Ms. Edebiri’s shoulder blades and rubbed the upper crevice of her back.
Viewers have long rooted for their characters on “The Bear” to become a thing, but many have speculated that the two might have sparks flying in real life.
Representatives for Ms. Edebiri and Mr. White did not respond to requests for comment.
The two have long maintained that they are just good friends, and while that is most likely true (maybe these moments are all clever marketing for the show?), these recent comments and spottings have positioned them squarely under a microscope, with many watching to see if there’s something more.
The “will they, won’t they” trope — which is commonly used to describe a relationship between two characters who are drawn to each other but are hesitant to act on it — is irresistible, perhaps because it typically involves strong romantic tension and chemistry that’s difficult to pursue because of external factors or internal conflicts. As the viewer, you end up yearning for a union and rooting for romance.
On the show, Carmy and Sydney’s friendship is nurturing; we often see the two leaning on each other in stressful moments, seeking comfort and even using American Sign Language to say “I’m sorry” to the other by making a fist and rubbing their chest. This onscreen chemistry has led some fans to root for their characters to get together, while others want them to maintain their close friendship as colleagues. Now the bond the actors portray on-screen has seemingly bled into real life, extending a fantasy for the former group.
Both Ms. Edebiri and Mr. White’s success and rise to fame on what started as a scrappy series have currently made each popular in their own right. What’s better than two lovable stars becoming a couple? The internet simply can’t get enough.
Mr. White has been reportedly dating Rosalía, the Spanish singer, but the current status of their relationship is unclear. In January, Ms. Edebiri maintained that she and Mr. White are just friends after she was asked to comment on a Calvin Klein ad campaign featuring Mr. White in a pair of boxer briefs.
“I’m happy for him. That’s my boy,” Ms. Edebiri said. “I do feel like I want people to understand that he’s my co-worker!”
This might all just be a classic work wife-husband relationship. But it is undeniable that, at a time when celebrity couple breakups seem to be all the rage, Mr. White and Ms. Edebiri are satisfying the needs of hopeless romantics.
In an interview with Pharm Exec Associate Editor Don Tracy, Robert Zirkelback, Chief Public Affairs Officer, Head of Strategic Initiatives, PhRMA discusses best-case scenarios for health policy amid the 2024 presidential election.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
APPLE je najavio uvođenje nove funkcije Vehicle Motion Cues na uređaje iPhone i iPad kasnije ove godine. Ova inovacija pomaže korisnicima da izbjegnu mučninu koju mogu osjećati prilikom korištenja uređaja u pokretu, odnosno dok se nalaze u vozilu (naravno, kada nisu za volanom).
Mučnina u vožnji često nastaje zbog nesklada između onoga što vidimo i što osjećamo dok se vozimo. Primjerice, gledanje u ekran telefona dok se vozilo ubrzava ili skreće može poslati mozgu proturječne signale, što izaziva mučninu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Funkcija Vehicle Motion Cues rješava ovaj problem prikazivanjem malih animiranih točaka na ekranu koje se kreću u skladu s kretanjem vozila. Te točke stvaraju vizualni dojam koji je u skladu s pokretima vozila, čime se ublažava nesklad između onoga što vidimo i fizičkih osjeta tijekom vožnje, smanjujući tako mogućnost mučnine. U suštini, te točke “zavaravaju” mozak.
Najavljene su i neke druge značajke
Apple je također najavio druge nove funkcije. Takva je i praćenje očima, funkcija koja omogućuje korisnicima s tjelesnim invaliditetom da upravljaju svojim uređajima samo pogledom. Zatim, Music Haptics, koja poboljšava doživljaj glazbe za osobe s oštećenjem sluha.
Stiže i Vocal Shortcuts, funkcija koja korisnicima omogućava da dodijele prilagođene zvukove koje Siri može prepoznati za pokretanje prečica i izvršavanje zadataka, te Listen for Atypical Speech, funkcija koja uređaju omogućava da nauči prepoznavati specifične obrasce govora korisnika, proširujući time mogućnosti prepoznavanja govora.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
Leadoff man Corbin Carroll driving balls into the gap and racing around the bases. Slugger Christian Walker crushing home runs into the left-field seats. Second baseman Ketel Marte delivering big hits and starting rally-killing double plays. A no-name pitcher shutting down their high-powered offense.
If this had a familiar ring to the Dodgers and a crowd of 46,593 in Chavez Ravine on Wednesday night, it was because it was all too familiar, the Arizona Diamondbacks cruising to a 6-0 victory to win two of three games in a series that was reminiscent of their three-game sweep of the Dodgers in last year’s National League Division Series.
Carroll keyed a three-run fifth inning with a two-run triple that helped send Dodgers ace Tyler Glasnow to his second straight loss; Walker did his usual Dodger damage with a solo homer in the sixth and a double in the eighth, and Marte started a quirky and timely double play to help extricate the Diamondbacks from a two-on, no-out jam in the sixth.
And it was bulk reliever Ryne Nelson who reprised the role of Brandon Pfaadt from Game 3 of that division series, the 26-year-old right-hander entering the day with a 2-3 record and 7.06 ERA in seven starts but blanking the Dodgers on five hits over five innings, striking out five and walking three.
The Dodgers, at the end of a stretch in which they played 13 games in 13 days, went hitless in eight at-bats with runners in scoring position and lost their first regular-season home series to Arizona since April 13-15, 2018, a span of 13 series. It was Arizona’s first shutout victory at Dodger Stadium since Sept. 4, 2017.
Teoscar Hernández gets caught in a rundown as Arizona catcher Gabriel Montero tags him out in the sixth inning
(Wally Skalij / Los Angeles Times)
Glasnow was dominant through four scoreless innings in which he gave up two singles, struck out six, walked none and induced 14 swinging strikes, but the Diamondbacks snapped the scoreless tie with three runs in the fifth.
Gabriel Moreno sparked the rally with a one-out walk. No. 9 hitter Kevin Newman grounded a single to center field to advance Moreno to third, and Newman took second on the throw.
Carroll, the 2023 NL rookie of the year who is off to a brutal start in 2024 — he entered Wednesday with a .191 average, two homers and 14 RBIs — drove a hanging 1-and-2 curveball from Glasnow into the right-center field gap for a two-run triple for a 2-0 lead. He then scored on a wild pitch to make it 3-0.
The Dodgers had a similar threat in the top of the fourth when Teoscar Hernández walked with one out and Gavin Lux laced a double to right to put runners on second and third with one out.
But Nelson, who replaced opener Brandon Hughes in the first inning, struck out Andy Pages on three pitches and got Jason Heyward to ground out to first to end the inning.
The Dodgers failed to score again after putting two on with no outs in the fifth when Shohei Ohtani hit a mile-high fly ball to center field, Freddie Freeman struck out on a 96-mph fastball from Nelson and Will Smith flied to the wall in right.
The Diamondbacks extended the lead to 4-0 in the top of the sixth when Walker crushed a 417-foot solo homer to left-center field off Dodgers reliever Elieser Hernández, giving the Arizona first baseman 22 homers in 87 career games against the Dodgers, 14 of them coming in Chavez Ravine.
The Dodgers put two on with no outs — again — in the bottom of the sixth when Teoscar Hernández singled to right and Lux singled to left.
Pages followed with a bloop up the middle that Marte alertly let drop near the second-base bag. Marte fielded the ball, stepped on second for the force out and started a rundown that ended with Hernández being tagged out between second and third for a double play. Heyward flied out to the warning track in left to end the inning.
Arizona tacked on two insurance runs off reliever Ryan Yarbrough for a 6-0 lead in the eighth when Marte led off with a homer off the left-field foul pole and Walker doubled to left and later scored on a passed ball.
Short hops
Left-hander James Paxton and right-hander Walker Buehler will start the first two games of a three-game series at Cincinnati beginning Friday night, and Yoshinobu Yamamoto will start Sunday’s series finale, marking the fourth time this season the right-hander will pitch on five days’ rest. … Closer Evan Phillips, out since May 5 because of a mild right-hamstring strain, will throw live-batting practice with Class A Rancho Cucamonga on Thursday and is scheduled to begin a rehabilitation assignment with the club on Sunday.
Nadella is the chief of Microsoft, which acquired the professional networking platform LinkedIn in December 2016. (Image: Microsoft)
In a 63-page order, the Registrar of Companies ((NCT of Delhi & Haryana) said that LinkedIn India and the individuals violated the Significant Beneficial Owner (SBO) norms under the Companies Act, 2013
The corporate affairs ministry on Wednesday slapped fines on Microsoft-owned LinkedIn India, Satya Nadella and eight other individuals for violation of the significant beneficial owner norms under the companies law.
Nadella is the chief of Microsoft, which acquired the professional networking platform LinkedIn in December 2016.
In a 63-page order, the Registrar of Companies ((NCT of Delhi & Haryana) said that LinkedIn India and the individuals violated the Significant Beneficial Owner (SBO) norms under the Companies Act, 2013.
“… Satya Nadella and Ryan Roslansky are the SBOs in relation to the subject company and are liable to a penalty under section 90(10) of the Act, due to their failure to report as per section 90(1). Ryan Roslansky was appointed as the global CEO of LinkedIn Corporation on 1st June 2020 and started reporting to Satya Nadella,” the RoC, which comes under the ministry, said in the order.
Section 90 of the Act pertains to SBO. It requires companies have to disclose SBO details.
According to the order, the company and its officers are liable for action for the failure to take necessary steps to identify the SBO in relation to the company.
The RoC has slapped penalties totalling Rs 27,10,800 on LinkedIn Technology Information Pvt Ltd or LinkedIn India, Nadella, LinkedIn CEO Ryan Roslansky and seven other individuals.
For SBO norms violations, a penalty of Rs 7 lakh has been slapped on LinkedIn India. Fines of Rs 2 lakh each have been imposed on Nadella and Roslansky, respectively.
Other individuals who have been fined are Keith Ranger Dolliver, Benjamin Owen Orndorff, Michelle Katty Leung, Lisa Emiko Sato, Ashutosh Gupta, Mark Leonard Nadres Legaspi and Henry Chining Fong.
“Also, the company and its officers failed to even send a notice [which was mandatorily required to be sent] as per rule 2A (2) of the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018 leading to a contravention of section 90(5) for which penalty has been provided under section 450. All the officers, including the non-executive directors are liable for this violation due to the presumption of clear knowledge on part of each of such directors about the holding structure of the company,” it said.
LinkedIn India has been set up as a subsidiary of Microsoft Group.
An appeal can be filed against the order with the Regional Director (NR) within 60 days from the date of receipt of this order.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
IT company Coforge on Tuesday said it has collaborated with Microsoft to establish an innovation hub to develop industry-specific generative AI solutions.
The hub will develop new industry specific generative AI solutions and will work closely with Microsoft to integrate them with Microsoft’s generative AI products and technologies, including Microsoft Azure OpenAI Service, Microsoft Power Platform, and Microsoft Copilot, Coforge said in a statement.
“Coforge is taking advantage of its deep industry strengths and customer partnerships in building industry specific generative AI solutions on the Microsoft platform to drive transformation and enhance productivity.
“This collaboration with Microsoft will further accelerate our efforts to deliver industry-leading generative AI solutions to our customers,” Coforge CEO and executive director Sudhir Singh said.
Coforge also introduced two new copilots for insurance and financial services.
These copilots will use Microsoft’s generative AI products and technologies to enhance productivity and improve operational efficiency.
Coforge shares were trading 0.86 per cent higher at Rs 4,771.85 per share on BSE.
Catch all the updates of the May 21 session on Dalal Street here. For all other news related to business, politics, tech and auto, visit Zeebiz.com.
Those who want to climb one of the most popular trails on Japan’s iconic Mount Fuji will have to book a slot and pay a fee as crowds, littering and climbers who try to rush too fast to the summit cause safety and conservation concerns at the picturesque stratovolcano.
An online booking system for Mount Fuji’s most popular trail was announced by Japanese authorities trying to fight overtourism on the active volcano. Mount Fuji new climbing rules: Booking slots, fees required for Yoshida Trail (Photo by Richard A. Brooks / AFP)
The new rules for the climbing season, starting July 1 to Sept. 10, apply for those hiking the Yoshida Trail on the Yamanashi side of the 3,776 meter- (nearly 12,300 feet-) high mountain that was designated a UNESCO World Cultural Heritage site in 2013.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
Only 4,000 climbers will be allowed to enter the trail per day for a hiking fee of 2,000 yen (about $18). Of those slots, 3,000 will be available for online booking and the remaining 1,000 can be booked in person on the day of the climb, Yamanashi prefecture said in a statement via the Foreign Press Center of Japan on Monday. Hikers also have an option of donating an additional 1,000 yen (about $9) for conservation.
Climbers can book their slots via the Mount Fuji Climbing website, which is jointly run by the Environment Ministry and the mountain’s two home prefectures, Yamanashi and Shizuoka.
Mount Fuji is divided into 10 stations, and there are four “5th stations” halfway up the mountain from where the Yoshida, Fujinomiya, Subashiri, and Gotemba trails start to the top.
Under the new system, climbers must choose between a day hike or an overnight stay at the several available huts along the trail. The day of their climb, they are given a QR code to be scanned at the 5th station. Those who have not booked an overnight hut will be sent back down and not allowed to climb between 4 p.m. and 3 a.m., mainly to stop “bullet climbing,” or rushing to the summit without adequate rest, which authorities are worried puts lives at risk.
A symbol of Japan, the mountain called “Fujisan” used to be a place of pilgrimage. Today, it especially attracts hikers who climb to the summit to see the sunrise. But the tons of trash that’s left behind, including plastic bottles, food and even clothes, have become a major concern.
In a statement, Yamanashi Gov. Kotaro Nagasaki thanked people for their understanding and cooperation in helping conserve Mount Fuji.
Shizuoka prefecture, southwest of Mount Fuji, where climbers can also access the mountain, has sought a voluntary 1,000-yen ($6.40) fee per climber since 2014 and is considering additional ways to balance tourism and environmental protection.
The number of Mount Fuji climbers during the season in 2023 totaled 221,322, according to the Environment Ministry. That is close to the pre-pandemic level and officials expect more visitors this year.
Just a few weeks ago, the town of Fujikawaguchiko in Yamanashi prefecture, began setting up a huge black screen on a sidewalk to block a view of Mount Fuji because tourists were crowding into the area to take photos with the mountain as a backdrop to a convenience store, a social media phenomenon known as “Mount Fuji Lawson” that has disrupted business, traffic and local life.
Overtourism has also become a growing issue at other popular tourist destinations such as Kyoto and Kamakura as foreign visitors have flocked to Japan in droves since the coronavirus pandemic restrictions were lifted, in part due to the weaker yen.
Last year, Japan had more than 25 million visitors, and the figures in 2024 are expected to surpass nearly 32 million, a record from 2019, according to the Japan National Tourism Organization.
Bruce Robinson’s cult movie about two bibulous actors staggers onto the stage 37 years late.
Written in 1987 but set in 1969, it is an endlessly quotable comedy of bad manners reproduced surprisingly well in Sean Foley’s production. Running out of money and alcohol, the dissolute Withnail (Robert Sheehan) and his roommate Marwood aka ‘I’ (Adonis Siddique) decide to leave their squalid Camden flat and drive to The Lake District to stay in a remote country cottage owned by Withnail’s Uncle Monty (Malcolm Sinclair). Oblivious to Monty’s sexuality, Marwood is alarmed by the unexpected arrival of the ageing queen who has designs on him. That’s pretty much it for the plot.
But Robinson’s semi-autobiographical script is really about an era on the cusp of change, the Swinging Sixties had swung and gone and bohemian glamour was being displaced by sleaze, addiction and unemployment.
Above all, its greatest strengths are the characters and highly refined comic dialogue.
Withnail is a neo-Restoration dandy gone to seed, spitting epigrams like a low rent Oscar Wilde. Sheehan looks the part though he hasn’t quite mastered the entitled sneer that came naturally to Richard E. Grant and he needs to dial down the melodramatic diva gestures. Siddique is a good foil as the bewildered Marwood, narrating their misadventures to the audience like a befuddled Chorus. Sinclair repurposes Uncle Monty from the film’s grotesque, pathetic predator into a fastidious and camp character of a bygone era, a sort of Gielgud manqué.
The live rock band led by singer/comedian Sooz Kempner blasts out fragments of songs from groups of the era with a pleasing lack of restraint.
And hats off to designer Alice Power whose infinitely adaptable sets conjure flats, pubs and a tea room while allowing Akhila Krishnan’s video design to simulate streets and motorways as the two reprobates head off in Marwood’s battered car.
It would be impossible to emulate the movie in all its ragged finery but this is a pretty good attempt at conjuring the spirit of Robinson’s hilarious tale of failure, curdled optimism and the finest wines available to humanity.
The car, in particular, is a triumph. (Actually, it’s a Jaguar Mk II).
It’s 2014 – Hawthorn are the reigning AFL premiers, and the DJ-series Mazda 2 has just gone on sale in Australia.
You can pick one up for as little as $14,990 before on-road costs, and even top of the range examples fetch just over $20,000.
Fast forward 10 years to 2024, and plenty has changed in the world of cars. But one constant remains: you can still buy a brand new DJ Mazda 2 at your local Mazda dealership, even though it’s picked up a few choice upgrades over its life.
Just don’t expect to pay $15,000 anymore. Here we have the flagship 2024 Mazda 2 G15 GT Sedan, a near-$30k compact car battling to be the best bang-for-buck buy in the country.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the MY20 G15 Pure Hatch
Should you opt for the most expensive version of this affordable car, or is it worth stretching to a base model further up the automotive ladder?
How does the Mazda 2 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Mazda 2 against similarly sized vehicles.
Mazda
Mazda 2
How much does the Mazda 2 cost?
The 2024 Mazda 2 range opens with the manual G15 Pure priced at $22,720 before on-road costs, and maxes out with the G15 GT at $27,920 plus on-roads in both hatch and sedan form.
Featured here is the G15 GT Sedan wearing Aero Grey Metallic paint (no-cost option) with a list price of $27,920 plus on-road costs, or $32,143 drive-away for Victorian buyers.
Model Variant
$RRP
2024 Mazda 2 G15 Pure Hatch 6MT
$22,720
2024 Mazda 2 G15 Pure Hatch 6AT
$24,720
2024 Mazda 2 G15 Pure Sedan 6AT
$24,720
2024 Mazda 2 G15 Pure SP Hatch 6AT
$25,520
2024 Mazda 2 G15 Evolve Hatch 6AT
$26,220
2024 Mazda 2 G15 GT Hatch 6AT
$27,920
2024 Mazda 2 G15 GT Sedan 6AT
$27,920
Prices exclude on-road costs
To see how the Mazda 2 compares with its rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the Mazda 2 like on the inside?
Mazda has certainly gone down the sporty route with the interior of the 2 GT, which has been tarted up with materials that wouldn’t look out of place in the MX-5 sports car.
Carbon-fibre and Alcantara are often used liberally in high-end performance cars. Although they’re both absent here, Mazda has attempted to provide a cut-price version of that feel inside the GT.
Suede is smattered across the upper door cards, dash, and seats, while carbon-style plastic trim pieces elevate the interior further. There’s always a risk upgrades like this can look and feel tacky, but I thought they were fun touches for a cheap city car.
You also get red stitching on the suede surfaces, making the interior additions stand out just that little bit more.
Some people attempt the same modifications on their cars at home and cheapen them in the process. That’s not the case here; each alteration has been seamlessly integrated into the cabin.
The manually adjustable seats epitomise this. Trimmed in leather and suede, they look the part and feel sporty to sit in.
Firm and supportive are the words that come to mind, and comfort wasn’t a problem on shorter daily drives – longer trips might have you yearning for a Mazda 3, or even a CX-5.
Aside from the seats, the steering wheel is your most common touchpoint, and I’m pleased to report it also feels fantastic.
All versions of the Mazda 2 receive the same leather-trimmed steering wheel, which has a thin rim and sits comfortably in the hands.
The gear lever is wrapped in the same material, although it doesn’t see much action in the automatic-only GT.
At the end of the day, this is still an economy car. As such, lower traffic areas like the door cards and centre console are constructed of hard textured plastics, in line with other cars in this price bracket.
There’s also one glaring omission from the cabin – an armrest. You have to pay $520 for the privilege of a place to rest your elbow in the centre of the car, which is disappointing.
But on the whole, Mazda has done just enough to make the GT feel more expensive than it is, without going overboard.
In terms of build quality, we didn’t experience any creaks, rattles, or wobbles; which is another tick.
Storage space is respectable, considering the small stature of the car. The front door bins can each swallow a 600ml drink bottle plus some tissues or small snacks, while the two centre cup holders will hold 1L bottles.
There’s a small cubby near each of the window switches to stuff some chewing gum, and coins fit perfectly in a small rectangular container in the centre console.
Shorter drivers may struggle to reach their loose change while passing through the McDonalds drive-through, however, as the container is located behind the front seat.
Issues also arise when you instinctively attempt to store your smartphone under the dash, as the area under the climate controls is not large enough for a modern iPhone – Nokia flip phone owners rejoice!
If you forget that this generation of Mazda 2 is a decade old, quirks like this are a stark reminder. There’s even the covered over remnants of a CD player. The glovebox is also tight, but no smaller than other cars in this class.
The technology on offer in the Mazda 2 GT also nods to its senior status.
Behind the steering wheel you’ll find a set of old-school gauges, headlined by a large centre analogue tachometer with a small embedded digital speedometer.
Small, monochrome readouts are located on either side, displaying information such as gear selection, average fuel economy, and your odometer.
It’s a very basic layout, and certainly not comparable to the more modern colour trip computers you see in similarly priced cars such as the Toyota Yaris, Suzuki Swift, and Kia Picanto.
At least there’s a head-up display, although it’s the flip-up type and shows limited information. The position of the polariser can be adjusted to cater for different driving positions, which helps.
To the left sits Mazda’s 8.0-inch MZD Connect infotainment system, which also fails to disguise its age. The screen itself is low resolution by modern standards, and often lacks the computing power to keep up with your inputs.
Mazda markets the system as a touchscreen, but that level of functionality can only be accessed when you’re stationary or using smartphone mirroring. Apple CarPlay is wireless, but a cable is required for Android devices.
There are two USB-A ports for this purpose, as well as a 12-volt outlet and SD card slot. Wireless charging is not available.
Most of the time drivers are forced to control the system using a small rotary dial located in the centre console. It will be a familiar system for Mazda loyalists, and it’s one that works well most of the time.
Just be ready to spend an excessive amount of time scrolling if you want to move from a long list (e.g. Spotify songs) to a different application.
The same applies when using the dial to type out a destination in the native navigation system, which takes an age and is almost impossible to do on the move. That’s probably not such a bad thing, given that you’re better off using a more modern maps application via smartphone mirroring.
Shortcut buttons for popular functions are positioned around the dial, which is also less substantial than versions found in other Mazda models.
The steering wheel also houses buttons to adjust speaker audio, skip tracks, and activate cruise control. The plastic buttons feel a bit cheap but are well laid out.
Climate controls come in the form of three round dials for mode, temperature, and fan speed, situated in the centre of the dash. They’re simple, yet functional – I had no complaints.
This is a prime example of a feature that doesn’t necessarily benefit from technological advancement.
The same could be said for the manual handbrake fitted to the Mazda 2, even though it takes up more space than a switch or button.
Speaking of space, if you’re looking to carry passengers back there regularly you’d be better served looking at a bigger member of the Mazda family.
Don’t be fooled into thinking this is a spacious sedan, because rear legroom is at a premium. I’m 6’2, and you could get average-height adults behind me – or kids, of course – but they wouldn’t necessarily want to be there for long.
Headroom is similarly limited for adults. My hair would graze the headliner when sitting upright, and the headrest don’t have the adjustment required to accomodate taller passengers. The middle seat is a kids-only zone.
Cars like the Mazda 2 aren’t necessarily targeted at buyers who use the rear seats often, but at $28,000 before on-roads the GT does compete with entry-level SUVs like the Kia Stonic which offer more space in the second row.
Friends and family who spend time in the back of the Mazda 2 GT will quickly find storage space is also negligible.
There’s a map pocket behind the front passenger seat, but no door bins or armrest to speak of – pack light. As is common in the segment, air vents and USB ports don’t feature.
It’s a small cabin, but decent-sized windows and a light coloured headliner make the interior feel more spacious than it is, at least until you cram three people in the back.
A lack of storage in the second row is made up for by the boot in the Mazda 2 GT Sedan, which is huge for the class.
Measuring in at 440L, the cargo room available here rivals larger sedans and SUVs, although the aperture is on the small side which isn’t unexpected.
The boot also has 190L more space than the equivalent Mazda 2 Hatch, which is a selling point for this body style, despite its awkward exterior appearance.
One issue we flagged with the boot is that it’s not lit, which could cause issues when loading and unloading items at night. The bootlid opens manually, and closes with a soft thud.
If you want to access more storage space, the rear backrest folds in 60/40 fashion, unlocking some extra room. There’s a big hump up separating the two areas, however – so it’s easiest to place items on the back seats via the side doors.
What’s under the bonnet?
All Mazda 2 models are powered by a ‘G15’ 1.5-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder petrol engine in Australia.
Model
Mazda 2 G15 Sedan
Engine
1.5-litre 4cyl
Power
81kW
Torque
142Nm
Transmission
6-speed automatic
Driven wheels
Front-wheel drive
Kerb weight
1109kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.0L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
8.1L/100km (urban driving)
Fuel tank capacity
44L
Fuel requirement
91 RON
Emissions (C02)
117g/km
To see how the Mazda 2 compares with its rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the Mazda 2 drive?
The Mazda 2 is a model that typically appeals to two specific types of car buyer – the first car buyer, and the last car buyer.
G15 Evolve Hatch shown
Younger, first car buyers are after something that’s safe and easy to drive, but also interesting enough to be desirable.
At the other end of the spectrum, last car buyers tend to value familiarity and safety, but don’t care so much for creative aesthetics and driving dynamics.
Does the GT satisfy those criteria? It’s a flawless report card for the drivers on P-plates. The driving characteristics of the top-spec GT complement its sporty interior, making it a fun car to steer around town.
The little 1.5-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder engine isn’t going to catapult you into the distance, but the way it hops off the line and runs up to city speed limits is rewarding.
The automatic start/stop system operates in the background, kicking in when you press firmly on the brake and restarting the engine when you lift off. It’s not as smooth as a Toyota hybrid around town, but it’s far from bad.
At highway speeds it starts to run out of puff, which means overtakes require a long run-up. Sport mode sharpens up the throttle response further if that’s what you’re after.
It’s also a buzzy engine at higher revs, which can become tiresome. Sometimes it’s hard to avoid; the automatic transmission sometimes gets confused in stop-start traffic and holds revs too high, transmitting unnecessary noise into the cabin.
Thanks in part to the light weight of the vehicle, the Mazda 2 GT benefits from steering that’s very direct and provides ample feedback, which ups the engagement factor.
However, these things are unlikely to matter to mature buyers. Good thing this bubbly little machine has a more grown-up alter ego.
The GT rides well for a small city car, brushing off most lumps, bumps, and potholes without too much fuss. Out on the open road, the GT is happy to cruise at 100km/h even with a few passengers.
It also feels bigger on the road than it really is, in a good way. You feel safe behind the wheel, and confident co-existing with hulking SUVs in city traffic.
That sense of safety is backed up by a strong suite of technology. Adaptive cruise control is mostly smooth and intuitive, while the lane-keep assist function ensures you don’t drift across the lines in a moment of distraction.
Blind-spot monitors are constantly providing feedback about the position of other cars on the road, so younger and older drivers alike are unlikely to be overwhelmed by the volume of traffic at any point.
Parking is a breeze. The car is small and easy to position in tight parking lots, with plenty of tech on hand to support.
A surround-view camera, which makes parallel and reverse parking significantly easier, is fitted as standard. That’s rare in this segment, and a huge help to young drivers learning the ropes.
All variants come with rear parking sensors, and the GT also gains front parking sensors which act as a great foil to the camera systems available.
While some of the features may be a bit foreign to older buyers, the GT remains an approachable car that balances retaining the familiar with progress.
What do you get?
The 2024 Mazda 2 is available in four trim levels, with either hatch or sedan body styles offered depending on variant.
G15 Pure standard equipment:
15-inch alloy wheels
Power-folding exterior mirrors
LED headlights
Automatic headlights
Rain-sensing wipers
7.0-inch infotainment screen
Wireless Apple CarPlay
Wired Android Auto
DAB+ digital radio
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Leather-wrapped shifter and handbrake
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel adjustment
6-speaker sound system
Keyless start
Air-conditioning
Power windows
1 x 12V outlet
2 x USB outlet
G15 Pure SP Hatch adds:
16-inch black-finish alloy wheels
Carbon fibre-style roof
Shark fin antenna
Chrome exhaust extension
Black exterior mirrors
G15 Evolve Hatch adds (over Pure):
16-inch alloy wheels
Black mesh-style grille
LED daytime running lights
Climate control air-conditioning
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Colour head-up display
Satellite navigation
Red stitching details
Traffic sign recognition
G15 GT adds:
Keyless entry
Black leather/Grand Luxe suede upholstery with red highlights
Front parking sensors
Surround-view camera
Adaptive cruise control
Is the Mazda 2 safe?
The Mazda 2 had a five-star rating from ANCAP, but as this was based on testing conducted in 2015 it has now expired.
All models come standard with the following equipment:
Autonomous emergency braking (forward, reverse)
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Rear parking sensors
Reversing camera
G15 Evolve and above get traffic sign recognition, while the G15 GT gains a surround-view camera, front parking sensors, and adaptive cruise control.
How much does the Mazda 2 cost to run?
The Mazda 2 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Servicing is required every 12 months or 15,000km.
The first five services are capped at $334, $526, $396, $526, and $334, respectively.
CarExpert’s Take on the Mazda 2
The Mazda 2 G15 GT ticks most of the boxes when it comes to satisfying buyers in this segment.
It’s fun to drive, comfortable for a car of its size, packed with safety technology and easy to live with. Sure, the infotainment system and button controls remind you this is a 10-year-old platform, but that’s forgivable.
However, there’s an elephant in the room – the price. At nearly $28,000 before on-roads, the GT borders on unobtainable for first car buyers who may be cross-shopping with a Kia Picanto, or Suzuki Swift.
The GT is also swimming with some big fish at this price point, including the base Toyota Corolla and, if you’re after European sophistication, the Volkswagen Polo.
The base Pure is worth a look for cash strapped junior drivers, while mature buyers could be better served by a newer platform such as the Corolla or Polo.
During Bitcoin’s climb to May’s high of $71.1K, the meme coin sector proved to be the most profitable, trending tokens by market capitalization yielding returns over 40%. However, as the price of Bitcoin settled back to around $69K in recent hours, several meme coins are facing a strong rejection from sellers. Interestingly, SHIB price failed to trigger any significant upward move during the intense buying demand in the market despite a massive surge in whale transactions.
SHIB Records 400% Jump In Whale Transactions
Shiba Inu (SHIB) faces challenges overcoming crucial resistance. As the Ethereum spot ETF approval deadline approaches, SHIB, an ERC-20 meme coin, might react to the news. Analysts predict a likely breakout, providing investors with a good opportunity to acquire SHIB before its price potentially shoots up.
Read more: Bear Trap Alert: Crypto Market Records An Outflow Of $53 Billion With Bitcoin Dropping Below $70K!
For over the last few weeks, SHIB price has been consolidating within a range bound zone. This consolidation has been serving as an accumulation zone, as confirmed by Santiment’s Whale Transaction Count indicator.
A spike in this on-chain metric after a market crash or during consolidation typically indicates that institutional investors are accumulating assets. Conversely, if the index spikes following a market rally, it suggests these investors might be preparing to sell.
From April 12 to May 21, the Whale Transaction Count consistently spiked during market dips, indicating ongoing accumulation by institutional investors. Data from IntoTheBlock shows that the large transaction volume surged by nearly 417% in the last four days. The metric jumped from the low of $28.2 million to $145 million.
Also read: Donald Trump Presidential Campaign Now Accepts Bitcoin, Shiba Inu, XRP, Solana, Ethereum and Dogecoin
Additionally, Shibburn reported the removal of a significant number of SHIB tokens from circulation. The latest data indicates that 10,824,730 SHIB tokens were burned in the past 24 hours. Consequently, the burn rate—measuring the proportion of tokens sent to burn wallets—has increased by 59% as of this report.
If the SEC approves a spot Ethereum ETF, it could potentially lead to a significant increase in the prices of altcoins and memecoins.
What’s Next For SHIB Price?
Shiba Inu has been fluctuating within a symmetrical triangle pattern for the past few days, indicating an equilibrium in market demand and supply at current prices. Currently, buyers are attempting to push the price beyond the descending resistance line. At the time of writing, the SHIB price stands at $0.0000255, marking a decline of over 1.1% in the past 24 hours.
The market’s bullish traders are targeting a move above $0.000028. A successful breakout above this downtrend line could suggest a weakening of bearish forces, potentially driving the price to $0.000033, where significant bearish resistance is anticipated.
Conversely, bears are ready to test the support level at $0.0000226 once more. If this level is breached, it may lead to an increased sell-off, sharply driving the SHIB/USDT pair down towards the next major support at $0.0000185, negating the gains from the recent upward movement.
You’ve heard the expression, “Work smarter, not harder.”
Content marketing teams would do well to adopt that philosophy. Hard work alone can’t solve the struggle to meet the demands for more (and better) content. Smarter work, though, can remove the friction, confusion, and production inefficiencies that can hinder their success.
Smarter work requires clear operational workflows and well-defined processes. If your team lacks these foundational elements, important tasks fall through the cracks, and no one knows the next steps or who’s responsible for seeing them through. Eventually, chaos reigns, content quality suffers, and the team wastes time fixing production problems while your competitors solve your audience’s challenges.
With this streamlined, five-step process, you can map workflows for each content format and variation your team produces regularly. Then, you can build executable processes that make production more manageable. The templates and examples can guide you through each step.
Step 1: Audit your content formats
First, you need a high-level view of all the content deliverables and distribution for each format.
Create a template with these columns — content format, primary distribution platform, additional distribution platforms, and special circumstances and variation.
Content format: Do you create articles? E-books? Live presentations? Webinars? Visual content? Create a row for each format your team regularly produces.
Primary delivery platform: Where is each format published or shared first? Ideally, it is an owned-media platform, like your blog or via email. However, if it’s an external platform like social media, note the destination.
Additional distribution platforms. Do you use this content format on other channels? List them. This step helps surface overlooked tasks in the process, such as uploading assets to your brand’s social pages through an admin account or resizing images to platform specifications. It also accounts for post-publishing steps to provide a consistent multiplatform experience.
Special circumstances and variations. Do you gate some e-books as lead-gen magnets while other e-books remain ungated? Are videos added to your newsletters only when you’re promoting an event or special offer? Note any variations that require extra steps or a distinct production process.
TIP: If a content format is used significantly in multiple ways, list those uses in separate rows. For example, videos might have two rows, Video — YouTube and Video — Instagram Stories.
At this point, focus only on the high-level tasks in your operations workflow. Finer details like design needs, who creates the content, and who needs to approve it will come later (step three).
Here’s an example of how an audit might look:
Content Format
Primary Distribution Platform
Additional Distribution Platforms
Special Circumstances/Variations
Editorial article
Website (Blog)
· Newsletter · LinkedIn profile page/group · Social media
· Website blog · Event microsite · Website video page
· Sponsored webinars
Social media post
LinkedIn
· Facebook · LinkedIn · Instagram
· Paid promotions · Co-created with influencers
Live presentation
In-person event
· Virtual events platform · LinkedIn Live
· Video snippets on social media · Distribution partner site
Step 2: List all tasks required for each format
Next, detail all the editorial, collaborative, and technical production tasks to produce each content format for its primary platform.
You may want to start with the most frequently produced or the most critical to your content goals. Alternatively, begin with the most complex asset, which involves multiple teams or many steps to produce and distribute. You’ll see why in a minute.
Don’t worry about putting the tasks in order. Just list them as they come to mind. For example, an editorial article for your website’s blog might include this task list:
Determine topic.
Schedule publication in the editorial calendar.
Edit submitted copy.
Load copy and images to the content management system.
Format content for layout.
Send edited copy to author and stakeholders for revisions/approval.
Request sales/marketing feedback on the topic.
Set metadata details for SEO.
Send links/assets to the contact person for the daily email newsletter.
Design and develop visual images.
Gather author bio info/assets.
Brainstorm specific story angles.
Identify and interview subject matter expert(s).
Collect metrics/generate performance reports.
Assign author to write copy.
Proof and approve the final layout.
Share performance data with stakeholders.
Publish content to its primary platform.
Share links/assets with content partners for their usage.
Some of these tasks may have multiple sub-steps. For example, formatting the article could involve importing and resizing images, adding hyperlinks, setting category tags, etc. But for this exercise, stick to broad task categories.
Step 3: Organize tasks by production stage
Next, for each format, group the tasks in sequential order into pre-production, production, and post-production stages, as shown in the template below.
Feel free to add clarifying details to your task descriptions. They could help team members distinguish commonly confused actions, like editing for substance vs. final proofreading.
Stage of Content Format (editorial article)
Required Tasks
Pre-production stage
Determine the topic.
Brainstorm angle.
Identify sources/subject matter experts.
Request sales/marketing feedback on the topic and approach.
Assign a writer.
Facilitate governance requirements.
Create/gather author bio info/assets.
Production stage
Receive author submission.
Edit/revise copy for style and substance.
Design/develop visuals.
Send a final copy to the author and stakeholders for revisions/approval.
Load/format copy and visuals for layout.
Set metadata details for SEO.
Proof and approve the final layout.
Post-production stage
Schedule publication in the editorial calendar.
Publish content (including metadata) to its primary platform.
Send content to [contact] for email alert/newsletter inclusion.
Share links/assets with content partners for additional promotion, repurposing, and distribution efforts per the content plan.
Collect metrics data and generate reports.
Share performance data with stakeholders to inform potential adjustments or future content plans.
To help organize your tasks in logical order, also answer these questions:
Which tasks must happen before others can start?
Which tasks can happen concurrently?
What tasks denote a stage is complete and the next can begin?
Your processes must account for standards and requirements set at the enterprise level or that contribute to other organizational functions. For example, you may need to set metadata details according to your enterprise SEO strategy or comply with organizational procedures, like securing signed contributor agreements.
If these steps didn’t make it onto your initial task list, add them. (In the example above, I added “facilitate governance requirements” that wasn’t on the original task list. If you’re unsure what these tasks involve — or how to fulfill them — find out. It will only make your work harder if you need to plug in or reorder steps after you’ve mapped the operational workflow.
Step 4: Assign roles and map how work will flow
From here, you add a column to set roles and responsibilities for each task. With this information, you can create a map showing how production efforts flow from one role to the next.
The first part is relatively easy, especially if you have a small, centralized content marketing team and clearly outlined roles. For collaborative tasks, include all people (or the departments they represent) who must act before that task is complete. In this example, I slotted in some pre-production roles as a guide:
Stage of Content Format (editorial article)
Task To Do
Roles
Pre-production stage
Determine the topic.
· Team leader
Brainstorm angle.
· Team leader · Managing editor
Identify sources/subject matter experts.
· Managing editor · Story editor · Staff writers
Request sales/marketing feedback on the topic and approach.
· Managing editor
Assign a writer.
· Managing editor
Facilitate governance requirements.
· Managing editor
Create/gather author bio info/assets.
· Copy editor
Determining roles can be more complicated for larger enterprises or those with shared content responsibilities across departments. However, once you slot your content marketing team members into their standard areas of responsibility, you can see where gaps exist. That can help identify the internal teams to approach for collaborative assistance.
Additionally, it helps pinpoint areas where you lack adequate capabilities or coverage so you can proactively fill them by outsourcing talent or incorporating generative AI tools. You may discover unnecessary redundancies that can be eliminated.
The chart now provides all the information needed to understand the editorial article format workflow. However, transforming it into a shareable graphic or map can help stakeholders visualize how they fit in the production continuum and what still needs to happen.
Step 5: Operationalize and iterate
You listed the tasks and mapped the order of operations for a content format. Now, implement it as a repeatable process. Create a mechanism to track and manage the tasks as they get done and ensure everyone has what they need to do their part.
You can use the detailed dashboards provided in project management tools like Asana or Jira to build a sophisticated system. Another option is to create customized trackers and checklists using cloud-based work tools like Airtable, Trello, or Notion. However, the most straightforward approach may be to copy the information from the templated chart into a shareable Google spreadsheet or Excel document.
Now, you can adapt the process for variations of the content format. Here’s how that works:
Revisit the original table that notes exceptional circumstances and variations that require a different set of steps.
Walk through the tasks on the chart (step two). Delete unnecessary tasks for the variation and identify any to be added. For example, with a sponsored blog post (a variation of a blog article), you may need to integrate the client’s logo and boilerplate copy or facilitate their copy review and approval process.
Assign roles for newly added tasks.
With this model, you can repeat this process for each regularly used content format, so you have a comprehensive content operations tracker.
Build, revise, repeat, and achieve
Content marketing teams juggle many responsibilities. Why not make their jobs easier by working smarter? Map the operational workflows and build reliable processes that empower their performance.
If you decide to try this shortcut, I’d love to hear how it worked — or how you adapted it to work better for your team.
All tools mentioned in the article are identified by the author. If you have a tool to share, tag us on social media.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
SuperKalam, an AI-led personal mentor for students preparing for competitive exams, has concluded a seed funding round, raising $2 million.
The company said the funding will be utilized to improve SuperKalam’s AI-led educational platform, expand its reach, enhance user experience, and foster innovation in learning services.
The funding round was led by YCombinator and Fundersclub with participation from investors including YC Partner Puneet Kumar, GoodWater Capital, Nurture Ventures, SuperCapital and Pareto Ventures, among others.
Vimal Singh Rathore, Co Founder & CEO of SuperKalam said, “We are excited to have iconic investors join us in our mission to rethink learning in an AI-first world. At SuperKalam, we are committed to leading this change by transitioning from unilateral content broadcasts to delivering personalized learning that adapts to each student’s unique needs.”
This is the second edtech startup by cofounder Vimal, following Coursavy, which was acquired by Unacademy in September 2020.
Founded in July 2023 by Vimal Singh Rathore and Aseem Gupta, SuperKalam claims to leverage Artificial Intelligence to provide guidance and support for competitive exams. The company says it places students at the centre of a customised learning experience. By utilizing AI-driven analytics, the platform is said to adapt to each student’s needs, offering tailored learning paths, instant doubt resolution, and progress tracking. The platform currently has over 60,000 students.
Boris Silver, Founding Partner at Fundersclub, said, “We are always on the lookout for ventures that can create significant value for customers. India’s edtech market is full of opportunity, and in SuperKalam, we see the potential for significant impact. We believe the founding team has strong experience in the market and their product has tremendous potential.”
FromSoftware has dropped a new story trailer for The Shadow of the Erdtree, the upcoming downloadable content for the blockbuster video game Elden Ring. Arriving a month ahead of the June 21 release date for the DLC, the clip teases what’s awaiting players in the big adventure that expands on one of the best games of 2022.
The trailer shows the Land of Shadow that the main character of the Erdtree DLC, Miquella, traveled to after leaving the areas depicted in Elden Ring. A city that sits in the titular shadow of the massive, bright Erdtree is shown engulfed in flames from a dire battle.
As is fitting for the cryptically hidden story in Elden Ring, the DLC story trailer reveals only scraps of lore, all of which is wrapped in the original game’s backstory of a semi-divine family of powerful beings, like Marika, Malenia, Godwyn and others. In the lore, Miquella couldn’t rid his sister Malenia of the Scarlet Rot and left his flesh behind to travel to the Land of Shadow, where it’s unclear if he’ll help or harm the Tarnished player.
The trailer does feature glimpses of another character who seems to play a central role in Shadow of the Erdtree: Messmer the Impaler. He prominently appears amid the army burning the city below the Erdtree and makes short work of an enemy closing in on him. His position and disposition to Miquella and the player are unclear, however.
The story trailer will give fans plenty to chew on during the month till the game publicly launches, but it doesn’t offer anything extra about the gameplay or areas to be explored in the DLC. The February gameplay trailer remains the only inside look at the new enemies, bosses, weapons, skills and spells that await players in the Land of Shadow.
Read more: Elden Ring Smithing Stones: How to Find Every Bell Bearing
Watch this: PlayStation 5 Pro Leaked: Everything We Know
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
Please enter a valid email address.
Those who experience vivid nightmares and odd hallucinations might have an underlying autoimmune disease, a new study suggests.
An international research team led by scientists at the University of Cambridge and King’s College London explored the potential link between nightmares and hallucinations and systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases.
The study, published in March 2024 in the journal eClinicalMedicine, included 676 people with lupus and 400 people from the medical field, as well as interviews with 69 people living with systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases, SWNS reported.
STRUGGLING TO FALL ASLEEP? TRY THIS SIMPLE TRICK TO DRIFT OFF QUICKLY
Those with autoimmune diseases were asked about the timing of their neurological and mental health symptoms, such as disrupted sleep, hallucinations, depression and loss of balance.
Of the 29 symptoms listed, the participants were asked to rank such symptoms in the order in which they occurred relative to their disease flare-ups.
The study looked at not only the issues surrounding sleep, but also when the issues for participants began. (iStock)
The study found that three in five people experienced “vivid” and “distressing” nightmares that involved being trapped, attacked or falling — resulting in disrupted sleep.
One-third of those immune-compromised participants said they noticed the trend over a year before their lupus onset.
LUPUS EXPERT DEBUNKS 7 COMMON MYTHS ABOUT THE AUTOIMMUNE DISEASE: ‘NOT A DEATH SENTENCE’
Lupus is defined as “a disease that occurs when your body’s immune system attacks your own tissues and organs,” according to the Mayo Clinic.
One in four participants stated that they noticed hallucinations — although 85% said they didn’t experience the symptoms until the disease onset or later.
The study linked patients with an autoimmune disease, such as lupus, to disrupted sleep — including nightmares. (iStock)
Three in five people with lupus and one in three with other rheumatology-related conditions said they noticed an uptick in sleep disruptions just before their hallucinations would begin, according to SWNS.
The lead author of the study, Dr. Melanie Sloan of the University of Cambridge, noted in the study that in many cases, patients and doctors will not discuss mental health or neurological symptoms in relation to these diseases.
Three in five people with lupus noticed an uptick in sleep disruptions just before their hallucinations began.
“It’s important that clinicians talk to their patients about these types of symptoms and spend time writing down each patient’s individual progression of symptoms,” she said.
‘SLEEP DISORDER DROVE MY SON TO SUICIDE,’ NEW YORK MOTHER SAYS: ‘BROKE MY HEART’
Misdiagnosis was also mentioned in the study, as some participants said lupus and other autoimmune diseases were overlooked at first, SWNS reported.
For example, a participant from Scotland was diagnosed with borderline personality disorder at age 18 before being diagnosed with lupus at 19.
The study found that three in five people experienced disrupted sleep with “vivid” and “distressing” nightmares that involved being trapped, attacked or falling. (iStock)
“It was all very close together,” the participant said — noting that it was just a six-month period between “when my borderline personality disorder got under control and my lupus got under control,” SWNS said.
HAVING TROUBLE SLEEPING? IT COULD BE FOR THIS SURPRISING REASON, EXPERTS SAY
Dr. Raj Dasgupta, a California-based chief medical adviser for Sleepopolis, was not involved in the study but shared reaction to the findings with Fox News Digital.
Dasgupta, who is quadruple-board certified in pulmonary, sleep, internal and critical care medicine, said the study supports the perspective that a “high prevalence of neuropsychiatric symptoms, such as headaches, mood and fatigue” are commonly linked to patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE).
Dr. Raj Dasgupta, pictured, said that sleep issues among patients with SLE need to be discussed in order for people to achieve a better quality of life. (Sleepoplis)
SLE is a “chronic disease that can affect any organ, including the nervous system,” Dasgupta noted.
“This study also supports the fact that patients with SLE are subject to complications of its treatment, including steroid-related psychosis,” he added.
Misdiagnosis was also mentioned in the study.
Sleep issues are common in people with SLE, said Dasgupta, with over half of patients experiencing restlessness, poor sleep quality and difficulty falling asleep.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“These issues can be caused by pain, medication effects and the disease’s impact on the brain,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Fox News Digital reached out to the eClinicalMedicine journal for further information.
Sleepoplis consists of a team of writers, product reviewers and sleep experts who provide reviews and sleep health content, per the company’s website.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health.
The food scene in Mumbai is as diverse as it is delicious. From hole-in-the-wall joints serving traditional favourites to sophisticated restaurants experimenting with bold combinations, deciding where to eat in the city is no easy decision. If it’s specifically vegetarian food that you’re after, we’ve got your back. The city has many old and new choices worth trying. Our list of the best vegetarian restaurants in Mumbai includes different places that will satisfy your cravings and entice you to return for more. Check them out below:
Here Are The Top 10 Veg Restaurants To Visit In Mumbai:
1. Soam, Babulnath
Soam is considered one of the most popular veg restaurants in the city and for good reason. For many, a visit to the seaside at Girgaum Chowpatty also means an excuse to drop by Soam for lip-smacking food made using traditional techniques. It is also situated close to the famous Babulnath Temple. Apart from regular Gujarati specialities like farsan platter, matar puri with aloo sabzi, and vaghareli khichdi, don’t miss their iconic palak cheese samosa. Where: Soam, Sadguru Sadan, Ground Floor, Babulnath Road, Babulnath, Chowpatty, Mumbai.
2. Ram Ashraya, Matunga Central
For yummy South Indian favourites like dosa, idli and vada, go to Ram Ashraya. It was named one of the most legendary restaurants in the world by TasteAtlas, and just one visit will make you understand why. This no-frills, bustling restaurant is a short walk away from Matunga (Central) station. The original space was established over 80 years ago. It has since expanded to include another dine-in section on the road opposite and a second outlet in Lalbaug. Where: Ram Ashraya, Shop 3-6 ground floor, Jamnadas Mansion, Bazar, Laxmi Narayan Lane, Matunga (C.R.), Matunga East, Mumbai.
Pro tip: Matunga Central (or C.R.) is famous for its many South Indian offerings. You can explore the local market and other heritage eating joints while you’re here. If you’re looking for other must-try breakfast places, click here.
3. Aaswad, Dadar West
Want to taste affordably priced local delicacies in a tasteful setting in a central neighbourhood of the city? Aaswad ticks all the boxes and more. This Maharashtrian restaurant has been around for over three decades and has become a culinary mainstay in the Shivaji Park locality. It has won a global award for its Misal Pav. Don’t forget to order the kothimbir vadi, thalipeeth, piyush, varan bhaat and veg thali here too. Where: Aaswad Upahar & Mithai Gruh, Sanskruti Building Gadkari Chauk, 4, Lady Jamshedji Road, opp. Shiv Sena Bhavan, Dadar West, Mumbai.
4. Swati Snacks
Another favourite of locals and tourists alike is Swati Snacks. It was named among several “local hero restaurants” that formed the “Essence of Asia” collection curated by Asia’s 50 Best Restaurants. Its story began over 5 decades ago as a home kitchen. It has grown to become one of the most beloved spots for Gujarati delicacies and other comfort street-style snacks. When you visit, check out their paanki, fada ni khichdi and handvo. Where: Outlets in Tardeo and Nariman Point
Also Read: Where To Eat In Kala Ghoda: 10 Best Cafes And Restaurants You Must Try
5. Shree Thakkar Bhojanalay, Kalbadevi
This humble establishment was also featured in the “Essence of Asia” list released by Asia’s 50 Best Restaurants. Shree Thakkar Bhojanalay is considered one of the best places to eat a Gujarati thali in the city. Established in 1945, it has been the go-to restaurant for generations of Mumbaikars craving an unlimited home-style thali. It was previously called the Thaker Club. Where: Building No 31, Dadiseth Agiyari Ln, Marine Lines East, Gaiwadi, Kalbadevi, Mumbai.
6. Tewari’s
Tewari’s is among the most popular mithai brands in Mumbai. In recent years, its Juhu outlet began to function as a full-scale dine-in restaurant. All the dishes here are made without onion and garlic. As with their mithai, the taste of their North Indian savouries has remained consistently delicious. Don’t miss their paneer tikka, dahi papdi chaat, matar samosa, dal makhani and chole bhature.
Where: Tewari’s also has outlets at Sion and Opera House, but the food options here are limited to snacks and sweets. If you’re going further North in the suburbs, there’s one in Borivali West that has a similarly expansive menu (that includes main courses) as the Juhu outlet.
7. Oye Kake
If you want a more comprehensive North Indian feast, Oye Kake may prove to be a mouth-watering solution. This veg Punjabi restaurant promises to whisk you to the streets of Amritsar with its strong flavours and indulgent options. Keep an eye out and tummy space for the chole kulche, lassi, dal makhani and parathas here. Where: Outlets in Fort, Lower Parel, Santacruz and Ghatkopar
8. Burma Burma
Craving non-Indian veg food? Head to one of three locations of Burma Burma in the city. This restaurant and tea room is an ode to the richness of Burmese cuisine and culture. Handpicked authentic recipes inspired by travels to the country form the foundation for the menu here. Apart from kitchen ingredients, textiles, decor items and furniture, are also sourced from Burma for the brand’s restaurants – which now have a presence in several Indian metro cities. Where: Outlets in Fort, Santacruz and Goregaon
9. Millo, Lower Parel
Another great option for non-Indian veg food is Millo. This cafe and bar is located in the Kamala Mills compound and has some delectable Italian, Mexican and Asian food. If you want to enjoy your cafe staples from an all-veg kitchen, this is a good choice. The beautiful interiors also provide an aesthetic setting for a date or special dinner with loved ones. Where: Millo, GATE NO 1, Times Tower Office of Tata Housing Senapati Bapat Marg Lower Parel, from, Lower Parel Flyover, Side, Mumbai.
10. Sukoon, Bandra West
Bandra West is among the buzziest cultural hotspots in the city. From quaint bakeries and cosy cafes to glittering restaurants frequented by celebrities, this part of the city has a lot to offer. Sukoon is one of the relatively newer and quieter additions to the Bandra food scene. It boasts a garden-like dining experience – albeit in close quarters – that aims to shelter you from the bustle. Sip on healthy elixirs and kombucha while savouring traditional eats as well as wholesome snacks like Truffle Cassava Fries, Khichu Chaat, Millet Maggi and more. Where: Sukoon by Joshi House, Ground Floor, Noorie house, 4 Rajan Road, Off Carter Road, Bandra West, Mumbai.
Pro tip: Sukoon is near the main Carter Road stretch, a long portion of which offers amazing sea views. It’s also an extremely tempting area for further foodie exploration.
Also Read: Where To Eat In Bandra: 9 Best Restaurants In Carter Road And Pali Hill
At Yale College, a Jewish junior said she was discouraged from joining a secret society she had been admitted to when members began to suspect she was a Zionist after she mentioned attending an event at the Slifka Center, Yale’s main hub for Jewish life. The student, who asked to remain anonymous because she feared social ramifications on campus, said she was not a Zionist, and thought that members of the society, Ceres Athena, had come to the conclusion that she was by misconstruing old social media posts related to Israel — though none reached out to ask her directly. (Members of Ceres Athena did not respond to emails from The Times.)
And at Columbia University, a senior named Dessa Gerger — who says she is often “put off” by peers who are quick to label anti-Zionism as antisemitism and feels that “the story about Jewish students feeling unsafe on campus is overplayed” — decided not to continue her participation in college radio after a member of the station’s board expressed ambivalence about the idea of a program that featured Israeli music.
“I didn’t do the radio show this semester because I don’t feel any kind of desire to be in a political organization,” Ms. Gerger said. “I want to be in a radio station.”
Of course, for pro-Palestinian activists who support a cultural and academic boycott of Israel, there can be no such thing as Israeli music without politics. According to its website, the Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions movement operates according to the principle of “anti-normalization,” which forbids joint events or projects between Arabs and Jewish Israelis who do not, among other things, recognize Palestinians’ right of return to the land they were forced from in 1948.
“For Palestinians and those in solidarity, the problem is Zionism and what it’s meant to Palestinians,” said Yousef Munayyer, the head of the Palestine-Israel program at the Arab Center in Washington. “That’s going to put people in the Jewish community who are dealing with these tensions in an uncomfortable situation. They’re going to be asked to pick between a commitment to justice and a commitment to Zionism.”
For Layla Saliba, a Palestinian American student at the Columbia School of Social Work, not wanting to be friends with Zionists on campus comes down to the way she said she had been treated by some on campus: with offensive chants like “terrorist go home,” and jeering when she has spoken out about family she has lost in Gaza.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Lauren! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my two adventurous cats, Pancake and Tiller.
Pancake may be the queen of eating, but that’s generally always been the case. Cheese, roast chicken, dry food, treats, wet food, you name it. She’s not as bad as some cats I’ve met in my years of feline veterinary work- such as those who steal entire cucumbers or chow loaves of bread from the counter. I’ve even written about one of my favorites in a prior article, who was known to literally cat burgle the neighborhood, stealing bags of instant rice or even slices of pizza from the neighbors (much to the dismay of the husband that got the blame for losing the rice!)
However, be warned that being a good eater, or having a hearty appetite in a cat, isn’t always a normal thing. Let me explain.
Grazers vs Scarfers
Cats often seem to have developed eating preferences early in life. I tend to see two main types: grazers, and scarfers. Grazers are those that will pick at a bowl of food throughout the day; scarfers are the Pancakes- happy to eat any and everything you offer (and to steal it even when you don’t!).
Normally, these appetites don’t tend to change much throughout their life. A grazer doesn’t generally become a scarfer, and vice versa. And this is a key piece of information for any cat owner to know.
Pancake is always a big eater, though her faster sister Tiller (right) sometimes wins out.
Changes In Your Cat’s Appetite
One of the most frequent questions I ask when taking histories from clients, is how their cat’s appetite is. This is even more important in older cats. I want them to characterize the appetite, and often try to go into detail on the specifics. In turn, I expect people to respond with: it’s good, and maybe share some of the current eating habits of their cat. When they eat, how much, have they been eating the same food for a long time, etc.
What really piques my interest, however, is when an owner says something like, “He’s a great eater! There’s nothing wrong with him! Yesterday, he tried to steal the food off my plate, and that was after two extra cans of food for dinner the night before!”
You see, many diseases in cats can lead to changes in a cat’s appetite. However, what many people don’t know is that disease can cause both a decrease, or an increase in a cat’s appetite. Instead, most people tend to think of disease only leading to a drop in appetite, and poor eating, or becoming very picky about food.
Conversely, various diseases can also lead to the false observation that a cat has a good appetite, or is eating really well. In these instances, the disease is driving the appearance of a good appetite, but in reality, it can be extremely unhealthy for the cat.
Conditions That May Cause Increased Appetite in Cats
Examples of diseases that can cause increased appetites in cats:
Conditions That Can Cause Increased Appetite:
Eating normally is a good sign.
What To Do If Your Cat’s Appetite Suddenly Increases
If you do see an increased appetite in a cat, the steps to take include the following:
Contact your vet, and schedule an appointment. Beforehand, try to document the brand and flavors of foods that your cat is eating, as well as the amount that they eat on any given day. Include treats, as well, in this assessment.
If you have an accurate scale at home (e.g., a human baby scale), consider weighing your cat, and comparing this to their prior weights. This can help indicate if weight loss is present, as many diseases that cause polyphagia (increased appetite) also cause weight loss. If your cat has lost a significant amount of weight, this can add urgency to how quickly you want your cat to be seen.
In the end, it’s always desirable for your cat to have a healthy appetite, but don’t rely on a suddenly great appetite to equate to a necessarily healthy one. Pancake would concur, but I’m pretty sure she’s either eating her fourth meal of the day, or sleeping it off!
Asset Homes, the Kochi-based real estate developer, has retained the Crisio DA2+ rating for the fourth year in a row, while also winning four national awards at the Construction Industry Development Council (CIDC) Vishwakarma Awards 2024.
Binaifer Jehani, Business Head, Crisil and Abbas Master, Associate Director, Crisil, presented the award to Sunil Kumar V., Founder and Managing Director, Asset Homes.
Jehani commended Asset Homes for demonstrating ‘Very Good’ ability to execute high-quality real estate projects within scheduled timelines and ensuring clean title transfer. The rating underscores the company’s robust execution track record, distinguished brand image, experienced senior management, and strong marketing and development strategies, supported by a solid financial profile and standardised workflow processes.
Additionally, Asset Homes received four prestigious CIDC Vishwakarma Awards 2024, recognising the company as the Best Professionally Managed Organisation and bestowing the Chairman’s Special Commendation, Best Residential Project for Asset Senate, Kannur, and Best Construction Site for Health, Safety, and Environment for Asset Majestic, Thrissur.
Sunil Kumar said the company would complete and hand over 17 residential projects in the next 10 months. It would launch 26 new projects in this fiscal year, which will add approximately 3,000 residential units over a total area of 37.5 lakh square feet, he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLUMICA Zoe Saldana nedavno je na Instagramu podijelila fotografije kuhinje u svom domu u Kaliforniji. U jednoj od prijašnjih objava opisala ju je riječima: “Moje sretno mjesto.”
Kuhinja je rađena po mjeri, a izradila ju je talijanska tvrtka specijalizirana za dizajn i proizvodnju luksuznih kuhinja Officine Gullo. Centralni dio čini otok prekriven sjajnim mramorom smeđe boje sa zlatnim žilama, koji se nalazi i na zidu iza radne površine, dajući prostoru luksuzan izgled.
Ormarići u shaker stilu
Ormarići izrađeni u shaker stilu dodatno su naglašeni zlatnim obrubima koji se lijepo uklapaju s ostalim zlatnim detaljima, poput gumba na štednjaku i ručki. Ovi elementi zajedno stvaraju sofisticiran izgled.
Osim što je funkcionalna, kuhinja uključuje i osobne detalje koji je čine ugodnom. Na primjer, u jednom od ormarića nalazi se zbirka kuharskih knjiga, na radnoj ploči je okvir s fotografijom, a na prethodno objavljenoj fotografiji vidljiva je i elegantna vaza na otoku.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Zanimljivo je da se Zoe odlučila za nekoliko kuhinjskih ormarića sa staklenim vratima. Iako mnogi zaziru od takvih ormarića jer unutrašnjost mora biti uredna, dizajneri ističu prednosti ovog rješenja. Naime, tako se stvara dojam većeg, svjetlijeg i prozračnijeg prostora.
Prema portalu Homes & Gardens, ormarići sa staklenim vratima mogu biti izvrsni za manje kuhinje jer stvaraju dojam većeg prostora. No, kao što pokazuje kuhinja Zoe Saldane, oni također odlično funkcioniraju i u velikim kuhinjama. Stakleni ormarići unose dodatnu prozračnost, čineći prostor elegantnijim i ugodnijim, bez obzira na veličinu kuhinje.
Izdvojili smo nekoliko detalja koji će dati dozu luksuza kuhinji
Ako razmišljate o preuređenju kuhinje ili ste već započeli s dizajniranjem, a sviđa vam se stil poznate glumice, odabrali smo nekoliko detalja koji će vašoj kuhinji pružiti luksuzan izgled.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu?
In just three years, the NWSL rivalry between Angel City and the San Diego Wave has grown into one of the league’s most passionate. It’s one that reaches all the way to the owners’ suites, which is why San Diego’s Jill Ellis and Angel City’s Julie Uhrman, the two club presidents, will exchange pleasantries but little else before the team’s meet Thursday at BMO Stadium.
“There’s a nice hug before the game. Then there’s not a lot of talking,” Uhrman said. “We’re both incredibly competitive.”
During the 50 weeks each year their clubs aren’t playing one another, however, Ellis and Uhrman are incredibly cooperative. And that collaboration is not only a big reason why Sportico ranks Angel City and the Wave as the two most valuable franchises in the league, it’s also setting an example for other NWSL teams to emulate.
“In order for the league to succeed, everybody needs to be successful,” said Uhrman, who said she speaks with Ellis almost daily. “We wanted San Diego to come into the league at the high bar that we were setting for ourselves, which would then hopefully drive interest and excitement in the league. Not only for our fans, but also push other owners to build an experience that these women deserve.”
The partnership works in large part because Ellis and Uhrman’s skill sets complement one another. Ellis is the soccer strategist, a two-time World Cup champion and the most successful women’s coach in history; Uhrman is the business expert, a former executive and entrepreneur in the entertainment and video-game industries.
“Having gotten to know Julie very well, I think we have a lot of similar[ities],” Ellis said. “Julie thinks outside the box, challenges the norms. At times I’m disruptive because I’ve not come through the traditional means of business management.”
“I’ve learned a ton on the business side, just through doing it. Julie now understands the women’s soccer ecosystem as well as anybody and recognizes the potential in it,” she continued. “There’s so much common ground between Julie and I in terms of what we discuss; you know, how do we how do we maximize the merchandise sales? They’ve crushed it with their season tickets. There’s a there’s a blueprint there. There’s just an openness of conversation.
“Sometimes it’s talking about soccer, and sometimes it’s talking about business.”
Since the Wave moved out of their tiny starter home at the University of San Diego and into Snapdragon Stadium late in their first season, Angel City and San Diego have ranked 1-2 in the NWSL in attendance. Angel City, which had reported revenue of $31 million in 2023, has been valued at a league-record $180 million while Sportico said the Wave are worth $90 million — an apparently conservative estimate since founding owner Ronald Burkle, who spent $2 million to enter the NWSL in 2021, sold the team to the Levine Leichtman family in March for $120 million.
San Diego Wave president Jill Ellis, who won two Women’s World Cups as coach of the U.S., says “there’s just an openness of conversation” in her relationship with Angel City president Julie Uhrman.
(Kamil Krzaczynski / Associated Press)
“Between the two of us, I’d like to think that us both coming into the league has elevated the league in terms of expectations and standards,” said Ellis, who coached the U.S. women’s team to World Cup titles in 2015 and 2019. “We both really wanted to push the needle on that.”
It’s a push that has fueled a dramatic spike in valuation and investment across the NWSL. Expansion teams in the San Francisco Bay Area and Boston each paid $53 million to enter the league last year, then last fall the league signed a record four-year $240-million broadcast rights package with ESPN, Amazon, CBS and Scripps. That’s 40 times the annual value of the league’s previous TV deal.
The challenge now is for the league and its two Southern California franchises to build on that momentum.
“A lot of what we talk about is actually the league, so it’s not just specific to our team,” Ellis said of her conversations with Uhrman. “Whether it’s looking at the calendar, player welfare, charter flights, there’s just a constant dialogue. The common thread here is that we see opportunity, opportunity to get better, opportunity to grow revenue, grow our fans.
“The way both her and I are wired is, you know, this idea of you’ve got to be better tomorrow than you are today.”
As for the teams’ performances on the field, however, things are currently going the wrong way. The Wave, which made the playoff semifinals in their first two seasons, then won the NWSL Challenge Cup earlier this year, are 3-4-2 and eighth in the league table, one point ahead of Angel City (3-5-1).
The Wave have been hurt by the lost of captain Alex Morgan, who has been out more than a month with an ankle injury, but they do have Savannah McCaskill, Angel City’s all-time scoring leader who signed a free-agent contract with San Diego in December. She leads all outfield players in minutes played.
Angel City has also had injury problems — only three players have appeared in all nine matches — but a bigger issue is the team’s lack of consistency. It has allowed the tying or go-ahead goal in the 88th minute or later three times, costing it four points in the standings.
And while Ellis is adjusting to a new owner, Angel City is looking for a new investor amid reports at least one member of the board is unhappy with the team’s spending. Although the board squabble raised alarms when it was first reported in March, Uhrman sees it as more evidence of how her team — and Ellis’ — are helping the league grow.
“It’s an opportunity,” she insisted, mirroring Ellis’ optimism. “In 2020, when we announced Angel City, I don’t think anyone thought the league was worth much. Ron Burkle buying [the Wave] at $2 million and selling the franchise a couple years later at $120 million talks about the incredible value creation. This is a world where we continue to invest. We need to invest in the community into the experience into our players and into our product.
“Not only has so much wealth and value been created, but there’s so much more to go. This isn’t plateauing. I see the opportunity for the future.”
But that’s a conversation Ellis and Uhrman will have to save for another day. Because on Thursday they’ll share a hug, but not much else.
As board assembly have grown more and more complex, a variety of soldering techniques have been developed. In the early days, pure through-hole assemblies were common, but they gradually gave way to hybrid assemblies (with both through-hole and surface mount components) and then to entirely SMD assemblies. In addition to the usual soldering equipment, these newer assemblies required additional hardware. Glue was often used to fasten the components to the board and this added time, expense, and handling. It also introduced new problems such as glue residues on the boards that were difficult to remove after the soldering process was completed.
As the industry moved toward more advanced electronics, many manufacturers turned to wave soldering as a more efficient and effective process. It was typically faster in setup and soldering than hand soldering and it offered better consistency. Despite its shortcomings, such as bridging and other defects, it continues to be a popular choice for the vast majority of production applications.
The basic principle behind wave soldering is to pass the assembly over a flowing pool of molten solder. The optimum way to do this depends on the type of assembly and its configuration. There are some general rules of thumb that work well in most cases, however. For example, long leads and large pads tend to collect excess solder and can be oriented relative to the conveyor so that they are not swept into the next solder wave.
Optimizing Conveyor Angle in Wave Soldering for Board Assembly
In addition, it is important to provide adequate heat to drive off solvents and activate flux (to deoxidize surfaces to be joined) before the assembly enters the solder wave. This is usually done with heaters under the conveyor. For most plated through-hole (PTH) and some SMT assemblies, heaters on top of the assembly are also needed to prevent the solder from freezing before it is completely vertically filled.
A good flux is also critical for minimizing bridging. This is especially true for fine pitch SMDs where a relatively small amount of solder can bridge adjacent pins and cause other defects. It is recommended to use a low silver alloy flux that is activated by ionized oxygen and provides a high level of surface tension for the surface of the solder.
Finally, it is necessary to ensure that the conveyor angle is optimized for the specific assembly in question. This will vary by design, but in most cases it is appropriate to tilt the conveyor at a slight angle relative to the wave height. This can help to limit bridging to only a few trailing pins and to reduce the overall amount of solder required. Fortunately, there are all sorts of tools available to help in this endeavor such as DoE-based optimization methods [1] and self-organizing maps (SOM) [2].
Many electronic components are moisture-sensitive and can absorb moisture from the environment. During the high-temperature soldering process, this moisture can vaporize, causing internal damage or “popcorning” (where the component package bursts). Pre-baking components at controlled temperatures can mitigate this risk. The PCB substrate material itself is affected by temperature. Different materials expand and contract at different rates when exposed to heat, which can lead to issues like:
solder masks play in circuit board assembly services
Flux plays a crucial role in circuit card assembly manufacturing, serving as a vital component in the soldering process that facilitates the formation of reliable electrical connections between components and the circuit board. Flux is a chemical compound typically applied to the surface of solder joints before soldering to remove oxides, contaminants, and impurities from the metal surfaces and promote wetting and adhesion between the solder and the substrate.
One of the primary functions of flux in circuit card assembly manufacturers is to clean and prepare the surfaces of the materials being soldered. During storage and handling, metal surfaces can develop oxides and other contaminants that inhibit solderability and weaken the bond between the solder and the substrate. Flux removes these oxides and contaminants, exposing clean metal surfaces that allow the solder to flow and adhere more effectively, ensuring strong, reliable solder joints.
Moreover, flux acts as a wetting agent, helping to reduce the surface tension of the solder and promote the flow and spread of molten solder across the surfaces being joined. This promotes intimate contact between the solder and the substrate, ensuring that the solder wets and adheres to the metal surfaces and forms a strong, uniform bond. Proper wetting is essential for achieving reliable electrical connections and mechanical stability in solder joints, particularly in applications where the integrity of the connection is critical.
What role do solder masks play in circuit board assembly services?
Additionally, flux serves as a protective barrier during the soldering process, preventing the reformation of oxides and inhibiting the formation of new contaminants that could compromise the quality of the solder joint. By shielding the metal surfaces from the surrounding atmosphere, flux helps maintain a clean soldering environment and minimize the risk of defects such as solder bridges, cold joints, and solder balls. This ensures that the soldering process produces consistent, high-quality results and reduces the need for rework or repair.
Furthermore, flux can enhance the thermal transfer properties of the solder, allowing it to flow more efficiently and evenly across the surfaces being joined. This helps prevent overheating and thermal damage to sensitive components and substrates, reducing the risk of thermal stress and mechanical failure in the solder joints. By promoting uniform heating and cooling during the soldering process, flux helps minimize the risk of warping, delamination, and other thermal-related issues that can affect the reliability and performance of circuit card assemblies.
In addition to its role in the soldering process, flux can also act as a temporary adhesive, holding components in place on the circuit board during assembly. Flux residues left behind after soldering can provide temporary mechanical support for components, preventing them from shifting or moving before the solder solidifies and forms a permanent bond. However, it is important to remove any flux residues after soldering to prevent corrosion and ensure long-term reliability of the circuit card assembly.
In conclusion, flux plays a critical role in circuit card assembly manufacturing, serving as a cleaning agent, wetting agent, protective barrier, and thermal enhancer during the soldering process. By removing oxides and contaminants, promoting wetting and adhesion, protecting against recontamination, and enhancing thermal transfer properties, flux helps ensure the formation of strong, reliable solder joints that meet the stringent requirements of modern electronic devices. Proper selection and application of flux are essential for achieving consistent, high-quality soldering results and ensuring the reliability and performance of circuit card assemblies in a wide range of applications.
Suzlon Energy: The company’s shares have been on an upward trajectory in recent years, fueled by the company’s successful order wins in the wind energy sector
Shares of Suzlon Energy Ltd touched their 5 per cent upper price band of Rs 46.23 in Wednesday’s trade
Shares of Suzlon Energy Ltd touched their 5 per cent upper price band of Rs 46.23 in Wednesday’s trade after the renewable energy solutions provider – Suzlon Group – secured new orders. The company today announced new order wins for the development of 402 MW wind energy projects for Juniper Green Energy.
As part of this order, the company will install 134 wind turbine generators (WTGs) with a rated capacity of 3 MW each. The project is located at Fatehgarh in Rajasthan, and projects of this size can provide electricity to nearly 3.31 lakh households. It will also curb nearly 13.07 lakh tonnes of CO2 emissions per year.
These are repeat orders from the customer for the company’s larger rated 3 MW, S144‐140m turbines from the 3 MW product series. As part of the agreement, Suzlon will supply the wind turbines and execute the project including foundation, erection, and commissioning. Suzlon will also undertake comprehensive operations and maintenance services post‐commissioning.
“Juniper Green Energy has been a long‐term, repeat customer for us, and we are delighted to partner with them again. This order helps us expand our footprint in Rajasthan,” said Girish Tanti, Vice Chairman of Suzlon Group.
The stock saw heavy trading volume today as 38.57 lakh shares were last seen changing hands. The figure was higher than the two-week average volume of 21.07 lakh shares. Turnover on the counter came at Rs 17.48 crore, commanding a market capitalisation (m-cap) of Rs 62,890.65 crore. There were 8,46,123 lakh buy orders today against sell orders of nil shares.
Bourses BSE and NSE have put the securities of Suzlon under the long-term ASM (Additional Surveillance Measure) framework. Exchanges put stocks in short-term or long-term ASM frameworks to caution investors about high volatility in share prices.
On a year-to-date basis, the stock has surged 20%, while it has rallied nearly 400% over the past one year.
Technically, Suzlon Energy’s day RSI (14) is at 64. The RSI below 30 is considered oversold, and above 70 is overbought, Trendlyne data showed. MACD is at 0.1, which is above its center and signal line, this is a bullish indicator. The stock stood higher than the 5-day, 10-day, 20-day, 30-day, 50-day, 100-day, 150-day and 200-day moving averages.
“Suzlon is coming out of a long consolidation with strong volume. The overall structure is bullish as it trades above its all-important moving averages. On the upside, Rs 48 is an immediate resistance where it may see some pause, but above this, it is likely to head towards Rs 50 level. On the downside, Rs 40 is a major support for any correction. Rs 36-38 is the next critical demand zone,” said Pravesh Gour, Senior Technical Analyst at Swastika Investmart.
The company’s stock has a negative price-to-equity (P/E) ratio of 1541 against a price-to-book (P/B) value of 18.06. Earnings per share (EPS) stood at (-)0.03 with a return on equity of (-)1.16.
As of March 2024, promoters held a 13.29 per cent stake in the company.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Aparna Deb
Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious abo…Read More
Two major chipset manufacturers – MediaTek and Qualcomm – are locked in a tight battle as younger demographics have started to show a keen interest in technical specifications. According to a study, 63 per cent of Gen Z are aware of AI-powered smartphones. This trend coincides with the arrival of AI-powered smartphones promising enhanced performance and superior user experiences, including for content creation, consumption, and gaming, amongst others.
A consumer survey by CyberMedia Research (CMR) shows that the tech-native Gen Alpha exhibits a keen interest in chipset details and performance.
“The survey underscores the growing importance of chipsets for younger demographics. Their digital fluency translates into a keen interest in technical specifications. Chipset brands that can deliver innovative solutions to meet these evolving expectations are likely to resonate with this future market segment. MediaTek’s strong brand awareness among Gen Alpha suggests they are well-positioned in this regard,” said Prabhu Ram, Head- Industry Intelligence Group (IIG), CyberMedia Research (CMR).
Here are the other key findings:
– Chipset battle heats up: Both MediaTek and Qualcomm are locked in a tight battle. MediaTek holds a slight edge in brand salience with a score of 69 (out of 100), followed closely by Qualcomm at 62. This extends to brand awareness, with both brands showing strong presence amongst Gen Alpha (MediaTek 37 per cent, Qualcomm 34 per cent) and Gen Z (MediaTek 32 per cent, Qualcomm 30 per cent). Interestingly, Samsung follows closely behind in Gen Alpha awareness with a 21 per cent share, while UNISOC captures 8 per cent.
– Performance and Trust Drive Choice: The survey delves deeper, exploring factors influencing chipset brand preference. Consumers prioritizing performance and longevity are increasingly willing to invest in smartphones powered by trusted chipset brands. Both MediaTek and Qualcomm enjoy strong customer satisfaction, with MediaTek holding a slight edge (49 per cent vs. 47 per cent). Samsung (45 per cent) and UNISOC (35 per cent) are placed third and fourth.
– MediaTek Emerges as Top Contender: MediaTek emerges as a leader in this area, with the highest customer satisfaction (49 per cent) and brand advocacy (Net Promoter Score of 63 per cent). Users associate MediaTek with excellence in ‘Performance Excellence’ (65 per cent) and ‘AI Prowess’ (64 per cent).
– Qualcomm: A Pillar of Reliability: Qualcomm maintains its reputation for ‘Reliability and Stability’ (63 per cent), with a brand image leaning towards ‘cutting-edge technology’. Notably, Qualcomm enjoys a healthy 26 per cent current usage share amongst Gen Z. Qualcomm polled 47 per cent in customer satisfaction, and brand advocacy (NPS of 48 per cent).
– Willingness to Pay Premium: A whopping 40 per cent are willing to pay a premium for MediaTek, compared to 36% for Qualcomm, the long-time leader. This shift suggests a new era where chip brand recognition is translating into a key purchase driver.
– Gen Alpha – The Future Market: The tech-native Gen Alpha exhibits a keen interest in chipset details and performance. MediaTek’s dominance in brand awareness (37 per cent) among this demographic signifies their keen interest in chipset details and advanced features. This trend underscores the need for continuous innovation to cater to the evolving needs of tech-savvy demographics.
The European Commission has announced a global increase in short-stay Schengen visa fees, effective from June 11. This decision will see the cost of Schengen visas (visa type C) rise by 12 per cent, impacting travellers planning to visit Europe.
Passengers arriving at the Henri Coanda International Airport pass under a Schengen Information sign, in Otopeni, near Bucharest, Romania. Travelling to Europe? Here’s what tourists need to know as Schengen visa fees set to increase globally (AP Photo/Andreea Alexandru)
Under the new fee structure, the cost for adult applicants will be Euro 90, up from the current Euro 80. For children aged 6 to below 12 years, the fee will increase from Euro 40 to Euro 45. This hike applies to visa applications submitted worldwide.
Unlock exclusive access to the latest news on India’s general elections, only on the HT App. Download Now! Download Now!
The Schengen visa permits travel across 27 European countries, including popular tourist destinations such as France, Germany, Italy, and Spain.
The fee adjustment aims to align with the increasing costs of processing visas and maintaining the security of the Schengen area.
The last fee update was implemented in February 2020, when the adult visa fee was increased to Euro 80 from Euro 60. The European Commission justified the latest hike by citing inflation and the need to cover administrative costs associated with the visa process, which includes background checks, data processing, and maintaining secure entry systems.
For adults, the new fee will be Euro 90, and for children aged 6 to below 12, it will be Euro 45. These increases are part of a broader effort to ensure that the costs of visa processing and security measures are adequately covered.
Applicants from Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Belarus will pay Euro 35, and applicants from Cabo Verde will pay Euro 60.
Bridget Jones star Renee Zellweger has been spotted back on set filming alongside One Day star Leo Woodall for the franchise’s fourth film. The new movie, which was announced last month, is titled Bridget Jones Mad About The Boy, and takes its title from the most recent Bridget Jones novel published in 2013.
Fans have been guessing the plot of the film based on the Helen Fielding penned tome. In the book, Bridget is a widowed mother of two children in her 50s following the tragic death of Mark Darcy, who was portrayed by Colin Firth in the three earlier films.
Helen has said she decided to write Mark Darcy out of the story because she did not want it to revolve around Bridget being “a smug married”. While the character’s death likely rules out Colin appearing in the movie fan favourites Hugh Grant and Emma Thompson will be back alongside 55-year-old Renee.
New cast members also include 12 Years a Slave star Chiwetel Ejiofor alongside Leo, who is rumoured to be playing Bridget’s much younger love interest, which the images released today seem to confrm as the pair appear flirty.
The film is set to be released on Valentine’s Day 2025 in the US. While a UK release date has not yet been announced it is expected to be around the same time.
